Skip to main content

Full text of "Lycoming College catalog"

See other formats


Lycoming  college 


2002-03    ACADEMIC    CATALOG 


▲  ▲  ▲ 


The  Mission 


The  mission  of  Lycoming  College  is  to 
provide  a  distinguished  baccalaureate  educa-    ' 
tion  in  the  liberal  arts.  This  is  achieved  within| 
a  coeducational,  supportive,  residential  settini 
through  programs  that  develop  communica- 
tion and  critical  thinking  skills;  foster  self- 
awareness  while  increasing  receptivity  to  new 
concepts  and  perspectives;  explore  literary 
and  scientific  traditions;  cultivate  an  aesthetic 
sensibility;  elicit  social  responsibility; 
promote  racial  inclusiveness,  gender  equality, 
and  an  appreciation  of  cultural  diversity;  and 
produce  leadership  for  the  institutions  of 
society.  Each  student  is  encouraged  to 
develop  and  strengthen  virtues  and  traits  of  j 
character  that  enable,  ennoble,  and  emancipat 
the  human  spirit  while  deepening  commitment 
to  those  values  that  undergird  civilization. 

Fully  accredited.  Lycoming  is  a  member  of 
the  Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  an( 
Schools,  and  the  University  Senate  of  The 
United  Methodist  Church.  It  is  a  member  of 
the  Association  of  American  Colleges  and 
Universities,  the  Pennsylvania  Association  of 
Colleges  and  Universities,  the  Commission  foi 
Independent  Colleges  and  Universities,  the 
National  Commission  on  Accrediting  and  the 
National  Association  of  Schools  and  Colleges 
of  The  United  Methodist  Church. 

Also,  the  Department  of  Nursing  is 
accredited  by  the  National  League  for 
Nursing.  The  Department  of  Chemistry  is 
approved  by  the  American  Chemical  Society 
to  certify  upon  graduation  those  students  who 
meet  or  exceed  the  requirements  established 
by  the  Society  for  membership.  The  depart- 
ments of  Accounting  and  Business  Adminis- 
tration are  accredited  by  the  Association  of 
Collegiate  Business  Schools  and  Programs. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


CONTENTS 

• 


Contents 


Academic  Calendar,  2002-2003 2 

Welcome  to  Lycoming 4 

The  Campus 6 

Admission  to  Lycoming 10 

Financial  Matters 13 

Student  Affairs 20 

Academic  Policies  And  Regulations 23 

The  Academic  Program 30 

The  Curriculum 50 

Fhe  Board  of  Trustees 164 

Administrative  Staff/Faculty 165 

Fhe  Alumni  Association 180 

[ndex 182 


Communication  With 
^ycoming  College 


184 


The  general  regulations  and  policies  stated  in  this 
catalog  are  in  effect  for  the  2002-03  academic  year. 
Freshmen  beginning  their  first  terms  at  Lycoming  College 
in  the  fall  of  2002  or  the  spring  of  2003  are  there-after 
governed  by  the  policies  stated  in  this  catalog. 

If  changes  are  made  in  subsequent  editions  of  the 
catalog  to  either  general  requirements  or  major  require- 
ments, students  have  the  option  of  following  their  original 
program  or  a  subsequent  catalog  version,  but  the  College 
always  reserves  the  right  to  determine  which  requirements 
apply. 

If  a  student  interrupts  his  or  her  education  but  returns 
to  the  College  after  no  more  than  one  academic  year  has 
passed,  he/she  will  retain  the  same  requirements  in  effect 
at  the  initial  date  of  entrance.  A  student  who  withdraws 
from  the  College  for  more  than  one  year  will,  upon  return, 
be  required  to  complete  the  requirements  currently 
imposed  upon  other  students  of  the  same  academic  level. 
A  student  who  transfers  to  the  College  with  advanced 
standing  will  be  subject  to  the  requirements  imposed  upon 
other  students  at  the  College  who  have  attained  the  same 
academic  level.  Post-baccalaureate  students  will  be 
subject  to  the  requirements  stated  on  page  30. 

Lycoming  College  reserves  the  right  to  amend  or 
change  the  policies  and  procedures  stated  in  this  catalog 
without  prior  notice  to  those  who  may  be  affected  by 
them.  The  provisions  of  this  publication  are  not  to  be 
regarded  as  an  irrevocable  contract  between  the  applicant 
and/or  the  student  and  Lycoming  College. 


1002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 


ACADEMIC  Calendar  2002  -  2003 


Fall  Semester 

Spring  Semester 

Bills  are  due 

August  9 

December  13 

Residence  halls  open  for  freshmen 

August  23  at  9  a.m. 

January  12  at  8  a.m. 

Residence  halls  open  for  upperclassmen 

August  24  at  10  a.m. 

January  12  at  8  a.m. 

Classes  begin  first  period 

August  26 

January  13 

Processing  of  drop/add  begins 

August  26 

January  13 

Re-registration  fee  of  $25  applies 
after  this  date 

August  30 

January  17 

Last  day  for  drop/add 

August  30 

January  17 

Last  day  to  elect  audit  and  pass/fail  grades 

August  30 

January  17 

Last  day  for  submission  of  final  grades  for 
courses  for  which  Incomplete  grades  were 
recorded  in  Spring,  May,  and  Summer  terms 

October  4 

Last  day  for  submission  of  final  grades 
for  courses  for  which  Incomplete 
grades  were  recorded  in  Fall  semester 

February  21 

Early  Assessment  reports  due 
in  Registrar's  Office  at  noon 

October  7 

February  24 

Residence  halls  close  at  6  p.m.  for 
spring  recess 

February  28 

Residence  halls  open  at  10  a.m. 

March  9 

Classes  resume  first  period  after 
spring  recess 

March  10 

Enrollment  deposit  deadline 

March  11 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 


Fall  Semester 

Spring  Semester 

Last  day  to  withdraw  from  courses 

October  25 

March  21 

Last  days  to  withdraw  from 
half  semester  courses. 

1  st  7  weeks 
2nd  7  weeks 

September  25 
November  13 

February  12 
April  9 

Residence  halls  close  at  9:00  p.m.  for 
Thanksgiving  recess 

November  26 

Residence  halls  open  at  10  a.m. 

December  1 

Classes  resume  first  period  after 
Thanksgiving 

December  2 

Final  examinations  begin 

December  9 

April  28 

Semester  ends  at  5:00  p.m. 

December  13 

May  2 

Residence  halls  close  at  6:00  p.m. 

December  13 

May  2 

SP 
May  Term 

ECIAL  SESSIC 

Summer 

Session  #1 

)NS 

Summer 
Session  #2 

Residence  halls  open  noon  -  2:30  p.m. 

May  11 

June  8 

July  13 

Classes  begin 

May  12 

June  9 

July  14 

Last  day  for  drop/add 

May  13 

June  11 

July  16 

Last  day  to  elect  audit  and  pass/fail  grades 

May  13 

June  11 

July  16 

Last  day  to  withdraw  from  courses 

May  28 

June  30 

August  4 

Ferm  ends 

June  6 

July  11 

August  15 

Residence  halls  close  at  4:00  p.m. 

June  6 

July  11 

August  15 

Special  dates  to  remember: 

Freshman  First  Weekend  ....  August  23,  24,  25 

New  Student  Convocation August  23 

Labor  Day  (classes  in  session)  ....  September  2 

Family  Weekend September  20-22 

Science  Saturday  September  28 

Admissions  Open  House October  5 

Homecoming  Weekend October  11-13 

Long  Weekend  (no  classes) October  18-20 

Admissions  Open  House November  9 

Fhanksgiving  Recess November  26-Dec.  1 

>0O2-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG  ■ 


Admissions  Open  House February  15 

Spring  Recess February  28  -  March  9 

Accepted  Students  Day April  6 

Honors  Convocation April  13 

Good  Friday  (no  classes) April  18 

Baccalaureate May  10 

Commencement May  11 

Memorial  Day  (no  classes) May  26 

Independence  Day  (no  classes) July  4 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


WELCOME  TO  LYCOMING 


WELCOME  TO  LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


Lycoming  College  is  a  small  liberal  arts 
college  dedicated  to  providing  the  type  of 
learning  that  can  be  used  for  a  lifetime  in  a 
supportive,  residential  environment  that 
fosters  individual  growth  and  close  interper- 
sonal relationships. 

U.S.  News  and  World  Report  has  recog- 
nized the  Carnegie  reclassification  of 
Lycoming.  The  College  is  one  of  the  national 
liberal  arts  colleges  in  the  United  States.  It  is 
something  that  Lycoming  alumni  have  quietly 
known  for  years.  The  reasons  are  simple. 

All  of  Lycoming's  resources  and  faculty 
are  dedicated  to  the  undergraduate  education 
of  just  1500  students.  Classes  are  small  and 
all  faculty  members  teach.  With  a  13  to  1 
ratio  of  students  to  faculty,  classes  of  five  or 
ten  students  are  not  uncommon,  while  even 
large  introductory  courses  average  about  30 
students.  This  means  abundant  opportunities 
for  individual  attention  by  a  faculty  truly 


committed  to  teaching.  The  average  gradua- 
tion rate  for  first  time  freshmen  is  63%. 

Lycoming  students  are  superbly  prepared 
to  meet  the  challenges  of  life  through  an 
academic  program  that  includes  both  breadth 
of  study  in  the  humanities,  social  sciences  and 
natural  sciences  and  depth  of  study  in  at  least 
one  area  of  concentration. 

Those  areas  of  concentration  include 
bachelor  of  arts  programs  in  33  major  fields, 
and  a  bachelor  of  science  in  three  major  fields. 

Those  who  intend  to  continue  in  medicine, 
dentistry,  law,  the  ministry  or  teaching  will 
find  excellent  preprofessional  preparation. 
Through  a  number  of  cooperative  programs 
with  other  colleges  and  universities, 
Lycoming  students  can  study  engineering, 
forestry,  environment,  podiatric  medicine, 
optometry,  and  medical  technology — while 
still  enjoying  the  benefits  of  a  small  college 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


WELCOME  TO  LYCOMING 

• 


experience.  They  can  also  study  at  Oxford 
Brookes  Univeristy  in  Oxford,  England; 
Anglia  Polytechnic  University  in  Cambridge, 
England;  Regent's  College  in  London, 
England;  Lancaster  University,  Lancaster, 
England;  CUEF  Universite  Stendhal-Grenoble 
3  in  Grenoble,  France;  and  Tandem  Interna- 
tional School,  Madrid,  Spain;  or  spend  a 
semester  in  Washington,  D.C.,  or  New  York 
City  through  a  number  of  other  cooperative 
programs. 

One  of  Lycoming's  most  popular  and 
successful  ways  of  blending  career  planning 
with  a  liberal  arts  education  is  through  its 
internship  program.  Close  to  one-third  of 
Lycoming  students  gain  real  job  experience  as 
part  of  a  semester  course  load.  The 
Williamsport  area  is  particularly  rich  in 
internship  opportunities  in  business,  commu- 
nication, government,  health  and  social 
services.  The  close  relationship  between  the 
College  and  the  community  has  given 
Lycoming  students  a  chance  to  roll  up  their 
sleeves  and  gain  resume-enhancing  experience 
rather  than  mere  observation. 

Most  students  complete  their  program  of 
study  in  four  years,  usually  by  taking  four 
courses  each  fall  and  spring  semester.  How- 
ever, students  may  take  one  course  during 
Lycoming's  May  Term  and  from  one  to  two 
courses  in  each  Summer  Term. 

Perhaps  one  of  the  most  important  qualities 
of  Lycoming  is  its  feeling  of  community. 
Lycoming  is  a  truly  residential  college  where 
all  students,  with  the  exception  of  close 
commuters,  live  on  campus  in  one  of  the 
College's  residence  halls  or  apartments. 

The  quality  of  campus  life  is  enriched  by  a 
variety  of  extracurricular  activities  in  which 
Lycoming  students  gain  valuable  leadership 
training. 

Students  produce  a  newspaper,  run  the 
campus  radio  station,  edit  a  yearbook,  mount 
theatre  productions,  participate  in  a  nationally 
acclaimed  choir  and  concert  band,  as  well  as 
organize  and  manage  their  own  social 


^ 

r 

i 

% 

^ 

3) 

fraternities  and  sororities,  special  interest 
clubs  and  campus-wide  social  events. 

Student  athletes  can  try  out  for  19  different 
varsity  sports  (10  for  men,  9  for  women)  or 
participate  in  the  College's  strong  intramural 
program. 

Students  are  admitted  free  to  productions  at 
the  Community  Arts  Center.  Student-run 
programs  have  brought  in  Adam  Sandler, 
Fiona  Apple,  Eve6,  Sugar  Ray  and  Brian 
Adams. 

Lycoming's  campus  lies  near  the  historic 
downtown  of  Williamsport,  a  city  best  known 
as  the  birthplace  of  Little  League  Baseball  and 
the  site  of  its  annual  international  champion- 
ship. The  greater  metro  area  has  a  population 
of  approximately  75,000. 

The  rolling  hills  and  forestlands  of 
northcentral  Pennsylvania  provide  some  of  the 
state's  best  scenery,  as  well  as  hiking, 
camping,  kayaking,  and  other  outdoor 
recreation.    Yet  Lycoming  is  less  than  a  four- 
hour  drive  from  New  York  City,  Philadelphia, 
Washington,  D.C.,  Baltimore  and  Pittsburgh. 

The  College  enjoys  a  relationship  with  the 
United  Methodist  Church  and  supports  its 
tradition  of  providing  an  education  to  persons 
of  all  faiths.  The  College  is  firmly  committed 
to  a  policy  of  cultural  diversity  and  expects  its 
students  to  work  together  in  an  atmosphere  of 
respect  and  tolerance. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


HISTORY  •  THE  CAMPUS 

• 


-«l 


HISTORY 


The  history  of  Lycoming  College  has  been 
one  of  continual  evolution.  The  institution  has 
been,  at  one  time  or  another,  an  elementary  and 
secondary  school,  a  seminary,  a  junior  college 
and  at  present  a  four-year  liberal  arts  college- 
going  through  three  name  changes  in  the 
process.  Sold  by  the  Presbyterians  to  the 
Methodists  (who  bought  it  as  a  source  of 
revenue),  it  is  today  an  independent  non- 
profit, private  college,  affiliated  with  the 
United  Methodist  Church. 

Its  beginning  dates  back  to  1812 — making 
Lycoming  one  of  the  50  oldest  colleges  in 
America — when  it  was  founded  as  the 
Williamsport  Academy,  that  city's  first 
elementary  and  secondary  school.  The  school 
was  administered  by  a  Board  of  Trustees 
made  up  primarily  of  staunch  Presbyterians. 

By  1848,  Williamsport  had  its  own  public 
school  system  well  in  place,  and  the  private 
school  was  becoming  a  financial  burden.  A 
visionary  circuit  preacher,  Rev.  Benjamin  H. 
Crever,  persuaded  the  Methodists  to  buy  the 
school.  They  named  the  institution  Dickinson 
Seminary  and  offered  college  preparatory 
courses.  Rev.  Crever  is  considered  the 
school's  true  founder. 

The  seminary  operated  as  a  private 
boarding  school  until  1929  when  a  college 
curriculum  was  added  and  it  became  the 
Williamsport  Dickinson  Junior  College,  the 
first  junior  college  in  Pennsylvania. 

In  1947,  the  junior  college  became  a  four- 
year  degree-granting  college  of  liberal  arts  and 
sciences.  It  adopted  the  name  Lycoming,  derived 
from  the  Indian  word  "lacomic,"  meaning 
"Great  Stream,"  a  name  that  enjoys  local 
popularity  as  the  name  of  the  county,  a 
township  and  a  creek. 

In  its  evolutionary  tradition,  Lycoming 
College  continues  to  expand  its  programs  and 
improve  its  academic  excellence  with  each 
decade,  seeking  to  provide  a  truly  distin- 
guished baccalaureate  education  to  every 
student  entering  its  doors. 


The  Campus 


Nineteen  buildings  sit  on  Lycoming's  35- 
acre  campus.  Most  buildings  have  been 
constructed  since  1950.  All  are  easy  to  reach 
from  anywhere  on  campus.  A  12-acre  athletic 
field  and  football  stadium  lie  a  few  blocks 
north  of  the  main  campus. 

Modem  buildings  include  the  eight 
residence  halls,  which  contain  clean  and 
comfortable  double  rooms;  the  student  union; 
and  the  physical  education/recreation  center.   . 
Up-to-date  facilities  include  the  library,  the 
theatre,  the  planetarium,  the  computer  center, 
an  electronic  music  studio,  a  photography 
laboratory,  and  an  art  gallery.  The  computer 
center  opened  in  1969;  the  art  gallery  and  the 
physical  education  center  opened  in  1980.  An 
arts  center  was  renovated  and  opened  in  1983. 
The  Heim  Biology  and  Chemistry  Building 
opened  in  1990. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  CAMPUS 


Residence  Halls 

Asbury  Hall  (1962)  —  Named  in  honor  of 
Bishop  Francis  Asbury,  the  father  of  The  United 
Methodist  Church  in  America,  who  made  the 
circuit  through  the  upper  Susquehanna  District 
in  1812.  the  year  Lycoming  (then  the 
Williamsport  Academy)  opened  its  doors. 
Asbury  Hall  houses  freshman  students  in  a  co- 
educational environment. 

Crever  Hall  (1962)  —  Honors  Lycoming's 
founder  and  first  financial  agent,  the  Rev. 
Benjamin  H.  Crever,  who  helped  persuade  the 
Baltimore  Conference  to  purchase  the  school 
from  the  Williamsport  Town  Council  in  1848. 

East  Hall  (1962)  —  Houses  five  chapters  of 
Lycoming's  fraternities  and  sororities.  The 
self-contained  units  contain  student  rooms  and 
a  chapter  room. 

Forrest  Hall  (1968)  —  Honors  Dr.  and  Mrs. 
Fletcher  Bliss  Forrest  and  Anna  Forrest 
Burfeindt  '30,  the  parents  and  sister  of 
Katherine  Forrest  Mathers  '28,  whose 
generosity  established  the  memorial. 

Rich  Hall  (1948)  —  Honors  the  Rich  family 
of  Woolrich,  Pennsylvania.  It  houses  health 
services,  dining  services  office,  security, 
residence  life,  and  buildings  and  grounds. 
Rich  is  an  all  female  hall. 

Skeath  Hall  (1965)  —  The  largest  residence 
hall  honors  the  late  J.  Milton  Skeath,  professor 
of  psychology  and  four-time  Dean  of  the 
College  from  1921  to  1967.  It  houses 
freshmen  in  a  co-educational  environment. 

Wesley  Hall  (1956)  —  Honors  John  Wesley, 
the  founder  of  Methodism.  This  building 
houses  a  number  of  Greek  organizations,  as 
[well  as  independent  students. 

Williams  Hall  (1965)  —  Honors  Mary  Ellen 
Whitehead  Williams,  mother  of  Joseph  A. 
Williams,  of  St.  Marys,  Pennsylvania,  whose 
[bequest  established  the  memorial. 


Academic  Buildings 

Academic  Center  (1968)  —  The  most  architec- 
turally impressive  complex  on  campus,  the 
Center  is  composed  of  four  buildings:  the  John 
G.  Snowden  Memorial  Library,  Wendle  Hall, 
the  Mary  L.  Welch  Theatre  and  Laboratories, 
and  the  faculty  office  building. 

John  G.  Snowden  Memorial  Library  (1968) 
www.lycoming.edu/library  Named  after  the 
late  state  senator  John  G.  Snowden,  the  library 
supports  the  classroom  and  research  needs  of 
the  college  community.    An  active  instruction 
program  promotes  the  use  of  print  materials, 
web  accessed  academic  information  resources, 
and  other  information  technologies.  The 
collection  includes  more  than  1 80,000  vol- 
umes, approximately  1000  periodical  titles,  and 
a  strong  reference  collection  suitable  to  an 
undergraduate  education.  The  Snowden 
Memorial  Library  also  serves  as  a  partial 
depository  for  U.S.  government  publications 
and  houses  the  Lycoming  College  Archives 
and  the  archives  of  the  Central  Pennsylvania 
Conference  of  the  United  Methodist  Church. 

Art  Gallery  (1980)  —  Located  in  the  northwest 
corner  of  the  first  floor  of  the  John  G.  Snowden 
Memorial  Library,  the  gallery  contains  exhibits 
year-round,  including  shows  of  student  work. 

Office  of  Communications  Technology/ 
Computer  Center  (1969)  — 
www.lycoming.edu/dept/oct  Lycoming 
College  provides  at  least  one  computer  network 
access  point  in  each  classroom,  office,  and  for 
each  student  on  campus.  Students  have  access 
to  a  variety  of  on-  campus  and  worldwide 
resources  through  the  network. 

The  College  maintains  five  public  use 
computer  labs,  four  labs  populated  with 
Windows-based  computers,  and  one  lab  with  a 
mix  of  Windows  and  Macintosh  computers. 
The  Windows  labs  utilize  several  popular 
software  packages,  such  as  Office  2000  (Word, 
Excel,  PowerPoint,  Access,  FrontPage  2000), 
Internet  Explorer,  and  SPSS.  The  Graphics 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  CAMPUS 


Lab  utilizes  Microsoft  Office,  PageMaker, 
Photoshop,  Quark  XPress,  Illustrator, 
FrontPage  2000,  and  Macromedia  Director 
and  DreamWeaver.  Laser  printing  and  Zip 
drives  are  available  in  all  labs,  with  scanning 
available  in  the  Graphics  Lab. 

Lycoming  College  maintains  a  site  on 
the  World  Wide  Web  where  our  URL  is 
http://www.lycoming.edu.  Any  student  who 
is  enrolled  at  Lycoming  receives  an  e-mail 
account  as  well  as  a  network  account  with 
disk  space  for  a  personal  Web  site  and 
common  files.  These  are  backed  up  daily. 
Most  academic  departments  maintain  home 
pages  and  resources  under  the  Lycoming 
College  home  page(s).  Many  faculty  post 
departmental  home  pages  and  communicate 
with  their  students  by  e-mail. 

Any  student  living  in  a  residence  hall  can 
become  part  of  the  Residential  Networking 
Program,  ResNet.  They  then  have  direct 
access  to  the  Lycoming  network  and  the 
Internet.  Students  need  properly  configured 
computers  to  give  them  access  to  e-mail  and 
the  World  Wide  Web  from  their  rooms. 

An  IBM  RS6000  running  Unix  provides 
access  to  a  variety  of  different  software 
packages  to  students  in  the  Mathematical  and 
Computer  Sciences. 

ResNet  (1995)  -  Any  student  who  has  a 
computer  is  encouraged  to  bring  it  to  campus. 
To  join  the  Residential  Networking  Program, 
ResNet,  a  student  must  have  a  computer  that 
meets  a  minimal  set  of  standards  and  he/she 
must  compete  the  Residential  Networking 
Access  Account  Application,  contracting  for 
the  complete  set  of  Internet  Services.  The 
access  account  fee  is  $15.00  per  month. 
Applications  are  available  on  the  Web  at 
www.lycoming.edu/acad/resapp.htm. 
in  the  Residence  Life  Office,  the  Telecommu- 
nications Office,  or  in  the  Office  of 
Communications  Technology.  For  full 
instructions  you  can  also  go  to 
www.lycoming.edu/acad/resnet.htm. 


Video  Conference  Facility  (1995)  -  The 

College  maintains  a  specially  equipped  video- 
conference  facility  that  provides  access  to 
courses,  lectures  and  resources  that  would 
otherwise  be  unavailable.  Lycoming  is  part  oft 
a  consortium  of  schools  that  uses  this  tech- 
nology to  enhance  educational  opportunities. 

Computer  Graphics  Lab  (1993) — This 
computer  lab  features  state-of-the-art  Macintosh] 
and  Windows  NT  graphic  stations  equipped 
with  animation,  photographic  imaging,  and 
paint  and  draw  programs  for  both  fine  arts  and! 
commercial  design  students,  along  with 
desktop  publishing  and  a  number  of  other 
programs  for  general  use.  The  programs  are 
updated  annually. 

Nursing  Skills  Laboratory  (1983)  — 

Located  in  the  lower  level  of  the  Academic 
Center,  it  is  a  replica  of  a  modem  hospital  ward, 
complete  with  10  simulated  work  stations,  a 
nurses'  station,  an  intensive  care  unit  and  all 
the  medical  equipment  used  by  nurses. 

Wendle  Hall  (1968)  —  Named  after  the 
George  Wendle  family,  a  College  benefactor, 
this  building  contains  21  classrooms,  the 
psychology  laboratories,  four  computer  lab- 
oratories with  75  terminals  available  for  use, 
and  spacious  Pennington  Lounge,  an  informal 
meeting  place  for  students  and  faculty. 

Mary  L.  Welch  Theatre  and  Laboratories 
(1968)  —  The  204-seat  thrust-stage  theatre, 
formerly  known  as  the  Arena  Theatre  until 
2000,  is  one  of  the  finest  in  the  region.  It 
includes  projection  facilities,  scene  and 
costume  shops,  a  make-up  room,  and  a 
multiple-use  area  known  as  the  Down  Stage, 
where  one-act  experimental  plays  are  per- 
formed. The  language,  business,  mathemat- 
ics, and  physics  laboratories  are  situated  on 
the  upper  floors.  The  Detwiler  Planetarium  is 
located  on  the  ground  floor. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  CAMPUS 

• 


Faculty  Office  Building  (1968)  —  Contains 
faculty  offices,  seminar  rooms,  and  a  735-seat 
lecture  hall. 

Fine  Arts  Center  (1923,  renovated  1983)  — 

Contains  studios,  sculpture  foundry,  wood- 
shop,  printmaking  shop,  classrooms,  lecture 
hall,  offices. 

Academic  Resource  Center  —  Located  on 
the  top  floor  of  the  Fine  Arts  Center,  it  is 
operated  by  a  professional  staff  and  peer  tutors 
during  the  academic  year.  The  Center  offers 
workshops,  tutoring,  and  counseling. 

Photography  Laboratory  (1984)  —  Located 
in  the  lower  level  of  the  Fine  Arts  Center,  it  is 
fully  equipped  for  both  black  and  white  and 
color  photography. 

Communication  Center  (1987)  —  The  focal 
point  of  the  facility  is  a  fully  equipped 
broadcast  quality  television  studio  and  control 
room.  The  building  also  houses  an  editing 
room,  a  classrooms,  faculty  offices,  the  FM 
radio  station  and  the  student  newspaper  office. 

Heim  Biology  and  Chemistry  Building 
(1990)  —  The  $10  million  Heim  Building  is 
one  of  the  finest  undergraduate  science  facilities 
in  the  East.  The  three-level  structure  totals 
more  than  63,000  square  feet  and  contains 
state-of-the-art  biology  and  chemistry  labora- 
tories, lecture  halls,  seminar  rooms,  a  science 
reading  area  and  a  greenhouse  as  well  as 
classrooms  and  faculty  offices. 

Clarke  Building  &  Chapel  (1939)  — 

Lycoming's  landmark  honors  Martha 
B.  Clarke,  a  benefactor.  The  building  contains 
Clarke  Chapel,  St.  John  Neumann  Chapel,  the 
United  Campus  Ministry  Center,  a  recital  hall, 
music  classrooms,  practice  studios,  an  elec- 
tronic music  studio  and  faculty  offices. 


Administration  Buildings 

Drum  House  —  Built  in  1 857  the  Admissions 
House  is  the  oldest  building  on  the  campus.  It 
was  first  occupied  by  a  Presbyterian  parson. 

The  Admissions  House  was  bought  by  the 
College  in  1931,  along  with  28  other  dwell- 
ings, and  in  1940  became  the  President's 
home.  John  W.  Long  occupied  it  for  the 
remainder  of  his  tenure  and  D.  Frederick  Wertz 
lived  in  the  house  from  1955  until  1965  when 
the  College  made  the  property  at  325 
Grampian  Boulevard  the  President's  home. 
The  building  was  then  converted  for  use  by 
the  Fine  Arts  Department.  In  1983,  when  a 
new  Fine  Arts  facility  was  completed,  the 
department  was  relocated  and  the  house  was 
vacant  until  1987  when  it  was  restored  by 
college  craftsmen  to  its  original  Federalist 
design  under  the  supervision  of  Carol  Baker 
'60,  who  kindly  volunteered  her  services 
during  the  year-long  reconstruction.  The 
Admissions  House  was  a  gift  of  the  W.F.  Rich 
family. 

John  W.  Long  Hall  (1951)  —  Named  after 
President  Long  (1921-1955),  it  houses  the 
administrative  offices,  including  those  of  the 
President,  Dean,  Treasurer,  Dean  of  Student 
Affairs,  Registrar,  Alumni  and  Parent  Pro- 
grams, College  Relations,  Institutional 
Advancement,  Publications,  and  Financial 
Aid.  It  includes  a  reception  area. 

Recreation  Facilities 

Physical  Education  and  Recreation  Center 
(1980)  —  Includes  the  George  R.  Lamade 
Gymnasium,  which  contains  basketball  and 
other  courts;  a  six-lane  swimming  pool;  all- 
purpose  room;  sauna  and  steam  room;  weight 
room;  offices;  classrooms,  and  the  Alumni 
lounge. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  CAMPUS  •  ADMISSION  TO  LYCOMING 


Wertz  Student  Center  (1959)  —  Named  after 
D.  Frederick  Wertz,  President  ( 1 955- 1 968),  it 
contains  the  Main  Dining  Commons,  Jane 
Schultz  Room,  Burchfield  Lounge,  a  recreation 
area,  game  rooms.  Jack's  Comer,  bookstore, 
post  office,  student  activities  office,  Career 
Development  Center,  Counseling  Center,  and 
student  organization  offices. 

Handicapped  Accessibility 

Most  facilities  at  Lycoming  College  are 
accessible  to  those  with  limited  mobility.  In 
addition,  the  College  will  make  special 
accommodations  whenever  necessary  to  meet 
the  needs  of  any  of  its  students. 


Admission 
To  Lycoming 


Lycoming  College  welcomes  applications 
from  prospective  students  regardless  of  age, 
sex,  race,  religion,  financial  resources,  color, 
national  or  ethnic  background.  Visit  us  at 
http://www.lycoming.edu 

Admission  Decision  Criteria 

Admission  to  Lycoming  College  is 
competitive.  Applicants  are  evaluated  on  the 
basis  of  their  academic  preparation,  talents, 
and  interests,  as  well  as  the  College's  capacity 
to  help  them  achieve  their  educational 
objectives  and  career  goals. 

Successful  candidates  for  admission  have 
typically  completed  a  college  preparatory 
program  in  high  school  which  includes  four 
years  of  English,  three  years  of  math,  two         i 
years  of  foreign  language,  two  years  of  natural 
or  physical  science,  three  years  of  social 
science,  and  two  years  of  academic  electives. 

In  addition,  successful  admission  candi- 
dates generally  place  in  the  top  two-fifths  of 
their  high  school  graduating  class,  and  have 
better  than  average  SATl  or  ACT  scores. 

From  time  to  time  supplemental  materials,  as 
well  as  a  personal  interview,  may  be  required 
prior  to  the  determination  of  admissibility . 

Admission  Application 
Filing  Period 

Applications  for  the  fall  semester  will  be 
accepted  from  June  1  st  of  the  preceding  year 
through  April  1st  of  the  year  in  which  studies 
are  to  begin.  Applications  for  the  spring 
semester  are  accepted  from  the  preceding  May 
1st  through  December  1st. 

Applications,  when  complete,  are  reviewed 
and  evaluated  on  a  rolling  basis.  Generally, 
applicants  are  notified  in  writing  regarding  the 
outcome  of  their  applications  within  three 
weeks  following  the  receipt  of  all  required 
materials. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ADMISSION  TO  LYCOMING 


Freshman  Applicants 

Freshman  applicants  must  complete  the 
following  steps: 

1)  Submit  the  completed  Lycoming  College 
Admission  Application. 

2)  Submit  the  non-refundable  $35 
application  fee. 

3)  Provide  official  transcripts  of  all  high 
school  and  post-secondary  school  studies 
(whether  or  not  completed). 

4)  Submit  official  results  of  the  SATl  or  ACT. 

5)  Submit  two  personal  letters  of  recommendation. 

6)  Submit  a  written  essay. 

Transfer  Applicants 

Lycoming  College  considers  applications 
from  students  who  have  attended  other  post- 
secondary  educational  institutions.  These 
applicants  must  have  earned  a  cumulative 
grade  point  average  of  at  least  2.00  (on  a  4 
point  scale)  in  transferable  courses  at  the  post- 
secondary  institution(s)  attended. 

Credit  will  be  granted  only  for  courses 
which  have  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 
Courses  with  a  non-grade  such  as  "P"  or  "S" 
will  not  transfer.  Lycoming  College  will 
determine  which  courses  are  appropriate  for 
transfer  and  is  under  no  obligation  to  accept 
any  course.  Final  determination  of  transfer 
credit  will  be  made  by  the  Lycoming  College 
Registrar  based  on  official  transcripts  only. 
Transfer  courses  will  be  shown  on  the 
Lycoming  transcript  with  the  symbol  "T." 

Transfer  applicants  must  complete  each  of 
the  following  steps: 

1 )  Complete  and  return  application  with  the 
$35  application  fee. 

2)  Provide  official  transcripts  and  course 
descriptions  or  catalogs  from  each 
post-secondary  school  attended.  Students 
who  have  accumulated  less  than  24 
semester  hours  or  36  credit  hours  must 
also  submit  high  school  transcripts. 
(Official  results  of  the  SATl  or  ACT  may 
also  be  required.) 


3)  Submit  the  transfer  student  admission 
report  (it  will  be  sent  to  you  upon 
application). 
Applicants  may  transfer  up  to  64  semester 
credits  at  the  Lycoming  College  100  and  200 
level  and  up  to  32  semester  credits  at  the 
Lycoming  College  300  and  400  level  for  a 
total  of  96  credits.  Students  must  complete  the 
final  32  credits  of  the  degree  program  at 
Lycoming  College.  At  least  16  credits  in  the 
major  area  must  be  taken  at  Lycoming  College. 
Challenge  examinations  may  not  be  used  to 
fulfill  this  requirement. 

Additional  information  regarding  the 
transfer  of  college  credit  appears  on  page  24. 

International  Applicants 

Prospective  students  who  are  neither 
citizens  nor  permanent  residents  of  the  United 
States  are  welcome  to  apply  for  admission. 

International  applicants  must  complete 
each  of  the  following  steps: 

1 )  Submit  the  completed  Lycoming  College 
Admission  Application. 

2)  Provide  certified  true  copies  of  all 
secondary  (and  when  applicable,  post- 
secondary)  transcripts,  mark  sheets,  diplo- 
mas, and  certificates  in  the  original  lan- 
guages, as  well  as  in  English  (when  the 
originals  are  not  in  English).  Transla- 
tions of  non-English  materials  must  be 
certified  as  true  and  correct. 

3)  Submit  two  letters  of  recommendation. 

4)  Provide  proof  of  the  ability  to  read,  write, 
and  speak  English  at  the  college  level  as 
evidenced  by  a  TOEFL  score  of  at  least 
500,  or  1 73  for  computer  assessment  test. 

5)  International  students  who  are  currently 
studying  in  the  United  States  must  be 
"in-status"  with  the  United  States  De- 
partment of  Justice,  Immigration  and 
Naturalization  Service.  They  must  also 
be  eligible  to  transfer  to  Lycoming  College. 


2(X)2-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ADMISSION  TO  LYCOMING 


Please  note  that  the  minimum  amount 
required  for  each  academic  year  of  study 
(September  through  April)  at  Lycoming 
College  is  U.S.  $26,000.  Summer  living 
expenses  (May  through  August)  average 
an  additional  U.S.  $4,500,  and  are  not 
included  in  $26,000  amount. 

Note  To  All  Students: 

1 )  If  there  is  additional  information  that 
would  be  helpful  to  the  Admissions  Com- 
mittee in  reviewing  your  application,  please 
indicate  it  on  a  separate  piece  of  paper. 

2)  If  you  are  24  or  older,  the  requirement  for 
the  SATl  or  ACT  assessment  may  be 
waived. 

Readmission  to  the  College 

All  students  who  leave  the  College  for  one 
or  more  semesters  must  apply  for  readmission 
through  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  Students 
will  be  notified  by  mail  when  readmission  has 
been  granted.  They  must  then  pay  a  deposit  of 
$100  confirming  their  intention  to  re-matricu- 
late in  order  to  receive  registration  materials. 
Students  seeking  residence  must  submit  an 
additional  $100  Room  Reservation  Deposit  as 
well  as  contact  the  Office  of  Residence  Life  to 
make  arrangements  to  reserve  a  room.  These 
deposits  are  non-refundable.  Students  who  do 
not  attend  Lycoming  College  the  term  for  which 
readmittance  is  granted  will  be  required  to 
complete  another  readmission  application  when 
they  desire  to  return.  Students  who  return  to 
the  College  after  no  more  than  one  academic 
year  has  passed  may  retain  the  same  require- 
ments in  effect  at  the  initial  date  of  entrance. 
After  one  year,  students  will  be  required  to 
complete  the  requirements  currently  imposed 
upon  other  students  of  the  same  academic  level. 


Confirmation  of  Intent 
to  Enroll  at  Lycoming 

Admitted  applicants  are  asked  to  confirm 
their  intent  to  enroll  for  the  fall  semester  no 
later  than  the  preceding  May  1st,  or  by  Decem- 
ber 1  St  for  the  following  spring  semester  by 
submitting  the  appropriate  deposit.  New 
commuting  students  are  required  to  submit  a 
$200  Confirmation  Deposit.  New  resident 
students  are  required  to  submit  the  $200 
Confirmation  Deposit,  as  well  as  a  $100  Room 
Reservation  Deposit.  Admitted  international 
applicants  are  required  to  submit  all  applicabh 
deposits  prior  to  the  issuance  of  the  1-20  form. 

Deposits  are  non-refundable  after  May  1st 
for  the  following  fall  semester,  and  December 
1st  for  the  following  spring  semester. 

Student  Orientation 

All  new  students  are  required  to  attend  one  of 
three  summer  orientation  sessions  with  at  least 
one  parent  before  they  enroll  in  the  fall.  The 
purpose  of  the  program  is  to  acquaint  the  new 
students  and  their  parent(s)  more  fully  with  the 
College  so  that  they  can  begin  their  Lycoming 
experience  under  the  most  favorable  circum- 
stances. Students  will  take  placement  tests, 
meet  their  academic  advisor,  and  preregister 
for  fall  classes.  Information  on  orientation  is 
mailed  to  new  students  after  they  confirm  their 
intention  to  enroll. 

Withdrawal  of  Admission  Offers 

Lycoming  College  reserves  the  right  to 
withdraw  offers  of  admission  when: 

1 )  information  requested  as  part  of  the 
admission  application  process  is  not 
provided  by  applicants, 

2)  misrepresentation  of  fact  to  the  College  by 
applicants  occurs  during  the  application 
process, 

3)  the  conduct  of  applicants  is  not  in  keeping 
with  the  ethical  or  moral  standards  as  set 
forth  in  the  Lycoming  College  Catalog  or 
the  Lycoming  College  Student  Handbook. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


i 


ADMISSION  TO  LYCOMING 


FINANCIAL  MATTERS 

« 


w^ 


Admissions  Office 
Location  and  Hours 

Prospective  students  and  their  families  are 
encouraged  to  visit  the  campus  for  a  student- 
conducted  tour  and  an  interview  with  an 
idmissions  counselor,  who  will  provide 
idditional  information  about  the  College  and 
rnswer  questions. 

The  Office  of  Admissions  is  located  on 
Washington  Boulevard  and  College  Place.  For 
in  appointment,  telephone  1-800-345-3920, 
;xt.  4026  or  (570)321-4026,  write  the  Office  of 
Admissions,  Lycoming  College,  Williamsport, 
PA  17701,  or  visit 
www.lycoming.edu/admiss/schedul/htm. 

Office  hours  are: 
Weekdays 

September  through  April:  8:00  a.m.  to  4:30  p.m. 

May  through  August:  8:00  a.m.  to  4:00  p.m. 

Saturdays 

September  through  April:  9:00  a.m.  to 

12:(X)noon 

May  through  August:  appointments  by  request. 


Financial  Matters 


Expenses  for  the 
Academic  Year  2002-2003 

The  following  expenses  are  effective  for  the 
1  egular  fall  and  spring  semesters.  The  College 
reserves  the  right  to  adjust  fees  at  any  time.  The 
fees  for  each  semester  are  payable  approximately 
two  weeks  prior  to  the  start  of  classes  for  the 
semester  as  indicated  on  the  semester  bill. 
Fees  Per  Semester         Per  Year 

Tuition  $10,016.00       $20,032.00 

Room  Rent  $1,446.00         $2,892.00 

Board  $1,366.00         $2,732.00 

Total  $12,828.00       $25,656.00 

One-Time  Student  Fees 

Application  Fee $35 

Confirmation  Deposit $200 

Room  Reservation  Deposit $100 

Part-Time  Students  Fees 

Application  Fee $35 

Each  Unit  Course $2,504 

Additional  Charges 

Non-refundable  Enrollment  Deposit  for 

Returning  Students $100 

Activity  Fee $80 

Applied  Music  Fee  (half-hour 

per  week  per  semester) $230 

Technology  Fee  (resident  students) 

(per  semester) $145 

Cap  and  Gown  Rental prevailing  cost 

Laboratory  Fee  per  Unit  Course  ..  $10  to  $100 
Parking  Permit  (for  the  academic  year). ...  $60 
Practice  Teaching  Fee 

(payable  in  junior  year) $400 

School  Nurse  Practicum  Fee  $400 

R.O.T.C.  Uniform  Deposit 

(payable  at  Bucknell  University) $75 

Transcript  Fee $3* 

Placement  Retest  Fee $25 

Single  Room  Charge additional  charge 

of  $579  per  semester. 
The  tuition  covers  the  regular  course  load  of 
twelve  to  sixteen  credits  each  semester  exclud- 
ing band,  choir,  theater  practica  and  all  scholars 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


HNANCIAL  MATTERS 


seminars.  Resident  students  must  board  at  the 
College  unless,  for  extraordinary  reasons, 
authorization  is  extended  for  other  eating 
arrangements.  If  a  double  room  is  used  as  a 
single  room,  there  is  an  additional  charge  of 
$579  per  semester.  The  estimated  cost  for 
books  and  supplies  is  up  to  $800  per  year, 
depending  on  the  course  of  study.  Special 
session  (May  Term  and  Summer  Session) 
charges  for  tuition,  room,  and  board  are 
established  during  the  fall  semester. 
*$3  for  first  copy;  $1  for  each  additional  copy 
requested  at  the  same  time.  No  charge  for 
currently  enrolled  full-time  students.  No 
transcripts  will  be  issued  for  a  student  or 
alumnus  whose  fmancial  obligation  to  the 
college  has  not  been  satisfied. 

Entry  Fees  and  Deposits 

Application  Fee  —  All  students  applying  for 
admission  must  submit  a  $35  application  fee. 
This  charge  defrays  the  cost  of  processing  the 
application  and  is  nonrefundable. 

Confirmation  Deposit  -  All  full-time  students 
who  have  been  notified  of  their  admission  to 
Lycoming  College  are  required  to  make  a 
$200  Confirmation  Deposit  to  confirm  their 
intention  to  matriculate.  The  Deposit  is  held 
until  Graduation  or  until  voluntary  permanent 
termination  of  enrollment,  at  which  time  any 
remaining  balance  is  refunded  after  all  debts 
to  the  College  have  been  satisfied. 

Resident  students  must  remit  an  additional 
$  1 00  Room  Reservation  Deposit.  The  room 
deposit  is  applied  against  the  comprehensive 
fees  billed  for  the  first  semester  of  attendance. 

Both  the  Confirmation  and  Room  Reserva- 
tion Deposits  are  refundable  prior  to  the  start 
of  the  first  semester  of  attendance  if  the  official 
withdrawal  date  is  not  later  than  May  1 . 
Enrollment  Deposit  —  A  non-refundable 
enrollment  deposit  of  $100  is  required  of  all 
current  full  and  part-time  degree-seeking 
students  each  spring  in  order  to  pre-register 
for  the  subsequent  fall  semester  courses  and/or 
to  participate  in  the  annual  room  selection 
process.  This  deposit  is  applied  against  the  fall 
semester  bill. 


Partial  Payments 

For  the  convenience  of  those  who  find  it 
impossible  to  follow  the  regular  schedule  of 
payments,  arrangements  may  be  made  with 
the  College  Bursar  for  the  monthly  payment  of 
College  fees  through  various  educational  plans. 
Additional  information  may  be  obtained  from 
the  Treasurer's  Office  or  Admissions  Office. 

Lycoming  College  Withdrawal 
Refund  Policy 

Students  wishing  to  withdraw  from  the 
College  during  the  semester  should  meet  with 
the  Associate  Dean  of  the  College  or  the 
Assistant  Dean  for  Freshmen  to  ensure  that 
student  financial  and  academic  records  are 
properly  closed.  The  effecfive  date  of 
calculadng  refunds  shall  be:  the  date,  as 
determined  by  the  institution,  the  student 
began  the  withdrawal  process  or  provided 
official  nodfication  to  the  insdtution  of  his  or 
her  intent  to  withdraw;  the  midpoint  of  the 
payment  period  or  period  of  enrollment  if  the 
student  dropped  out  without  notifying  the 
institution;  or  the  date,  as  determined  by  the 
insdtution,  that  the  student  withdrew  due  to 
illness  or  accident. 

Students  withdrawing  will  receive  a 
prorated  refund  for  tuidon,  fees,  room  and 
board,  less  an  administradve  fee  of  $100  and 
any  unpaid  charges,  according  to  the  follow- 
ing schedule: 


Refund 

Charge 

During  Week  1 

90% 

10% 

During  Week  2 

85% 

15% 

During  Week  3 

80% 

20% 

During  Week  4 

70% 

30% 

During  Week  5 

65% 

35% 

During  Week  6 

60% 

40% 

During  Week  7 

50% 

50% 

During  Week  8 

45% 

55% 

During  Week  9 

40% 

60% 

After  9th  Week 

0% 

100% 

Comparative  schedules  apply  to  the  May  and 
Summer  terms. 

The  U.  S.  Department  of  Educadon 
requires  that,  for  any  student  receiving  federal  j 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


RNANCIAL  MATTERS 


financial  aid,  the  federal  programs  be 
refunded  IN  FULL  in  the  following  order: 
Unsubsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loan,  Subsi- 
dized Federal  Stafford  Loan,  Federal  Perkins 
Loans,  Federal  PLUS  Loans,  Federal  Pell 
Grants,  FSEOGs,  other  SFA  Programs,  and 
Dther  federal,  state,  private,  or  institutional 
sources  of  aid  prior  to  any  refund  being 
issued  to  the  student.  See  Federal  Funds 
Withdrawal  Policy  for  further  explanation  on 
return  of  Federal  Funds.  State  Grant  pro- 
grams have  varying  regulations  concerning 
refunds,  but  most  will  require  at  least  a  partial 
'efund  of  the  State  Grant.  If  the  student  has 
■eceived  a  Lycoming  Grant,  a  pro-rated 
Dortion  of  the  student's  refund  also  will  be 
"epaid  to  the  Lycoming  Grant  program.  This 
>vill  reduce,  or  in  many  cases  eliminate,  the 
imount  of  the  refund  the  student  otherwise 
tvould  receive.  Detailed  examples  are 
ivailable  from  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

Full-time  students  who,  after  reducing 
;heir  course  loads,  continue  to  be  enrolled  for 
12  to  16  semester  hours  are  not  eligible  for  a 
■efund  of  tuition  for  an  individual  course. 
Students  who  register  for  extra  hours  in 
jxcess  of  16  hours  per  semester  and  who  later 
■educe  their  loads  will  be  refunded  the  fee 
charged  for  overloads  according  to  the  above 
ichedules.  Students  who  enroll  full-time  and 
jubsequently  assume  part-time  status  by 
■educing  their  loads  below  12  hours,  and  part- 
;ime  students  who  drop  individual  courses, 
tvill  be  refunded  according  to  the  above 
schedules  for  the  semester  hours  dropped, 
rhe  assumption  of  part-time  status  normally 
nvolves  a  substantial  reduction  of  financial 
iid  since  most  financial  aid  programs  do  not 
extend  eligibility  to  part-time  students. 

The  calculated  refund  will  be  reduced  by 
anpaid  charges.  Any  balance  remaining  will 
3e  billed  to  the  student.  Unpaid  student 
iccount  balances  will  be  charged  interest  at 
he  rate  of  1  %  per  month  on  the  month  end 
balance  until  account  is  paid  in  full.  Should 
legal  collection  become  necessary,  ail  costs  of 
collection  will  be  added  to  the  balance  due. 


FEDERAL  FUNDS  WITHDRAWAL  POLICY 

Deflnitions 

Earned  Title  IV  Funds:  Title  IV  funds  used  to 
cover  educational  costs  according  to  the  length 
of  time  the  student  was  enrolled  before  with- 
drawing. The  amount  of  funds  earned  is  directly 
proportional  to  the  time  enrolled,  through  60% 
of  the  term.  After  60%,  the  student  is  considered  tc 
have  earned  all  aid.  The  earned  Title  IV  funds 
percentage  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  number 
of  days  completed  up  to  the  withdrawal  date  by 
the  total  days  in  the  billing  period. 

Unearned  Title  FV  Funds:  The  amount  of  grant 
and  loan  assistance  awarded  under  Title  IV  that 
has  not  been  earned  by  the  student.  The  law 
states  the  earned  Title  IV  funds  are  to  be  used  to 
cover  the  length  of  time  the  student  was  enrolled 
before  withdrawing.  Unearned  Title  IV  funds 
must  be  returned  to  the  programs.  The  unearned 
Title  IV  funds  percentage  is  determined  by 
subtracting    the  earned  Title  IV  funds  percent-age 
from  100%.  To  calculate  the  amount  of  unearned 
Title  rV  funds,  multiply  total  dis- 
bursed federal  financial  aid  (3)  by  the  unearned 
Title  IV  funds  refund  percentage. 

Withdraw  date:  The  date  the  student  began  the 
withdrawal  process;  the  date  the  student  other- 
wise provided  the  school  with  official  notification 
of  the  intent  to  withdraw;  or  for  the  student  who 
does  not  begin  the  school's  withdrawal  process 
or  notify  the  school  of  the  intent  to  withdraw,    the 
mid-point  of  the  payment  period  or  period     of 
enrollment  for  which  Title  IV  assistance  was 
disbursed  (unless  the  institution  can  document      ; 
later  date). 

The  responsibility  to  repay  unearned  Title  IV 
funds  is  shared  by  the  college  and  the  student. 
The  college's  share  is  the  lesser  of: 
the  total  amount  of  unearned  Title  IV  funds;  or 
Institutional  charges  incurred  for  the  billing 
period  multiplied  by  the  percentage  of  aid  that 
was  unearned: 

1 .  Stafford,  PLUS  and  Perkins  loans.  Pell  Grant 
and  SEOG 

2.  A  student  is  not  eligible  for  a  Title  IV  refund 
if  he  or  she  receives  an  "incomplete"  status 


;0O2-O3  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


RNANCIAL  MATTERS 


for  coursework  that  can  be,  and  is  expected 
to  be  completed  within  a  reasonable 
timeframe  after  the  end  of  the  billing 
period,  lease  refer  to  the  college  catalog  for 
"incomplete"  coursework  deadlines. 
3.  Total  disbursed  federal  financial  aid 
includes  aid  that  was  disbursed  and  aid  that 
could  have  been  disbursed  as  of  the 
student's  withdrawal  date. 
The  student's  share  is  the  difference 
between  the  unearned  Title  IV  funds  and  the 
college's  share.  The  college's  share  is 
allocated  among  the  Title  IV  programs  in  the 
following  order  of  return: 

Federal  Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loan 

Federal  Subsidized  Stafford  Loan 

Federal  PERKINS  Loan 

Federal  PLUS  Loan 

Federal  Pell  Grant 

Federal  SEOG 

Other  Title  IV  assistance  for  which  a  return 

of  funds  is  required 

Non-Payment  of  Fees  Penalty 

Students  will  not  be  registered  for  courses  in 
a  new  semester  if  their  accounts  for  previous 
attendance  have  not  been  settled.  Diplomas, 
transcripts,  and  certifications  of  withdrawals 
in  good  standing  are  issued  only  when  a  satis- 
factory settlement  of  all  financial  obligations 
has  been  made  in  the  Business  Office.  Final 
grades  may  also  be  held  in  some  cases.  Unpaid 
student  accounts  will  be  charged  interest  at  the 
rate  of  1  %  per  month  on  the  month-end 
balance  until  accounts  are  paid  in  full.  Should 
legal  collection  become  necessary,  all  costs  of 
collection  will  be  added  to  the  balance  due. 

FINANCIAL  AID 

Lycoming  College  is  committed  to  helping 
students  and  families  meet  college  costs.  While 
some  assistance  is  available  to  students  regard- 
less of  need  (merit  scholarships),  the  primary 
purpose  of  the  College's  financial  aid  program 
is  to  help  qualified  students  of  limited 
financial  resources  attend  Lycoming  College. 


Scholarships  may  be  awarded  on  the  basis  of 
merit  and/or  need,  while  grants  are  provided 
solely  on  the  basis  of  financial  need.  Long- 
term  educational  loans  with  favorable  interest 
rates  and  repayment  terms  are  available,  as  ar< 
part-time  employment  opportunities. 

It  is  important  to  submit  financial  aid 
applications  after  January  1st,  as  appropriate 
income  information  becomes  available,  but  by 
April  15.  Although  applications  may  be  filed 
later,  applicants  can  only  receive  consideratio 
for  remaining  available  funds. 

To  be  considered  for  financial  aid,  students 
and  families  must  complete  the  following  step 
for  each  year  the  student  seeks  assistance: 

1 .  Fully  complete  and  submit  the  Lycoming 
Financial  Aid  Application  (LFAA). 
Return  the  completed  application  to  the 
Financial  Aid  Office. 

2.  The  College  may  request  signed  and  dated 
copies  of  student  and  parent(s)  Federal  incom 
tax  returns  (1040,  1040A,  1040EZ,  1040PC 
TeleFile),  including  W-2  forms,  be  sent  to 
the  Financial  Aid  Office.  The  tax  returns 
required  are  for  the  year  preceding  the 
academic  year  in  which  the  student  seeks 
assistance. 

3.  Fully  complete  and  submit  the  Free  Applica- 
tion For  Federal  Student  Aid  (FAFSA). 
Returning  students  should  submit  the 
Renewal  FAFSA. 

4.  PA  residents  can  apply  for  state  grant 
assistance  using  the  FAFSA  as  well.  Non- 
PA  residents  should  contact  the  State  Grant 
Agency  in  their  home  state  to  see  if 
additional  forms  must  be  filed. 

Basic  eligibility  requirements  for  all  federa 
programs  are  listed  on  the  FAFSA  application 
Students  are  responsible  for  understanding  the  i 
basic  eligibility  requirements. 

Enrollment  Status  for  Financial 
Aid  Eligibility 

Financial  aid  eligibility  is  substantially 
reduced  for  students  who  are  charged  less  thari 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FINANCIAL  MATTERS 

• 


full-time  tuition.  Credit  is  earned  for  some 
courses  which  are  offered  at  no  charge,  includ- 
ing choir,  band,  theatre  practica  and  all  scholar 
seminars.  Therefore,  these  credits  would  not 
be  counted  in  the  full-time  tuition  calculation. 
For  financial  aid  purposes,  a  full-time  student 
is  enrolled  in  12-16  billable  semester  hours. 

Financial  Aid  Satisfactory 
Progress  Policy 

To  remain  eligible  for  federal,  state,  and 
institutional  financial  aid,  all  students  must 
maintain  financial  aid  satisfactory  progress  as 
defined  below.  The  financial  aid  satisfactory 
progress  policy  is  separate  and  distinct  from 
the  College's  academic  progress  policy. 

Students  retain  eligibility  for  financial  aid 
for  ten  (10)  semesters  of  full-time  study. 
However,  it  is  the  College's  practice  to  limit 
institutional  grants/scholarships  to  eight  (8) 
semesters  of  full-time  study.  Should  students 
attend  beyond  eight  semesters  of  full-time 
study,  they  may  still  be  eligible  for  federal 
and/or  state  aid  for  the  9th  or  10th  semester. 

In  some  instances  a  student  may  appeal 
academic  suspension  and  be  permitted  to 
continue  enrollment  even  though  the  student 
has  fallen  behind  in  credit  hours  or  cumulative 
GPA  (see  Academic  Levels  and  Academic 
Standing  sections  on  page  27).  A  student  who 
is  granted  an  academic  appeal  may  continue  to 
receive  financial  assistance  only  if  the  student 
meets  the  minimum  qualitative  (GPA)  and 
quantitative  (credits  completed)  requirements 
listed  below. 
End  of  Sem.       Min.  Cum.  GPA        Min.  Cr.  Comp. 


1 

1.50 

10 

2 

1.60 

20 

3 

1.70 

34 

4 

2.00 

48 

5 

2.00 

61 

6 

2.00 

74 

7 

2.00 

88 

8 

2.00 

102 

9 

2.00 

115 

10 

2.00 

128 

Students  who  fail  to  successfully  complete 
the  minimum  number  of  credits  and/or  who  fail 
to  meet  the  minimum  cumulative  GPA  require- 
ment will  be  placed  on  financial  aid  probation. 
This  allows  one  additional  semester  of  course 
work  to  bring  the  academic  record  up  to  min- 
imum standards.  Failure  to  meet  the  stated  min- 
imum after  the  probation  period  will  result  in  a 
suspension  of  all  (federal,  state,  and  institu- 
tional) financial  aid  until  the  standards  are  met. 

Financial  aid  satisfactory  progress  is  measured 
annually  and  cumulatively  by  the  Office  of 
Financial  Aid.  Official  notification  of  probation 
or  suspension  is  made  by  the  Office  of  Financial 
Aid.  Students  wishing  to  appeal  his  or  her 
suspension  of  aid,  and  who  have  legitimate 
reason  for  doing  so  (e.g.  illness),  must  put  their 
request  in  writing  to  the  Director  of  Financial 
Aid  at  least  four  weeks  prior  to  the  start  of  the 
semester  for  which  the  exception  is  sought. 
Students  placed  on  Financial  Aid  Probation  for 
a  period  of  two  (2)  consecutive  semesters,  and 
who  have  therefore  been  granted  an  appeal  after 
the  first  probation  semester,  are  prohibited  from 
future  appeals.  If  the  student  fails  to  attain  the 
minimum  standards  after  the  second  semester  of 
probation,  eligibility  for  financial  assistance  will 
be  cancelled  automatically. 

Acceptance  of  an  appeal  is  only  valid  for 
determining  eligibility  for  financial  assistance 
and  has  absolutely  no  bearing  on  any  determina- 
tion made  by  the  Registrar  and/or  the  Commit- 
tee on  Academic  Standards. 

College  Scholarships  &  Grants 

NOTE:  Lycoming  Scholarships  and  Grants  are 
awarded  to  eligible  students  who  are  full-time 
and  degree-seeking.  Students  already  possessing 
a  bachelor's  degree  are  ineligible  for  scholarships, 
grants  and  institutional  loans. 

Lycoming  Grants  may  be  awarded  to  students 
to  help  meet  their  documented  financial  need. 
Renewal  requires  continued  financial  need  as 
determined  by  Federal  Methodology  and/  or 
the  financial  aid  director.  Students  should 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FINANCIAL  matter; 


expect  the  Grant  award  to  remain  constant  for 
each  semester  they  are  enrolled. 
Ministerial  Grants  are  awarded  to  dependent 
children  of  United  Methodist  ministers  and 
ordained  ministers  of  other  denominations. 
This  grant  amounts  to  33%  of  tuition  for 
children  of  United  Methodist  ministers  in  the 
Central  Pennsylvania  Conference  and  25%  of 
tuition  for  all  others.  Students  meeting  the 
criteria  for  this  grant  and  any  other  Lycoming 
Scholarship(s)  will  be  awarded  the 
scholarship(s)/grant  that  provides  the  highest 
dollar  amount;  both  will  not  be  awarded. 

Pre-Ministerial  Student  Grants  of  up  to  25% 

tuition  are  awarded  to  students  preparing  for 
the  Christian  ministry.  Students  must  complete 
a  pre-ministerial  grant  application  available 
through  the  financial  aid  office.  Students 
meeting  the  criteria  for  this  grant  and  any  other 
Lycoming  Scholarship(s)  will  be  awarded  the 
scholar-ship(s)/grant  that  provides  the  highest 
dollar  amount;  both  will  not  be  awarded. 

Federal  Grants 

Pell  Grants  are  made  available  by  the  federal 
government.  Eligibility  is  based  upon  a 
federal  formula. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity 
Grants  may  be  awarded  to  students  with  excep- 
tional financial  need.  Priority  must  be  given 
to  Pell  Grant  recipients.  Funds  are  provided  by 
the  federal  government.  Funds  are  limited. 

State  Grants 

Pennsylvania  Higher  Education  Assistance 
Agency  (PHEAA)  Grants  are  available  for 
PA  residents  meeting  domicile  and  financial 
requirements  of  the  program.  Eligibility  is 
determined  by  PHEAA.  These  grants  are 
available  for  a  maximum  of  8  semesters.  Non- 
PA  residents  should  contact  the  State  Grant 
Agency  in  their  home  state  for  availability  of 
funds  to  students  attending  out-of-state  colleges. 


Loan  Programs 

Federal  Subsidized  Stafford/Keystone  Loan 

allows  eligible  Freshmen  to  borrow  a  maximum 
of  $2,625  annually.  Eligible  Sophomores  may 
borrow  up  to  a  maximum  of  $3,500  annually. 
Eligible  juniors  and  seniors  may  borrow  up  to  a 
maximum  of  $5,500  annually.  The  federal 
government  pays  the  interest  while  the  student 
is  enrolled  on  at  least  a  half-time  basis.  The 
student  begins  to  repay  the  loan  (interest  and 
principal)  6  months  after  leaving  school.  The 
interest  rate  for  new  borrowers  is  variable  based 
on  the  91 -DAY  T-BILL  plus  3.1%,  capped  at 
8.25%.  The  rate  is  adjusted  every  July  1. 
Loan  amounts  are  pro-rated  for  less  than  full- 
time  students.  Eligibility  is  based  on  financial  j 
need. 

Federal  Unsubsidized  Stafford/Keystone 
Loan  provides  an  opportunity  for  students  to 
borrow  under  the  Stafford  Program  who  do  not 
qualify  for  the  maximum  amount  of  subsidized  I 
Stafford  loan.  Maximum  grade  level  amount 
minus  subsidized  eligibility  equals  unsub- 
sidized eligibility.  Interest  must  be  paid  by  the 
borrower  on  a  quarterly  basis  while  enrolled 
(check  with  your  lender  to  see  if  interest 
payments  may  be  deferred).  Other  aspects  of 
the  loan  are  similar  to  those  under  the  Subsi- 
dized program.  Independent  students  may  be 
eligible  for  higher  loan  limits;  contact  the 
Financial  Aid  Office  for  more  information. 
Federal  Perkins  Loan  (formerly  the  National 
Direct  Student  Loan)  may  be  offered  to 
students  with  exceptional  need.  Borrowers 
must  repay  the  loan,  plus  5%  per  annum 
simple  interest  on  the  unpaid  balance,  over  a 
period  beginning  nine  months  after  the  date  on 
which  the  borrower  ceases  to  be  enrolled  at 
least  half-time.  Funds  are  limited. 

PLUS  Loan  is  a  loan  parents  may  take  out  on 
behalf  of  their  dependent  student.  The  amount 
a  parent  may  borrow  for  one  year  is  equal  to  the 
cost  of  education  for  one  year  minus  any 
financial  aid  the  sUident  is  eligible  for  in  that 
year.  The  interest  rate  is  variable  but  is  capped  at 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


TNANCIAL  MATTERS 


)%.  The  interest  rate  is  determined  every  July  1 
md  is  equal  to  the  bond  equivalent  rate  of  52- 
veek  T-Bill  plus  3.1%.  An  application  is 
ivailable  at  your  bank  or  other  lending  institu- 
ion. 

Employment  Opportunities 

<'ederal  College  Work-Study  Program 
V wards  provide  work  opportunities  on  campus 
or  qualified  students.  Students  receive  pay- 
;hecks  for  work  performed  in  the  previous  pay 
)eriod.  Based  on  documented  need  and  awarded 
)y  the  Financial  Aid  Office.  Funding  is  limited, 
rhe  student  assumes  full  responsibility  in 
ocating  a  job.  Retuming  students  who  wish  to 
vork  the  following  year  must  have  their  name 
ubmitted  to  the  Financial  Aid  Office  by  their 
upervisor  before  the  end  of  the  Spring  semester. 

Students  also  have  the  opportunity  to  seek 
vork-study  employment  off-campus  in  the 
Community  Service  program.  Interested 
tudents  can  get  additional  information  in  the 
nnancial  Aid  Office. 

-,ycoming  Campus  Employment  Program 

s  similar  to  Federal  Work-Study  except  that 
tudents  are  paid  with  institutional  funds  only 
ind  is  not  based  on  financial  need.  A  limited 
lumber  of  jobs  are  available.  Funding  is  limited. 

)ther  Job  Opportunities  are  frequently 
ivailable  with  local  business  firms  or  persons. 
Contact  the  Career  Development  Office  of  the 
loliege  for  information  on  these  opportunities. 

3ther  Aid  Sources 

/eterans  and  Dependents  Benefits  are 

ivailable  for  qualified  veterans  and  children  of 
leceased  or  disabled  veterans.  Contact  the 
/eteran's  Officer  in  the  Registrar's  Office. 

Reserved  OfUcers  Training  Corps  (ROTC) 

Stipends  and  Scholarships  are  available  for 
[ualified  students.  Contact  the  Financial  Aid 
Dffice  for  more  information. 

Puition  Exchange  Grants  may  be  available, 
^ycoming  College  is  a  member  of  both  the 
Puition  Exchange  Program  and  the  CICU 


Tuition  Exchange  Program.  These  programs  are 
for  dependent  students  of  employees  at  partici- 
pating institutions  of  higher  education.  Students 
should  contact  the  Tuition  Exchange  officer  at 
their  sponsor  institution  for  information  regard- 
ing sponsorship.  Students  are  expected  to  apply 
for  all  federal  and  state  grants.  If  the  student 
receives  a  federal  or  state  grant,  those  amounts 
may  be  applied  toward  room  and  board  charges 
if  the  student  resides  in  the  dorms.  If  the 
student  commutes,  the  grant  amount  is  equal  to 
tuition  less  federal  and  state  grants. 

United  Methodist  Scholarships  may  be 

available  to  full-time  degree-seeking  appli- 
cants who  have  a  cumulative  GPA  of  3.00  or 
better,  are  active  in  Christian  activities,  and  who 
are  active,  full  members  of  a  United  Methodist 
church.  Demonstrated  financial  need  is  also 
required.  Normally,  seven  $500  scholarships 
are  awarded  each  year.  Annual  application  is 
required.  Recipients  are  selected  by  the 
Director  of  Financial  Aid  and  will  be  awarded 
to  the  neediest  students.  The  funds  are 
provided  by  the  United  Methodist  Church. 
Applications  are  available  in  the  Financial  Aid 
Office.  Renewal  requires  a  cumulative  GPA 
of  at  least  3.00. 

United  Methodist  Student  Loans  are 

available  on  a  very  limited  basis  to  students 
who  are  members  of  the  United  Methodist 
Church.  The  maximum  amount  which  may  be 
borrowed  for  an  academic  year  is  $2,500 
subject  to  the  availability  of  the  funds. 
Contact  The  Board  of  Higher  Education  and 
Ministry,  P.O.  Box  871,  Nashville,  TN  37202 
for  more  information. 

Non-college  Aid  Opportunities  are  often 
available  through  family  employers  or  labor 
unions,  business  firms,  fraternal  and  religious 
organizations,  and  secondary  schools.  Your 
parents  should  contact  their  employer  or 
organizations  of  which  they  are  members  for 
information  on  financial  aid  resources. 


002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


STUDENT  AFFAIRS 

• 


Student  Affairs 


The  Division  of  Student  Affairs  coordi- 
nates a  variety  of  programs,  services,  and 
activities  designed  to  enhance  students' 
personal,  social,  and  educational  growth  and 
development.  This  is  accomplished  through  a 
composite  of  programs,  offices,  and  staff 
including: 

•  Career  Development  Center 

•  Campus  Ministry 

•  Commuter  Student  Affairs 

•  Counseling  and  Wellness  Services 

•  Greek  Life 

•  Health  Services 

•  International  Student  Advising 

•  Intramural  Sports,  Recreation, 
and  Leisure  Time  Activity 

•  Judicial  Affairs 

•  Residence  Life 

•  Safety  and  Security 

•  Student  Activities  and  Leadership 
Development 

The  Student  Affairs  staff  view  students  as 
partners  in  the  educational  process  and, 
therefore,  expect  that  students  will  share 
responsibility  for  managing  our  educational 
community. 

Career  Development  Center 

The  Career  Development  Center  provides 
services  which  are  designed  to  help  students 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


identify  their  abilities  and  interests,  set 
realistic  goals,  and  plan  academic  programs  to 
meet  these  goals.  Counseling  for  Lycoming 
students  begins  in  the  freshman  year. 

Individual  and  group  counseling  focus  on 
teaching  students  how  they  can  learn  about 
different  career  fields  and  present  themselves 
to  potential  employers  in  a  positive  and 
effective  manner.  Helping  students  make 
appropriate  and  meaningful  connections 
between  college  and  career  is  a  goal  of  the 
Career  Development  Center. 

Counseling  &  Wellness  Services 

Counseling  Services  assist  students  to  ensur^ 
that  their  college  experience  is  prosperous  and 
rewarding.  Professional,  confidential  services 
are  provided  at  no  direct  charge  to  Lycoming 
students.  Counseling  Services  are  designed  to 
facilitate  one's  self-understanding  as  well  as  t( 
provide  support  for  students'  adjustment  and 
transition  to  college  life.  Counseling  Services 
also  provide  advocacy  to  individual  students 
and  student  organizations,  and  they  conduct 
outreach  programs  for  the  entire  college 
community. 

Health  Services 

Lycoming  College  Health  Services  focuseSj 
on  the  holistic  care  of  the  individual,  health 
maintenance,  and  wellness  through  health 
education  and  prevention  of  illness.  Educa- 
tional materials  and  instructional  programs  are 
available  through  the  Student  Health  Services.! 

Routine  medical  care  is  provided  without 
charge  on  a  daily  basis  Monday-Friday 
8:00  a.m. -4:30  p.m.  during  the  fall  and  spring 
semesters.  The  office  is  staffed  by  a  full-time 
registered  nurse  with  a  physician  available  on  a 
daily  basis. 

Health  Services'  policies  reflect  the 
recommendations  of  the  American  College 
Health  Association  (ACHA),  the  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Health,  and  the  Centers  for 
Disease  Control  (CDC). 


^m 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


STUDENT  AFFAIRS 

• 


Community  Service 

Community  Service  is  an  learning  opportu- 
lity  for  students  accomplished  in  conjunction 
A'ith  various  agencies  in  the  Williamsport  area 
)r  college  departments.  This  activity  allows 
students  to  expand  their  knowledge  about 
liverse  individuals  and  communities.  The 
Dutcome  of  such  service  promotes  students' 
personal  and  social  development  as  well  as 
living  them  an  enhanced  perspective  of  civic 
•esponsibility  and  social  justice. 

The  Community  Service  Center,  located  in 
\sbury  Hall,  coordinates  many  service  opportu- 
lities  available  to  students,  faculty,  and  staff  in 
he  greater  Williamsport  area.  A  number  of 
the  community  service  projects  include  Big 
Brothers/Big  Sisters,  Habitat  for  Humanity,  the 
Literacy  Project,  a  school  tutoring  program, 
Kiwanis  Kids  Kamp,  Adopt-A-Highway, 
Bloodmobile,  Shephard  of  the  Streets,  and 
he  CROP  Walk  for  World  Hunger. 

Residence  Life 

As  a  residential  college,  Lycoming  offers 
students  the  opportunity  to  integrate  academic 
md  residential  experiences.  The  Residence 
Life  Office  is  committed  to  providing  a  living/ 
learning  environment  to  help  each  resident 
^row  as  a  person  and  as  a  student.  Lycoming 
Z!ollege  requires  all  full-time  students  to  live 
in  college  housing  and  participate  in  the 
:ollege  board  plan  each  semester  of  the 
academic  year  that  they  are  enrolled.  Married 
students,  students  residing  with  their  parents 
\vithin  a  40  mile  radius,  students  living  with 
[heir  dependents,  and  students  23  years  or 
Dlder  may  request  to  be  exempted  from  this 
policy.  Such  requests  should  be  submitted  in 
writing  to  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs  at  least 
ihree  weeks  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the 
semester  that  students  are  requesting  permis- 
sion to  live  off  campus. 

Residence  halls  put  students  at  the  heart  of 
College  activity — offering  greater  opportunities 
for  participation.  Through  programs,  leadership 
apportunities,  and  peer  interactions,  residents 


gain  a  sense  of  belonging  to  the  campus 
community,  acquire  new  knowledge  and  skills, 
have  easy  access  to  College  services,  make 
informed  choices,  and  assume  responsibility 
for  themselves  and  their  community. 

The  residence  halls  are  staffed  with  upperclass 
students  who  serve  as  Resident  Advisors  (RAs) 
selected  on  the  basis  of  leadership  skills.  RAs 
provide  information,  refer  students  to  campus 
and  local  resources,  help  enforce  College  and 
community  standards,  use  helping  skills  for 
students  in  need,  and  facilitate  educational  and 
social  programs.  Most  importandy,  RAs  assist 
residents  in  the  development  and  maintenance 
of  strong,  positive  residence  hall  communities. 
The  Residence  Communities  Association  also 
encourages  student  participation  and  involve- 
ment in  such  areas  as  policy  formulation, 
facility  improvement,  and  general  resident 
concerns.  With  the  guidance  and  support  of 
Residence  Life  staff,  each  resident  is  expected 
to  become  involved  in  promoting  a  positive 
learning  environment  in  his  or  her  community. 

Several  different  living  options  are  avail- 
able for  students  in  our  eight  residence  halls. 
Asbury  and  Skeath  Halls  house  all  freshmen 
students  in  a  co-educational  environment 
encouraging  students  to  develop  class  identity 
and  unity.  The  six  upperclass  halls  offer 
opportunities  for  co-educational  housing,  an 
all  female  hall,  fraternity  and  sorority  chapter 
housing,  intensive  study  areas,  a  substance  free 
area,  and  smoking  environments.  College 
Apartments  are  available  to  sophomores, 
juniors  and  seniors  who  meet  specific  grade 
requirements  and  who  are  in  good  disciplinary 
standing  with  the  College.  Additional 
information  is  sent  to  students  following  their 
acceptance  by  the  College. 

Athletics 

Athletics  is  an  important  part  of  the 
Lycoming  experience.  As  a  member  of  the 
NCAA,  Lycoming  sponsors  nineteen 
intercollegiate  sports  for  both  men  and  women 
student-athletes. 


'002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


STUDENT  AFFAIRS 


Men  can  choose  from  football,  soccer,  cross 
country,  wrestling,  golf,  basketball,  lacrosse, 
swimming,  tennis,  and  track  and  field.  Women 
can  compete  in  soccer,  cross  country,  lacrosse, 
volleyball,  basketball,  swimming,  softball, 
tennis,  and  track  and  field. 

Lycoming  is  a  member  of  the  Middle 
Atlantic  Conference,  which  is  a  Division  III 
athletic  conference.  As  a  Division  III  school, 
Lycoming  does  not  offer  athletic  scholarships. 

In  addition,  the  College  offers  a  very  active 
intramural  and  recreation  program  that  is  open 
to  all  students.  This  program  includes,  among 
others,  basketball,  softball,  water  polo,  beach 
volleyball,  flag  football,  and  soccer. 

Student  Programs 

The  Office  of  Student  Programs  offers 
assistance  and  resources  for  all  campus 
activities  and  student  organizations.  Through 
the  efforts  of  the  student  administered  Campus 
Activities  Board  (CAB),  extra-curricular 
programming  is  offered  to  the  entire  college 
community.  CAB  programming  is  designed 
to  enhance  the  overall  educational  experience 
of  students  through  the  exposure  to  social, 
cultural,  and  recreational  programs.  Members 
of  the  staff  in  Student  Activities  also  direct 
leadership  training  programs  for  the  student 
government,  the  Interfratemity  and 
Panhellenic  Councils,  the  International 
Student  Organization,  the  Arrow  Yearbook, 
and  all  registered  student  organizations. 

Religious  Life 

The  United  Campus  Ministry,  staffed  by  a 
Protestant  minister  and  a  Roman  Catholic  lay 
minister,  provides  a  wide  range  of  activities  in 
support  of  the  spiritual  development  and 
religious  life  of  students.  Ecumenical  and 
inclusive  in  nature.  Campus  Ministry  at 
Lycoming  provides  worship  services,  service 
projects,  social  occasions,  retreats,  study 
opportunities,  and  personal  counseling. 
The  campus  ministers  are  an  integral  part  of 
campus  life  and  are  available  to  students  who 
may  need  support,  counsel,  or  direction. 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


Safety  and  Security 

The  Department  of  Safety  &  Security 
strives  to  maintain  an  environment  that  is  free 
of  unnecessary  hazards  and  disruptions.  This 
responsibility  includes  the  enforcement  of 
Lycoming  College  rules,  regulations,  and 
policies.  Security  personnel  are  scheduled  on 
an  around-the-clock  basis.  An  emergency 
telephone  line  is  always  monitored.  Twenty- 
four  hour  a  day  telephone  extensions  are  used 
to  handle  general  security  concerns. 

The  department  solicits  the  cooperation  of 
the  entire  college  community  in  reporting 
unsafe  conditions  and  suspicious  activity  on 
the  Lycoming  College  campus. 

Other  services  provided  by  the  department 
are:  First  aid  and  ambulatory  medical  tran- 
sportation, emergency  maintenance  referral, 
an  escort  service,  guest  and  parking  registra- 
tion, and  the  dissemination  of  telephone 
numbers  and  general  information  to  the  public 
when  the  College  switchboard  is  closed. 

Standards  of  Conduct 

Lycoming  College  is  committed  to  the 
creation  and  maintenance  of  a  living-learning 
environment  which  fosters  the  intellectual, 
personal,  social  and  ethical  development  of  its 
students.  Respect  for  the  rights  of  others  and 
self-discipline  are  essential  to  the  fulfillment 
of  these  goals.  Students  are  expected  to 
adhere  to  the  policies  contained  in  the  Student 
Handbook  and  other  College  publications. 
These  policies,  rules  and  regulations  are  part 
of  the  contractual  agreement  students  enter 
into  when  they  register  at  Lycoming  College. 

Students  who  demonstrate  an  unwilling- 
ness to  abide  by  these  policies  will  be  subject 
to  disciplinary  action  which  may  include 
suspension  or  expulsion  from  the  College. 
Students  are  encouraged  to  review  the  Student^ 
Handbook  and  Housing  License  in  order  to 
familiarize  themselves  with  the  policies 
governing  student  conduct. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALO 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  REGULATIONS 


Academic  Policies 
And  Regulations 


Students  are  expected  to  familiarize 
themselves  with  the  academic  policies 
contained  in  this  Catalog.  Failure  to  do  so 
does  not  excuse  students  from  the  require- 
ments and  regulations  described  herein. 

THE  UNIT 
COURSE  SYSTEM 

Instruction  at  Lycoming  College  is  orga- 
nized, with  few  exceptions,  on  a  departmental 
basis.  Most  courses  are  unit  courses,  meaning 
that  each  course  taken  is  considered  to  be 
equivalent  to  four  semester  hours  of  credit. 
Exceptions  occur  in  applied  music  and  theatre 
practicum  courses,  which  are  offered  for  either 
one-half  or  one  semester  hour  of  credit,  and  in 
departments  that  have  elected  to  offer  certain 
courses  for  the  equivalent  of  one,  two  or  three 
semester  hours  of  credit.  Furthermore, 


independent  studies  and  internships  carrying 
two  semester  hours  of  credit  may  be  designed. 

The  normal  student  course  load  is  four  unit 
courses  (16  semester  hours)  during  the  fall  and 
spring  semesters.  Students  who  elect  to  attend 
the  special  sessions  may  enroll  in  one  unit 
course  (four  semester  hours)  during  the  May 
term  and  one  or  two  unit  courses  (four  -  eight 
semester  hours)  in  each  of  the  summer  terms. 
A  student  is  considered  full  time  when  enrolled 
for  a  minimum  of  three  unit  courses,  or  the 
equivalent,  during  the  fall  or  spring  semesters, 
one  unit  course,  or  the  equivalent,  for  the  May 
term,  and  two  unit  courses  for  each  of  the 
summer  terms. 

Students  may  enroll  in  five  unit  courses 
(20  semester  hours)  during  the  fall  and  spring 
semesters  if  they  are  Lycoming  scholars  or  were 
admitted  to  the  Dean's  List  at  the  end  of  the 
previous  semester.  Exceptions  may  be  granted 
by  the  Dean  of  the  College.  Overloads  are  not 
permitted  during  the  May  and  summer  terms. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^» 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  REGULATIONS 


ALTERNATIVE 
CREDIT  SOURCES 
Transfer  Credit 

Matriculated  students  who  wish  to  study  at 
other  campuses  must  obtain  prior  written 
approval  to  do  so  from  their  advisor,  the  chair 
of  the  department  in  which  the  credit  will  be 
awarded,  and  the  Lycoming  College  Registrar. 
Course  work  counting  toward  a  major  or  minor 
must  also  be  approved  in  advance  by  the  chair- 
person of  the  department  in  which  the  major  or 
minor  is  offered.  Once  a  course  is  approved, 
the  credit  and  grades  for  the  course  will  be 
transferred  to  Lycoming  and  calculated  in  the 
student's  grade  point  average  as  if  the  courses 
were  taken  here.  This  means  that  "D"  and  "F" 
grades  will  be  transferred  as  well  as  all  other 
grades.  Unapproved  courses  will  not  transfer. 
Final  determination  of  transfer  credit  will  be 
made  by  the  Registrar  based  on  official  tran- 
scripts only. 

Students  are  expected  to  complete  their  last 
eight  unit  courses  (32  semester  hours),  and  16 
semester  hours  in  their  major  at  Lycoming. 
Requests  for  waivers  of  this  regulation  must  be 
sent  to  the  Committee  on  Academic  Standards. 

Credit  By  Examination 

Students  may  earn  credit  or  advanced 
placement  through  the  standardized  examina- 
tions listed  below.  A  maximum  of  50  percent 
of  the  course  requirements  for  the  Baccalaure- 
ate degree  may  be  earned  through  these  exam- 
inations. The  appropriate  academic  department 
will  determine  which  tests  they  will  accept 
and  the  course  equivalencies.  A  list  of 
approved  examinations  is  available  in  the 
Office  of  the  Registrar.  Although  these  exam- 
inations may  be  taken  after  matriculation,  new 
students  who  are  competent  in  a  given  area  are 
encouraged  to  take  the  examination  of  their 
choice  before  entering  Lycoming  so  that  the 
college  will  have  the  test  scores  available  for 
registration  advising  for  the  first  semester  of 
enrollment.  Students  applying  to  the  college 
for  the  first  time  should  inform  the  Admis- 


sions Office  that  they  have  completed  these 

tests  and  provide  the  official  scores  as  part  of 

their  application  packet.  Continuing  students 

must  send  official  test  scores  to  the  Office  of 

the  Registrar  and  inform  their  academic 

advisors  when  examinations  have  been  taken. 

i 
The  College  Entrance  Examination  Board 

Advanced  Placement  (CEEB  AP)  -  Depend- 
ing upon  the  exam,  a  score  of  three  or  four  is 
required  for  credit. 

The  International  Baccalaureate  -  Students 
who  have  completed  the  full  diploma  and 
have  scores  of  five  or  above  on  the  higher 
level  examinations  will  be  granted  32  credit 
hours;  specific  courses  will  be  based  on  the 
examinations  taken.  Students  who  complete 
the  full  diploma  but  earn  less  than  a  score  of 
five  on  all  of  the  higher  level  examinations 
will  be  granted  eight  credits  for  each  higher 
level  examination  completed  with  a  grade  of 
five  or  higher  and  four  credits  for  a  satisfac- 
tory or  higher  completion  of  the  Theory  of 
Knowledge  requirement.  Students  who  have 
completed  the  certificate  will  be  granted  credit 
based  on  the  examinations  taken.  Subsidiary 
examinations  will  not  be  considered. 

The  American  College  Testing  Proficiency 
Examination  Program  (ACT  PEP)  -  A  score 
equivalent  to  a  grade  of  "B"  or  above  is  required. 

College  Level  Examination  Program 

(CLEP)  -  A  score  equivalent  to  a  grade  of 
"B"  or  above  is  required. 

Defense  Activity  for  Non-Traditional 
Education  Support  (DANTES)  -  A  score 
equivalent  to  a  grade  of  "B"  or  above  is  required. 

STUDENT  RECORDS 

The  policy  regarding  student  educational 
records  is  designed  to  protect  the  privacy  of 
students  against  unwarranted  intrusions  and  is 
consistent  with  Section  43B  of  the  General 
Education  Provision  Act  (commonly  known  as 
the  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act 
of  1974,  as  amended).  The  details  of  the  College 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  REGULATIONS 


)olicy  on  student  records  and  the  procedures 
or  gaining  access  to  student  records  are 
;ontained  in  the  current  issue  of  the  Student 
'handbook,  which  is  available  in  the  library  and 
he  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs. 

REGISTRATION 

During  the  registration  period,  students  select 
heir  courses  for  the  next  semester  and  register 
heir  course  selections  in  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar.  Course  selection  is  made  in  consult- 
ition  with  the  student's  faculty  advisor  in  order 
o  insure  that  the  course  schedule  is  consistent 
Uith  College  requirements  and  student  goals, 
kfter  the  registration  period,  any  change  in  the 
[itudent's  course  schedule  must  be  approved  by 
30th  the  faculty  advisor  and  Office  of  the 
Registrar.  Students  may  not  receive  credit  for 
:ourses  in  which  they  are  not  formally  registered. 

During  the  first  five  days  of  classes,  students 
Tiay  drop  any  course  without  any  record  of 
juch  enrollment  appearing  on  their  permanent 
record,  and  they  may  add  any  course  that  is 
not  closed.  The  permanent  record  will  reflect 
the  student's  registration  as  of  the  conclusion 
3f  the  drop/add  period.  Students  wishing  to 
withdraw  from  a  course  between  the  fifth  day 
and  the  9th  week  of  classes  must  secure  a 
withdrawal  form  from  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar.  Withdrawal  grades  are  not 
computed  in  the  grade  point  average.  Students 
may  not  withdraw  from  courses  after  the  9th 
week  of  a  semester  and  the  comparable  period 
during  the  May  and  summer  terms.  Students 
who  stop  attending  a  course  (or  courses)  but 
do  not  withdraw  will  receive  a  grade(s)  of  "F." 

In  zero  semester  hour  and  two  semester  hour 
(1/2  unit)  courses  meeting  only  during  the  last 
half  of  any  semester,  students  may  drop/add  for 
a  period  of  five  days,  effective  with  the  mid- 
term date  shown  on  the  academic  calendar. 
Withdrawal  from  zero-credit  and  half-semester 
courses  with  a  withdrawal  grade  may  occur 
within  4  1/2  weeks  of  the  beginning  of  the 


course.  It  is  understood  that  the  period  of  time 
at  the  beginning  of  the  semester  will  be 
identical,  for  example,  a  period  of  five  days  as 
indicated  above. 

Cross  Registration 

A  special  opportunity  exists  in  the 
Williamsport  area  for  students  to  take  courses 
at  the  Pennsylvania  College  of  Technology. 
Students  may  enroll  for  less  than  a  full-time 
course  load  at  Penn  College  while  remaining 
enrolled  in  courses  at  Lycoming. 

Students  must  be  enrolled  full-fime  in  a 
degree  program  and  have  earned  no  more  than 
93  semester  hours.  Cross  registration  is 
available  for  the  Fall  and  Spring  Semesters, 
and  Summer  I  and  II.  It  is  not  available  for 
May  Term. 

NON-DEGREE  STUDENTS 

Smdents  who  do  not  wish  to  pursue  a  degree  at 
Lycoming  College  may,  if  space  permits,  register 
for  credit  or  audit  courses  on  either  a  part-time 
or  full-time  basis.  Students  who  register  for 
less  than  12  semester  hours  are  considered  to  be 
enrolled  part-time;  students  who  register  for  12  or 
more  semester  hours  are  considered  to  be 
enrolled  full-time. 

Anyone  wishing  to  register  as  a  non-degree 
student  must  fill  out  an  application  form  in  the 
Admissions  Office,  pay  a  one-time  application 
fee  and  pay  the  tuition  rate  in  effect  at  the  time 
of  each  enrollment.  After  a  non-degree  student 
has  attempted  four  unit  courses  (16  semester 
hours),  the  student  must  either  matriculate  or 
obtain  permission  from  the  Dean  of  the  College 
to  continue  study  on  a  non-degree  basis. 

All  non-degree  students  are  subject  to  the 
general  laws  and  regulations  of  the  College  as 
stated  in  the  College  Catalog  and  the  Student 
Handbook.  The  College  reserves  the  right  to 
deny  permission  to  register  individuals  who 
do  not  meet  the  standards  of  the  College. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  REGULATIONS 


Students  who  wish  to  change  from  a  non- 
degree  to  a  degree  status  must  apply  for 
admission  as  a  degree  candidate  and  satisfy  all 
conditions  for  admission  and  registration  in 
effect  at  that  time. 

AUDITORS 

Any  person  may  audit  courses  at  Lycoming 
at  one-fourth  tuition  per  course.  Members  of 
the  Lycoming  College  Scholar  Program  may 
audit  a  fifth  unit  course  per  semester  at  no 
additional  charge.  Laboratory  and  other  special 
fees  must  be  paid  in  full.  Examinations,  papers, 
and  other  evaluation  devices  are  not  required 
of  auditors,  but  individual  arrangements  may  be 
made  to  complete  such  exercises  with  consent 
of  the  instructor.  The  option  to  audit  a  course 
must  be  declared  by  the  end  of  the  drop/add 
period.  Forms  are  available  in  the  Registrar's 
Office. 

ATTENDANCE 

The  academic  program  at  Lycoming  is 
based  upon  the  assumption  that  there  is  value 
in  class  attendance  for  all  students.  Individual 
instructors  have  the  prerogative  of  establishing 
reasonable  absence  regulations  in  any  course. 
The  student  is  responsible  for  learning  and 
observing  these  regulations. 

WITHDRAWAL  FROM 
THE  COLLEGE 

A  student  who  wishes  to  withdraw  from 
the  College  during  the  semester  should  contact 
the  Assistant  Dean  for  Freshmen  or  the 
Assistant  Dean  for  Sophomores.  College 
personnel  will  explain  the  procedure  to  ensure 
that  the  student's  financial  and  academic 
records  are  properly  closed. 

A  student  who  decides  to  discontinue  study 
at  the  College  as  of  the  conclusion  of  the 
current  semester  must  provide  the  Registrar 
with  written  notification  of  such  plans  in  order 
to  receive  a  refund  of  the  contingency  deposit. 
See  page  14  for  details. 


GRADING  SYSTEM 

The  evaluation  of  student  performance  in 
courses  is  indicated  by  the  use  of  traditional 
letter  symbols.  These  symbols  and  their 
definitions  are  as  follows: 

A  EXCELLENT  -  Signifies  superior  achieve 
ment  through  mastery  of  content  or  skills  and 
demonstration  of  creative  and  independent 
thinking. 

B  GOOD  -  Signifies  better-than-average 
achievement  wherein  the  student  reveals 
insight  and  understanding. 

C  SATISFACTORY  -  Signifies  satisfactory 
achievement  wherein  the  student's  work  has 
been  of  average  quality  and  quantity.  The 
student  has  demonstrated  basic  competence  ir 
the  subject  area  and  may  enroll  in  additional 
course  work. 

D  PASSING  -  Signifies  unsatisfactory 
achievement  wherein  the  student  met  only  the 
minimum  requirements  for  passing  the  course 
and  should  not  continue  in  the  subject  area 
without  departmental  advice. 

F  FAILING  —  Signifies  that  the  student  has 
not  met  the  minimum  requirements  for 
passing  the  course. 

I  INCOMPLETE  WORK  —  Assigned  in 
accordance  with  the  restrictions  of  established 
academic  policy. 

R  A  REPEATED  COURSE  —  Students  shall 
have  the  option  of  repeating  courses  for  which 
they  already  have  received  a  passing  grade  in 
addition  to  those  which  they  have  failed.  Credit 
is  received  only  once  for  the  course.  The  most 
recent  course  grade  will  count  toward  the  GPAi 

P  PASSING  WORK,  NO  GRADE 
ASSIGNED  —  Converted  from  traditional 
grade  of  A  through  D-. 

X  AUDIT  —  Work  as  an  auditor  for  which 
no  credit  is  earned. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^« 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOC 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  REGULATIONS 


W  WITHDRAWAL  —  Signifies  withdrawal 
from  the  course  from  the  sixth  day  through 
the  ninth  week  of  the  semester. 

Pluses  and  minuses  may  be  awarded  (except 
for  A+,  F+,  or  F-  )  at  the  discretion  of  the 
instmctor.  The  cumulative  grade  point  average 
(GPA)  is  calculated  by  multiplying  quality 
points  by  credits 
and  dividing  the 
total  quality 
points  by  the 
total  credits.  A 
quality  point  is 
the  unit  of 
measurement  of 
the  quality  of 
work  done  by 
the  student.  The 
cumulative  GPA 
is  not  deter- 
mined by 
averaging 
semester  GPA's. 

The  grade 

point  average  for  the  major  is  calculated  in 
the  same  way  as  the  cumulative  grade  point 
average.  A  minimum  of  2.00  is  required  for 
the  cumulative  grade  point  average  in  the 
major  to  meet  the  requirements  for  gradua- 
tion. 

Pass/Fail 

!      Use  of  the  pass/fail  grading  option  is 
limited  as  follows  (this  does  not  apply  to 
ENGL  105): 

•  Students  may  enroll  on  a  P/F  basis  in  no 
more  that  one  unit  course  per  semester 
and  in  no  more  than  four  unit  courses 
during  their  undergraduate  careers. 

•  P/F  courses  completed  after  declaration  of 
a  major  may  not  be  used  to  satisfy  a 
requirement  of  that  major,  including  courses 
required  by  the  major  department  which 
are  offered  by  other  departments. 
(Instructor-designated  courses  are  excepted 
from  this  limitation.) 


Quality  Points 

Earned  for  Each 

Grade 

Semester  Hour 

A 

4.00 

A- 

3.67 

B+ 

3.33 

B 

3.00 

B- 

2.67 

C+ 

2.33 

C 

2.00 

C- 

1.67 

D+ 

1.33 

D 

1.00 

D- 

0.67 

F 

0.00 

•  Courses  for  which  a  grade  of  P  is  recorded 
may  not  be  used  toward  fulfillment  of  any 
distribution  or  "W"  course  requirement. 

•  Students  may  not  enroll  in  ENGL  106  on  a 
P/F  basis. 

•  A  course  selected  on  a  P/F  basis  from  which 
a  student  subsequently  withdraws  will  not 
count  toward  the  four-course  limit. 

•  Instructor-designated  courses  may  be 
offered  during  the  May  term  with  the 
approval  of  the  Dean  of  the  College.  Such 
courses  are  not  counted  toward  the  four- 
course  limit. 

•  P  grades  are  not  computed  in  the  grade 
point  average. 

•  Students  electing  the  P/F  option  may  designate  a 
minimum  acceptance  letter  grade  from  A  to 
B-.  If  the  student  earns  the  designated  grade 
or  better,  the  grade  will  be  recorded  in  the 
permanent  record  and  computed  in  the 
grade  point  average.  If  a  student  selects  P/F 
(with  no  designated  minimum  acceptance 
grade)  and  earns  a  grade  of  A  to  D-,  a  P  will 
be  recorded  in  the  permanent  record  but  not 
computed  in  the  grade  point  average.  In  all 
cases,  if  a  student  earns  a  grade  of  F,  this 
grade  will  be  recorded  in  the  permanent 
record  and  computed  in  the  student's  grade 
point  average. 

•  Students  must  declare  the  P/F  option  before 
the  drop/add  deadline. 

•  Instructors  are  not  notified  which  of  their 
students  are  enrolled  on  an  P/F  basis. 

•  Students  electing  the  P/F  option  are 
expected  to  perform  the  same  work  as  those 
enrolled  on  a  regular  basis. 

Incomplete  Grades 

Incomplete  grades  may  be  given  if,  for 
absolutely  unavoidable  reasons  (usually 
medical  in  nature),  the  student  has  not  been 
able  to  complete  the  work  required  in  the 
course.  An  incomplete  grade  must  be 
removed  within  six  weeks  of  the  next  regular 
semester,  otherwise  the  incomplete  is  converted 
to  an  "F." 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  REGULATIONS 


Repetition  of  Course 

Students  shall  have  the  option  of  repeating 
courses  for  which  they  already  have  received 
a  passing  grade  in  addition  to  those  which 
they  have  failed.  Recording  of  grades  for  all 
repeated  courses  shall  be  governed  by  the 
following  conditions: 

•  A  course  may  be  repeated  only  one  time. 
Both  attempts  will  be  recorded  on  the 
student's  transcript. 

•  Credit  for  the  course  will  be  given  only  once. 

•  The  most  recent  grade  will  count  toward  the 
GPA  with  this  exception:  A  "W"  grade 
cannot  replace  another  grade. 

Final  Course  Grade 
Appeal  Process 

Assigning  final  course  grades  is  a  responsi- 
bility that  falls  within  the  professional  judgment 
and  expertise  of  each  faculty  member.  Grades 
assess  as  accurately  as  possible  a  student's 
performance  according  to  clear  criteria  provided 
in  the  course  such  as  academic  performance, 
class  attendance,  and  punctuality  in  submitting 
assignments.  Student  appeals  of  the  final  course 
grade  must  follow  the  three-step  procedure 
outlined  below. 

(1)  Within  two  weeks  of  the  beginning  of  the 
semester  following  the  conclusion  of  the 
course,  the  student  should  request  an 
informal  conference  with  the  instructor  to 
discuss  the  grade  and  attempt  to  resolve 
the  concern. 

(2)  If  the  outcome  of  the  informal  conference 
is  not  satisfactory  to  the  student,  or  the 
instructor  is  not  available,  the  student  may 
submit  a  written  request  to  meet  with  the 
department  chairperson  (or  another  faculty 
member  in  the  department  in  instances 
involving  the  chairperson)  within  two 
weeks  of  meeting  with  the  instructor.  The 
student's  request  must  include  a  written 
statement  outlining  the  basis  for  the 
appeal.  It  is  the  function  of  the  chairperson 
to  determine  the  relevant  facts  and  to 
attempt  to  resolve  the  disagreement.  The 
decision  regarding  the  course  grade  in 


question  will  be  made  by  the  instructor  in 
consultation  with  the  chairperson  (or  his/ 
her  stand-in).  The  student  will  receive 
from  the  department  chairperson  written 
nodficadon  of  the  decision  within  one 
week  of  the  meeting  with  the  chairperson. 
(3)  If  resolution  has  not  been  achieved  at  step 
two,  the  student  or  the  instructor  may 
make  a  written  appeal  to  the  Dean  of  the 
College  within  two  weeks  of  the  depart- 
ment chairperson's  written  nodfication.  In 
order  to  resolve  the  disagreement,  the 
Dean  will  confer  with  the  student  and  the 
instructor  in  private  sessions,  and  may  call 
addidonal  witnesses.  If  the  Dean  is  unable  i 
to  accomplish  a  resoludon,  s/he  will 
forward  the  case  to  the  Committee  on 
Academic  Standards,  which  will  make  a 
final  decision  on  the  matter.  The  Dean  will 
communicate  in  writing  to  the  student  and 
the  instructor  the  final  decision  within 
three  weeks  of  receiving  the  appeal.  This  is 
the  final  step  in  the  appeal  process. 

ACADEMIC  LEVELS 

The  following  table  is  used  to  determine 
the  academic  grade  level  of  degree  candidates. 
See  page  17  for  related  Financial  Aid  informa- 
tion. 


Year     Semester 


Freshman 


Sophomore 


Junior 


Senior 


Number  of  Semester 
Hours  Earned 

Fewer  than  12 
At  least  12  but  fewer  than  24 
At  least  24  but  fewer  than  40 
At  least  40  but  fewer  than  56 
At  least  56  but  fewer  than  76 
At  least  76  but  fewer  than  96 
At  least  96  but  fewer  than  1 12 
More  than  112 


ACADEMIC  STANDING 

Good  Academic  Standing 

Students  will  be  considered  in  good  academic 
standing  if  they  meet  the  following  standard: 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  REGULATIONS 


Minimum 
semester  Hours  Completed        Cumulative  GPA 

fewer  than  or  equal  to  16  1 .70 

nore  than  16,  fewer  than  or  equal  to  32  1 .80 
nore  than  32,  fewer  than  or  equal  to  48  1 .90 
fnore  than  48  2.00 

Probation 

Students  who  do  not  meet  the  standards  for 
good  academic  standing  at  the  end  of  one 
semester  will  be  placed  on  academic  probation. 
Students  on  academic  probation  are  required  to 
3ass  ARC  100,  Success  Skills  Workshop, 
f  they  have  not  already  done  so  and  are 
encouraged  to  attend  programs  developed  by 
[.he  Freshman  and  Sophomore  deans. 

Suspension 

Students  will  be  subject  to  suspension  from  the 
[College  when: 

•  their  cumulative  grade  point  average  is 
below  good  standing  for  any  two 
semesters,  or 

•  they  earn  a  grade  point  average  of  1 .00  or 
under  in  any  one  semester. 

rhe  period  of  suspension  will  be  for  a  mini- 
Tium  of  one  full  semester,  not  including  May 
:erm  or  the  summer  sessions. 

•  After  this  time  students  may  apply  for 
readmission  to  the  College.  The  decision 
for  readmission  will  be  made  by  the 
Committee  on  Academic  Standards. 
Readmission  is  not  guaranteed. 

1   •  Students  readmitted  after  suspension  will 
be  on  academic  probation. 

•  Students  readmitted  after  suspension  who 
fail  to  meet  the  required  standards  may  be 
dismissed. 

'  Students  may  request  permission  to  take 
courses  at  another  institution.  Courses  not 
receiving  prior  approval  and  with  grades 
below  a  "C"  will  not  be  accepted  for  transfer. 

Dismissal 

Students  will  be  subject  to  dismissal  from  the 
College  when: 

•  they  exceed  24  semester  hours  of  unsuc- 
cessful course  attempts  (grades  of  F  and 


W)  except  in  the  case  of  withdrawal  for 
documented  medical  or  psychological 
reasons,  or 

•  they  cannot  reasonably  complete  all 
requirements  for  a  degree. 

The  standard  length  of  dismissal  will  be  for  a 
period  of  two  years. 

•  After  this  time  students  may  apply  for 
readmission  to  the  College.  The  decision 
for  readmission  will  be  made  by  the 
Committee  on  Academic  Standards. 
Readmission  is  not  guaranteed. 

•  Students  readmitted  after  dismissal  will  be 
on  academic  probation. 

•  Students  may  request  permission  to  take 
courses  at  another  institution.  Courses  not 
receiving  prior  approval  and  with  grades 
below  a  "C"  will  not  be  accepted  for  transfer. 

Probation,  suspension,  and  dismissal  become 
effective  at  the  end  of  the  semester  in  which  the 
student  fails  to  meet  the  academic  standards 
listed  above.  The  student  will  be  notified  of 
such  action  via  U.S.  mail.  Receipt  of  such 
notice  is  not  a  prerequisite  to  the  student's 
being  placed  on  probation,  suspension,  or 
dismissal. 

ACADEMIC  HONESTY 

The  integrity  of  the  academic  process  of 
the  College  requires  honesty  in  all  phases  of 
the  instructional  program.  The  College 
assumes  that  students  are  committed  to  the 
principle  of  academic  honesty.  Students  who 
fail  to  honor  this  commitment  are  subject  to 
dismissal.  Procedural  guidelines  and  rules  for  the 
adjudication  of  cases  of  academic  dishonesty  are 
printed  in  The  Faculty  Handbook  and  The 
Pathfinder  (the  student  academic  handbook), 
copies  of  which  are  available  in  the  library. 

ACADEMIC  HONORS 
Dean's  List 

Students  are  admitted  to  the  Dean's  List  at 
the  end  of  the  fall  and  spring  semesters  if  they 
meet  all  of  the  following  conditions: 


'.002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^n 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ACADEMIC  POLICffiS  AND  REGULATIONS  •  THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


•  complete  at  least  1 2  semester  hours  for  the 
semester 

•  earn  a  minimum  grade  point  average  of  3.50 
for  the  semester 

•  do  not  incur  grades  of  F 

•  do  not  incur  grades  of  P  (except  in  those 
courses  graded  only  as  P/F) 

•  do  not  repeat  any  courses  (except  those 
which  may  be  repeated  for  credit) 

Graduation  Honors 

Students  are  awarded  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree,  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  or  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing  degree  with 
honors  when  they  have  earned  the  following 
grade  point  averages  based  on  all  courses 
attempted  at  Lycoming,  with  a  minimum  of  64 
semester  hours  (16  units)  required  for  a  student 
to  be  eligible  for  honors: 

summa  cum  laude exactly  3.90-4.00 

magna  cum  laude exactly  3.67-3.89 

cum  laude exactly  3.33-3.66 

Academic  Honor  Awards,  Prizes,  and 
Societies  -  Superior  academic  achievement  is 
recognized  through  the  conferring  of  awards 
and  prizes  at  the  annual  Honors  Convocation 
and  Commencement  and  through  election  to 
membership  in  honor  societies. 

SOCIETIES 

Biology Beta  Beta  Beta 

Business Delta  Mu  Delta 

Chemistry Gamma  Sigma  Epsilon 

Communication Alpha  Epsilon  Rho 

Criminal  Justice Alpha  Phi  Sigma 

Economics Omicron  Delta  Epsilon 

Education Kappa  Delta  Pi 

English Sigma  Tau  Delta 

Foreign  Language Phi  Sigma  Iota 

General  Academic Phi  Kappa  Phi 

History Phi  Alpha  Theta 

Nursing Sigma  Theta  Tau 

Philosophy Phi  Sigma  Tau 

Physics Sigma  Pi  Sigma 

Political  Science Pi  Sigma  Alpha 

Psychology Psi  Chi 

Social  Science Pi  Gamma  Mu 

Theatre Alpha  Psi  Omega 


The  Academic 
Program 


Lycoming  College  awards  three  different 
degrees:  Bachelor  of  Arts  (B.A.),  Bachelor  ot 
Science  (B.S.)  and  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Nursing  (B.S.N.).   The  degree  in  Nursing  will 
be  discontinued  after  2003.  For  students 
wishing  to  do  so,  multiple  degrees  are  possible. 
Candidates  for  multiple  degrees  must  satisfy 
all  requirements  for  each  degree  and  earn  a 
minimum  of  40  units  (160  semester  hours). 
Students  who  have  completed  fewer  than  40  , 
units  but  more  than  32  units  (128  semester 
hours),  and  who  have  completed  all  other 
requirements  for  two  baccalaureate  degrees 
from  Lycoming  College  will  receive  only  one 
baccalaureate  degree.  They  must  choose  the 
degree  to  be  conferred.  Completed  majors 
will  be  posted  to  the  transcript. 

Freshmen  entering  the  College  during  the 
2002-2003  academic  year  are  subject  to  the 
requirements  which  appear  on  the  following 
pages.  Continuing  students  are  subject  to  the 
Catalog  in  effect  at  the  time  of  their  entry 
unless  they  elect  to  complete  the  current 
curriculum.  Students  who  transfer  to  the 
College  with  advanced  standing  will  be 
subject  to  the  requirements  imposed  upon 
other  students  at  the  College  who  have 
attained  the  same  academic  level. 

Students  already  possessing  a  baccalaure- 
ate degree  who  are  returning  for  a  second 
degree  will  be  reviewed  on  an  individiual 
basis  by  the  Registrar  and  major  department. 
Post-baccalaureate  students  will  be  subject  to 
the  current  catalog,  must  complete  all  major 
requirements  and  related  prerequisites,  and 
may  be  required  to  complete  the  distribution 
requirements.  This  does  not  apply  to  non- 
degree  students  in  certificate-only  programs. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


Students  must  complete  the  final  32 
;mester  hours  of  the  degree  program  at 
ycoming  College.  At  least  16  semester 
Durs  in  the  major  program  must  be  taken  at 
ycoming. 

If  a  student  interrupts  his  or  her  education 
jt  returns  to  the  College  after  no  more  than 
le  academic  year  has  passed,  he/she  will 
tain  the  same  requirements  in  effect  at  the 
litial  date  of  entrance.  A  student  who 
ithdraws  from  the  College  for  more  than  one 
jar  will,  upon  return,  be  required  to  complete 
£  requirements  currently  imposed  upon  other 
udents  of  the  same  academic  level. 

Lycoming  College  certifies  three  official 
aduation  dates  per  calendar  year:  the  May 
)mmencement  date  for  those  students  who 
)mplete  all  of  their  degree  requirements 
jtween  January  1  and  the  conclusion  of  the 
Dring  Semester;  September  1 5  for  those 
udents  who  finish  after  the  conclusion  of  the 
Dring  Semester  and  by  September  1 ;  and 
Jiuary  1  for  those  students  who  finish 
Jtween  September  1  and  the  conclusion  of 
e  Fall  Semester. 

Lycoming's  Commencement  ceremony 
;curs  in  May.  Students  will  be  permitted  to 
irticipate  in  the  ceremony  when  (a)  they 
ive  finished  all  degree  requirements  as  of  the 
eceeding  January  1 ,  have  finished  all  degree 
quirements  as  of  the  May  date,  or  have 
plan  approved  by  the  Registrar  for  finishing 
'  September  1  of  the  same  calendar  year  ; 
id  (b)  they  are  in  good  academic  standing  at 
e  conclusion  of  their  last  semester  prior  to 
e  ceremony. 

rhe  College  will  graduate  any  student  who 
IS  completed  the  distribution  program, 
Ifilled  the  requirements  for  one  major, 
Imed  a  minimum  of  32  units  (128  semester 
Imrs)  and  met  all  other  requirements  for 
jaduation. 

Exceptions  to  or  waivers  of  any  requirements 
jid/or  policies  listed  in  this  Catalog  must 
\-  made  by  the  Committee  on  Academic 
"andards. 


THE  BACHELOR  OF 
ARTS  DEGREE 

Lycoming  College  is  committed  to  the 
principle  that  a  liberal  arts  education  is  the 
ideal  foundation  for  an  infonned  and  produc- 
tive life.  The  liberal  arts  -  including  the  fine 
arts,  the  humanifies,  mathematics,  the  natural 
and  social  sciences  -  have  created  the  social, 
political,  economic  and  intellectual  systems 
which  help  define  contemporary  existence. 
Therefore,  it  is  essential  that  students  grasp  the 
modes  of  inquiry  and  knowledge  associated 
with  these  disciplines. 

Consequently,  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree 
is  conferred  upon  the  student  who  has  completed 
an  educational  program  incorporating  the  two 
principles  of  the  liberal  arts  known  as  distribu- 
tion and  concentradon.  The  objective  of  the 
distribution  principle  is  to  insure  that  the 
student  achieves  breadth  in  learning  through 
the  study  of  the  major  dimensions  of  human 
inquiry:  the  humanities,  the  social  sciences, 
and  the  natural  sciences.  The  objective  of  the 
concentration  principle  is  to  provide  depth  of 
learning  through  completion  of  a  program  of 
study  in  a  given  discipline  or  subject  area 
known  as  the  major.  The  effect  of  both 
principles  is  to  impart  knowledge,  inspire 
inquiry,  and  encourage  creative  thought. 

Requirements  For  Graduation 

Every  B.A.  degree  candidate  is  expected  to 
meet  the  following  requirements  in  order  to 
qualify  for  graduation: 

•  Complete  the  distribution  program. 

•  Complete  the  Writing  Across  the 
Curriculum  Program  requirements. 

•  Earn  one  year  of  credit  in  Physical  Activities, 
Wellness,  and  Community  Service. 
Athletic  training  courses  or  Military  Science 
0 1 1 ,  02 1 ,  03 1 ,  or  04 1  may  satisfy  this 
requirement. 


li)2-03 


ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


•  Complete  a  major  consisting  of  at  least  eight 
unit  courses  (32  semester  hours).  Students 
must  pass  every  course  required  for  the 
major  and  have  a  minimum  major  grade 
point  average  of  2.00. 

•  Pass  a  minimum  of  32  units  (128  semester 
hours)  with  a  minimum  cumulative  grade 
point  average  of  2.00.  Additional  credits 
beyond  128  semester  hours  may  be  completed 
provided  that  the  minimum  2.00  cumulative 
average  is  maintained. 

•  Complete  in  residence  the  final  eight  courses 
(32  semester  hours)  offered  for  the  degree  at 
Lycoming. 

•  Satisfy  all  financial  obligations  incurred  at 
the  College. 

THE  BACHELOR  OF 
SCIENCE  DEGREE 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  available 
to  students  majoring  in  Biology,  Chemistry,  or 
Computer  Science.  Students  may  elect  either 
the  B.A.  or  the  B.S.  degree  in  these  majors. 
The  B.S.  degree  is  appropriate  for  students 
planning  further  education  in  a  graduate  or 
professional  school. 

Requirements  For  Graduation 

Every  B.S.  degree  candidate  is  expected  to 
meet  the  following  requirements  in  order  to 
qualify  for  graduation: 

•  Complete  the  B.S.  major  in  either  Biology, 
Chemistry,  or  Computer  Science  as 
described  on  page  68,  81  and  1 18  respec- 
tively. Students  must  pass  every  course 
required  for  the  major  and  have  a  minimum 
major  grade  point  average  of  2.00. 

•  Complete  the  distribution  program. 

•  Complete  the  Writing  Across  the  Curriculum 
Program  requirements. 

•  Earn  one  year  of  credit  in  Physical  Activities, 
Wellness,  and  Community  Service.  Athletic 
Training  courses  or  Military  Science  01 1, 
021,  031  or  041  may  satisfy  this  requirement. 

•  Pass  a  minimum  of  32  units  ( 1 28  semester 
hours)  with  a  minimum  grade  point  average  of 


2.(X).  Additional  credits  beyond  128  semestei 
hours  may  be  completed  provided  that  the  m 
imum  2.00  cumulative  average  is  maintained 

•  Complete  in  residence  the  final  eight  cours( 
(32  semester  hours)  offered  for  the  degree  i 
Lycoming. 

•  Satisfy  all  financial  obligations  incurred  at 
the  College. 

THE  BACHELOR  OF 
SCIENCE  IN  NURSING 
DEGREE 

The  program  of  study  leading  to  the  Bacheld 
of  Science  in  Nursing  degree  is  designed  to 
prepare  men  and  women  as  beginning  practiti 
ners  of  professional  nursing,  qualified  for  first 
level  positions  in  a  variety  of  health  settings  ar 
for  graduate  study  in  nursing.  Upon  satisfactor 
completion  of  the  program,  a  graduate  is  eligi' 
to  write  the  State  Board  of  Nursing  examinatii 
for  licensure  as  a  registered  nurse.  The  goal  o 
the  program  is  to  develop  a  liberally-educated 
and  self-directed  individual  who  is  prepared  t^ 
contribute  to  the  welfare  of  the  nation  througl^ 
the  practice  of  professional  nursing,  which 
supports  the  promotion  and  restoration  of  the 
health  of  individuals  and  families  in  a  variety 
settings. 

PROGRAM  NOTE  The  Bachelor  of  Science 
Nursing  degree  will  be  discontinued  as  of 
August  2003.  In  order  to  enter  the  Nursing 
program,  a  student  must  complete  all  degree 
requirements  (distribution,  major,  and  elective 
by  the  end  of  August  2003. 

Requirements  For  Graduation 

Every  B.S.N,  degree  candidate  is  expectet 
to  meet  the  following  requirements  in  order  tj 
qualify  for  graduation: 

•  Complete  the  Nursing  major  as  described  o 
page  1 30.  Students  must  pass  every  course  | 
required  for  the  major  and  have  a  minimun: 
major  grade  point  average  of  2.00. 

•  Complete  the  distribution  program. 

•  Complete  the  Writing  Across  the  Curriculun: 
Program  requirements. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^A 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALC 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


Pass  a  minimum  of  32  units  (128  semester 
tiours)  with  a  minimum  cumulative  average 
of  2.00. 

[Earn  one  year  of  credit  in  Physical  Activi- 
ties. Wellness  and  Community  Service. 
Athletic  training  or  Military  Science  Oil, 
021,  031  or  041  may  satisfy  this  requirement. 
Complete  in  residence  the  final  eight 
courses  (32  semester  hours)  offered  for  the 
degree  at  Lycoming. 

Satisfy  all  financial  obligations  incurred  at 
the  College. 

i  he  distribution 
Program 

,  he  Distribution  Program  for 
lie  B.A.,  B.S.,  and  B.S.N, 
degrees 

'   A  course  can  be  used  to  satisfy  only  one 
Istribution  requirement  (except  in  the  Cultural 
Hversity  area).  Courses  for  which  a  grade  of 
P"  is  recorded  may  not  be  used  toward  the 
lilfillment  of  the  distribution  requirements, 
'^efer  to  page  26  for  an  explanation  of  the 
rading  system.)  No  more  than  two  courses 
sed  to  satisfy  the  distribution  requirements 
iay  be  selected  from  the  same  department, 
xcept  for  ENGL  105  and  106  or  107  and 
oreign  Language  Courses  numbered 
elow  222.  This  means  that  in  English, 
oreign  Languages  literatures,  and  Theatre 
are  must  be  taken  to  comply  with  this  rule. 

A  course  in  any  of  the  following  distribution 
iquirements  refers  to  a  full-unit  course  (four 
smester  hours)  taken  at  Lycoming,  any 
ppropriate  combination  of  fractional  unit 
ourses  taken  at  Lycoming  which  accumulate 
)  four  semester  hours,  any  appropriate  course 
/hich  is  taken  by  cross-registration,  any 
ppropriate  course  which  is  part  of  an  approved 
ff-campus  program  (such  as  those  listed  in  the 
atalog  sections  titled  COOPERATIVE 
•ROGRAMS,  SPECIAL  ACADEMIC 
)PPORTUNrnES.  and  STUDY  ABROAD 
'ROGRAMS)  or  any  approved  course 
ransferred  from  another  institution. 

302-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


Special  distribution  requirements  which 
apply  to  students  in  the  Lycoming  Scholar 
Program  appear  on  page  41 .  For  information 
regarding  CLEP  and  AP  credit  see  page  24. 

A.  English  -  Students  are  required  to  pass 
ENGL  105,  unless  exempted  on  the  basis  of 
the  college's  placement  examination,  and 
ENGL  106  or  107.  ENGL  105  and  ENGL 
106  or  107  must  be  taken  during  the  freshman 
year  unless  the  student  does  not  successfully 
complete  ENGL  105  during  the  first  semester. 

B.  Fine  Arts  -  Students  are  required  to  pass 
two  courses  (or  the  equivalent)  from  Art, 
Creative  Writing,  Literature,  Music,  and/or 
THEA  100,  1 14,  148,  212,  332,  333,  335. 

C.  Foreign  Language  -  Students  are  required 
to  pass  a  course  in  French,  German,  Greek, 
Hebrew,  or  Spanish  numbered  101,  unless 
exempted  on  the  basis  of  placement,  and  a 
course  numbered  above  101  in  the  same 
language.  Placement  at  the  appropriate  course 
level  will  be  determined  by  the  faculty  of  the 
Department  of  Foreign  Languages  and 
Literatures. 

D.  Humanities  -  Students  are  required  to  pass 
four  courses  from  History,  Literature,  includ- 
ing THEA  333  and  335,  Philosophy,  and/or 
Religion.  At  least  one  course  must  be  suc- 
cessfully completed  in  3  of  the  4  disciplines. 

E.  Mathematics  -  Students  are  required  to 
demonstrate  competence  in  basic  algebra  and 
to  pass  one  course  selected  from  CPTR  108, 
MATH  106,  109,  112,  123,  128,  129,  130, 
214,  or  216.  The  requirement  of  competence 
in  basic  algebra  must  be  met  before  the  end  of 
the  fourth  semester  or  within  one  year  of 
entry,  whichever  is  later.  Students  that  have 
not  met  this  competency  requirement  before 
the  final  semester  of  the  applicable  time 
period  must  register  for  MATH  I(X)  in  that 
semester. 

New  students  take  the  mathematics 
placement  examination  determined  by  the 
Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences  at  a 
new-student  orientation  session.  Those  who 
do  not  pass  this  exam  may  take  home  a 


^» 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


computerized  study  guide  and  take  another 
exam  at  a  specified  time. 

After  beginning  classes  at  Lycoming 
College,  a  student  may  satisfy  the  basic 
algebra  competence  requirement  by  successful 
completion  of  MATH  100  at  Lycoming,  or  of 
an  approved  course  transferred  from  another 
college,  or  by  passing  a  competence  examina- 
tion administered  by  the  Department  of 
Mathematical  Sciences.  Enrolled  students  may 
take  this  examination  only  once  during  a 
semester  and  may  be  subject  to  a  testing  fee. 
No  student  will  be  permitted  to  take  this 
examination  while  enrolled  in  MATH  100. 

F.  Natural  Sciences  -  Students  are  required  to 
pass  two  laboratory  courses  chosen  from 
Astronomy/Physics,  Biology,  and/or  Chemisty. 

G.  Social  Sciences  -  Students  are  required  to 
pass  two  courses  from  Criminal  Justice, 
Economics,  Political  Science,  Psychology,  or 
Sociology- Anthropology. 

H.  Cultural  Diversity  -  Students  are  required 
to  pass  one  designated  course  which  intro- 
duces students  to  Cultural  Diversity  which  are 
distinct  from  the  predominant  Anglo-Ameri- 
can culture.  The  course  selected  to  fulfill  this 
requirement  may  also  be  used  to  satisfy  one  of 
the  other  general  education  requirements  in 
the  liberal  arts.  Students  also  may  fulfill  the 
cultural  diversity  requirement  by  successfully 
completing  at  least  one  full-time  semester  ( 1 2 
semester  hours)  in  a  college-accepted  study 
abroad  program. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  cultural  diversity  courses  and 
will  be  offered  as  such.  Students  must  check 
semester  class  schedules  to  determine  which 
courses  are  offered  as  "D"  (cultural  diversity) 
courses  for  that  semester. 

ART  ART  222,  339 

BUSINESS  BUS  244,  319 

ENGLISH  ENGL  334 

FRENCH  FRN  228 

GERMAN  GERM  22 1 ,  222 


HISTORY 

MUSIC 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

PSYCHOLOGY 

RELIGION 

SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 
SPANISH 
THEATRE 

WOMEN'S  STUDIES 


HIST  120,  140,  22C 
230,  240 

MUS  116,  128,234 
PSCI221,327,  340 
PSY  341 
REL  1 10,  224, 
225,  226,  228 
SOC  229,  331,334, 
335,  336,  337 
SPAN  221,  222,  311 
THEA  114,212, 
332,333,335,410 
WMST  200 


Writing  Across  The 
Curriculum  Program 

I.  Purpose 

The  Lycoming  College  Writing  Across  the 
Curriculum  Program  has  been  developed  in 
response  to  the  conviction  that  writing  skills 
promote  intellectual  growth  and  are  a  hall- 
mark of  the  educated  person.  The  program 
has  therefore  been  designed  to  achieve  two 
major,  interrelated  objectives: 

1 )  to  enhance  student  learning  in  general 
and  subject  mastery  in  particular,  and 

2)  to  develop  students'  abilities  to  commu- 
nicate clearly.  In  this  program,  students 
are  given  opportunities  to  write  in  a 
variety  of  contexts  and  in  a  substantial 
number  of  courses,  in  which  they  receive, 
faculty  guidance  and  reinforcement.        j 

IL  Program  Requirements 

Students  must  successfully  complete  the 
following  writing  requirements: 

1)  ENGL  105  or  exemption  from  the  course. 

2)  ENGL  106  (Composition)  or  ENGL 
107  (Honors  Composition). 

3)  A  writing  component  in  all  distribution 
courses  completed  at  Lycoming. 

4)  Three  courses  designated  as  writing- 
intensive,  or  "W"  courses. 

•  Successful  completion  of  ENGL  106  I 
or  107  is  a  prerequisite  for  enrollment! 
in  writing-intensive  courses. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


•  All  courses  designated  "W"  are 
numbered  200  or  above. 

•  One  of  the  student's  "W"  courses  must 
be  in  his/her  major  (or  one  of  the 
majors)  or  with  departmental  approval 
from  a  related  department.  All 
three  cannot  carry  the  same  course- 
prefix  (ex.  PHIL,  ENGL,  ACCT,  etc.). 

n.  Approved  Writing  Intensive  Courses 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
o  be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 
nay  be  offered  as  such.  Students  must  check 
iiemester  class  schedules  to  determine  which 
'ourses  are  offered  as  "W"  courses  for  that 
semester. 


ACCOUNTING 
AMERICAN  STUDIES 
[\RT 

ASTRONOMY 

BIOLOGY 

BUSINESS 


ACCT  223,  224, 442 

HIST  443 

ART  222,  223,  331, 

333,  334,  336,  339 

ASTR  230 

BIO  222,  224 

BUS  340,342,344, 

441 

CHEM  330,  331,332 

COMM  21 1,326 


CHEMISTRY 

COMMUNICATION 

COMPUTER  SCIENCE  CPTR  246,  247, 

346,  448 
CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 


[ECONOMICS 
lEDUCATION 

ENGLISH 

IFRENCH 

|GERMAN 

HISTORY 

I  INTERNATIONAL 
!  STUDIES 
MATHEMATICS 
MUSIC 

NEAR  EAST  CULTURE  ART  222 
NURSING  NURS  22 1 ,  432/ 

433,  435 

2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


CJ  447,  PHIL  218, 

SOC  222 

ECON  236,  337,  440 

EDUC  239,  343,  344, 

447 

ENGL  225,  311,331, 

334,  335,  336,  420 

FRN  222 

GERM  431,  441 

HIST218,  230,  247, 

332,  335,  443,  449 

INST  449 

MATH  234 
MUS  336 


PHILOSOPHY 


PHYSICS 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE 
PSYCHOLOGY 

RELIGION 
SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 
SPANISH 

THEATRE 


PHIL216,  217,  218, 
219,301,332,333, 
334,  335,  336,  340 
PHYS  338,  447 
PSCI  210,  334,400 
PSY225,  324,  431, 
432,  436 

REL  230,  331,337 
SOC  222,  228,  229, 
230,331 
SPAN  323,418, 
424,  426 
THEA212,  332,  333 


Physical  Activities,  Wellness,  and 
Community  Service  Program 

L  Purpose 

This  program  is  designed  to  promote 
students'  physical  welfare,  health  awareness, 
and  to  encourage  a  sense  of  civic  responsibility. 

II.  Program  Requirements 

Students  must  pass  any  combination  of  two 
semesters  of  course  work  selected  from  the 
following: 

1 .  Designated  physical  activities  courses, 

2.  Designated  varsity  athletics, 

3.  Designated  wellness  courses, 

4.  Designated  community  service  projects, 

5.  Designated  military  science  courses. 

CONCENTRATION 

The  Major 

Students  are  required  to  complete  a  series  of 
courses  in  one  departmental  or  interdisciplinary 
(established  or  individual)  major.  Specific  course 
requirements  for  each  major  offered  by  the 
College  are  listed  in  the  curriculum  section  of 
this  catalog.  Students  must  earn  a  2.00  or 
higher  cumulative  grade  point  average  in  the 
major.  Students  must  declare  a  major  by  the 
beginning  of  their  junior  year.  Departmental 
and  established  interdisciplinary  majors  are 
declared  in  the  Oftlce  of  the  Registrar,  whereas 
individual  interdisciplinary  majors  must  be 
approved  by  the  Committee  on  Curriculum 


^M 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


Development.  Students  may  complete  more 
than  one  major,  each  of  which  will  be  recorded 
on  the  transcript.  Students  may  be  removed 
from  major  status  if  they  are  not  making 
satisfactory  progress  in  their  major.  This 
action  is  taken  by  the  Dean  of  the  College 
upon  the  recommendation  of  the  department, 
coordinating  committee  (for  established 
interdisciplinary  majors),  or  Curriculum 
Development  Committee  (for  individual 
interdisciplinary  majors).  The  decision  of  the 
Dean  of  the  College  may  be  appealed  to  the 
Committee  on  Academic  Standards  by  the 
student  involved  or  by  the  recommending 
department  or  committee.  Students  pursuing 
majors  in  two  different  degrees  are  subject  to 
the  policy  for  dual  degrees  on  page  29. 

Departmental  Majors  —  The  following 

Departmental  majors  are  available: 

Accounting 

Art  History 

Art  Studio 

Astronomy 

Biology 

Business  Administration 

Chemistry 

Communication 

Computer  Science 

Economics 

English 

French 

German 

History 

Mathematics 

Music 

Nursing  * 

Philosophy 

Physics 

Political  Science 

Psychology 

Religion 

Sociology- Anthropology 

Spanish 

Theatre 

*  The  degree  in  Nursing  will  be 
discontinued  as  of  August  2003. 


Established  Interdisciplinary  Majors  —  Th( 

following  established  interdisciplinary  majors 
include  course  work  in  two  or  more  departments 
Accounting-Mathematical  Sciences 
Archaeology  and  Culture  of  the  Ancient  Near  East 
Actuarial  Mathematics 
American  Studies 
Criminal  Justice 
International  Studies 
Literature 

Individual  Interdisciplinary  Majors  — 

Students  may  design  majors  which  are  unique 
to  their  needs  and  objectives  and  which  combine 
course  work  in  more  than  one  department. 
These  majors  are  developed  in  consultation 
with  students'  faculty  advisors  and  with  a  panel 
of  faculty  members  from  each  of  the  sponsor- 
ing departments.  The  applications  are  acted 
upon  by  the  Curriculum  Development  Commit 
tee.  The  major  normally  consists  of  at  least  10 
courses,  at  least  six  of  which  are  at  the  300  or 
400  level.  No  more  than  two  courses  used  to 
satisfy  distribution  requirements  may  be 
included  in  the  major.  Examples  of  individual 
interdisciplinary  majors  are:  Legal  Studies, 
Women  and  the  Legal  System,  and  Religion 
and  Marketing. 

The  Minor 

The  College  awards  two  kinds  of  minors, 
departmental  and  interdisciplinary,  in  recog- 
nition of  concentrated  course  work  in  an  area 
other  than  the  student's  major.    All  minors  arej 
subject  to  the  following  limitations: 

•  A  minor  must  include  at  least  two  courses 
which  are  not  counted  in  the  student's  major. 

•  A  student  may  receive  at  most  two  minors. 

•  Students  with  two  majors  may  receive  only 
one  minor;  students  with  three  majors  may 

not  receive  a  minor. 

•  Students  may  not  receive  a  minor  in  their 
major  discipline  unless  their  major  discipline  i 
is  Art  and  the  minor  is  Art  History^  their 
major  is  Biology  and  the  minor  is  Environ- 
mental Science,  or  their  major  is  Religion  andi 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


the  minor  is  Biblical  Languages.  (A  disci- 
pline is  any  course  of  study  in  which  a  student 
can  major.  Tracks  within  majors  are  not 
separate  disciplines.) 

•  A  student  may  not  receive  a  minor  unless 
his/her  average  in  the  courses  which  count 
for  his/her  minor  is  a  minimum  of  2.00. 

•  Courses  taken  P/F  may  not  be  counted 
toward  a  minor. 

Students  must  declare  their  intention  to 
minor  by  signing  a  form  available  in  the 
Registrar's  Office,  obtaining  required  faculty 
signatures,  and  returning  the  completed  form 
to  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 

When  students  complete  a  minor,  the  title 
will  be  indicated  on  their  official  transcript. 
Students  must  meet  the  requirements  for  the 
minor  which  are  in  effect  at  the  time  they 
declare  a  minor  or  which  are  in  effect  subse- 
quent to  that  time  before  they  graduate. 

Departmental  Minors  —  Requirements  for  a 
departmental  minor  vary  from  department  to 
department.  Students  interested  in  pursuing  a 
departmental  minor  should  consult  that 
department  for  its  policy  regarding  minors. 

Departmental  minors  are  available  in  the 
following  areas: 

ACCOUNTING 
ART 

Art  History 

Commercial  Design 

Painting 

Photography 

Sculpture 
ASTRONOMY 
BIOLOGY 

Biology 

Environmental  Science 
BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Marketing 

Finance 

General  Management 
CHEMISTRY 
COMMUNICATION 
ECONOMICS 

2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ENGLISH 

Literature 

Writing 
FOREIGN  LANGUAGES 
AND  LITERATURES 

French 

German 

Spanish 
HISTORY 

American  History 

European  History 

History 
MATHEMATICAL  SCIENCES 

Computer  Science 

Mathematics 
PHILOSOPHY 

Philosophy 

Philosophy  and  Law 

Philosophy  and  Science 
PHYSICS 
POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Political  Science 

World  Politics 

Legal  Studies 
PSYCHOLOGY 
RELIGION 

SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 
THEATRE 

Theatre  History  and  Literature 

Performance 

Technical  Theatre 

Interdisciplinary  Minors  —  Interdisciplinary 
minors  include  course  work  in  two  or  more 
departments.  Students  interested  in  interdisci- 
plinary minors  should  consult  the  faculty 
coordinator  of  that  minor.  Interdisciplinary 
minors  are  available  in  the  following  areas: 
ARCHAEOLOGY  AND  CULTURE  OF  THE 
ANCIENT  NEAR  EAST,  BIBLICAL 
LANGUAGES,  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE,  and 
WOMEN'S  STUDIES 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL 

PROGRAMS  (also  see  "Pre-Profes- 

sional  Advising"  in  The  Advising  Program 

section) 

Preparation  for  Educational  Professions  — 

Lycoming  College  believes  that  the  liberal  arts 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


provide  the  best  preparation  for  future  teachers. 
Thus,  all  education  students  complete  a  liberal 
arts  major  in  addition  to  the  Lycoming 
College  Teacher  Education  Certificate 
requirements.  Students  can  be  certified  in 
elementary  education  or  one  or  more  of  the 
following  secondary  areas:  art  (K-12),  biology, 
chemistry,  English,  French,  general  science 
(with  biology  or  astronomy/physics  tracks), 
German,  mathematics,  music  (K-12),  physics, 
social  studies,  and  Spanish.  All  teacher 
education  programs  are  approved  by  the 
Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education. 
Pennsylvania  certificates  are  recognized  in 
most  other  states  either  through  reciprocal 
agreements  or  by  transcript  evaluation.  See 
the  Education  Department  listing  on  page  96. 

Preparation  for  Health  Professions  —  The 

program  of  pre-professional  education  for  the 
health  professions  (allopathic,  dental,  osteo- 
pathic, pediatric  and  veterinary  medicine; 
optometry,  and  pharmacy)  is  organized  around 
a  sound  foundation  in  biology,  chemistry, 
mathematics,  and  physics  and  a  wide  range  of 
subject  matter  from  the  humanities,  social 
sciences,  and  fine  arts.  At  least  three  years  of 
undergraduate  study  is  recommended  before 
entry  into  a  professional  school;  the  normal 
procedure  is  to  complete  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree. 

Students  interested  in  one  of  the  health 
professions  or  in  an  allied  health  career  should 
make  their  intentions  known  to  the  Admissions 
Office  when  applying  and  to  the  Health 
Professions  Advisory  Committee  (HPAC) 
during  their  first  semester  (see  page  45). 

Preparation  for  Legal  Professions  — 

Lycoming  offers  a  strong  preparation  for 
students  interested  in  law  as  a  profession. 
Admission  to  law  school  is  not  predicated 
upon  a  particular  major  or  area  of  study; 
rather,  a  student  is  encouraged  to  design  a 
course  of  study  (traditional  or  interdisciplinary 
major)  which  is  of  personal  interest  and 
significance.  While  no  specific  major  is 


recommended,  there  are  certain  skills  of 
particular  relevance  to  the  pre-law  student: 
clear  writing,  analytical  thinking,  and  reading 
comprehension.  These  skills  should  be 
developed  during  the  undergraduate  years. 

Pre-law  students  should  register  with  the 
Legal  Professions  Advisory  Committee  (LP AC 
during  their  first  semester  (see  page  45). 

Preparation  for  Theological  Professions  — 

Students  preparing  to  attend  a  theological 
seminary  should  examine  the  suggestions  set 
down  by  the  Association  of  Theological 
Schools.  It  is  recommended  that  students 
pursue  a  broad  program  in  the  liberal  arts  with 
a  major  in  one  of  the  humanities  (English, 
history,  languages,  literature,  philosophy, 
religion)  or  one  of  the  social  sciences  (Ameri- 
can studies,  criminal  justice,  economics, 
international  studies,  political  science,  psychol- 
ogy, sociology-anthropology).  Students 
preparing  for  a  career  in  religious  education 
should  major  in  religion  and  elect  five  or  six 
courses  in  psychology,  education  and  sociol- 
ogy. This  program  of  study  will  qualify 
students  to  work  as  educational  assistants  or 
directors  of  religious  education  after  graduate 
study  in  a  theological  seminary. 

Students  should  register  with  the  Theologi-! 
cal  Professions  Advisory  Committee  (TPAC) 
during  their  first  semester.  TPAC  acts  as  a 
"center"  for  students,  faculty,  and  clergy  to 
discuss  the  needs  of  students  who  want  to 
prepare  themselves  for  the  ministry,  religious 
education,  advanced  training  in  religion,  or 
related  vocations  (see  page  45). 

COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS 

Lycoming  has  developed  several  coopera- 
tive programs  to  provide  students  with  opport- 
unities to  extend  their  knowledge,  abilities,  and 
talents  in  selected  areas  through  access  to  the 
specialized  academic  programs  and  facilities 
of  other  colleges,  universities,  academies  and 
hospitals.  Although  thorough  advising  and 
curricular  planning  are  provided  for  each  of 
the  cooperative  programs,  admission  to 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


.ycoming  and  registration  in  the  program  of 
';hoice  do  not  guarantee  admission  to  the  coop- 
;rating  institution.  The  prerogative  of  admitting 
;tudents  to  the  cooperative  aspect  of  the 
)rogram  rests  with  the  cooperating  institution. 
Jtudents  who  are  interested  in  a  cooperative 
Drogram  should  contact  the  coordinator  during 
'he  first  week  of  the  first  semester  of  their 
enrollment  at  Lycoming.  This  is  necessary  to 
blan  their  course  programs  in  a  manner  that 
vill  ensure  completion  of  required  courses 
iiccording  to  the  schedule  stipulated  for  the 
urogram.  All  cooperative  programs  require 
>pecial  coordination  of  course  scheduling  at 
Lycoming. 


lEngineering  —  Combining  the  advantages  of 
1  liberal  arts  education  and  the  technical  train- 
ling  of  an  engineering  curriculum,  this  program 
lis  offered  in  conjunction  with  The  Pennsylva- 
'nia  State  University  and  Washington  Univer- 
sity at  St.  Louis.  Students  complete  three  years 
of  study  at  Lycoming  and  two  years  at  the 
cooperating  university.  Upon  satisfactory 
completion  of  the  first  year  of  engineering 
istudies,  Lycoming  awards  a  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree.  When  students  successfully  complete 
the  second  year  of  engineering  studies,  the 
cooperafing  university  awards  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  engineering. 

At  Lycoming,  students  complete  the  dis- 
itribution  program  and  courses  in  physics, 
.mathematics,  and  chemistry.  The  Pennsylva- 
nia State  University  offers  aerospace,  agricul- 
tural, ceramic,  chemical,  civil,  computer, 
electrical,  engineering  science,  industrial, 
mechanical,  mining  and  nuclear  engineering. 
jSimilar  offerings  are  available  at  Washington 
jUniversity  at  St.  Louis. 

Forestry  or  Environmental  Studies  — 

Lycoming  College  offers  a  cooperative 
program  with  Duke  University  in  environ- 
mental management  and  forestry.  Qualified 
students  can  earn  the  baccalaureate  and  master 
degrees  in  five  years,  spending  three  years  at 


Lycoming  and  two  years  at  Duke.  All 
Lycoming  distribution  and  major  requirements 
must  be  completed  by  the  end  of  the  junior 
year.  At  the  end  of  the  first  year  at  Duke,  a 
baccalaureate  degree  will  be  awarded  by 
Lycoming.  Duke  will  award  the  professional 
degree  of  Master  of  Forestry  or  Master  of 
Environmental  Management  to  qualified 
candidates  at  the  end  of  the  second  year. 

The  major  program  emphases  at  Duke  are 
Forest  Resource  Management,  Resource  Eco- 
nomics and  Policy,  and  Resource  Ecology. 

The  program  is  flexible  enough,  however, 
to  accommodate  a  variety  of  individual  designs. 
An  undergraduate  major  in  one  of  the  natural 
sciences,  social  sciences,  or  business  may 
provide  good  preparation  for  the  programs  at 
Duke,  but  a  student  with  any  undergraduate 
concentration  will  be  considered  for  admission. 
All  students  need  at  least  two  courses  each  in 
biology,  mathematics,  and  economics. 

Students  begin  the  program  at  Duke  in  July 
after  their  junior  year  at  Lycoming  with  a  one- 
month  session  of  field  work  in  natural  resource 
management.  They  must  complete  a  total  of 
48  units  which  generally  takes  four  semesters. 

Some  students  prefer  to  complete  the 
baccalaureate  degree  before  undertaking  grad- 
uate study  at  Duke.  The  master  degree 
requirements  for  these  students  are  the  same 
as  for  those  students  entering  after  the  junior 
year,  but  the  48-unit  requirement  may  be 
reduced  for  completed  relevant  undergraduate 
work  of  satisfactory  quality.  All  credit 
reductions  are  determined  individually  and 
consider  the  students'  educational  background 
and  objectives. 

Medical  Technology  -  Students  desiring  a 
career  in  medical  technology  may  either 
complete  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  program  followed  by  a  clinical 
internship  at  any  hospital  accredited  by  the 
American  Medical  Association,  or  they  may 
complete  the  cooperative  program.  Students 
electing  the  cooperative  program  normally 


2(K  12-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^H 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 

• 


Study  for  three  years  at  Lycoming,  during 
which  time  they  complete  24  unit  courses, 
including  the  College  distribution  require- 
ments, a  major,  and  requirements  of  the 
National  Accrediting  Agency  for  Clinical 
Laboratory  Sciences  (NAACLS).  The  current 
requirements  of  the  NAACLS  are:  four 
courses  in  chemistry  (one  of  which  must  be 
either  organic  or  biochemistry);  four  courses 
in  biology  (including  courses  in  microbiology 
and  immunology),  and  one  course  in 
mathematics. 

Students  in  the  cooperative  program  usually 
major  in  biology,  following  a  modified  major 
of  six  unit  courses  that  exempts  them  from 
Ecology  (BIO  224)  and  Plant  Sciences  (BIO 
225).  Students  must  take  either  Microbiology 
(BIO  32 1 )  or  Microbiology  for  the  Health 
Sciences  (BIO  226),  and  either  Human 
Physiology  (BIO  323)  or  Cell  Biology  (BIO 
435).  The  cooperative  program  requires 
successful  completion  of  a  one-year  internship 
at  a  hospital  accredited  by  the  American 
Medical  Association.  Lycoming  is  affiliated 
with  the  following  accredited  hospitals:  Divine 
Providence,  Rolling  Hill,  Robert  Packer, 
Lancaster,  and  Abington.  Students  in  the 
cooperative  program  receive  credit  at 
Lycoming  for  each  of  eight  courses  in  biology 
and  chemistry  successfully  completed  during 
the  clinical  internship.  Successful  completion 
of  the  Registry  Examination  is  not  considered  a 
graduation  requirement  at  Lycoming  College. 

Students  entering  a  clinical  internship  for 
one  year  after  graduation  from  Lycoming 
must  complete  all  of  the  requirements  of  the 
cooperative  program,  but  are  not  eligible  for 
the  biology  major  exemptions  indicated 
above.  Upon  graduation,  such  students  may 
apply  for  admission  to  a  clinical  program  at 
any  hospital. 

Optometry  —  Through  the  Accelerated 
Optometry  Education  Curriculum  Program, 
students  interested  in  a  career  in  optometry 
may  qualify  for  admission  to  the  Pennsylvania 


College  of  Optometry  after  only  three  years  a 
Lycoming  College. 

After  four  years  at  the  Pennsylvania  Collegt 
of  Optometry,  a  student  will  earn  a  Doctor  of 
Optometry  degree.  Selection  of  candidates  fc 
the  professional  segment  of  the  program  is 
completed  by  the  admissions  committee  of  th< 
Pennsylvania  College  of  Optometry  during  th 
student's  third  year  at  Lycoming.  (This  is  on( 
of  two  routes  that  students  may  choose.  Any 
student,  of  course,  may  follow  the  regular 
application  procedures  for  admission  to  the 
Pennsylvania  College  of  Optometry  or  anothe 
college  of  optometry  to  matriculate  following 
completion  of  his  or  her  baccalaureate  pro- 
gram.) During  the  three  years  at  Lycoming 
College,  the  student  will  complete  24  unit 
courses,  including  all  distribution  require- 
ments, and  will  prepare  for  his  or  her  profes- 
sional training  by  obtaining  a  solid  foundation 
in  biology,  chemistry,  physics,  and  mathemat- 
ics. During  the  first  year  of  study  at  the 
Pennsylvania  College  of  Optometry,  the 
student  will  take  39  semester  hours  of  basic 
science  courses  in  addition  to  introductions  to 
optometry  and  health  care.  Successful  comple- 
tion of  the  first  year  of  professional  training  wil 
complete  the  course  requirements  for  the  B.A. 
degree  at  Lycoming  College. 

Most  students  will  find  it  convenient  to 
major  in  biology  in  order  to  satisfy  the 
requirements  of  Lycoming  College  and  the 
Pennsylvania  College  of  Optometry.  Such 
students  are  allowed  to  complete  a  modified 
biology  major  which  will  exempt  them  from 
two  biology  courses:  Ecology  (BIO  224)  and 
Plant  Sciences  (BIO  225).  (This  modified 
major  requires  the  successful  completion  of 
the  initial  year  at  the  Pennsylvania  College  of  | 
Optometry.)  Students  desiring  other  majors 
must  coordinate  their  plans  with  the  Health 
Professions  Advisory  Committee  in  order  to 
ensure  that  they  have  satisfied  all  requirements. 


Podiatry  —  Students  interested  in  podiatry 
may  either  seek  admission  to  a  college  of 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


O 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOC 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


podiatric  medicine  upon  completion  of  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  or  through  the  Accel- 
i  erated  Podiatric  Medical  Education  Curricu- 
lum Program  (APMEC).  The  latter  program 
provides  an  opportunity  for  students  to 
qualify  for  admission  to  the  Pennsylvania 
College  of  Podiatric  Medicine  (PCPM)  or  the 
Ohio  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine  (OCPM) 
after  three  years  of  study  at  Lycoming.  At 
Lycoming,  students  in  the  APMEC  program 
must  successfully  complete  24  unit  courses, 
I  including  the  distribution  requirements  and  a 
basic  foundation  in  biology,  chemistry, 
physics,  and  mathematics.  During  the  first 
year  of  study  at  PCPM  or  OCPM,  students 
must  successfully  complete  a  program  of  basic 
science  courses  and  an  introduction  to  podiatry. 
Successful  completion  of  the  first  year  of 
professional  training  will  contribute  toward  the 
fulfillment  of  the  course  requirements  for  a 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  at  Lycoming. 

Students  in  the  cooperative  program  who 
major  in  biology  will  be  allowed  to  complete  a 
modified  major  which  will  exempt  them  from 
two  biology  courses:  Ecology  (BIO  224)  and 
Plant  Sciences  (BIO  225).  This  modified 
major  requires  the  successful  completion  of 
the  initial  year  at  PCPM  or  OCPM. 

Students  interested  in  a  career  in  podiatric 
medicine  should  indicate  their  intentions  to 
the  Health  Professions  Advisory  Committee. 

U.S.  Army  Reserve  Officers  Training 
Corps  Program  (R.O.T.C.)  —  The  program 
provides  an  opportunity  for  Lycoming 
students  to  enroll  in  Army  R.O.T.C. 
Lycoming  notes  enrollment  in  and  successful 
completion  of  the  program  on  student  tran- 
scripts. Military  Science  is  a  four-year 
program  divided  into  a  basic  course  given 
during  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  and 
an  advanced  course  given  during  the  junior 
and  senior  years.  Students  who  have  not 
completed  the  basic  course  may  qualify  for  the 
advanced  course  by  completing  summer  camp 
between  the  sophomore  and  junior  years. 


Students  enrolled  in  the  advanced  course 
receive  a  monthly,  non-taxable  stipend  of 
$  1 ,000.  One  course  each  in  written  communi- 
cation, computer  proficiency,  and  military 
history  will  fulfill  the  professional  military 
education  requirements. 

Students  successfully  completing  the 
advanced  course  and  advanced  summer  camp 
between  the  junior  and  senior  years  will  qualify 
for  a  commission  as  a  Second  Lieutenant  in 
the  United  States  Army  upon  graduation,  and 
will  incur  a  service  obligation  in  the  active 
Army  or  Army  Reserves. 

THE  HONORS  PROGRAM 

The  Scholar  Program 

The  Lycoming  College  Scholar  Program  is  a 
special  program  designed  to  meet  the  needs  and 
aspirations  of  highly  motivated  students  of 
superior  intellectual  ability.  The  Lycoming 
Scholar  satisfies  the  College's  distribution 
requirements,  generally  on  a  more  exacting 
level  and  with  more  challenging  courses  than 
the  average  student.  Lycoming  Scholars  also 
participate  in  special  interdisciplinary  seminars 
and  in  serious  independent  study  culminating 
in  a  senior  project.  Scholars  may  audit  a  fifth 
course  each  semester  at  no  additional  cost.  In 
addition.  Scholars  may  be  exempted  from  the 
usual  limitations  on  independent  studies  by  the 
Individual  Studies  Committee. 

Students  are  admitted  to  the  program  by 
invitation  of  the  Scholar  Council,  the  group 
which  oversees  the  program.  The  council 
consists  of  a  director  and  four  other  faculty 
selected  by  the  Dean  of  the  College,  and  four 
students  elected  by  current  scholars.  The 
guidelines  governing  selection  of  new  scholars 
are  flexible;  academic  excellence,  intellectual 
curiosity,  and  creativity  are  all  taken  into 
account.  Students  who  desire  to  participate  in 
the  Scholar  Program  but  are  not  invited  may 
petition  the  Scholar  Council  for  consideration. 
Petitioning  students  should  provide  the  Scholar 
Council  with  letters  of  recommendation  from 


2(X)2-()3  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


Lycoming  faculty  and  a  transcript  to  be  sent  to 
the  director  of  the  Scholar  Program. 

To  remain  in  the  program,  students  must  main- 
tain a  cumulative  average  of  3.00  or  better.  Stu- 
dents who  drop  below  this  average  will  be  placed 
on  Scholar  probation  for  one  semester.  After  one 
semester,  they  will  be  asked  to  leave  the  program 
if  their  GPA  has  not  returned  to  3.00  or  higher. 
To  graduate  as  a  Scholar,  a  student  must  have  at 
least  a  3.00  cumulative  average.  Scholars  must 
successfully  complete  five  Lycoming  Scholars 
Seminars,  as  well  as  the  non-credit  Senior 
Scholar  Seminar  in  which  they  present  the 
results  of  their  independent  studies.  In 
addition,  the  following  distribution  require- 
ments must  be  met. 

Scholar  Distribution  Requirements  for 
Students  in  B.A.,  B.S.,  and  B.S.N.  Programs 

A.  English  -  Scholars  must  complete  ENGL 
106  or  ENGL  107.  The  Scholar  Council 
strongly  recommends  that  qualified  scholars 
enroll  in  ENGL  107  if  scheduling  permits. 
ENGL  106  or  107  must  be  taken  during  the 
freshman  year. 

B.  Fine  Arts  -  Scholars  are  required  to  pass 
two  courses  (or  the  equivalent)  from  the 
following:  Art:  ART  1 1 1,  1 15,  220  or  higher; 
Music:  MUS  117,  135  or  higher;  Theatre: 
THEA  11 4  or  higher,  excluding  THE  A  148; 
Creative  Writing:  ENGL  240,  322,  342,  41 1, 
412,  441  or  442;  Literature:  Any  English 
Literature  course  (except  ENGL  215)  and  the 
literature  courses  of  the  Department  of  Foreign 
Languages  and  Literatures  (French,  German,  or 
Spanish). 

C.  Foreign  Language  -  Scholars  are  required 
to  pass  a  course  in  French,  German,  Greek, 
Hebrew,  or  Spanish  numbered  1 1 1  or  higher. 
Placement  at  the  appropriate  course  level  will 
be  determined  by  the  faculty  of  the  Department 
of  Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures.  Scholars 
who  have  completed  two  or  more  years  of  a 
given  language  in  high  school  are  not  admit- 
ted for  credit  to  the  elementary  course  in  the 


same  foreign  language  except  by  written 
permission  of  the  chairman  of  the  department. 

D.  Humanities  -  Scholars  are  required  to  pass 
four  courses  from  three  of  the  following 
disciplines:  History:  any  course  numbered 
200  or  higher;  Literature:  any  English  litera- 
ture course  (except  ENGL  215)  and  the 
literature  courses  of  the  Department  of  Foreign 
Languages  and  Literatures  (French,  German,  oi 
Spanish);  Philosophy:  any  course  numbered 
200  or  higher;  Religion:  any  course  numbered' 
222  or  higher. 

E.  Mathematics  -  Scholars  must  earn  at  least  a 
grade  of  B  (3.00)  in  one  of  MATH  103,  106, 
109,  1 12,  or  CPTR  108;  or  successfully 
complete  one  of  MATH  128,  129,  130,  214  or 
216. 

F.  Natural  Sciences  -  Scholars  are  required 
to  pass  two  laboratory  courses  from  the  follow- 
ing: Astronomy/Physics:  any  course  numbered 
1 1 1  or  higher;  Biology:  any  course  numbered 

1 10  or  higher;  Chemistry:  any  course  num- 
bered 1 10  or  higher. 

G.  Social  Sciences  -  Scholars  are  required  to 
pass  two  courses  from  the  following:  Econom- 
ics: any  course  numbered  1 10  or  higher; 
Political  Science:  any  course  numbered  106  or 
higher;  Psychology:  PSY  1 10  or  any  other 
PSY  course  numbered  225  or  higher.  Sociol- 
ogy-Anthropology: any  course  from  1 10,  220, 
229,  300  or  higher. 

H.  Cultural  Diversity  -  Scholars  are  required 
to  pass  one  designated  course  which  introduces 
students  to  Cultural  Diversity  which  is  distinct  i 
from  the  dominant  western  culture.  Approaches  i 
to  study  may  be  artistic,  historical,  sociological 
anthropological,  international,  psychological, 
or  issues  oriented.  The  course  selected  to 
fulfill  this  requirement  may  also  be  used  to 
satisfy  one  of  the  other  general  education 
requirements  in  the  Uberal  arts. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


l.  Writing  Across  the  Curriculum.  This 
-equirement  is  the  same  as  that  stipulated  by 
he  College  for  all  students. 

J.  Physical  Activities,  Wellness  and  Commu- 
nity Service.  This  requirement  is  the  same  as 
:hat  stipulated  by  the  College  for  all  students. 

K.  Lycoming  Scholar  Seminars  —  Team- 
taught  interdisciplinary  seminars  are  held  every 
semester  under  the  direction  of  the  Lycoming 
Scholar  Council.  They  meet  for  one  hour  each 
week  (Tuesdays  at  noon)  and  carry  one  hour  of 
credit.  Grades  are  "A/F"  and  are  based  on 
students'  performance.  Lycoming  Scholars  are 
required  to  successfully  complete  five  seminars 
and  they  are  permitted  to  register  for  as  many 
as  eight.  Topics  for  each  academic  year  will  be 
selected  by  the  Scholar  Council  and  announced 
before  spring  registration  of  the  previous  year. 
Students  must  be  accepted  into  the  Scholar 
Program  before  they  enroll  in  a  Scholar  Seminar. 
Scholars  are  strongly  urged  to  register  for  a 
least  one  seminar  during  the  freshman  year. 

L.  Senior  Project  —  In  the  senior  year, 
scholars  must  successfully  complete  an 
independent  studies  or  departmental  honors 
project  which  has  been  approved  in  advance 
by  the  Independent  Studies  Committee  and  the 
Scholar  Council.  This  project  must  be 
presented  orally  as  part  of  the  Senior  Scholar 
Seminar  and  be  accepted  by  the  Scholar 
Council. 

M.  Major  —  Scholars  must  complete  a 
major  and  32  units  (128  semester  hours), 
exclusive  of  the  Senior  Scholar  Seminar. 

Note  to  Transfer  Students  —  In  the  case  of 
transfer  students  and  those  who  seek  to  enter 
the  program  after  their  freshman  year  and  in 
other  cases  deemed  by  the  Scholar  Council  to 
involve  special  or  extraordinary  circum- 
stances, the  Council  shall  make  adjustments  to 
the  scholar  distribution  requirements  provided 
that  in  all  cases  such  exceptions  and  adjust- 
ments would  still  satisfy  the  regular  College 
distribution  requirements. 


Management  Scholars 
Program  of  the  Institute  for 
Management  Studies 

The  IMS  sponsors  a  Management  Scholars 
Program  for  academically  talented  students  in 
the  three  IMS  departments.  To  join  the  Manage- 
ment Scholars  Program,  a  student  must  satisfy 
the  following  criteria: 

a)  Have  a  declared  major  or  minor  in  one  or 
ore  of  the  IMS  departments.  However, 
the  IMS  Director  may  invite  or  permit 
other  students  to  join  the  Management 
Scholars  Program  who  do  not  meet  this 
criteria,  such  as  freshmen  who  have  not 
yet  declared  a  major  or  minor. 

b)  Have  an  overall  GPA  of  3.25  or  higher,  or 
exhibit  strong  academic  potential  if  the 
student  is  a  first-semester  freshman. 

To  graduate  as  a  Management  Scholar,  a 
student  must  meet  the  following  criteria: 

a)  Successfully  complete  two  semester- 
hours  of  Management  Scholar  Seminars. 

b)  Successfully  complete  a  major  or  minor  in 
one  of  the  three  IMS  departments. 

c)  Graduate  with  a  GPA  of  3.25  or  higher  in 
both  overall  college  work,  and  within  an 
IMS  major  and/or  minor. 

d)  Successfully  complete  an  appropriate 
internship,  practicum  or  independent 
study,  or  complete  a  special  project 
approved  by  the  IMS  Director. 

At  least  one  Management  Scholar  Seminar  is 
taught  per  academic  year  on  an  interdisciplinary 
topic  of  relevance  to  students  in  all  three  IMS 
departments.  The  seminars  are  offered  as  one 
semester-hour  courses  and  do  not  result  in 
overload  charges  for  full-time  students. 

Students  who  are  currently  Lycoming  College 
Scholars  may  also  become  Management 
Scholars  and  participate  in  both  programs. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


Nursing  Scholars  Program 

The  Department  of  Nursing  offers  a  program 
for  those  students  who  excel  academically. 
To  graduate  as  a  Nursing  Scholar,  a  student 
must: 

a.  Demonstrate  continued  participation  in 
activities  sponsored  by  the  Center  for 
Nursing  Excellence  (CNE). 

b.  Achieve  a  GPA  of  3.25  or  higher  in  both 
overall  college  work  and  within  the  nursing 
major. 

c.  Successfully  complete  an  approved  intern- 
ship, practicum,  or  independent  or  honors 
study. 

d.  Demonstrate  those  qualities  most  becoming 
a  professional  nurse,  including  a  commit- 
ment to  the  profession  and  community 
service. 

Students  who  are  Lycoming  College  Scholars 
may  become  Nursing  Scholars  and  participate 
in  both  programs. 

Departmental  Honors 

Honors  projects  are  normally  undertaken 
only  in  a  student's  major,  and  are  available 
only  to  exceptionally  well-qualified  students 
who  have  a  solid  background  in  the  area  of 
the  project  and  are  capable  of  considerable 
self-direction  and  have  a  GPA  of  at  least  3.00. 
The  prerequisites  for  registration  in  an  honors 
program  are  as  follows: 

•  A  faculty  member  from  the  department(s) 
in  which  the  honors  project  is  to  be  under- 
taken must  agree  to  be  the  director  and  must 
secure  departmental  approval  of  the  project. 

•  The  director,  in  consultation  with  the 
student,  must  convene  a  committee  consist- 
ing of  two  faculty  members  from  the 
department  in  which  the  project  is  to  be 
undertaken,  one  of  whom  is  the  director  of 
the  project,  and  one  faculty  member  from 
each  of  two  other  departments  related  to  the 
subject  matter  of  the  study. 

•  The  Honors  Committee  must  then  certify  by 
their  signatures  on  the  application  that  the 
project  in  question  is  academically  legiti- 


mate and  worthy  of  pursuit  as  an  honors 
project,  and  that  the  student  in  question  is 
qualified  to  pursue  the  project. 

•  The  project  must  be  approved  by  the 
Committee  on  Individual  Studies. 

Students  successfully  complete  honors 
projects  by  satisfying  the  following  condition; 
in  accordance  with  guidelines  estab  lished  by ' 
the  Committee  on  Individual  Studies: 

•  The  student  must  produce  a  substantial 
research  paper,  critical  study,  or  creative 
project.  If  the  end  product  is  a  creative 
project,  a  critical  paper  analyzing  the 
techniques  and  principles  employed  and  thd 
nature  of  the  achievement  represented  in  th^ 
project  shall  be  also  submitted. 

•  The  student  must  successfully  explain  and 
defend  the  work  in  a  final  oral  examination 
given  by  the  honors  committee. 

•  The  Honors  Committee  must  certify  that  tW 
student  has  successfully  defended  the 
project,  and  that  the  student's  achievement  i 
clearly  superior  to  that  which  would  ordi- 
narily be  required  to  earn  a  grade  of  "A"  in 
regular  independent  studies  course. 

•  The  Committee  on  Individual  Studies  must 
certify  that  the  student  has  satisfied  all  of 
the  conditions  mentioned  above. 

Except  in  unusual  circumstances,  honors 
projects  are  expected  to  involve  independent 
study  in  two  consecutive  unit  courses. 
Successful  completion  of  the  honors  project 
will  cause  the  designation  of  honors  in  that 
department  to  be  placed  upon  the  permanent 
record.  Acceptable  theses  are  deposited  in  th 
College  library.  In  the  event  that  the  study  isj 
not  completed  successfully  or  is  not  deemed 
worthy  of  honors,  the  student  shall  be  re- 
registered in  independent  studies  and 
given  a  final  grade  for  the  course. 

THE  ADVISING  PROGRAM 

Academic  Advising 

One  advantage  of  a  small  college  is  the 
direct,  personal  contact  between  a  student  an 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALC 


p 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


he  College  faculty  who  care  about  that 
tudent's  personal,  academic,  and  professional 
:spirations.  The  student  can  draw  upon  their 
'ears  of  experience  to  resolve  questions  about 
ocial  adjustment,  workload,  study  skills, 
utoring  and  more.  Perhaps  the  member  of  the 
acuity  with  the  most  impact  on  a  student  is 
he  academic  advisor. 

The  freshman  advisor,  whom  the  student 
neets  at  summer  orientation,  assists  with 
ourse  selection  by  providing  accurate  informa- 
ion  about  requirements,  programs  and  career 
•ptions.  Advisors  help  students  to  identify 
•ther  campus  resources.  Health  Services  can 
upply  counseling  support  for  students  with 
tersonal  adjustment  issues. 

During  the  sophomore  year,  the  student 
lust  choose  a  major  and  select  an  advisor 
rom  the  major  department.  The  new  advisor, 
/hile  serving  as  a  resource,  can  best  advise 
tiat  student  about  course  selection  and  career 
ipportunities. 

Advisors  at  Lycoming  endeavor  to 
ontribute  to  students'  development  in  yet 
nother  way.  They  insist  that  students  assume 
nil  responsibility  for  their  decisions  and 
cademic  progress.  By  doing  so,  they  help  to 
irepare  them  for  the  harder  choices  and 
esponsibilities  of  the  professional  world. 

Also,  Lycoming  provides  special  advising 
irograms  for  careers  in  medicine,  law  and 
eligion.  Interested  students  should  register 
I'ith  the  appropriate  advisory  committee 
mmediately  after  deciding  to  enter  one  of 
tiese  professions. 

*re-Professional  Advising 

also  see  "Pre-Professional  Programs"  in 
he  Concentration  section) 

^reparation  for  Educational  Professions  — 

Itudents  interested  in  obtaining  teacher  cert- 
fication  should  consult  with  a  member  of  the 
education  Department  as  early  as  possible, 
lee  the  Education  Department  listing  on 
•age  96. 


Preparation  for  Health  Professions  — 

Students  interested  in  one  of  the  health 
professions  or  in  an  allied  health  career  should 
make  their  intentions  know  to  the  Admissions 
Office  when  applying  and  to  the  Health 
Professions  Advisory  Committee  (HPAC) 
during  their  first  semester.  This  committee 
advises  students  concerning  preparation  for 
and  application  to  health-professions  schools. 
All  pre-health  professions  students  are  invited 
to  join  the  student  Pre-Health  Professions 
Association.  See  also  descriptions  of  the 
nursing  program  and  of  the  cooperative 
programs  in  podiatric  medicine,  optometry, 
and  medical  technology. 

Preparation  for  Legal  Professions  — 

Students  interested  in  pre-law  should  register 
with  the  Legal  Professions  Advisory  Commit- 
tee (LP AC)  during  their  first  semester  and 
should  join  the  Pre-Law  Society  on  campus. 
LP  AC  assists  the  pre-law  student  through 
advising,  compilation  of  recommendations, 
and  dissemination  of  information  and  materi- 
als about  law  and  the  legal  profession.  The 
Pre-Law  Society  sponsors  films,  speakers,  and 
field  trips  including  visits  to  law  school 
campuses. 

Preparation  for  Theological  Professions  — 

Students  who  plan  to  investigate  the  religious 
vocations  should  register  with  the  Theological 
Professions  Advisory  Committee  (TPAC) 
during  their  first  semester.  TPAC  acts  as  a 
"center"  for  students,  faculty,  and  clergy  to 
discuss  the  needs  of  students  who  want  to 
prepare  themselves  for  the  ministry,  religious 
education,  advanced  training  in  religion,  or 
related  vocations.  Also,  it  may  help  coordi- 
nate internships  for  students  who  desire 
practical  experience  in  the  parish  ministry  or 
related  areas. 


002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


ACADEMIC 
SUPPORT  SERVICES 
Academic  Resource  Center 
(ARC) 

Daniel  Hartsock,  Director 

Jane  Keller,  Assistant  Director 

www.lycoming.edu/arc 

The  Academic  Resource  Center,  located  on 

the  second  floor  of  the  Fine  Arts  Building, 

provides  a  variety  of  free  services  to  the 

campus  community. 

Tutoring  in  Writing — Working  one-on- 
one.  Writing  Consultants  use  questioning 
techniques  to  help  writers  improve  papers 
while  developing  confidence  and  indepen- 
dence as  writers.  Writers  may  use  the 
Writer's  Room,  a  quiet  place  for  writing,  to 
work  on  papers  while  consulting  with  tutors 
about  development,  organization,  grammar, 
documentation,  and  any  other  writing 
concern.    Writing  Consultants  offer  38 
hours  of  scheduled  tutoring  weekly. 
Tutoring  in  the  Content  Areas — The  ARC 
offers  one-on-one  tutoring  support  in  almost 
every  course.    Tutors  assist  students  with 
homework  assignments  and  exam  prepara 
tion.  A  list  of  tutors  is  available  on  the  ARC 
website  or  by  contacting  the  ARC  direcdy. 
Study  Skills  Support — The  ARC  provides 
support  through  individualized  instruction 
and  through  small  group  workshops  upon 
request.  Topics  vary  depending  on  the 
needs  of  students.  Also,  the  ARC  offers  a 
more  formal  option  for  study  skills  support: 
ARC  100,  Success  Skills  Workshops. 
ARC  100  Success  Skills  Workshops 
A  seven-week  course,  the  workshop 
introduces  students  to  a  variety  of  topics 
important  to  student  success.  Among 
these  are  time  management,  learning 
styles,  motivation,  highlighting  text, 
note-taking,  and  word  processing. 
Topics  will  be  selected  to  meet  students' 
needs.  ARC  100  is  highly  recommended 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


for  students  who,  in  consultation  with 
their  academic  advisors,  choose  to 
improve  their  academic  skills.  This  non- 
credit  course  will  be  graded  on  a  pass/ 
fail  basis. 

Disability  Support — The  Coordinator  of 
Services  for  Students  with  Disabilities 
assists  students  in  arranging  for  classroom  i 
accommodations,  meeting  requirements, 
and  developing  appropriate  study  practices 

Office  of  the  Assistant 
Dean  for  Freshmen 

Lycoming  College  believes  a  student's 
freshman  year  needs  structure  and  support. 
This  office  serves  as  a  focal  point  for  the 
freshman  and  his  or  her  family. 

Freshman  Orientation  —  The  purpose  of, 
this  required  program  is  to  acquaint  new 
students  and  their  families  more  fully  with 
the  College  so  that  they  can  begin  their 
Lycoming  experience  under  the  most 
favorable  circumstances.  Students  sit  for 
placement  tests,  confer  with  their  academic 
advisors,  preregister  for  fall  classes,  and 
become  acquainted  with  their  classmates 
First  Weekend  —  Begins  the  day  freshmeij 
arrive  with  New  Student  Convocation.  Thi 
weekend  activities  include  academic  success 
career,  library  and  financial  aid  workshops 
along  with  social  events. 
Information  and  Support  —  Students 
and  their  families  find  the  Office  of  the 
Assistant  Dean  for  Freshmen  an  accessibly 
resource  to  resolving  problems,  developing 
solutions,  coordinating  services  and  enablin; 
student  success.  Student  and  Family  news 
letters  are  provided  during  the  year. 

Office  of  the  Assistant 
Dean  for  Sophomores 

The  College  continues  to  provide  academ 
counseling  and  support  as  students  move  intc 
the  sophomore  year.  The  Assistant  Dean  for 
Sophomores  meets  individually  with  second 
year  students  and,  in  cooperation  with  the 


o 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATAL( 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


Assistant  Dean  for  Freshmen,  conducts  small 
group  retreats  and  other  meetings.  These 
efforts  are  designed  to  alert  students  to  their 
circumstances,  to  help  them  explore  options, 
to  motivate  them  to  achieve  their  academic 
aspirations,  and  to  provide  them  with  useful 
strategies  and  resources  for  success. 

In  addition,  the  Sophomore  Dean  consults 
with  students  on  a  variety  of  personal,  social, 
residential,  financial,  and  other  concerns. 

SPECIAL  ACADEMIC 
OPPORTUNITIES 

Vlay  Term  —  This  four-week  voluntary 
session  is  designed  to  provide  students  with 
;ourses  listed  in  the  catalog  and  experimental 
ind  special  courses  that  are  not  normally 
ivailable  during  the  fall  and  spring  semesters 
md  summer  sessions.  Some  courses  are 
offered  on  campus,  others  involve  travel.  In 
iddition  to  the  courses  themselves,  attractions 
nclude  less  formal  classes  and  reduced  tuition 
■ates.  On  campus  courses  have  included 
Chemistry  in  Context,  Field  Geology,  Field 
Ornithology,  Energy  Economics,  Writer's 
Seminar,  American  Detective  Fiction,  The 
\merican  Hard-Boiled  Mystery,  Organized 
[Trime  in  America,  and  Internet  Marketing  and 
\dvertising.  Travel  courses  have  included 
Painting  at  the  Outer  Banks,  Art  History  and 
Photography  in  Greece  and  Italy,  Cross- 
Z!ultural  Psychology  in  Greece  and  Italy, 
intensive  Language/Cultural  Study  and 
Community  Service  in  Mexico,  and  Tropical 
Vlarine  Biology  in  Jamaica.  A  business 
nternship  opportunity  to  study  and  work  in 
England  for  six  weeks  is  offered  on  an  annual 
Dasis. 

Summer  Sessions  I  and  II  —  These  two  suc- 
cessive five- week  academic  terms  offer  the 
opportunity  for  students  to  complete  intern- 
ships, independent  studies  and  semester 
courses. 


Independent  Studies  —  Independent  studies 
are  available  to  any  qualified  student  who 
wishes  to  engage  in  and  receive  academic 
credit  for  any  academically  legitimate  course 
of  study  for  which  he  or  she  could  not  other- 
wise receive  credit.  It  may  be  pursued  at  any 
level  (introductory,  intermediate,  or  advanced) 
and  in  any  department,  whether  or  not  the 
student  is  a  major  in  that  department.  An 
independent  studies  project  may  either 
duplicate  a  catalogue  course  or  be  completely 
different  from  any  catalog  course.  In  order  for 
a  student  to  be  registered  in  any  independent 
study  course,  the  following  conditions  must  be 
satisfied: 

1 )  An  appropriate  member  of  the  faculty  must 
agree  to  supervise  the  project  and  must 
certify  by  signing  the  application  form  that 
the  project  involves  an  amount  of  legiti- 
mate academic  work  appropriate  for  the 
amount  of  academic  credit  requested  and 
that  the  student  in  question  is  qualified  to 
pursue  the  project. 

2)  The  studies  project  must  be  approved  by 
the  chair  of  the  department  in  which  the 
studies  project  is  to  be  undertaken.  In  the 
case  of  catalog  courses,  all  department 
members  must  approve  offering  the 
catalog  course  as  an  independent  studies 
course. 

3)  After  the  project  is  approved  by  the 
instructor  and  the  chair  of  the  appropriate 
department,  the  studies  project  must  be 
approved  by  the  Committee  on  Individual 
Studies. 

Participation  in  independent  studies 
projects  which  do  not  duplicate  catalog 
courses  is  subject  to  the  following: 

•  Students  undertaking  independent  studies 
projects  must  have  a  GPA  of  at  least  2.50. 

•  Students  may  not  engage  in  more  than  one 
independent  studies  project  during  any 
given  semester. 

•  Students  may  not  engage  in  more  than  two 
independent  studies  projects  during  their 
academic  careers  at  Lycoming  College. 


i002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


•  The  Individual  Studies  Committee  may 
exempt  members  of  the  Lycoming  College 
Scholar  Program  from  these  two  limitations. 

As  with  other  academic  policies,  any  other 
exceptions  to  these  two  rules  must  be  approved 
by  the  Committee  on  Academic  Standards. 

Internship  Program  —  An  internship  is  a 
course  jointly  sponsored  by  the  College  and  a 
public  or  private  agency  or  subdivision  of  the 
College  in  which  a  student  is  able  to  earn 
college  credit  by  participating  in  some  active 
capacity  as  an  assistant,  aide,  or  apprentice. 

For  a  one  unit  (4  semester  hour)  internship, 
at  least  ten  hours  per  week  must  be  spent  in 
agency  duties.  Academic  requirements 
include  a  daily  log  or  journal,  a  research  paper 
of  approximately  ten  pages  or  its  equivalent, 
and  a  reading  list  of  approximately  five  books 
or  the  equivalent.  The  student  and  academic 
supervisor  meet  weekly  during  the  term  of  the 
internship. 

The  objectives  of  the  intemship  program  are: 

1 )  to  further  the  development  of  a  central 
core  of  values,  awarenesses,  strategies, 
skills,  and  information  through  experiences 
outside  the  classroom  or  other  campus 
situations,  and 

2)  to  facilitate  the  integration  of  theory  and 
practice  by  encouraging  students  to  relate 
their  on-campus  academic  experiences 
more  directly  to  society  in  general  and  to 
possible  career  and  other  post-baccalaure- 
ate objectives  in  particular. 

Any  junior  or  senior  student  in  good  acad- 
emic standing  may  petition  the  Committee  on 
Individual  Studies  for  approval  to  serve  as  an 
intern.  A  maximum  of  1 6  credits  can  be  earned 
through  internships,  practica,  and/or  student 
teaching.  Guidelines  for  program  develop- 
ment, assignment  of  tasks  and  academic 
requirements,  such  as  exams,  papers,  reports, 
grades,  etc.,  are  established  in  consultation  with 
a  faculty  director  at  Lycoming  and  an  agency 
supervisor  at  the  place  of  internship. 

Students  with  diverse  majors  have  partici- 
pated in  a  wide  variety  of  internships, 
including  ones  with  NBC  Television  in  New 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


York  City,  the  Allenwood  Federal  Prison 
Camp,  Pennsylvania  State  Department  of 
Environmental  Resources,  Lycoming  County 
Historical  Society,  the  American  Cancer 
Society,  business  and  accounting  firms,  law 
offices,  hospitals,  social  service  agencies, 
banks  and  Congressional  offices. 

Practica  —  Practica  are  offered  in  Account- 
ing, Biology,  Business,  Communication, 
Criminal  Justice,  Economics,  Education,  IMS, 
and  Psychology.  These  courses  require   10  to 
1 2  hours  of  work  per  week  in  a  business, 
agency,  or  organization  in  addition  to  class- 
room time.  A  maximum  of  16  credits  can  be 
earned  through  practica,  internships,  and/or 
student  teaching. 

Teacher  Intern  Program  —  The  purpose  of 
the  Teacher  Intern  Program  is  to  provide 
individuals  who  have  completed  a  baccalaure- 
ate degree  with  the  opportunity  to  become 
certified  teachers  through  on-the-job  training. 
Interns  can  earn  a  Lycoming  College  Teacher 
Education  Certificate  and  be  certified  by  the 
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  in  elementary 
education  or  one  or  more  of  the  following 
secondary  areas:  art,  biology,  chemistry, 
English,  French,  general  science  (with  biology 
or  astronomy/physics  tracks),  German,  math- 
ematics, music,  physics,  social  studies,  and 
Spanish. 

Interested  individuals  should  file  a  formal 
application  with  the  Education  Department  foi 
admission  to  the  Intern  Program.  Upon 
completion  of  the  application  process,  interns 
receive  a  letter  of  Intern  Candidacy  from  the 
Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  which 
the  candidate  then  uses  to  apply  for  a  teaching 
position.  Necessary  professional  coursework 
can  be  completed  prior  to  the  teaching 
experience  when  individuals  obtain  teaching 
position.  (See  Education  Department  on  page 
96  for  course  listing.) 

The  Philadelphia  Urban  Semester  —  A  full 
semester  liberal  arts  program  for  professional 
development  and  field  study  is  available  to 
Lycoming  students.  The  program  is  open  to 


0 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALO 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


Liniors  majoring  in  any  discipline  or  program, 
^he  Philadelphia  Urban  Semester  is  sponsored 
nd  administered  by  the  Great  Lakes  Colleges 
Association. 

Vashington  Semester  —  With  the  consent 
if  the  Department  of  Political  Science  and  the 
Registrar,  selected  students  are  permitted  to 
tudy  in  Washington,  D.C.,  at  The  American 
Jniversity  for  one  semester.  They  may 
hoose  from  seven  different  programs: 
Vashington  Semester,  Urban  Semester, 
'oreign  Policy  Semester,  International 
)evelopment  Semester,  Economic  Policy 
lemester.  Science  and  Technology  Semester, 
ir  American  Studies  Semester. 

Jnited  Nations  Semester  —  With  the 
onsent  of  either  the  Department  of  History 
ir  Political  Science  and  the  Registrar,  selected 
tudents  may  enroll  at  Drew  University  in 
/ladison.  New  Jersey,  in  the  United  Nations 
lemester,  which  is  designed  to  provide  a  first- 
land  acquaintance  with  the  world  organiza- 
ion.  Students  with  special  interests  in  world 
listory,  international  relations,  law,  and 
(olitics  are  eligible  to  participate. 

!^apitol  Semester  Internship  Program  — 

"his  program  is  available  to  eligible  students 
m  a  competitive  basis.  The  program  is  co- 
pon sored  by  Pennsylvania's  Office  of 
Administration  and  Department  of  Education, 
'aid  internships  are  available  to  students  in 
nost  majors.  Interested  students  should 
:ontact  the  Career  Development  Center  for 
idditional  information. 

^TUDY  ABROAD 
PROGRAMS 

Students  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  a 
variety  of  study  abroad  programs  sponsored 
)y  affiliates  or  other  institutions.  Students 
vho  intend  to  study  abroad  must  have  a 
:umulative  grade  point  average  of  2.50  or 
ligher.  Study  abroad  opportunities  range  from 


summer  sessions  to  a  full  semester  or  aca- 
demic year  overseas.  All  overseas  programs 
require  prior  approval  from  the  students' 
major  departments,  the  Study  Abroad  Coordi- 
nator, and  the  Registrar.  Applications  are 
available  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 

Before  embarking  on  an  overseas  learning 
experience,  students  should  review  the  study 
abroad  materials  in  the  Career  Development 
Center  (2nd  floor,  Wertz  Center).  With  the 
help  of  the  Study  Abroad  Coordinator,  they 
must  identify  any  additional  program  require- 
ments such  as  fluency  in  a  foreign  language. 

A  limited  number  of  competitive  grants  for 
study  abroad  at  our  affiliate  institutions  are 
available.  Application  forms  are  posted  on  the 
College's  home  page  under  Academic 
Programs,  Study  Abroad.  For  more  details, 
contact  the  Study  Abroad  Coordinator. 
Lycoming  aid  is  not  part  of  the  Study  Abroad 
package. 

Affiliate  Programs  —  Lycoming  has  coop- 
erative arrangements  with  six  institutions 
overseas:  Anglia  Polytechnic  University 
(Cambridge,  England),  CUEF  Universite 
Stendhal-Grenoble  3  (Grenoble,  France), 
Lancaster  University  (Lake  District,  England), 
Oxford  Brookes  University  (Oxford,  England) 
Regent's  College  (London,  England),  and 
Tandem  Escuela  Intemacional  (Madrid, 
Spain).  Course  offerings  vary  at  each  institu- 
tion, contact  the  Study  Abroad  Coordinator  for 
details.  Students  interested  in  the  programs 
Grenoble  and  at  Tandem  should  contact  the 
Department  of  Foreign  Languages  and 
Literatures. 

Programs  Sponsored  by  Other  Institutions 

Lycoming  students  have  taken  advantage  of 
opportunities  offered  by  other  institutions  in 
countries  such  as  Australia,  the  Czech 
Republic,  France,  Germany,  Ireland,  Mexico. 
New  Zealand,  Spain,  and  Sweden.  Information 
regarding  these  and  other  programs  are 
available  in  the  Career  Development  Center, 


«02-O3  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMDIC  PROGRAM  •  CURRICULUM 


Curriculum 


the  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  and 
Literatures,  and  from  the  Study  Abroad 
Coordinator. 

Student  Teaching  Abroad  —  Lycoming 
College  has  established  a  cooperative  program 
with  Moorhead  State  University  enabling 
teacher  education  students  to  do  all  or  part  of 
their  student  teaching  in  a  foreign  country. 

This  program  offers  exceptional  students 
the  opportunity  to  student  teach  in  nearly  any 
country  in  the  world.  Students  are  placed  in 
independent  international  schools  where 
English  is  the  instructional  language.  An 
effort  is  made  to  assign  students  to  geographi- 
cal areas  that  will  enrich  their  backgrounds, 
serve  their  special  interests  and  expand  their 
cultural  horizons. 

NOTE:  Lycoming  College  cannot  assume 
responsibility  for  the  health,  safety,  or  welfare  of 
students  engaged  in  or  en  route  to  or  from  any 
off-campus  studies  or  activities  which  are  not 
under  its  exclusive  jurisdiction. 


Numbers  100-149  Introductory  courses  and 
Freshman  level  courses 

Numbers  200-249  Intermediate  courses  and 
Sophomore  level  courses 

Numbers  300-349  Intermediate  courses  and 
Junior  level  courses 

Numbers  400-449  Advanced  courses  and 
Senior  level  courses 

Numbers  N50-N59*  Non-catalog  courses 
offered  on  a  limited  basis 

Numbers  160-169  Applied  Music,  Theatre 
Practicums  and  other  fractional  credit  courses 


Numbers  470-479  Internships 

Numbers  N80-N89*  Independent  Study 

Numbers  490-491  Independent  Study  for 
Departmental  Honors 

*N  =  course  level  1,  2,  3  or  4  as  determined  by^ 
department 

Courses  not  in  sequence  are  listed 
separately,  as: 

Drawing  ART  1 1 1 

Color  Theory  ART  212 

Courses  which  imply  a  sequence  are  indicated 
with  a  dash  between,  meaning  that  the  first 
semester  must  be  taken  prior  to  the  second,  as: 

Intermediate  French 

FRN  111-112 
Except  for  academic  reasons,  all  students  have 
the  right  of  access  to  all  courses. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^A 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOC 


ACCOUNTING 


ACCOUNTING  (AccT) 

ssociate  Professor:  Kuhns 
ssistant  Professors:  Slocum, 
Wienecke  (Chairperson) 

The  purpose  of  the  accounting  major  is  to 
;lp  prepare  the  student  for  a  career  within  the 
:counting  profession.  In  order  to  satisfy  the 
;eds  of  an  extremely  diverse  profession,  the 
lajor  in  accounting  consists  of  three  separate 
acks.  Track  I  is  designed  for  students  with 

I  interest  in  accounting  for  the  informational 
jeds  of  managers  including  business  entities, 
3n-profit  entities  and  internal  auditing. 

his  track  will  provide  excellent  preparation 
)r  the  Certified  Management  Accounting 
IMA)  exam.  Track  II  is  a  128  semester  hour 
rogram  and  is  designed  to  meet  the  require- 
lents  of  the  Pennsylvania  State  Board  of 
.ccountancy  for  those  students  whose  goal  is 
►  become  Certified  Public  Accountants  in 
ennsylvania.  Track  III  is  a  150  semester 
our  program  designed  to  meet  the  1 50  hour 
;quirement  of  the  American  Institute  of 
ertified  Public  Accounts  for  those  students 
'hose  goal  is  to  become  a  member  of  the 
JCPA  in  Pennsylvania  or  any  other  state. 
Students  planning  to  sit  for  the  Uniform 
ertified  Public  Accounting  Examination  are 
ivised  to  check  with  their  State  Board  of 
accounting  to  assure  that  they  have  completed 

II  courses  required  for  C.P.A.  licensure. 

lore  courses  required  of  all  majors: 

ACCT  1 10,  223,  344,  345,  440,  443; 

US  223,  228.  235,  244,  312,  320,  338,  441; 

CON  110  or  111;  MATH  123 

rack  requirements: 
Management  Accounting  -  128  hours: 
ACCT  224,  and  either  449  or  470-479; 

iUS  339 

[.  Financial  Accounting  -  128  hours: 
ACCT  436,  441 ;  one  course  from 
ACCT  224,  442,  and  either  449  or 
470-479,  or  BUS  345 


III.  Financial  Accounting  -  150  hours: 
ACCT  224,  436,  441,  442,  447,  and 
either  449  or  470-479;  BUS  236; 
ECON  1 10  and  1 1 1 ;  one  course  from  SOC 
orPSY 

The  following  courses,  when  scheduled  as 
W  courses,  count  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:  ACCT  223,  224,  and  442. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  the  Department  of  Accounting 
consists  of  ACCT  1 1 0  and  four  other  account- 
ing courses  as  determined  by  the  student's 
interests. 

100 

PERSONAL  FINANCIAL  PLANNING 
This  course  prepares  students  to  make 
better  informed  financial  decisions  in  a 
complicated  world.  A  practical,  relatively  non- 
technical course  designed  to  help  the  student 
identify  and  plan  to  meet  their  financial  goals. 


X)2-()3  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ACCOUNTING 


110 

ELEMENTARY  ACCOUNTING  THEORY 

An  introductory  course  in  recording, 
classifying,  summarizing,  and  interpreting  the 
basic  business  transaction.  Problems  of 
classification  and  interpretation  of  accounts 
and  preparation  of  financial  statements  are 
studied. 

130 

ACCOUNTING  FOR  MANAGERIAL 
DECISION-MAKING 

An  introduction  to  the  various  components 
of  managerial  accounting.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  managerial  problem-solving  techniques 
and  the  analysis  of  the  results.  Accounting 
systems,  costing  procedures,  cost-volume 
profit  relationships,  managerial  control 
processes  and  the  use  of  computers  as  aids  to 
decision-making  are  studied.  Students  will 
gain  hands-on  experience  with  various 
computer  applications  of  managerial  account- 
ing. Prerequisite:  ACCT 110. 

223 

COST  AND  BUDGETARY 

ACCOUNTING  THEORY  I 

Methods  of  accounting  for  material,  labor 
and  factory  overhead  expenses  consumed  in 
manufacturing  using  job  order,  process,  and 
standard  costing  techniques.  Prerequisite: 
ACCT  110. 

224 

COST  AND  BUDGETARY 

ACCOUNTING  THEORY  II 

Application  of  cost  accounting  and  bud- 
getary theory  to  decision  making  in  the  area  of 
make  or  buy,  expansion  of  production  and 
sales,  break  even  analysis,  decision  modeling, 
internal  control  and  information  systems. 
Prerequisite:  ACCT  223  and  MATH  123. 


344 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING  THEORY  I 

An  in-depth  examination  of  the  environ- 
ment within  which  financial  accounting  theorj 
exists.  An  examination  of  the  basic  postulates 
that  underlie  financial  statements  and  a 
critique  of  what  financial  reporting  means. 
Prerequisite:  ACCT  223  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

345 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING  THEORY  II 

An  examination  of  the  various  accounting  < 
and  reporting  issues  affecting  assets.  Prereq-] 
uisite:  ACCT  344. 

436 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING  THEORY  III 

An  examination  of  the  various  accounting 
and  reporting  issues  affecting  liabilities, 
stockholder  equity,  earnings  per  share,  cash 
flows  and  accounting  changes.  Prerequisite: 
ACCT  345  with  a  minimum  grade  ofCor 
consent  of  instructor. 

440 

AUDITING  THEORY 

A  study  of  the  science  or  art  of  verifying, 
analyzing,  and  interpreting  accounts  and 
reports.  The  goal  of  the  course  is  to  empha- 
size concepts  which  will  enable  students  to 
understand  the  philosophy  and  environment  oi 
auditing.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the 
public  accounting  profession,  studying 
auditing  standards,  professional  ethics,  the 
legal  liability  inherent  in  the  attest  function, 
the  study  and  evaluation  of  internal  control, 
the  nature  of  evidence,  the  growing  use  of 
statistical  sampling,  the  impact  of  electronic 
data  processing,  and  the  basic  approach  to 
planning  an  audit.  Finally,  various  audit 
reports  expressing  independent  expert 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALO( 


ACCOUNTING 

• 


opinions  on  the  fairness  of  financial  state- 
Tients  are  studied.  Prerequisite:  ACCT  344, 
MATH  123,  BUS  320,  and  senior  status  or 
zonsent  of  instructor. 

i41 

FEDERAL  INCOME  TAX 

Analysis  of  the  provisions  of  the  Internal 
Revenue  Code  relating  to  income,  deductions, 
inventories,  and  accounting  methods.  Practical 
jroblems  involving  determination  of  income 
ind  deductions,  capital  gains  and  losses, 
;omputation  and  payment  of  taxes  through 
uvithholding  at  the  source  and  through  declara- 
tion are  considered.  Planning  transactions  so 
that  a  minimum  amount  of  tax  will  result  is 
emphasized.  Prerequisite:  ACCT  110  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

442 

FEDERAL  INCOME  TAX 
ADMINISTRATION  AND  PLANNING 

An  analysis  of  the  provisions  of  the 
[ntemal  Revenue  Code  relating  to  partner- 
ships, estates,  trusts,  and  corporations.  An 
extensive  series  of  problems  is  considered, 
and  effective  tax  planning  is  emphasized. 
Prerequisite:  ACCT  110,  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

443 

ACCOUNTING  FOR  BUSINESS 
COMBINATIONS 

Certain  areas  of  advanced  accounting 
theory,  including  business  combinations  and 
consolidated  financial  statements.  Prerequi- 
site: ACCT  345.   One-half  unit  of  credit. 

447 

ADVANCED  ACCOUNTING 

An  intensive  study  of  partnerships, 
installment  and  consignment  sales,  branch 
accounting,  foreign  currency  transactions,  and 
segment  interim  reporting.  Prerequisite: 
ACCT  443.  One-half  unit  of  credit. 


449 

PRACTICUM  IN  ACCOUNTING 

An  introduction  to  the  real  world  of 
accounting.  Students  are  placed  in  Manage- 
rial and  Public  Accounting  positions  in  order 
to  effect  a  synthesis  of  the  students'  academic 
course  work  and  its  practical  applications. 
Specifics  of  the  course  work  to  be  worked  out 
in  conjunction  with  department,  student  and 
sponsor.  May  he  repeated  for  credit  with 
consent  of  instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Interns  in  accounting  typically  work  off 
campus  under  the  supervision  of  a  public  or 
private  accountant. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Typical  examples  of  recent  studies  in 
accounting  are:  computer  program  to  generate 
financial  statements,  educational  core  for 
public  accountants,  inventory  control,  and 
church  taxation. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ACCOUNTING-MATHEMATICAL  SCIENCES  •  ACTUARIAL  MATHEMATICS 


ACCOUNTING  - 

MATHEMATICAL 

SCIENCES 

Associate  Professor:  Kuhns  (Coordinator) 

The  accounting-mathematical  sciences 
interdiscipHnary  major  is  designed  to  offer, 
within  a  hberal  arts  framework,  courses  which 
will  aid  in  constructing  mathematical  models 
for  business  decision-making.    Students 
obtain  the  necessary  substantial  background  in 
both  mathematical  sciences  and  accounting. 

Required  accounting  courses  are:  ACCT 
1 10,  223,  224,  344,  345,  441,  442.  In  math- 
ematical sciences,  required  courses  are:  CPTR 
125,  321  and  MATH  112,  128,  129,  338  and 
either  123  or  332.  Recommended  courses 
include:  MATH  130,  238,  333;  BUS  223, 
235,  236,  338,  339;  CPTR  108,  246;  ECON 
1 10,  1 1 1;  PSY  224,  225;  and  SOC  1 10. 


ACTUARIAL 
MATHEMATICS 

Associate  Professor:  Sprechini  (Coordinator) 

The  Actuarial  Mathematics  major  is 
designed  to  offer,  within  a  liberal  arts  frame- 
work, coursework  to  prepare  for  an  actuarial 
career.  Students  obtain  the  necessary  math- 
ematical background  for  the  first  actuarial 
exam  and  two  or  three  exams  beyond  the 
first  one.  Students  also  obtain  some  back- 
ground in  accounting,  economics,  and  business 
which  is  needed  for  an  actuarial  career.  At  th 
time  of  completion  of  all  major  requirements, 
or  shortly  thereafter,  a  student  should  be 
prepared  to  sit  for  up  to  four  of  the  examina- 
tions of  the  Society  of  Actuaries. 

The  Actuarial  Mathematics  major  consists 
of  14  unit  courses  and  two  semesters  of  non- 
credit  colloquia.  In  Mathematical  Sciences, 
required  courses  are  CPTR  125,  MATH  128, 

129,  130,  234,  238,  321,  332,  333,  and  338. 
Also  required  are  ACCT  1 10;  ECON  1 10;  on< 
of  MATH  214  or  ECON  230;  one  of  ACCT 

130,  ACCT  441,  BUS  338,  ECON  331  or  441 
two  semesters  of  MATH  339  or  449  taken 
during  the  junior  and/or  senior  years;  success- 
ful completion  of  any  one  of  the  Society  of 
Actuaries  Examinations  (typically  either  the 
course  100  or  course  1 10  Examinations)  by 
the  end  of  the  junior  year. 

Recommended  courses  include:  ACCT 
223,  224,  226,  344;  BUS  339,  342;  CPTR  108;  | 
ECON  220,  229,  332,  337;  MATH  106,  231, 
432,  434.  It  is  also  strongly  recommended  that 
the  student  complete  as  many  of  the  actuarial 
examinations  as  possible  prior  to  graduation. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALO( 


AMERICAN  STUDIES 

• 


AMERICAN 
STUDIES  (AMST) 

Professor:  Piper  (Coordinator) 

The  American  Studies  major  offers  a  compre- 
hensive program  in  American  civilization  which 
introduces  students  to  the  complexities  under- 
lying the  development  of  America  and  its  cont- 
emporary life.  Thirteen  courses  are  included. 

Four  Course  Requirements 

The  primary  integrating  units  of  the  major, 
these  courses — some  team-taught — will 
encourage  students  to  consider  ideas  from 
different  points  of  view  and  help  them  to 
correlate  information  and  methods  from 
various  disciplines: 

1 .  AMST  200  —  America  as  a  Civilization 

(First  semester  of  major  study) 

2.  AMST  220  —  American  Tradition  in  the 

Arts  and  Literature 

3.  HIST  449  or  SOC  447  —  Research  and 
Methodology  (junior  or  senior  year) 

4.  Internship  or  Independent  Study  (junior 
or  senior  year) 

Concentration  Areas 

Six  courses  in  one  option  and  three  in  the 
other  are  needed.  Six  primary  concentration- 
option  courses  in  American  Arts  or  American 
Society  build  around  the  insights  gained  in  the 
core  courses.  They  focus  particular  attention 
on  areas  most  germane  to  academic  and 
vocational  interests.  The  three  additional 
courses  from  the  other  option  give  further 


breadth  to  an  understanding  of  America. 
Students  also  will  be  encouraged  to  take 
elective  courses  relating  to  other  cultures. 
Students  should  design  their  American 
Studies  major  in  consultation  with  the 
program  coordinator. 

American  Arts  Concentration  Option 

ART  332  —  American  Art  of  the  20th  Century 
ENGL  222  —  American  Literature  I 
ENGL  223  —  American  Literature  II 
MUS  128  —  American  Music 
MUS  N  80 —  Studies  in  American  Music 
THEA  N  80  —  Studies  in  American  Theatre 

American  Society  Concentration  Option 

ECON  224  —  Urban  Problems 

HIST  442  —  U.S.  Social  and  Intellectual 

History  to  1877 
HIST  443  —  U.S.  Social  and  Intellectual 

History  since  1 877 
PSCI331  —  Civil  Rights  and  Liberties 
PSCI  335  —  Law  and  Society 
SOC  334  —  Racial  and  Cultural  Minorities 
Students  interested  in  teacher  certification 
should  refer  to  the  Department  of  Education 
on  page  95. 

200 

AMERICA  AS  A  CIVILIZATION 

An  analysis  of  the  historical,  sociocultural, 
economic,  and  political  perspectives  of  Ameri- 
can civilization  with  special  attention  to  the 
interrelationships  between  these  various 
orientations.  May  be  taken  for  either  one-half 
unit  (Section  200A)  or  full  unit  (Section  B); 
declared  majors  and  prospective  majors  should 
take  the  full-unit  course,  200B.  Alternate  years. 

220 

AMERICAN  TRADITION  IN 
THE  ARTS  AND  LITERATURE 

The  relationship  of  the  arts  and  literature  to 
the  various  historical  periods  of  American  life. 

470-479       INTERNSHIP 
N80-N89      INDEPENDENT  STUDY 
490-491        INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ARCHAEOLOGY  AND  CULTURE  OF  THE  ANCIENT  NEAR  EAST 


ARCHAEOLOGY 
AND  CULTURE  OF 
THE  ANCIENT 

NEAR  EAST 

Instructor:  Knauth  (Coordinator) 

The  interdisciplinary  major  in  Archaeology 
and  Culture  of  the  Ancient  Near  East  is 
designed  to  acquaint  students  with  the  "cradle 
of  Western  civilization."  The  major  requires 
completion  of  ten  courses  relevant  to  the  study 
of  the  ancient  Mediterranean  and  Near  Eastern 
worlds  from  the  following  courses,  which  are 
described  in  their  departmental  sections: 

1.  Two  courses  in  archaeology: 

REL  226  Biblical  Archaeology 

and  one  course  from: 
REL  401  Field  Archaeology  (based 

on  an  excavation  trip) 
REL  42 1  Archaeological  Field 

Supervision 
REL/HIST/ART  470-479 

Internship  (in  archaeology 

or  museum  work) 
REL/HIST/ART  N80-89 

Independent  Study  (project 

in  archaeology) 

2.  Four  courses  in  culture  from: 

ART  222  Survey  of  Art:  Ancient, 

Medieval,  and  Non-Western 
Art 


HIST  2 1 0         Ancient  History 
REL  113  or  114 

Old  or  New  Testament  Fait! 

and  History  (not  both) 
REL  223  Backgrounds  of  Early 

Christianity 
REL  224  Judaism  and  Islam 

REL  228  History  and  Culture  of  the 

Ancient  Near  East 

3.  Two  semesters  of  foreign  language  from: 
HEBR  101-102  Old  Testament  Grammar 

and  Readings 
GRK  101-102  New  Testament  Grammar 

and  Readings 
(Modem  Hebrew,  Arabic,  Classical  Greek, 
or  Latin  may  be  substituted) 

4.  Two  courses  from  related  disciplines, 
subject  to  advance  approval  by  the  supervi- 
sory committee.    These  courses  may  be 
taken  from  the  fields  of  anthropology,  art, 
economics,  geology,  his-tory,  literature, 
philosophy,  political  science,  or  religion  (oi 
other  related  fields);  they  can  be  taken  as 
independent  study  projects.  Topics  should 
be  relevant  to  some  aspect  of  ancient  or 
modem  Near  Eastem  or  Greco-Roman 
study.  Additional  "culture"  courses  as 
listed  above  are  allowed  in  this  category. 
Although  not  included  in  the  major,  the 
study  of  German  and/or  French  is  highly 
recommended  for  those  planning  to  pursue  j 
graduate  studies  in  the  field. 

Minor 

An  interdisciplinary  minor  in  Archaeology 
and  Culture  of  the  Ancient  Near  East  requires 
completion  of  one  archaeology  course  from 
REL  226  or  401,  and  four  courses  at  least 
three    of  which  must  be  numbered  200  or 
higher  from  ASTR  102  or  1 12,  ART  222, 
HIST  210,  REL  1 13  or  1 14,  223,  224,  226, 
228,  401,  421,  SOC  114  and  229.  At  least 
two  of  these  courses  must  be  from  outside  the 
Religion  Department. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^A 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALO( 


ART 

• 


ART  (ART) 


Professor:  Shipley 

Associate  Professors:  Golahny, 

Estomin  (Chairperson) 
Visiting  Assistant  Professors:  Goodyear,  Tran 
Part-time  Instructor:  Stemgold 

The  Art  Department  offers  two  majors  in 
the  B.A.  Degree — Studio  Art  and  Art  History. 

THE  B.A.  DEGREE  - 
STUDIO  ART 

To  complete  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree 
with  a  major  in  studio  art,  students  must 
complete  the  seven-course  foundation 
program  and  the  requirements  for  an  area  of 
specialization,  successfully  complete  each 
semester's  colloquium  (while  a  declared 
major),  and  successfully  complete  the  senior 
exhibition.  Exception  to  participation  in  the 
colloquium  may  be  made  by  the  art  faculty. 

Placement  into  ART  227.  Introduction  to 
Photography,  will  be  based  on  the  experience 
of  the  student  and  determined  by  the  faculty  of 


the  Art  Department.  Students  who  place  out 
of  ART  227  will  take  ART  337,  Photography 
II,  to  fulfill  the  foundation  requirement  in 
photography.  In  addition,  students  placed  into 
ART  337  who  are  specializing  in  Track  IV, 
Commercial  Design,  will  be  required  to  take 
both  ART  344,  Computer  Graphics  for 
Electronic  Media,  and  ART  430,  Interactive 
Multi-Media  and  Web  Design.  Students 
specializing  in  Track  VI,  Photography/ 
Electronic  Art,  will  be  required  to  take  ART 
344,  Computer  Graphics  for  Electronic  Media; 
ART  431,  Advanced  Digital  Imaging;  or  an 
approved  independent  study. 

Foundation  Program 

ART  1 1 1  —  Drawing  I 

ART  115  —  Two-Dimensional  Design 

ART  116  —  Figure  Modeling 

ART  2 12  — Color  Theory 

ART  222  —  Survey  of  Art:  Ancient  Medieval 

and  Non-Western  Art 
ART  223  —  Survey  of  Art:  Ancient, 

Medieval,  and  Non-Western  Art 
ART  227  —  Introduction  to  Photography 
ART  148,  248,  348,  448  —  Art  Colloquium 

Areas  of  Specialization 

I.  Painting 

ART  220  —  Painting  I 

ART  221  —Drawing  II 

ART  330  —  Painting  II 

ART  446  —  Studio  Research 

and  two  art  history  courses  numbered 

300  or  above. 

II.  Printmaking 

ART  221  —Drawing  II 

ART  228  —  Printmaking  I 

ART  338  —  Printmaking  II 

ART  446  —  Studio  Research 

and  two  art  history  courses  numbered 

300  or  above. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ART 


III.  Sculpture 

ART  225  —  Sculpture  I 

ART  226  —  Figure  Modeling  II 

ART  335  —  Sculpture  II 

ART  446  —  Studio  Research 

and  two  art  history  courses  numbered 

300  or  above. 


IV.  Commercial  Design 

ART  221  —  Drawing  II 
ART  337 
ART  343 


Photography  II 
Computer  Graphics  for 
Print  Media 
ART  344  —  Computer  Graphics  for 

Electronic  Media,  OR 
ART  430  —  Interactive  Multi-Media  and 
Web  Design.  (Commercial 
Design  majors  are  strongly 
encouraged  to  take  both.) 
ART  442  —  Special  Projects  with 
Commercial  Design 
ART  470  —  Internship 

A  student  is  encouraged  to  take  the  follow- 
ing courses:  ART  431,  Advanced  Digital 
Imaging;  BUS  332,  Advertising;  BUS  344, 
Electronic  Commerce  and  Internet  Marketing; 
COMM  323,  Feature  Writing  for  Special 
Audiences;  COMM  1 10,  Principles  of 
Communication;  and  PSY  224,  Social 
Psychology. 

V.  Generalist  Art  Major 

To  be  taken  by  those  students  who  are  seeking 
teaching  certification  in  Art.  In  addition,  this 
area  of  specialization  is  recommended  for  those 
students  also  majoring  or  minoring  in  Psychol- 
ogy with  a  possible  future  career  in  art  therapy. 
ART  119  — Ceramics  I 
ART  220  —  Painting  I 
ART  225  —  Sculpture  I 
ART  228  —  Printmaking  I 
and  two  art  history  courses  numbered  300  or 
higher. 

Students  planning  to  complete  the  K- 12  art 
certification  program  must  also  fulfill  the 
following  requirements: 
ART  310  —     History  and  Practice  of  Art 
Education 


EDUC  200  —  Introduction  to  the  Study  of 

Education 
PSY  138  —      Educational  Psychology 
EDUC  446,  447  448  and  449 

Professional  Semester 
Students  are  also  encouraged  to 
take  EDUC  232,  239,  and  ART  343. 

VI.  Photography/Electronic  Art 

ART  337  —  Photography  II 

ART  342  —  Photography  III 

ART  343  —  Computer  Graphics  for  Print 

Media 
ART  431  —  Advanced  Digital  Imaging,  OR 
ART  446  —  Studio  Research 
and  two  Art  History  courses  numbered  300  or 
above. 

Students  are  also  encouraged  to  take  ART 
344,  Computer  Graphics  for  Electronic  Media 
and  ART  430,  Interactive  Multi-Media  and 
Web  Design. 

The  following  courses  satisfy  the  cultural 
diversity  requirement:  ART  222  and  339. 
The  following  courses,  when  scheduled  as  W 
courses,  count  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:  ART  222,  223,  331,  333,  334, 
336,  and  339. 

THE  B.A.  DEGREE  - 
ART  HISTORY 

To  complete  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree 
with  a  major  in  art  history,  a  student  must  take 
courses  in  art  history,  studio  art,  and  history 
and/or  religion.  A  student  majoring  in  art 
history  is  advised  to  take  a  foreign  language. 
Art  History  majors  (once  declared)  are 
required  to  participate  in  each  semester's  art 
colloquium. 

Required  of  ail  students: 

ART  222  —  Survey  of  Art:  Ancient, 

Medieval,  and  Non- Western  Art 

ART  223  —  Survey  of  Art:  From  the 
Renaissance  through  the 
Modem  Age 

ART  447  —  Art  History  Research 

ART  148,  248,  348,  448  —  Art  Colloquium 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ART 

• 


Choose  four  of  the  following: 

ART  310  —  History /Practice  Art  Education 
ART  331  —  Recent  Developments  in  Art 
ART  333  —  19th  Century  European  and 

American  Art 
ART  334  —  Art  of  the  Renaissance 
ART  336  —  Art  of  the  Baroque 
ART  339  —  Women  in  Art 

Choose  two  of  the  following: 

ART  1 1 1  —  Drawing  I 

ART  115  —  Two-Dimensional  Design 

ART  1 16  —  Figure  Modeling  I 

ART  227  —  Introduction  to  Photography 

Two  Additional  Courses  Outside  the  Art 
Department: 

Students  must  take  at  least  two  additional 
courses  in  the  areas  of  History,  Literature, 
Theater  or  Religion.  Students  should  select 
these  courses  with  their  advisors. 

The  following  courses  have  been 
approved  to  be  offered  as  writing  intensive 
courses  and  may  be  offered  as  such:  ART  222, 
223,331,333,  334,  336  and  339.  Students 
must  check  semester  class  schedules  to 
determine  which  courses  are  offered  as  "W" 
courses  for  that  semester. 

Minors 

Five  minors  are  offered  by  the  Art  Depart- 
ment. Requirements  for  each  follow:  Commer- 
cial Design:  ART  1 1 1,  1 15,  212,  223,  227  and 
343;  Painting:  ART  111,115,  220,  330  and 
221  or  223;  Photography:  ART  1 1 1,  212,  223, 
227.  337  and  342;  Sculpture:  ART  1 16,  225, 
226,  335,  and  1 1 1 ,  1 1 9  or  445;  Art  History: 
ART  222,  223  and  two  advanced  art  history 
courses.  Art  majors  who  minor  in  art  history 
must  take  two  additional  upper  level 
courses  beyond  the  two  required  for  the  minor 
intended  for  students  who  major  in  other 
disciplines  (i.e.,  ART  222,  223  and  four  upper 
level  courses). 


Ill 

DRAWING  I 

Study  of  the  human  figure  with  gesture  and 
proportion  stressed.  Student  is  made  familiar 
with  different  drawing  techniques  and  media. 
Some  drawings  from  nature. 

115 

TWO-DIMENSIONAL  DESIGN 

The  basic  fundamentals  found  in  the  two- 
dimensional  arts:  line,  shape,  form,  space, 
color,  and  composition  are  taught  in  relation- 
ship to  the  other  two-dimensional  arts. 
Perceptual  theories  and  their  relationships  to 
what  and  why  we  see  what  we  see  in  art  are 
discussed  with  each  problem. 

116 

FIGURE  MODELING  I 

Understanding  the  figure  will  be  approached 
through  learning  the  basic  structures  and  pro- 
portions of  the  figure.  The  course  is  conceived 
as  a  three-dimensional  drawing  class.  At  least 
one  figure  will  be  cast  by  each  student. 

119 

CERAMICS  I 

Emphasis  placed  on  pottery  design  as  it 
relates  to  function  of  vessels  and  the  design 
parameters  imposed  by  the  characteristics  of 
clay.  The  techniques  of  ceramics  are  taught  to 
encourage  expression  rather  than  to  dispense 
merely  a  technical  body  of  information. 

212 

COLOR  THEORY 

A  study  of  the  physical  and  emotional 
aspects  of  color.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
the  study  of  color  as  an  aesthetic  agent  for  the 
artist.  The  color  theories  of  Johannes  Itten 
will  form  the  base  for  this  course  with  some 
study  of  the  theories  of  Albert  Munsell,  Faber 
Birren,  and  Wilhelm  Ostwald. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^n 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ART 

• 


220 

PAINTING  I 

An  introduction  of  painting  techniques  and 
materials.  Coordination  of  color,  value,  and 
design  within  the  painting  is  taught.  Some 
painting  from  the  figure.  No  limitations  as  to 
painting  media,  subject  matter,  or  style. 
Prerequisite:  ART  115  or  consent  of  instructor. 

221 

DRAWING  II 

Continued  study  of  the  human  figure. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  realism  and  figure- 
ground  coordination  with  the  use  of  value  and 
design.  Prerequisite:  ART  HI. 

Ill 

SURVEY  OF  ART:  ANCIENT, 

MEDIEVAL,  AND  NON-WESTERN  ART 

A  survey  of  the  major  developments  in  the 
visual  arts  of  the  Ancient,  Medieval,  and  Non- 
western  fields.  Emphasis  is  on  the  interrelation 
of  form  and  content,  the  function  and  meaning 
of  the  visual  arts  within  their  respective 
cultures,  and  the  importance  of  visual  literacy. 

223 

SURVEY  OF  ART:  FROM  THE 
RENAISSANCE  THROUGH 
THE  MODERN  AGE 

A  survey  of  Western  architecture,  sculp- 
ture, and  painting.  Emphasis  is  on  the 
interrelation  of  form  and  content  and  on  the 
relatedness  of  the  visual  arts  to  their  cultural 
environment:    14th-20th  centuries. 

225 
SCULPTURE  I 

An  introduction  to  the  techniques,  materi- 
als, and  ideas  of  sculpture.  Clay,  plaster,  wax, 
wood,  and  other  materials  will  be  used.  The 
course  will  be  concerned  with  ideas  about 
sculpture  as  expression,  and  with  giving 
material  form  to  ideas. 


226 

FIGURE  MODELING  II 

Will  exploit  the  structures  and  understand- 
ings learned  in  Figure  Modeling  I  to  produce  j 
larger,  more  complex  figurative  works.  There! 
will  be  a  requirement  to  cast  one  of  the  works! 
in  plaster.  Prerequisite:  ART  116  and  consen, 
of  instructor. 

Ill 

INTRODUCTION  TO  PHOTOGRAPHY 

Objectives  of  the  course  are  to  develop 
technical  skills  in  the  use  of  photographic 
equipment  (cameras,  films,  darkroom, 
printmaker)  and  to  develop  sensitivity  in  the 
areas  of  composition,  form,  light,  picture 
quality,  etc.  Each  student  must  own  (or  have 
access  to)  a  35mm  camera  capable  of  full- 
manual  operation. 

228 
PRINTMAKING  I 

Introduction  to  the  techniques  of 
silkscreen,  intaglio,  monotype  and  lithograph> 
printing.  One  edition  of  at  least  six  prints 
must  be  completed  in  each  area.  Prerequisite: 
ART  111  or  115;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

229 

CERAMICS  II 

Continuation  of  Ceramics  I.  Emphasis  on 
use  of  the  wheel  and  technical  aspects  such  as 
glaze  making  and  kiln  firing.  Prerequisite: 
ART  119. 

310 

HISTORY  AND  PRACTICE 
OF  ART  EDUCATION 

This  course  concerns  the  teaching  of  art, 
from  the  distant  past  to  the  present.  Topics 
include  Discipline-Based  Art  Education:  its 
philosophy,  history,  and  context;  lesson 
planning;  and  teaching  methods.  Course  work 
includes  observation  of  art  classes  in  elemen- 
tary and  secondary  schools  in  the  greater 
Williamsport  area.  Required  of  art  majors  in 
the  K-12  certification  program. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^m 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ART 

• 


m 

AINTING  II 

Continuation  of  Painting  I  (ART  220). 
'imphasis  is  placed  on  individual  style  and 
echnique.  Artists  and  movements  in  art  are 
itudied.  No  limitations  as  to  painting  media, 
.ubject  matter,  or  style.  Prerequisite:  ART  220. 

131 

DECENT  DEVELOPMENTS  IN  ART 

'       Recent  developments,  taking  into  account 

;lobal  issues,  historical  reference,  and  news 

nedia. 

i 

f33 

I9TH  CENTURY  EUROPEAN 

VND  AMERICAN  ART 

The  art  of  Western  Europe  and  the  United 
»tates  from  1780-1900,  with  emphasis  on 
painting  in  France.  Those  artists  to  be  studied 
nclude  David,  Goya,  Delacroix,  Courbet,  the 
mpressionists,  Turner,  Homer,  Cole  and  Eakins. 

B4 

\RT  OF  THE  RENAISSANCE 

The  art  of  Italy  and  Northern  Europe  from 
.300  to  1530,  with  emphasis  on  the  painters 
jiotto,  Masaccio,  Leonardo  da  Vinci,  Raphael, 
ritian.  Van  Eyck,  and  Durer,  the  sculptors 
jhiberti,  Donatello  and  Michelangelo,  and  the 
irchitects  Brunelleschi  and  Alberti. 

SCULPTURE  II 

A  continuation  of  Sculpture  I  (Art  225). 
Emphasis  is  on  advanced  technical  process, 
lasting  of  bronze  and  aluminum  sculpture 
vill  be  done  in  the  school  foundry.  Prereqiti- 
lite:  ART225. 

^6 

\RT  OF  THE  BAROQUE 

Seventeenth-century  painting  and  sculpture 
n  Italy  and  The  Netherlands  with  emphasis  on 
Bernini.  Poussin.  Rubens,  and  Rembrandt,  with 
>pecial  attention  given  to  the  expressive,  nar- 
rative, and  painterly  styles  present  in  their  art. 


337 
PHOTOGRAPHY  II 

To  extend  the  skills  developed  in  Introduc- 
tion to  Photography  (ART  227)  by  continued 
growth  in  technical  expertise  including 
instruction  in  photo  art  processes  such  as 
collage,  multiple  images,  hand-coloring  and/ 
or  toning.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  conceptual 
and  aesthetic  aspects  of  photography.  Prereq- 
uisite: ART  227. 

338 
PRINTMAKING  II 

Continuation  of  Printmaking  I  (ART  228). 
Emphasis  on  multi-plate  and  viscosity 
printing.  Prerequisite:  ART  228. 

339 

WOMEN  IN  ART 

A  survey  of  women  artists  from  a  variety 
of  viewpoints  —  aesthetic,  historical,  social, 
political  and  economic  —  which  seeks  to 
understand  and  integrate  the  contributions  of 
women  artists  into  the  mainstream  of  the 
history  of  art. 

342 

PHOTOGRAPHY  III 

Study  of  techniques  and  aesthetics  of  color 
photography  using  color  negatives  and/or 
slides,  advanced  imaging  techniques  utilizing 
the  computer  to  enhance  and  manipulate 
students'  original  photographs,  and  introduc- 
tion to  large  format  view  cameras.  Integration 
of  tools  to  students'  own  artistic  process 
emphasized.  A  portfolio  including  examples 
of  color,  image  processing  and  large  format 
work  will  be  produced.  Prerequisites:  ART 
227,  337,  and  343. 

343 

COMPUTER  GRAPHICS  FOR  PRINT  MEDIA 

Use  of  computers  as  an  artist's  and 
designer's  tool.  Concentrated,  hands-on  study 
of  image  manipulation,  illustration  and  layout 
programs.  Content  of  course  includes  funda- 
mentals of  vector  and  raster  imaging,  typogra- 
phy, design,  layout,  color  separation,  and 


{002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ART 


manipulating  computer  images  obtained  from 
scanners,  video  sources,  and  the  students'  own 
original  production  using  computer  paint 
software.  Prerequisite:  ART  227  and  either 
ART  111  or  115;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

344 

COMPUTER  GRAPHICS 
FOR  ELECTRONIC  MEDIA 

Use  of  the  computer  as  a  tool  to  create, 
manipulate  and  edit  video  for  artistic  and 
commercial  purposes.  Content  of  course 
includes  computer  animation,  multi-media 
program  production  and  computer  interfaced 
video  production.  Prerequisite:  ART  343  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

430 

INTERACTIVE  MULTI-MEDIA 
AND  WEB  DESIGN 

This  course  is  a  concentrated,  hands-on 
study  of  interactive  media  for  CD-ROM  and 
the  World  Wide  Web.  It  includes  study  of  the 
history  and  design  principles  of  interactive  art, 
creation  of  2-D  computer  animation,  digital 
sound  editing,  Web  design  and  CD-ROM 
production.  Prerequisite:  ART  343  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

431 

ADVANCED  DIGITAL  IMAGING 

This  course  continues  the  study  of  the 
computer  as  an  artist  and  designer's  tool.  It  is 
the  capstone  course  for  those  Photography/ 
Electronic  Media  majors  who  wish  to  do  the 
majority  of  their  senior  show  work  in  the 
digital  media.  Students  learn  advanced 
imaging  techniques,  work  with  digital  cam- 
eras, use  scanners  as  "cameras,"  combine 
traditional  and  digital  photography,  and 
experiment  with  a  variety  of  printing  processes 
and  substrates.  Prerequisite:  ART  343  or 
consent  of  instructor. 


440 

PAINTING  III 

Advanced  study  of  painting  techniques  and! 
materials.  A  personal  painting  direction  is 
expected.  There  is  some  experimentation  with 
new  painting  techniques.  Prerequisite:  ART 
330. 

441 

DRAWING  III 

Continued  study  of  the  human  figure, 
individual  style,  and  professional  control  of 
drawing  techniques  and  media  are  empha- 
sized. Prerequisite:  ART  221 

442 

SPECIAL  PROJECT  IN 
COMMERCIAL  DESIGN 

Concentrated  research,  preparation  and 
execution  of  a  series  of  projects  in  commercial 
design  utilizing  computer  graphics,  page 
layout  programs  and  paint,  draw  and  image 
manipulation  software  that  simulate  traditional 
airbrush,  water-based  mediums,  markers,         i 
colored  pencils  and  ink  pens.  The  following    ( 
skills  are  involved:  illustration,  photography,  j 
design,  typesetting,  lettering,  layout,  overlays,  i 
scanning  color  separation,  matching  and 
proofing  and  preparation  of  files  for  a  service 
bureau  or  printer.  Prerequisite:  ART  343  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

445 

SCULPTURE  III 

In  Sculpture  III  the  student  is  expected  to 
produce  a  series  of  sculptures  that  follow  a 
conceptual  and  technical  line  of  development. 
Prerequisite:  ART  116,  225,  and  335. 

446 

STUDIO  RESEARCH 

Independent  research  in  an  elective  studio 
area,  conducted  under  the  supervision  of  the 
appropriate  faculty  member,  includes  creation 
of  work  which  may  be  incorporated  in  the 
senior  group  exhibition.  Student  works  in 
private  studio  assigned  by  the  department. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ART  •  ASTRONOMY  AND  PHYSICS 


47 

.RT  HISTORY  RESEARCH 

Independent  research,  conducted  under  the 
jpervision  of  the  appropriate  faculty  mem- 
er,  includes  the  research  and  writing  of  a 
lesis,  to  be  presented  to  a  committee  of  Art 
department  faculty.  This  course  may  he 
?peated  for  credit. 

48,  248,  348  and  448 
.RT  COLLOQUIUM 

A  non-credit  seminar  in  which  faculty, 
:udents  and  invited  professionals  discuss  and 
ritique  specific  art  projects.  Required  of  all 
'udents  majoring  in  art.   Taken  each  semes- 
T.  Meets  2-4  times  each  semester.  Pass/Fail, 
'on-credit  seminar. 

49 

.RT  PRACTICUM 

his  course  offers  students  internship  experi- 
nce  in  commercial  design  or  commercial 
holography  with  companies  and  organiza- 
ons.  Students  work  at  least  10  hours  per 
'eek  for  a  sponsoring  company  and  attend 
jminar  sessions  on  issues  relevant  to  their 
'ork  assignments.  Students  must  apply 
irectly  to  the  Art  Department  to  arrange  job 
lacement  before  pre-registration  to  be 
ligible  for  this  course.  Prerequisite:  ART  442 
r  consent  of  instructor. 

70-479 

sfTERNSHIP  (See  index) 
This  course  offers  students  internship 
icperience  in  commercial  design  or  commer- 
lal  photography  with  companies  and  organi- 
itions.  Prerequisite:  ART  430  or  ART  442 
r  consent  of  instructor.  Students  must  apply 
irectly  to  the  Art  Department  to  arrange  job 
lacement  before  pre-registration  to  be 
Hgible  for  this  course. 

90-491 

'^DEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
'EPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


Sl^'^ 


ASTRONOMY 
AND  PHYSICS 

Associate  Professors:  Erickson  (Chairperson), 
Fisher,  Wolfe 

The  department  offers  two  majors.  The 
major  in  astronomy  is  specifically  designed  to 
train  students  in  the  field  of  planetarium 
education;  it  also  may  serve  as  a  basis  for 
earning  state  certification  as  a  secondary  school 
teacher  of  general  science.  The  major  in  physics 
can  prepare  students  for  graduate  work  in 
physics,  astronomy,  and  related  physical 
sciences,  for  the  cooperative  program  in 
engineering,  for  state  certification  as  secondary 
school  teachers  of  physics,  or  for  technical 
positions  in  industry. 

ASTRONOMY  (astr) 

The  major  in  astronomy  requires  courses  in 
astronomy,  physics,  chemistry  and  mathematics. 
The  required  courses  are  ASTR  111,  448,  and 
five  additional  courses  numbered  ASTR  1 1 2  or 
higher  four  of  which  must  be  numbered  ASTR 
230  or  higher;  PHYS  225-226;  CHEM  110-1 1 1 
or  330-331;  and  MATH  128-129.  Astronomy 
majors  are  also  required  to  register  for  four 
semesters  of  ASTR  349  and  449  (non-credit 
colloquia). 

The  requirement  for  taking  ASTR  448  can  be 
satisfied  by  doing  an  individual  studies  or  honors 
project  where  the  results  would  be  presented  at  a 
departmental  colloquium.  A  double  major  in 
astronomy  and  physics  need  only  take  the  course 
once.  Students  participating  in  an  engineering  3-2 
program  will  be  exempt  from  taking  ASTR  448. 


02-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^M 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ASTRONOMY  AND  PHYSICS 


The  following  courses  are  recommended: 
PHIL  223  and  333,  PHYS  333,  and  ART  227. 
Students  interested  in  teacher  certification 
should  refer  to  the  Department  of  Education  on 
page  96. 

The  following  course,  when  scheduled  as  a 
W  course,  counts  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:  ASTR  230. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  astronomy  consists  of  a  grade  of 
C  or  better  in  both  ASTR  1 1 1  and  PHYS  225 
plus  any  three  additional  courses  selected  from 
PHYS  226  or  ASTR  courses  numbered  200  or 
higher. 

104 

FIELD  GEOLOGY 

A  methods  course  introducing  the  field 
techniques  needed  to  study  the  geology 
of  an  area.  May  or  summer  term  only. 

107 

OBSERVATIONAL  ASTRONOMY 

A  methods  course  providing  the  opportu- 
nity to  make  a  variety  of  astronomical 
observations,  both  visually  and  photographic- 
ally, with  and  without  telescopes.  The 
planetarium  is  used  to  familiarize  the  student 
with  the  sky  at  various  times  during  the  year 
and  from  different  locations  on  earth.  May  or 
summer  term  only. 

101 

PRINCIPLES  OF  ASTRONOMY 

111 

PRINCIPLES  OF  ASTRONOMY 

A  summary  of  current  concepts  of  the 
universe  from  the  solar  system  to  distant 
galaxies.  Describes  the  techniques  and 
instruments  used  in  astronomical  research. 
Presents  not  only  what  is  reasonably  well 
known  about  the  universe,  but  also  considers 
some  of  the  major  unsolved  problems  ASTR 
1 01  and  111  share  the  same  three  hours  of 
lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  each  week. 
ASTR  111  has  one  additional  hour  each  week 


for  more  advanced  mathematical  treatment  of 
the  material.   Credit  may  not  be  earned  for  bott 
101  and  111.   Corequisite for  111:  MATH  127 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

102 

PRINCIPLES  OF  GEOLOGY 
112 

PRINCIPLES  OF  GEOLOGY 

A  study  of  the  surface  processes  and  interna 
structure  of  the  planet  Earth.  Shows  how  past 
events  and  lifeforms  can  be  reconstructed  from 
preserved  evidence  to  reveal  the  geologic 
history  of  our  planet  from  its  origin  to  the 
present.  Describes  the  ways  geology  influence) 
our  environment.  ASTR  102  and  112  share  the 
same  three  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of 
laboratory  each  week.   112  has  one  additional 
hour  each  week  for  more  advanced  mathemati-' 
cal  treatment  of  the  material.   Credit  may  not 
be  earned  for  both  102  and  112.   Corequisite 
for  112:  MATH  127  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Alternate  years. 

114 

MANNED  SPACE  FLIGHT  I 

Traces  the  beginnings  of  rocketry  and 
spaceflight  capability  from  Sputnik  (1957) 
through  the  conclusion  of  the  Apollo  moon 
landings  (1972).  Extensive  use  of  NASA  vide( 
and  other  audio-visual  aids.  Examination  of 
scientific,  engineering  and  political  motivation; 
When  taken  in  May  term,  must  be  scheduled 
with  ASTR  115.  Not  for  distribution.  Alternate 
years.  One-half  unit  of  credit. 

115 

MANNED  SPACE  FLIGHT  II 

Examines  manned  spaceflight  from  Skylab 
missions  (1973-74)  through  Apollo-Soyuz  Test 
Project,  early  Space  Shuttle  missions,  to  current 
U.S.  and  Soviet  space  efforts.  Extensive  use  of 
NASA  video.  Examination  of  scientific, 
engineering,  and  political  motivations.  When 
taken  in  May  Term,  must  be  scheduled  with 
ASTR  114.  Not  for  distribution.  Alternate  year 
One-half  unit  of  credit. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALQi 


ASTRONOMY  AND  PHYSICS 


130 

>LANETARIUM  TECHNIQUES 

A  methods  course  covering  major  aspects  of 
)lanetarium  programming,  operation 
ind  maintenance.  Students  are  required  to 
)repare  and  present  a  planetarium  show.  Upon 
mccessfully  completing  the  course,  students 
ire  eligible  to  become  planetarium  assistants. 
ifhree  hours  of  lecture  and  demonstration  and 
three  hours  of  practical  training  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  a  grade  ofC  or  better  in  ASTR 
fOl  or  U 1.  Alternate  years. 

243 

PLANETARY  SCIENCE 

A  comparative  survey  of  the  various 
classes  of  natural  objects  that  orbit  the  sun. 
Including  the  major  planets,  their  satellites,  the 
minor  planets,  and  comets.  Topics  include 
meteorological  processes  in  atmospheres, 
geological  processes  that  shape  surface  features, 
internal  structures,  the  role  of  spacecraft  in  the 
exploration  of  the  solar  system,  and  clues  to 
the  origin  and  dynamic  evolution  of  the  solar 
system.  Four  hours  of  lecture  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  ASTR 
U]  or  112,  or  PHYS  225.  Alternate  years. 

344 

RELATIVITY  AND  COSMOLOGY 

A  detailed  presentation  of  the  special  theory 
of  relativity  and  an  introduction  to  the  general 
theory.  Topics  include:  observational  and 
experimental  tests  of  relativity,  four- vectors, 
tensors,  space-time  curvature,  alternative 
cosmological  models,  and  the  origin  and 
future  of  the  universe.  Four  hours  of  lecture  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  ASTR  1 J  J  and  PHYS  225. 
Alternate  years.   Cross-listed  as  PHYS  344. 

445 

STELLAR  EVOLUTION 

The  physical  principles  governing  the 
internal  structure  and  external  appearance  of 
stars.  Mechanisms  of  energy  generation  and 
transport  within  stars.  The  evolution  of  stars 
from  initial  formation  to  final  stages.  The 
creation  of  chemical  elements  by  nucleosyn- 
thesis. Four  hours  of  lecture  per  week. 


Prerequisites:  ASTR  J 1 1  and  PHYS  226. 
Alternate  years. 

446 

STELLAR  DYNAMICS  AND 
GALACTIC  STRUCTURE 

The  motion  of  objects  in  gravitational  fields. 
Introduction  to  the  n-body  problem.  The 
relation  between  stellar  motions  and  the 
galactic  potential.  The  large-scale  structure  of 
galaxies  in  general  and  of  the  Milky  Way 
Galaxy  in  particular.  Four  hours  of  lecture  per 
week.   Prerequisites:  ASTR  111  and  PHYS 
225.  Alternate  years. 

448 

RESEARCH  TOPICS 

Students  participate  in  a  research  project 
under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty  member  in  the 
department.  In  weekly  meetings,  they  share 
reports  from  the  literature  and  report  on  their 
own  work.  Topics  will  range  from  abstract 
theoretical  to  selected  practical  experimental 
investigations.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the 
instructor  Cross-listed  as  PHYS  448. 

349  &  449 

ASTRONOMY  AND  PHYSICS  COLLOQUIA 

This  non-credit  but  required  course  for 
juniors  and  seniors  majoring  in  astronomy  and 
physics  offers  students  a  chance  to  meet  and 
hear  active  scientists  in  astronomy,  physics,  and 
related  scientific  areas  talk  about  their  own 
research  or  professional  activities.  In  addition, 
majors  in  astronomy  and  physics  must  pre.sent 
two  lectures,  one  given  during  the  junior  year 
and  one  given  during  the  senior  year,  on  the 
results  of  a  literature  survey  or  their  individual 
research.  Students  majoring  in  this  department 
are  required  to  attend  four  semesters  during  the 
junior  and  senior  years.  A  letter  grade  will  be 
given  when  the  student  gives  a  lecture.  Other- 
wise the  grade  will  be  P/F.  Students  in  the 
Cooperative  Program  in  Liberal  Arts  and 
Engineering  are  required  to  attend  two  semes- 
ters and  present  one  lecture  during  their  junior 
year.  Non-credit  course.  One  hour  per  week. 
Cross-listed  as  PHYS  349  &  449. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^R 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ASTRONOMY  AND  PHYSICS 


470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Independent  studies  may  be  undertaken  in 
most  areas  of  astronomy. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 

PHYSICS  (PHYS) 

The  major  in  physics  requires  courses  in 
physics,  chemistry  and  mathematics.  The 
required  courses  are  PHYS  225,  226,  331, 
332,  448  and  four  additional  courses  num- 
bered PHYS  333  or  higher;  CHEM  110-111  or 
330-331;  and  MATH  128-129.  Physics 
majors  are  also  required  to  register  for  four 
semesters  of  PHYS  349  and  449  (non-credit 
coUoquia). 

The  requirement  for  taking  PHYS  448  can 
be  satisfied  by  doing  an  individual  studies  or 
honors  project  where  the  results  would  be 
presented  at  a  departmental  colloquium.  A 
double  major  in  astronomy  and  physics  need 
only  take  the  course  once.  Students  participat- 
ing in  an  engineering  3-2  program  will  be 
exempt  from  taking  PHYS  448. 

Up  to  two  courses  chosen  from  ASTR  111, 
1 12,  243,  445  and  446  may  substitute  for  two 
of  the  four  physics  electives.  The  following 
courses  are  recommended:  MATH  231,  238; 
CPTR  125  (all  three  required  for  the  coopera- 
tive engineering  program  and  by  many 
graduate  schools),  and  PHIL  223,  333. 

Students  interested  in  teacher  certification 
should  refer  to  the  Department  of  Education 
on  page  96. 

The  following  courses,  when  scheduled  as 
W  courses,  count  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:  PHYS  338  and  447. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  physics  requires  completion  of 
the  following  courses  with  a  C  grade  or  better: 


PHYS  225-226,  331,  332,  and  one  additional 
course  selected  from  PHYS  courses  numberedi 
300  or  higher. 

106 

ENERGY  ALTERNATIVES 

A  physicist' s  definition  of  work,  energy,  and    ; 
power.  The  various  energy  sources  available 
for  use,  such  as  fossil  fuels,  nuclear  fission  and 
fusion,  hydro,  solar,  wind,  and  geothermal.  The 
advantages  and  disadvantages  of  each  energy- 
conversion  method,  including  availability, 
efficiency,  and  environmental  effects.  Present 
areas  of  energy  research  and  possible  future 
developments.  Projections  of  possible  future     < 
energy  demands.  Exercises  and  experiments  in 
energy  collection,  conversion,  and  utilization. 
May  or  summer  term  only. 

108 

GREAT  IDEAS  OF  THE 
PHYSICAL  UNTVERSE  i 

An  introduction  to  several  major  concepts  t 
of  physics  which  have  developed  over  the  past! 
several  centuries,  relating  them  to  their  broad 
implications.  The  emphasis  is  on  a  descriptive 
rather  than  a  mathematical  discussion  of  I 

topics  which  range  from  early  Greek  concepts 
of  science  to  present  day  methods  and 
techniques  used  to  describe  the  physical 
universe.  Many  distinctions  and  similarities 
between  science  and  other  areas  of  human 
endeavor  will  be  studied  to  demonstrate  the 
beauty,  simplicity,  harmony,  and  grandeur  of 
some  of  the  basic  laws  which  govern  the 
universe.   Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two         \ 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Alternate  years. 

225-226 

FUNDAMENTALS  OF  PHYSICS  I-II 

A  mathematically  rigorous  introduction  to 
physics  designed  for  majors  in  physics,  astro- 
nomy, chemistry  and  mathematics.  Topics 
include  mechanics,  thermodynamics,  electric- 
ity and  magnetism,  waves,  optics,  and  modem 
physics.  Five  hours  of  lecture  and  recitation 
and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ASTRONOMY  AND  PHYSICS 


"ore  qui  site:  MATH  128  or  129.   With  consent 
(department,  MATH  109  may  substitute  for 
1ATH  128  or  129  as  a  prerequisite. 

31 

:lassical  mechanics 

An  analytical  approach  to  classical  mechan- 
:s.  Topics  include:  kinematics  and  dynamics 
f  single  particles  and  systems  of  particles, 
ravitation  and  other  central  forces,  moving 
jference  frames,  and  Lagrangian  and  Hamilto- 
ian  formulations  of  mechanics.  Four  hours  of 
mature  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  MATH  129  and  a  grade  ofC  or 
etterinPHYS225. 

32 
iLECTROMAGNETISM 

A  theoretical  treatment  of  classical  electro- 
lagnetism.  Topics  include:  electrostatics, 
lagnetostatics,  electric  and  magnetic  poten- 
ials,  electric  and  magnetic  properties  of  matter, 
-laxwell's  equations,  the  electromagnetic 
ield,  and  the  propagation  of  electromagnetic 
adiation.  Four  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours 
f  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  MATH 
29  and  a  grade  ofC  or  better  in  PHYS  226. 

33 

)PTICS 

Geometrical  optics,  optical  systems, 
ihysical  optics,  interference,  Fraunhofer 
nd  Fresnel  diffraction,  and  coherence  and 
asers  will  be  covered.  Three  hours  of  lecture 
md  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  PHYS  226  and  MATH  128;  or 
onsent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

136 

MTHEMATICAL  METHODS  OF  PHYSICS 

Solution  of  ordinary  linear  differential 
iquations  using  power  series  and  Laplace 
ransforms,  nonlinear  differential  and  coupled 
lifferential  equations,  Fourier  analysis  using 
)oth  trigonometric  and  complex  exponential 
unctions,  complex  variables,  eigenvalue 
)roblems,  infinite  dimensional  vector  spaces, 
)artial  differential  equations,  boundary  value 


problem  solutions  to  the  wave  equation,  heat 
flow  equation  and  Laplace's  equation.  Prereq- 
uisites: MATH  231  and  238.  Alternate  years. 

337 

THERMODYNAMICS  AND 

STATISTICAL  MECHANICS 

Classical  thermodynamics  will  be  presented, 
showing  that  the  macroscopic  properties  of  a 
system  can  be  specified  without  a  knowledge  of 
the  microscopic  properties  of  the  constituents  of 
the  system.  Then  statistical  mechanics  will  be 
developed,  showing  that  these  same  macro- 
scopic properties  are  determined  by  the  micro- 
scopic properties.  Four  hours  of  lecture  and 
recitation  per  week.  Prerequisites:  PHYS  226 
and  MATH  129.  Alternate  years. 

338 

MODERN  PHYSICS 

Thorough  investigation  of  changes  in  the 
classical  understanding  of  space  and  time 
together  with  those  of  energy  and  matter  that 
led  to  the  time  development  of  relativistic  and 
quantum  mechanical  theories.  Topics  include: 
introduction  to  special  relativity,  blackbody 
radiation,  the  postulation  of  the  photon  and 
quantization,  atomic  spectra,  interactions  of 
matter  and  energy,  Bohr  model  of  the  atom, 
concepts  of  symmetry,  and  development  and 
applications  of  the  Schrodinger  equation. 
Four  hours  of  lecture  and  one-three  hour 
laboratory  per  week.   Prerequisites:  MATH 
129  and  a  grade  of  Cor  better  in  PHYS  226. 

339 

SOLID  STATE  PHYSICS 

Topics  include  crystalline  structures, 
periodic  potentials,  band  structure,  free 
electron  model,  semiconductor  physics, 
electromagnetic  and  thermal  properties  of 
solids,  superconductivity,  and  superfluidity. 
Four  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.   Prerequisites:  PHYS 
332  and  MATH  129;  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Alternate  years. 


002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ASTRONOMY  AND  PHYSICS 


344 

RELATIVITY  AND  COSMOLOGY 

A  detailed  presentation  of  the  special  theory 
of  relativity  and  an  introduction  to  the  general 
theory.  Topics  include:  observational  and 
experimental  tests  of  relativity,  four  vectors, 
tensors,  space-time  curvature,  alternative 
cosmological  models,  and  the  origin  and  future 
of  the  universe.  Four  hours  of  lecture  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  ASTRIU andPHYS225. 
Alternate  years.  Cross-listed  as  ASTR  344. 

439 

INTRODUCTION  TO 
QUANTUM  MECHANICS 

Basic  concepts  and  formulation  of  quantum 
theory.  The  free  particle,  the  simple  harmonic 
oscillator,  the  hydrogen  atom,  and  central 
force  problems  will  be  discussed.  Both  time- 
independent  and  time-dependent  perturbation 
theory  will  be  covered.  Four  hours  of  lecture 
and  recitation.  Prerequisite:  Either  PHYS  226 
or  CHEM  331,  and  MATH  231.   Cross-listed 
as  CHEM  439. 

447 

NUCLEAR  AND  PARTICLE  PHYSICS 
The  course  will  consider  properties  of 
nuclei,  nuclear  models,  radioactivity,  nuclear 
reactions  (including  fission  and  fusion),  and 
properties  of  elementary  particles.  The 
interactions  of  nuclear  particles  with  matter 
and  the  detection  of  nuclear  particles  will  be 
covered.  It  will  be  shown  how  observed 
phenomena  lead  to  theories  on  the  nature  of 
fundamental  interactions,  how  these  forces  act 
at  the  smallest  measurable  distances,  and  what 
is  expected  to  occur  at  even  smaller  distances. 
Four  hours  of  lecture  and  recitation  and  three 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
PHYS  226,  MATH  129,  and  either  PHYS  338 
or  CHEM  110.  Alternate  years. 


448 

RESEARCH  TOPICS 

Students  participate  in  a  research  project 
under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty  member  in  the 
department.  In  weekly  meetings,  they  share 
reports  from  the  literature  and  report  on  their 
own  work.  Topics  will  range  from  abstract 
theoretical  to  selected  practical  experimental 
investigations.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
the  instructor   Cross-listed  as  ASTR  448. 

349  &  449 

ASTRONOMY  AND  PHYSICS 

COLLOQUIA 

This  non-credit  but  required  course  for  juniors 
and  seniors  majoring  in  astronomy  and  physics 
offers  students  a  chance  to  meet  and  hear  active 
scientists  in  astronomy,  physics  and  related 
scientific  areas  talk  about  their  own  research  or 
professional  activities.  In  addition,  majors  in 
astronomy  and  physics  must  present  two  lectures, 
one  given  during  the  junior  year  and  one  given 
during  the  senior  year,  on  the  results  of  a  literature 
survey  or  their  individual  research.  Students 
majoring  in  this  department  are  required  to  attend; 
four  semesters  during  the  junior  and  senior 
years.  A  letter  grade  will  be  given  when  the 
student  gives  a  lecture.  Otherwise  the  grade  wil 
be  P/F.  Students  in  the  Cooperative  Program  in 
Liberal  Arts  and  Engineering  are  required  to 
attend  two  semesters  and  present  one  lecture 
during  their  junior  year.  Non-credit  course.  Oni 
hour  per  week.  Cross-listed  as  ASTR  349  &  449 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Interns  in  physics  work  off  campus  under 
the  supervision  of  professional  physicists 
employed  by  local  industries  or  hospitals. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Independent  studies  may  be  undertaken  inj 
most  areas  of  physics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALC 


BIOLOGY 

• 


BIOLOGY  (BIO) 

^rofessors:  Diehl,  Zimmerman  (Chairperson) 
Associate  Professors:  Gabriel,  Zaccaria 
\ssistant  Professors:  Briggs,  Lipar,  Newman 

The  Department  of  Biology  offers  both 
3.A.  and  B.S.  degree  programs,  with  minors 
ivailable  in  Biology  and  Environmental 
Science.  Consent  of  instructor  may  replace 
BIO  110-111  as  a  prerequisite  for  all  upper 
evel  biology  courses. 

rhe  B.A.  Degree 

To  earn  the  B.A.  degree  students  must 
:omplete  the  13  course  major  which  consists 
Df  BIO  1 10,  1 1 1,  222,  224,  225,  321,  323  and 
3ne  course  in  Biology  numbered  328  or  higher 
^excluding  BIO  400  or  470);  one  course  from 
GHEM  1 15,  220,  or  221  plus  two  additional 
units  of  Chemistry;  two  units  of  mathematical 
sciences  chosen  from  CPTR  108,  125  and/or 
MATH  109,  123,  127,  128  or  above.  In 
addition,  juniors  and  seniors  are  required  to 
successfully  complete  BIO  349/449  (non- 
credit  colloquium)  for  a  maximum  of  four 
semesters  and  complete  the  capstone  experi- 
ences described  below.    Enrollment  in  student 
teaching  and/or  other  similar  off-campus 
academic  experiences  will  be  accepted  by  the 
department  in  lieu  of  that  semester's  collo- 
quium requirement.  Only  two  courses 


numbered  below  221  may  count  toward  the 
major.  Declared  Biology  majors  may  substi- 
tute BIO  106-107  for  BIO  110-111  with 
written  consent  of  the  department  chair. 

The  B.S.  Degree 

To  earn  the  B.S.  degree  students  must 
complete  the  13  course  major  described  for 
the  B.A.,  meet  the  colloquium  requirement, 
and  pass  three  courses  chosen  in  any  combina- 
tion from  the  following:  BIO  328  or  above 
( including  BIO  400  and/or  470),  CHEM  200 
or  above,  PHYS  200  or  above,  or  MATH 
1 27  or  above.  Students  electing  to  graduate 
with  a  B.S.  must  complete  the  capstone 
experiences  listed  below. 

Cooperative  Programs 

Certain  specific  exceptions  to  the  B.A.  and 
B.S.  degrees  will  be  made  for  students  in 
accelerated  programs.  The  requirements  for 
accelerated  programs  in  Optometry,  Forestry 
or  Environmental  Studies,  Medical  Technol- 
ogy, and  Podiatry  can  be  found  in  the 
Academic  Program  section  of  the  catalog. 
Students  interested  in  these  programs  should 
contact  the  program  director  before  finalizing 
their  individual  programs. 

Writing  Intensive  Courses 

The  following  courses,  when  scheduled  as 
W  courses,  count  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:  BIO  222  and  224. 

Capstone  Experiences  for  Biology  Majors 

In  order  to  graduate,  all  biology  majors 
must  demonstrate  to  the  Department  their 
command  of  biology  by  meeting  the  following 
three  criteria. 

1.  Practical  Experience:  All  students  must 
complete  at  least  one  of  the  experiences 
in  the  following  list:  Internship, 
Practicum,  Relevant  Summer  Experi- 
ence, Independent  Studies,  Honors, 
Medical  Technology  Internship,  Teach- 
ing Semester,  Biology  Laboratory 
Assistant,  Biology-related  volunteer 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^n 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


BIOLOGY 


work.  (Summer  experiences.  Biology- 
related  volunteer  work,  or  working  as  a 
lab  assistant  must  be  approved  by  the 
Department  in  order  to  be  used  to  meet 
this  requirement.) 

2.  Research  &  Presentation  Component: 

All  junior  and  senior  majors  are  required 
to  successfully  complete  Biology 
Colloquia  (BIO  349  and  449)  during  all 
their  semesters  on  campus.  During  their 
final  year,  students  will  research  a 
biological  topic  and  make  an  oral 
presentation  at  the  Biology  Colloquium. 
This  will  provide  the  student  with  the 
basic  level  of  information  literacy  in  the 
biological  science. 

3.  Assessment:  All  majors  are  required  to 
take  at  least  one  of  the  exams  listed 
below  or  pass  a  Biology  Department  Exit 
Exam.  GRE  -  Bio  subject  exam,  MCAT, 
OAT,  DAT,  VCAT,  or  the  Praxis.  By  the 
end  of  their  first  semester  of  their  senior 
year,  students  must  provide  the  Depart- 
ment official  documentation  of  the  scores 
they  have  earned  on  one  of  these  exams. 

If  one  or  more  of  these  requirements 
have  not  been  met  by  the  end  of  their 
first  semester  of  their  senior  year,  the 
student  must  submit  a  plan  signed  by 
their  advisor  showing  when  and  how 
these  requirements  will  be  completed. 

Certification  in  Secondary  Education 

A  Biology  major  interested  in  becoming 
certified  at  the  secondary  level  to  teach 
Biology  and/or  General  Science  should,  as 
early  as  possible,  consult  the  current  Depart- 
ment of  Education  Teacher  Education 
Handbook  and  should  make  their  plans  known 
to  their  advisor  and  the  Chair  of  the  Education 
Department  so  the  required  courses  can  be 
scheduled  before  the  Professional  Semester, 
a)  To  obtain  certification  in  Secondary 
Biology  a  student  must  successfully 
complete  a  Biology  major,  EDUC  200, 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


PSY  138,  the  Pre-Student  Teaching  Part- 
icipation, and  the  Professional  Semester  ! 
(EDUC  446,  447  and  449).  Students  may 
choose  EDUC  232  and/or  EDUC  239  as 
Education  electives. 
b)  Students  interested  in  obtaining  General 
Science/Biology  certification  must  com- 
plete all  the  requirements  for  secondary 
Biology  listed  in  (a)  as  well  as  PHYS  108 
or  225  and  any  two  courses  from  ASTR 
1 1 1,  1 12  or  243.  ASTR  230  is  strongly 
recommended  as  an  additional  course. 


Minors 

The  Department  of  Biology  offers  two 
minors:  Biology  and  Environmental  Science. 

A  minor  in  biology  requires  the  completior 
of  four  courses  numbered  200  or  higher,  with 
their  appropriate  prerequisites  (i.e.,  two  intro- 
ductory biology  courses).  At  least  two  of  thes 
must  be  from  the  series  of  courses  BIO  222, 
224,  225,  321,  or  323. 

A  minor  in  Environmental  Science  consists 
of  two  introductory  biology  courses  (one  of 
which  must  be  BIO  220),  BIO  224,  two  addi- 
tional courses  numbered  200  or  higher, 
one  course  in  economics  (recommended 
ECON  225),  and  ASTR  102. 

Biology  majors  who  minor  in  Environmen- 
tal Science  must  complete  all  requirements  of 
the  biology  major.  In  addition,  they  need  to 
complete  BIO  220,  BIO  401,  ECON  225, 
ASTR  1 1 2,  and  one  course  selected  from  eithe 
ECON  240,  SOC  229,  or  an  advanced  biology 
course  (328  or  higher). 

Clean  Water  Institute 

This  institute  is  designed  to  provide  a  forufi 
for  the  natural  resource  heritage  of  North  Centr^ 
Pennsylvania,  the  Susquehanna  River  and  its 
major  tributaries  (Pine,  Loyalsock,  Lycoming, 
and  Muncy  Creeks).  The  institute  provides  a 
service  not  only  to  Lycoming  College  students 
through  coordination  of  Environmental  intern- 
ships, practica  (BIO  401)  and  independent 
study/honors  projects,  but  also  the  community 
This  may  include  seminars  or  workshops  on 


o 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOd 


BIOLOGY 

• 


jnvironmental  issues  as  well  as  monitoring 
issistance  to  watershed  groups. 

106 

:ells.  genes  and  society 

This  course  investigates  the  roles  cellular 
phenomena,  genes  and  biotechnology  play  in 
everyday  life.  The  primary  goal  of  this  course 
s  to  improve  recognition  and  understanding 
Df  the  implications  of  biology  in  health  care, 
igriculture,  law,  bioethics,  and  business. 
Credit  may  not  he  earned  for  both  BIO  106 
2nd  110.  BIO  106  is  not  a  prerequisite  for 
810  107.   Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one- 
^.hree  hour  lab  per  week. 

107 

\NATOMY  FOR  HEALTH 
CARE  CONSUMERS 

This  course  is  a  brief  survey  of  human 
anatomy  and  physiology,  which  includes  study 
3f  the  complementary  nature  of  form  and 
Function,  as  well  as  study  of  the  levels  of 
biological  organization  within  the  body.  The 
objective  is  to  provide  students  with  a  back- 
ground which  will  allow  them  to  read,  compre- 
hend, and  appreciate  current  articles  on  this 
subject  in  the  popular  press.    Students  learn 
the  names,  structure,  and  general  functions  of 
the  major  organs  of  the  body.  Animal  dissec- 
tion is  optional.  Credit  may  not  be  earned  for 
both  BIO  107  and  111.  BIO  106  is  not  a  pre- 
requisite for  BIO  107.   Three  hours  of  lecture 
and  one-three  hour  laboratory  per  week. 

110-111 

INTRODUCTION  TO  BIOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  biology 
designed  for  students  planning  to  major  in  the 
biological  sciences.  Major  topics  considered 
include  the  origin  of  life,  cellular  respiration 
and  photosynthesis,  genetics,  development, 
anatomy  and  physiology,  ecology,  behavior, 
and  evolution.   Credit  may  not  be  earned  for 
both  BIO  106  and  110  or  for  both  BIO  107 
and  111.   Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory-  per  week. 

I 

2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG  ■ 


213-214 

HUMAN  ANATOMY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY 

Using  the  organ-systems  approach,  the 
course  is  an  introduction  to  the  human  body  — 
its  anatomy,  physiology,  and  normal  develop- 
ment —  with  particular  attention  to  structure 
and  function  at  all  levels  of  its  biological 
organization  (molecular  through  organismal). 
Three  hours  of  lecture,  and  one  three-hour 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM 
115  or  220,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

220 

ENVIRONMENTAL  BIOLOGY 

This  course  provides  an  introduction  to  eco- 
logical principles  and  concepts  with  an  exami- 
nation of  the  biological  basis  of  contemporary 
environmental  problems.  The  effects  of  human 
population  on  earth's  resources  are  studied 
against  a  background  of  biological  and  health 
sciences.  This  course  is  designed  primarily  for 
students  not  planning  to  major  in  the  biological 
sciences.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one  three- 
hour  laboratory  per  week.  Pre-requisite:  BIO 
110.  This  course  is  not  a  substitute  for  BIO  111 
for  majors. 

222 
GENETICS 

A  general  consideration  of  the  principles 
governing  inheritance,  including  treatment  of 
classical,  molecular,  cytological,  physiology, 
microbial,  human,  and  population  genetics. 
Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
BIO  110-111. 

224 
ECOLOGY 

The  study  of  the  principles  of  ecology  with 
emphasis  on  the  role  of  chemical,  physical, 
and  biological  factors  affecting  the  distribu- 
tion and  succession  of  plant  and  animal 
populations  and  communities.  Included  will 
be  field  studies  of  local  habitats  as  well  as 
laboratory  experimentation.  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  BIO  1 10-1 1 1. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


BIOLOGY 


225 

PLANT  SCffiNCES 

A  survey  of  the  structure,  development, 
function,  classification,  and  use  of  plants  and 
related  organisms.  The  study  will  comprise 
four  general  topic  areas:  form,  including 
morphology  and  anatomy  of  plants  in  growth 
and  reproduction;  function,  concentrating  on 
nutrition  and  metabolism  peculiar  to  photosyn- 
thetic  organisms;  classification  systems  and 
plant  identification,  and  human  uses  of  plants. 
Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one  three  hour  lab- 
oratory per  week.  Prerequisite:  BIO  110-111. 

226 

MICROBIOLOGY  FOR 
THE  HEALTH  SCIENCES 

A  study  of  microorganisms  with  emphasis 
given  to  their  taxonomy  and  their  role  in  various 
aspects  of  human  infectious  disease.  Mechanisms 
for  treating  and  preventing  infectious  diseases 
will  be  presented.  Laboratory  to  include  diagnos- 
tic culture  procedures,  antibiotic  sensitivity 
testing,  serology,  anaerobic  techniques  and  a 
study  of  hemolytic  reactions.  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  One  year  of  introductory  level 
biology,  one  year  of  chemistry  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
received  creditfor  BIO  321. 

321 

MICROBIOLOGY 

A  study  of  microorganisms.  Emphasis  is  given 
to  the  identification  and  physiology  of  microor- 
ganisms as  well  as  to  their  role  in  disease,  their 
economic  importance,  and  industrial  applica- 
tions. Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  BIO 
110-111.  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
received  creditfor  BIO  226. 

323 

HUMAN  PHYSIOLOGY 

The  mechanisms  and  functions  of  systems, 
including  the  autonomic,  endocrine,  digestive, 
cardiovascular,  respiratory,  renal,  nervous, 
and  reproductive  systems.  Three  hours  of 


lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  weS 
Prerequisite:  BIO  110-111. 


328 

AQUATIC  BIOLOGY 

A  field-oriented  course  dealing  with  freshwate 
ecosystems.  Studies  will  include  a  survey  of  th 
plankton,  benthos,  and  fish — as  well  as  the 
physical  and  chemical  characteristics  of  water  \h 
influence  their  distribution.  Several  local  field 
trips  and  an  extended  field  trip  to  a  field  statioi 
will  familiarize  students  with  the  diversity  of 
habitats  and  techniques  of  limnologists.  Alternate 
years.  Prerequisites:  BIO  110-111. 


329 


i 


TROPICAL  MARINE  BIOLOGY 

A  field-oriented  course  where  students  stud 
the  creatures  of  the  fringing  reefs,  barrier  reefs 
lagoons,  turtlegrass  beds  and  mangrove  swamj 
at  a  tropical  marine  laboratory.  Studies  will 
include  survey  of  plankton,  invertebrates,  and 
fish  as  well  as  the  physical  and  chemical 
characteristics  that  influence  their  distribution 
Prerequisite:  BIO  110-111.  Alternate  May 
terms. 

333 

MEDICINAL  AND  POISONOUS  PLANTS 

An  overview  of  plants  that  produce  physio- 
logically active  substances  that  are  important  t( 
humans  and  animals.  Major  themes  include: 
Mechanisms  and  symptoms  of  poisoning,  and 
plant  chemicals  with  useful  physiological 
effects.  Laboratory  topics  include  plant 
classification  and  techniques  for  compound 
identification.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  per  week.   Prerequisites 
BIO  1 10-11 1,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alter- 
nate years. 

334 

INVERTEBRATE  ZOOLOGY 

Comparative  study  of  the  invertebrate  phyU 
with  emphasis  on  phylogeny,  physiology, 
morphology,  and  ecology.  Two  three-hour 
lecture/laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequi 
site:  BIO  110-111.  Alternate  years. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


BIOLOGY 

• 


38 

[UMAN  ANATOMY 

An  upper-division  elective  course  whicii 
ses  a  combined  organ-system  and  regional 
pproach  to  the  study  of  human  anatomy.  The 
burse  includes  lecture,  laboratory  and 
idividual  and/or  group  mini-projects, 
'omputer  simulated  dissection  software 
Packages  are  used  extensively.  Video  presenta- 
lons  of  cadaver  dissections  and  a  video  disk 
if  cross-sectional  anatomy  are  available  for 
tudy.  Prerequisites:  BIO  1 10  and  1 1 1. 

140 

>LANT  ANIMAL  INTERACTIONS 

An  investigation  of  different  herbivorous 
inimals,  plant  defenses,  and  how  herbivores 
nfluence  plants.  Topics  include  evolution  of 
lerbivores  and  plants,  effects  of  herbivory  on 
ndividuals  and  communities,  and  types  of 
)lant  defenses.  We  will  also  discuss  how 
mimals  deal  with  plant  defenses,  the  advan- 
ages  and  disadvantages  of  monophagous  and 
3olyphagous  lifestyles,  different  types  of 
lerbivores  and  herbivore  damage,  and 
mutualisms  between  plants  and  their  herbi- 
vores.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one  three- 
hour  laboratory  per  week.   Prerequisites: 
BIO  }  10-1 II,  or  consent  of  instructor  Alter- 
nate years. 

341 

VERTEBRATE  EMBRYOLOGY 

A  study  of  the  development  of  vertebrates 
from  fertilization  to  the  fully  formed  fetus. 
Particular  attention  is  given  to  the  chick  and 
human  as  representative  organisms.  Two  three- 
hour  lecture/laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  BIO  1 10-111.  Alternate  years. 

342 

ANIMAL  BEHAVIOR 

A  study  of  causation,  function,  evolution, 
and  biological  significance  of  animal  behav- 
iors in  their  normal  environment  and  social 
contexts.   Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one  four- 
hour  laboratory  each  week.  Prerequisite: 
BIO  110-111.  Alternate  years. 


346 

VIROLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  viruses.  The 
course  will  cover  virus  anatomy  and  reproduc- 
tion, diseases  caused  by  viruses,  modern 
treatments  of  viral  infections  and  viral  vaccines 
produced  by  recombinant  DN  A  and  other 
technologies.  Course  content  will  also  include  a 
description  of  how  viruses  are  used  as  tools  for 
genetic  engineering  and  for  studying  cellular 
processes  like  membrane  signal  transduction, 
regulation  of  genetic  expression  and  oncogenesis 
(cancer).  Four  hours  of  lecture  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  BIO  IIO-III  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Alternate  years. 

347 
IMMUNOLOGY 

The  course  introduces  concepts  concerning 
how  pathogens  cause  disease  and  host  defense 
mechanisms  against  infectious  diseases.  Charac- 
terization of  and  relationships  between  antigens, 
haptens,  and  antibodies  are  presented.  Serologi- 
cal assays  will  include:  agglutination,  precipita- 
tions, immunofluorescence, 
immunoeletrophoresis,  and  complement 
fixation.  Other  topics  are:  immediate  and 
delayed  hypersensitivities  (i.e.  allergies  such  as 
hay  fever  and  poison  ivy),  immunological  renal 
diseases,  immunohematology  (blood  groups, 
etc),  hybridome  technology,  the  chemistry  and 
function  of  complement,  autoimmunity,  and 
organ  graft  rejection  phenomena.  Three  hours  of 
lecture,  one  three-hour  laboratory,  and  one  hour 
of  arranged  work  per  week.  Prerequisite:  BIO 
110-111.  Alternate  years. 

348 
ENDOCRINOLOGY 

This  course  begins  with  a  survey  of  the  role 
of  the  endocrine  hormones  in  the  integration  of 
body  functions.  This  is  followed  by  a  study  of 
the  control  of  hormone  synthesis  and  release, 
and  a  consideration  of  the  mechanisms  by 
which  hormones  accomplish  their  effects  on 
target  organs.   Two  three-hour  lecture/labora- 
tory periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  BIO  110- 
111.  Alternate  years. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


BIOLOGY 


400 

BIOLOGY  PRACTICUM 

A  work-oriented  experience  for  junior  or 
senior  biology  majors  jointly  sponsored  by  the 
Department  and  a  public  or  private  agency. 
The  practicum  is  designed  to  integrate 
classroom  theory  with  field  or  laboratory 
practice.  In  addition  to  attendance  at  a  weekly 
seminar,  students  will  spend  10-12  hours  per 
week  at  the  sponsoring  agency.  Academic 
work  will  include,  but  is  not  limited  to:  a  log, 
readings,  recitation  and  an  assigned  research 
paper  related  to  the  specific  agency's  activi- 
ties. May  be  repeated  once  for  credit  with 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

401 

ENVIRONMENTAL  PRACTICUM 
A  work-oriented  experience  for  junior  or 
senior  students  interested  in  environmental 
science.  Students  work  on  projects  jointly 
sponsored  by  the  Clean  Water  Institute  and  a 
public  or  private  agency.  The  practicum  is 
designed  to  integrate  classroom  theory  with 
field  and/or  laboratory  practice.  In  addition  to 
attendance  at  a  weekly  seminar,  students 
spend  10-12  hours  per  week  at  the  sponsoring 
agency  or  project.  Academic  work  includes, 
but  is  not  limited  to  a  log,  readings,  recitation 
and  an  assigned  research  paper  related  to  the 
specific  agency  or  project  activity.  May  be 
repeated  once  for  credit  with  permission  of  the 
instructor. 

430 

COMPARATIVE  ANATOMY 
OF  VERTEBRATES 

Detailed  examination  of  the  origins, 
structure,  and  functions  of  the  principal  organs 
of  the  vertebrates.  Special  attention  is  given 
to  the  progressive  modification  of  organs  from 
lower  to  higher  vertebrates.  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  BIO  110-111.  Alternate  years. 

431 

HISTOLOGY 

A  study  of  the  basic  body  tissues  and  the 
microscopic  anatomy  of  the  organs  and 


structures  of  the  body  which  are  formed  fror 
them.  Focus  is  on  normal  human  histology.  | 
Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one  four-hour       , 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  BIO  110\ 
111.  Alternate  years. 

435 

CELL  BIOLOGY 

An  intensive  study  of  the  cell  as  the  basic  uni 
of  life.  Topics  will  include:  origins  of  cellular 
life,  biochemistry  of  the  cell,  enzymatic  reac- 
tions, cellular  membranes,  intracellular  commun 
nication,  the  cell  cycle,  the  cytoskeleton  and  cell 
motility,  protein  sorting,  distribution  and  secretion 
Prerequisites:  BIO  110-111  and  one  semester  of  i 
organic  chemistry.  Alternate  years. 

436 

EVOLUTION 

The  study  of  the  origin  and  modification  ol 
life  on  earth.  Topics  discussed  include  molecm 
lar  evolution,  population  genetics,  gene  flow, 
natural  selection,  sexual  selection,  kin  selection, 
neutral  theory,  extinction,  co-evolution,  and 
the  evolution  of  man.  Four  hours  of  lecture    ' 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  BIO  110-111,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 
437 
MOLECULAR  BIOLOGY 

An  in-depth  analysis  of  fundamental 
cellular  information  flow  processes  with 
particular  emphasis  on  how  these  processes 
have  been  harnessed  in  the  laboratory, 
resulting  in  technologies  such  as  DNA  cloning 
and  sequencing,  the  Polymerase  Chain 
Reaction  (PCR),  genetic  testing,  gene  therapy, 
genetic  engineering,  DNA  forensics,  and 
construction  of  gene  libraries.  Two  hours  of 
lecture,  a  one-hour  lab  and  a  three-hour  lab 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  BIO  110-111  and  ond, 
semester  of  organic  chemistry. 

439 

MEDICAL  GENETICS 

This  course  is  concerned  with  the  relation- 
ships of  heredity  to  disease.  Discussions  will 
focus  on  topics  such  as  chromosomal  abnor- 
malities, metabolic  variation  and  disease, 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


BIOLOGY 


omatic  cell  genetics,  genetic  screening,  and 

mmunogenetics.  Laboratory  exercises  will 

iffer  practical  experiences  in  genetic  diagnos- 

ic  techniques.  Prerequisite:  BIO  110-111. 

Aay  term  only. 

\ 
140 

PARASITOLOGY  AND 

VIEDICAL  ENTOMOLOGY 

The  biology  of  parasites  and  parasitism. 
Studies  on  the  major  groups  of  animal  parasites 
ind  anthropod  vectors  of  disease  will  involve 
axonomy  and  life  cycles.  Emphasis  will  be 
nade  on  parasites  of  medical  and  veterinary 
Importance.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one 
hree-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
BIO  110-111.  Alternate  years. 

444 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis  is  given  to  the  metabolism  of 
:arbohydrates,  lipids,  amino  acids,  proteins, 
and  nucleic  acids;  integration  of  metabolism; 
and  biochemical  control  mechanisms,  includ- 
ing allosteric  control,  induction,  repression, 
signal  transduction  as  well  as  the  various 
types  of  inhibitive  control  mechanisms.  Three 
hours  of  lecture,  one  three-hour  laboratory 
and  one  hour  of  arranged  work  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  CHEM  221,  or  consent  of 
instructor.   Cross-listed  as  CHEM  444. 
Alternate  years. 

445 

RADIATION  BIOLOGY 

A  study  of  the  effects  of  ionizing  and  non- 
ionizing radiations  on  cells,  tissues  and  organ- 
isms. Consideration  will  be  given  to  repair 
mechanisms  and  how  repair  deficiencies 
elucidate  the  nature  of  radiation  damage.  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laborato- 
ry per  week.  Prerequisites:  BIO  1 10-1 1 1, 
one  year  of  chemistry.  Alternate  years. 

446 

PLANT  PHYSIOLOGICAL  ECOLOGY 
A  study  of  plant  resource  acquisition  in  the 


face  of  competing  neighbors  and  the  quickly 
changing  global  environment.  The  course  will 
focus  on  how  differences  in  the  environment 
affect  plant  water  use,  carbon  dioxide  acquisi- 
tion, light  capture  and  nutrient  uptake.  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  Bio  1 10-1 1 1  and  225. 
Alternate  years 

349  &  449 

BIOLOGY  COLLOQUIUM 

This  course  offers  the  student  a  chance  to 
become  familiar  with  research  in  the  biological 
sciences  using  techniques  such  as  meeting  and 
talking  with  active  researchers,  reading  a  nd 
critically  analyzing  the  current  literature,  and 
discussing  the  ideas  and  methods  shaping 
biology.  Students  will  be  required  to  read  and 
analyze  specific  papers,  actively  participate  in 
discussions.  Biology  majors  with  junior  and 
senior  standing  are  required  to  successfully 
complete  colloquim  during  all  semesters  on 
campus  except  for  semesters  when  student 
teaching.  The  grade  will  be  P/F.  Non-credit 
course.   One  hour  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
biology  majors  with  junior  or  senior  class 
standing. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Recent  samples  of  internships  in  the 
department  include  ones  with  the  Department  of 
Environmental  Resources,  nuclear  medicine  or 
rehabilitative  therapies  at  a  local  hospital. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Departmental  studies  are  experimentally- 
oriented  and  may  entail  either  lab  or  field  work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 
Examples  of  recent  honors  projects  have 
involved  stream  analysis,  gypsy  moth 
research,  drug  synthesis  and  testing. 


2(K)2-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

(BUS) 

Associate  Professors:  Toncar,  Weaver 
Assistant  Professor:  Stemgold  (Chairperson) 
Part-time  Instructor:  Larrabee 

This  major  is  designed  to  educate  students 
about  business  and  management  functions  in 
both  commercial  and  non-commercial 
organizations.  The  program  provides  a  well- 
balanced  preparation  for  a  wide  variety  of 
professions  and  careers,  including  banking, 
financial  services,  small  business  manage- 
ment, marketing,  sales,  advertising,  retailing, 
general  management,  supervision,  invest- 
ments, human  resources  management,  and 
management  information  systems.  The  major 
is  also  appropriate  for  students  who  plan  to 
attend  graduate  school  in  business  or  related 
fields,  such  as  law  or  public  administration. 

All  students  majoring  in  Business  Admin- 
istration must  complete  the  ten  core  courses 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


and  at  least  one  of  the  four  tracks  listed  below.' 

Core  courses  required  of  all  majors: 

ACCT  110;  BUS  223,  228,  235,  244,  312, 
320,  338,  441;  ECON  110  or  1 1 1.  Statistics  is 
also  required. 

Track  requirements: 

1.  General  Management: 

ACCT  130  or  223;  BUS  449;  two 
courses  from  BUS  330,  332,  343,  344,       | 
345,  429 

2.  Financial  Management: 

ACCT  130  or  223;  BUS  339;  two  courses  | 
from  BUS  340,  345,  435,  ECON  220 

3.  Marketing  Management: 

BUS  319,  342,  429;  one  course  from  BUS 
332,  343,  344,  444  , 

4.  International  Business  Management: 
Two  courses  selected  from  BUS  319,  330, 
435;  ECON  343;  PSCI  225;  one  course 
selected  from  ECON  240,  PSCI  221,  PSCI 
327;  and  two  higher-numbered  language 
courses  beyond  those  used  to  meet  the 
foreign  language  distribution  requirement. 


o 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


lajors  in  the  International  Business  Manage- 
lent  track  are  encouraged  to  minor  in  a 
)reign  language.  Additionally,  it  is  the 
xpectation,  though  not  a  requirement,  that 
ley  will  complete  a  practicum  or 
itemship  relating  to  international  business, 
referably  in  a  foreign  country. 

Minors 

The  department  offers  three  minors: 
( 1 )  general  management, 
I  (2)  financial  management,  and 

(3)  marketing  management. 

.  General  Management: 

Students  are  required  to  complete  BUS 
228,  244,  and  any  three  unit  courses  in  the 
department,  two  of  which  must  be  num- 
bered 300  or  higher.  Students  may  substi- 
tute two  half-unit  courses  numbered  300  or 
higher  for  one  unit  course  numbered  300  or 
higher. 

1.  Financial  Management: 

Students  are  required  to  complete  BUS 
338,  339,  340,  ECON  220  and  either 
ECON  441  or  BUS  345. 

\.  Marketing  Management: 

Students  are  required  to  take  BUS  228, 
and  any  four  from:  BUS  319,  332,  342, 
343,  344,  429,  444. 

nternships 

Through  BUS  439,  Business  Practicum, 
ind  BUS  325,  International  Internship,  the 
iepartment  offers  a  wide  variety  of  U.S.  and 
ntemational  internships  with  businesses, 
government  agencies  and  nonprofit  organiza- 
ion.  In  addition,  the  department  is  a  member 
)f  the  institute  for  Management  Studies,  which 
ilso  offers  internships,  including  several  full- 
ime  paid  internships  during  the  summer. 

Recommended  Courses 

All  majors  and  minors  are  encouraged  to 
;omplete  a  selection  of  the  following  courses: 
•  ACCT  130  Accounting  for  Managerial 
Decision-Making  (Track  3  majors) 


•  BUS  235  Legal  Principles  I 

•  ECON  1 10  Principles  of  Macroeconomics 
and  1 1 1  Principles  of  Microeconomics 

•  COMM  21 1  Public  Speaking  and  Group 
Communication,  323  Feature  Writing  for 
Special  Audiences,  and  235  Writing  and 
Speaking  in  Business  and  the  Professions 

•  PHIL  216  Philosophical  Issues  in  Business 

•  PSCI  1 10  Government  and  Politics  in  the 
United  States 

Writing  Intensive  Courses 

The  following  courses  satisfy  the  cultural 
diversity  requirement:  BUS  244  and  319.  The 
following  courses,  when  scheduled  as  W 
courses,  count  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:  BUS  340,  342,  344,  and  441. 

Institute  for  Management  Studies 

The  Department  of  Business  Administration 
is  a  member  of  the  Institute  for  Management 
Studies.  See  page  115. 

112 

BUSINESS  AND  SOCIETY 

A  critical  examination  of  the  role  of  business  in 
modem  society.  Topics  include  the  social  and 
economic  roles  of  business  management 
techniques  by  commercial  and  non-commercial 
organizations  (e.g.,  banks,  manufacturers,  retail 
stores,  hospitals),  and  business  careers  and 
functions.  Designed  for  students  considering 
majors  or  minors  in  business,  and  for  non-majors 
seeking  a  broad  understanding  of  business.  May 
not  be  taken  for  credit  by  students  who  have 
successfully  completed  four  or  more  courses 
in  BUS. 

223 

QUANTITATIVE  BUSINESS  ANALYSIS 

A  study  of  the  opportunities  and  shortcom- 
ings of  a  quantitative  approach  to  managerial 
decision-making.  Using  hand-computed  and 
computer  generated  decisional  models,  students 
explore  quantitative  applications  to  quality 
control,  resource  allocation,  inventory  control, 
decisional  analysis,  network  scheduling,  forecast- 
ing, and  other  topics.  Prerequisite:  Statistics, 
or  consent  of  instructor. 


1002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


228 

MARKETING  PRINCIPLES 

A  study  of  the  methods  used  by  business  and 
nonprofit  organizations  to  design,  price, 
promote  and  distribute  their  products  and 
services.  Topics  include  new  product  develop- 
ment, advertising,  retailing,  consumer  behavior, 
marketing  strategy,  ethical  issues  in  marketing 
and  others.  Readings,  case  studies,  library 
assignments  and  team  research  projects. 

235 

LEGAL  PRINCIPLES  I 

Lectures  and  analyses  of  cases  on  the 
nature,  sources,  and  fundamentals  of  the  law 
in  general,  and  particularly  as  relating  to 
contracts,  agency,  and  negotiable  instruments. 

236 

LEGAL  PRINCIPLES  II 

Lectures  on  the  fundamentals  and  history 
of  the  law  relating  to  legal  association,  real 
property,  wills,  and  estates. 

244 

MANAGEMENT  AND 
ORGANIZATIONAL  BEHAVIOR 

A  study  of  the  complex  character  of  organi- 
zational life  and  the  discipline  and  process  of 
management.  Topics  include  the  evolution  and 
scope  of  organizations  and  management,  plan- 
ning, organizing,  leading,  and  controlling. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  importance  of  man- 
aging in  a  global  environment,  understanding 
the  ethical  implications  of  managerial  decisions, 
and  appreciating  work  place  diversity. 

312 

HUMAN  RESOURCE  MANAGEMENT 

A  study  of  the  recruitment,  selection, 
development,  compensation,  retention, 
evaluation,  and  promotion  of  personnel  within 
an  organization.  Emphasis  is  on  understand- 
ing these  major  activities  performed  by 
Human  Resource  Management  professionals 
as  organizations  deal  with  increased  laws  and 
regulations,  the  proliferation  of  lawsuits 
related  to  Human  Resources,  changes  in  work 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


force  characteristics,  and  an  increasingly 
competitive  work  environment,  one-half  unit  i 
of  credit.  Prerequisite:  BUS  244  or  consent  oj 
instructor. 

319 

INTERNATIONAL  MARKETING 

An  investigation  of  the  challenges  of  doing 
business  in  an  increasingly  global  environ- 
ment. Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
cultural  and  social  diversity  of  international 
markets.  Examines  the  marketing  strategies  ol 
global  firms,  and  the  challenges  of  interna- 
tional pricing,  distribution,  advertising  and 
product  development.  Prerequisite:  BUS  228' 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

320 

MANAGEMENT  INFORMATION 
SYSTEMS 

A  study  of  computer  information  systems 
and  digital  networks  from  the  perspective  of 
business  managers  and  other  end-users.  Topic; 
include  the  components  and  functions  of 
management  information  systems,  personal 
productivity  applications,  distributed  networks 
and  communication  systems  (including  the 
Internet  and  World  Wide  Web),  database 
management,  electronic  commerce  and  other 
emerging  technologies  and  business  applica- 
tions. One-half  unit  of  credit.  Prerequisite: 
BUS  244  or  consent  of  instructor. 

325 

INTERNATIONAL  INTERNSHIP 

A  seven  week  overseas  internship  experi- 
ence, supervised  on  site  by  a  member  of  the 
Lycoming  College  faculty.  The  course 
includes  an  internship  with  an  organization  in 
the  host  country,  and  a  program  of  activities 
designed  to  familiarize  the  student  with  the 
cultural,  political  and  legal  environment  of  the 
host  country.  These  activities  include  semi- 
nars, guest  lecturers,  visits  to  centers  of 
government  and  to  sites  of  cultural  and/or 
historical  importance.  Previous  internships 
have  included:  The  Prince's  Youth  Business 


o 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


list.  The  Oxfordshire  Chamber  of  Com- 
erce,  Oxford  Brookes  University,  Critchley's 
bartered  Accountants,  Oxfam  U.K.,  Spires 
temational  and  FPD  Savills  International;  all 
cated  in  Oxford,  England.  Previous  programs 
the  U.K.  have  included  visits  to  the  House 
'  Parliament,  Windsor  Castle  and  Stone- 
;nge,  as  well  as  weekend  trips  to  Dublin, 
iland  and  Paris,  France.  Open  to  business 
id  non-business  majors  and  may  be  taken  for 
ur  to  eight  semester  hours  of  credit.  Prereq- 
site:  consent  of  instructor.  Summer  term 
\ly.  May  he  repeated  for  credit,  provided  that 
e  16-credit  limit  for  practica,  internships, 
id  /or  student  teaching  is  not  exceeded. 

10 

JTERNATIONAL  MANAGEMENT 

A  study  of  the  dynamic  process  of  applying 
anagement  concepts  and  techniques  in  a 
ultinational  environment.  Topics  include 
obal  strategy  and  competitiveness,  the 
iltural  context,  intercultural  communications, 
ganizational  behavior  and  human  resource 
anagement,  and  ethics  and  social  responsi- 
lity.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  managing 
ganizational  cultures  and  diversity  and  the 
ivironment  for  international  management. 
^requisite:  BUS  244  or  consent  of  instructor 

\2 

DVERTISING  AND  PROMOTION 
How  businesses  and  other  institutions 
omote  their  products  to  consumers.  The 
le  of  advertising  and  promotion  in  the 
arketing  strategy  of  the  firm  in  investigated, 
id  the  effects  of  different  promotional  tools 
id  advertising  techniques  is  discussed. 
rerequisite:  BUS  228  or  consent  of 
structor. 


338 

FUNDAMENTALS  OF  FINANCIAL 

MANAGEMENT 

A  study  of  the  fundamental  theory,  tools, 
and  methods  of  financial  management.  Topics 
include  the  mathematics  of  finance,  working 
capital  management,  capital  budgeting,  and 
analysis  of  financial  statements.  Prerequisites: 
ACCT 1 10  and  Statistics,  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

339 

INTERMEDIATE  FINANCIAL 
MANAGEMENT 

An  intensive  study  of  issues  and  applica- 
tions of  financial  management.  Topics  covered 
include  international  finance,  ethics,  capital 
structures,  cost  of  capital,  financial  analysis  and 
forecasting.  Extensive  use  of  directed  and  non- 
directed  cases.  Prerequisite:  BUS  338  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

340 

INVESTMENTS 

An  introduction  to  the  financial  sector  of  the 
economy  and  the  structure  and  functions  of 
financial  markets  and  the  agencies  involved; 
brokerage  houses  and  stock  exchanges;  the 
various  types  of  investments  available.  Tech- 
niques used  to  evaluate  financial  securities. 
Also  covered  are  recent  developments  in 
investment  theory.  Prerequisite:  BUS  338  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

342 

MARKETING  RESEARCH 

This  is  a  study  of  the  principles  and  practices 
of  marketing  research.  The  focus  is  on  the 
development  and  application  of  marketing 
research  studies.  Topics  covered  include 
selection  of  a  research  design,  project  planning 
and  scheduling,  data  specification  and  gathering, 
quantitative  methods  to  analyze  data,  inter- 
pretation of  data,  and  research  report  writing. 
Reading,  cases,  and  research  project.  Prerequi- 
site: BUS  228  and  Statistics,  or  consent  of 
instructor. 


D2-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


343 

RETAIL  AND  SERVICES  MARKETING 
A  study  of  marketing  practices  by  com- 
panies that  directly  sell  goods  and  services  to 
consumers,  such  as  department  stores,  restau- 
rants, mail-order  firms,  banks  hospitals  and 
accounting  practices.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  methods  used  by  organizations  to  attract 
and  satisfy  their  customers  and  clients.  Prereq- 
uisite: BUS  228  or  consent  of  instructor. 

344 

ELECTRONIC  COMMERCE  AND 
INTERNET  MARKETING 

A  study  of  Internet  marketing,  electronic 
commerce,  and  related  business  uses  of  the 
Internet  and  Web.  Topics  include  the  chal- 
lenges of  developing,  managing,  and  market- 
ing commercial  web  sites  and  online  stores;  the 
growing  use  of  company  intranets,  extranets  and 
virtual  teams  to  improve  communic-  ations, 
collaboration,  and  business  performance;  and 
the  effects  of  electronic  commerce  on  con- 
sumers, competition  and  marketing  practices. 
Students  also  study  social  links  to  electronic 
commerce,  such  as  the  privacy  and  security 
concerns  of  online  customers,  and  the  chal- 
lenges of  electronic  commerce  to  more 
traditional  industries,  occupations,  and  local 
business  and  communities.  Prerequisite:  BUS 
228  or  consent  of  instructor. 

345 

nNANCIAL  STATEMENT  ANALYSIS 

Deals  with  the  analysis  of  financial  state- 
ments as  an  aid  to  decision  making.  The  theme 
of  the  course  is  understanding  the  financial  data 
which  are  analyzed  as  well  as  the  methods  by 
which  they  are  analyzed  and  interpreted.  This 
course  should  prove  of  value  to  all  who  need  a 
thorough  understanding  of  the  uses  to  which 
financial  statements  are  put  as  well  as  to  those 
who  must  know  how  to  use  them  intelligently 
and  effectively.  This  includes  accountants, 
security  analysts,  lending  officers,  credit 
analysts,  managers,  and  all  others  who  make 


decisions  on  the  basis  of  financial  data. 
Prerequisite:  A  CCT 110. 

429 

MARKETING  STRATEGY 

A  study  of  the  methods  used  by  business 
and  nonprofit  organizations  to  analyze  and 
select  target  markets,  and  then  to  develop 
strategies  for  gaining  and  maintaining  these 
customers.  Topics  include  competitive 
strategy,  market  segmentation,  product 
positioning,  business  demographics  and 
marketing-related  financial  analysis.  Read- 
ings, case  studies,  library  assignments  and 
computer  exercises.  Prerequisites:  BUS  228\ 
and  Statistics,  or  consent  of  instructor  j 

435 

INTERNATIONAL  FINANCL\L 
MANAGEMENT 

A  study  of  the  environment  and  methods  ( 
international  financial  management.  Topics 
include  international  financial  markets  and 
instruments,  analysis  of  capital  budgeting  anc 
investment  abroad,  multinational  working 
capital  management,  and  foreign  exchange 
and  other  risk.  Prerequisite:  BUS  338,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

439 

BUSINESS  PRACTICUM 

This  course  provides  students  with  practical 
work  experience  with  local  companies  and 
organizations.  Students  work  10-12  hours  per 
week  for  their  sponsor  organizations,  in  additici 
to  attending  a  weekly  seminar  on  management  \ 
topics  relevant  to  their  work  assignments.  Sinq 
enrollment  is  limited  by  the  available  number  q 
positions,  students  must  apply  directly  to  the 
business  department  before  preregistration  to  t| 
eligible  for  the  course.  Consent  of  instructor. 

441 

STRATEGIC  MANAGEMENT 

An  intensive  study  of  the  planning  and 
control  of  business  enterprises  designed  to 
build  students'  skills  in  conducting  strategic 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^A 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALC 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


nalysis  in  a  variety  of  industries  and  competi- 
ve  situations.  Tiirough  case  studies,  research, 
resentations,  and  discussions,  students 
xamine  industry  structure,  functional 
trategies,  competitive  challenges  of  a  global 
larketplace,  and  sources  of  sustainable 
ompetitive  advantage.  This  course  is  de- 
igned to  integrate  the  knowledge  and  skills 
ained  from  previous  coursework  in  business 
nd  related  fields.  Prerequisites:  BUS  223, 
28,  244,  312,  320,  and  338,  or  consent  of 
istructor.  Seniors  only. 

44 

APPLIED  MARKETING  RESEARCH 

Students  design,  implement  and  present 
marketing  studies  for  local  businesses  and 
ither  client  organizations.  Depending  on  the 
iroject,  research  methods  may  include 
ustomer  surveys,  focus  groups,  demographic 
tudies  and  computerized  information 
earches.  In  addition,  students  study  market 
esearch  methods  and  problems,  such  as 
lesigning  questionnaires,  selecting  samples, 
letecting  sources  of  bias,  and  presenting 
esults  to  clients.  Prerequisite:  BUS  342  or 
onsent  of  instructor.  May  be  repeated  once 
or  credit  with  consent  of  instructor. 

[46 

>RODUCTION  MANAGEMENT 

An  introduction  to  the  planning,  organiza- 
ion,  and  controlling  of  operations  in  a  produc- 
ion  facility.  The  course  also  incorporates 
[uantitative  techniques  and  computer  applica- 
ions  used  in  the  production  and  operations 
nanagement  environment.  Topics  include 
;apacity  and  layout  planning,  facility  location 
inalysis,  job  design  and  work  measurement, 
)roduction  scheduling,  materials  requirement 
)lanning  models,  and  quality  controls.  Students 
vill  engage  in  the  actual  design  of  an  inventory 
itatus  file  and  MRP  system.  Prerequisite: 
3US  223  or  consent  of  instructor. 


449 

SMALL  BUSINESS  MANAGEMENT  AND 
ENTREPRENEURSHIP 

This  course  provides  the  student  with  the 
information  needed  to  develop  a  business  plan 
for  starting  and  operating  a  small  business 
enterprise.  The  course  focuses  on  the  key 
elements  of  planning  and  the  essential  charac- 
teristics of  small  businesses.  The  discussion 
and  analysis  of  small  business  cases  and  the 
problems/opportunities  facing  small  businesses 
are  used  to  reveal  trends  in  the  small  business 
community  and  the  role  of  government. 
Prerequisites:  ACCT 130  and  BUS  228,  244, 
338;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Recent  projects  include  marketing  analysis 
for  a  paper  products  firm,  planning  a  branch 
store,  real  estate  management  and  banking. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 
Examples  of  recent  studies  are:  the 
economic  impact  of  a  college  on  a  community 
and  marketing  strategy  for  a  local  firm 
entering  the  consumer  market. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 

A  recent  project  was  a  study  of  the  evolution 
of  anti-trust  legislation  in  the  United  States. 


1002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


CHEMISTRY 

• 


CHEMISTRY  (chem) 

Professors:  Franz,  McDonald 
Assistant  Professors: 
Bendorf  (Chairperson-first  semester), 
Mahler  (Chairperson-second  semester) 
Part-time  Assistant  Professor:   Berkheimer 
Part-time  Instructor:   Miller 


The  Department  of  Chemistry  offers 
both  B.A.  and  B.S.  degree  programs,  and  is 
approved  by  the  American  Chemical  Society 
(ACS)  to  certify  those  students  whose 
programs  meet  or  exceed  requirements 
established  by  the  ACS.  Students  who  wish  to 
earn  ACS  certification  must  complete  the 
requirements  for  the  B.S.  degree.  Students 
who  complete  the  ACS  certified  degree  are 
also  eligible  for  admission  to  the  American 
Chemical  Society  following  graduation. 

For  students  planning  on  graduate  study 
in  chemistry,  German  is  the  preferred  foreign 
language  option,  and  additional  courses  in 


advanced  mathematics  and  computer  science 
are  also  recommended. 

The  following  courses,  when  scheduled  as 
W  courses,  count  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:  CHEM  330,  331,  and  332. 

The  B.A.  degree 

To  earn  the  B.A.  degree  a  student  must 
complete  CHEM  110-111,  220-221,  330-331, 
332,  333,  and,  as  a  Capstone  experience,  one 
of  the  following:  CHEM  449,  470,  490  or  the 
Professional  Semester  (EDUC  446,  447  &       ^ 
449);  PHYS  225-226;  and  MATH  128-129. 

The  B.S.  degree 

To  earn  the  B.S.  degree  a  student  must 
complete  the  thirteen  course  major  described 
above  as  well  as  CHEM  443,  CHEM  444,  and 
one  additional  full-credit  course  from  the 
following  list:  any  400-level  CHEM  course; 
PHYS  331  or  above;  BIO  222  or  above; 
MATH  116,  123,  130,  214,  231,  238,  332;  or 
CPTR  125. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


0 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOd 


CHEMISTRY 

• 


lertification  in  Secondary  Education 

A  Chemistry  major  interested  in  becoming 
jrtified  in  secondary  education  in  Chemistry 
id/or  General  Science/Chemistry  should,  as 
irly  as  possible,  consult  the  cuirent  Depart- 
lent  of  Education  Teacher  Education  Hand- 
3ok  and  make  their  plans  known  to  their 
ivisor  and  the  Chair  of  the  Education 
department  so  the  required  courses  can  be 
:heduled  for  the  Professional  Semester.  A 
hemistry  major  who  successfully  completes 
le  Professional  Semester  (EDUC  446,  447  & 
i9)  has  also  satisfied  the  Chemistry  Capstone 
<perience. 

a)  To  be  certified  in  secondary  education 
in  chemistry  a  student  must:  complete 
a  chemistry  major;  pass  two  biology 
courses  numbered  110  or  higher, 
PSY  1 10  and  338,  and  EDUC  200; 
complete  the  Pre-Student  Teaching 
Participation  and  pass  the  Professional 
Semester  (EDUC  446,  447  &  449). 
The  student  may  choose  EDUC  232 
and/or  EDUC  239  as  additional 
Education  electives. 

b)  A  student  interested  in  obtaining 
General  Science/Chemistry  certifica- 
tion must  complete  all  the  require- 
ments for  secondary  certification  in 
chemistry  shown  in  (a)  and  must  also 
pass  any  two  units  from  ASTR  111, 

1 12  or  243.  ASTR  230  is  strongly 
recom  mended  as  an  additional  course. 

linor 

A  minor  in  chemistry  requires  completion 
F  CHEM  110-111,  220-22 1 ,  and  two  CHEM 
3urses  numbered  300  or  higher. 

OO 

HEMISTRY  IN  CONTEXT 

A  science  distribution  course  for  the  non- 
:ience  major.  The  course  will  explore  real- 
'orld  societal  issues  that  have  important 
lemical  components.  Topics  covered  may 
iclude  air  and  water  quality,  the  ozone  layer, 
lobal  warming,  energy,  acid  rain,  nuclear 

l02-()3  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


power,  pharmaceuticals  and  nutrition.  The 
chemistry  knowledge  associated  with  the 
issues  is  built  on  a  need-to-know  basis.  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  one  two-hour  laboratory 
period  each  week.  Not  open  for  credit  to  stu- 
dents who  have  received  credit  for  CHEM  110. 

110 

GENERAL  CHEMISTRY  I 

A  quantitative  introduction  to  the  concepts 
and  models  of  chemistry.  Topics  include 
stoichiometry,  atomic  and  molecular  structure, 
nomenclature,  bonding,  thermochemistry, 
gases,  solutions,  and  chemical  reactions.  The 
laboratory  introduces  the  student  to  methods  of 
separation,  purification,  and  identification  of 
compounds  according  to  their  physical 
properties.  This  course  is  designed  for  students 
who  plan  to  major  in  one  of  the  sciences. 
Three  hours  lecture,  one  hour  of  discussion 
and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  each 
week.  Prerequisite:  MATH  100  or  consent  of 
the  Chemistry  Department. 

Ill 

GENERAL  CHEMISTRY  II 

A  continuation  of  CHEM  1 10,  with  emphasis 
placed  on  the  foundations  of  analytical,  inor- 
ganic, and  physical  chemistry.  Topics  include 
kinetics,  general  and  ionic  equilibria,  acid-base 
theory,  electrochemistry,  thermodynamics, 
nuclear  chemistry,  coordination  chemistry,  and 
descriptive  inorganic  chemistry  of  selected 
elements.  The  laboratory  treats  aspects  of 
quantitative  and  qualitative  inorganic  analysis. 
Three  hours  of  lecture,  one  hour  of  discussion, 
and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  each  week. 
Prerequisite:  CHEM  1 10  or  consent  of  depart- 
ment. 

115 

BRIEF  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY 

A  descriptive  study  of  the  compounds  of 
carbon.  This  course  will  illustrate  the  prin- 
ciples of  organic  chemistry  with  material 
relevant  to  students  in  medical  technology, 
biology,  forestry,  education  and  the  humani- 
ties. Topics  include  nomenclature,  alkanes. 


^» 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


CHEMISTRY 


arenes,  functional  derivatives,  amino  acids  and 
proteins,  carbohydrates  and  otiier  naturally 
occurring  compounds.  This  course  is  designed 
for  students  who  require  only  one  semester  of 
organic  chemistry,  and  is  not  intended  for 
students  planning  to  enroll  in  chemistry  courses 
numbered  200  or  above.  Three  hours  of 
lecture,  one  hour  of  discussion,  and  one  three- 
hour  laboratory  period  each  week.  Prerequisite: 
CHEM  111.  Not  open  for  credit  to  students  who 
have  received  credit  for  CHEM  220. 

220-221 

ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY 

A  systematic  study  of  the  compounds  of 
carbon,  including  both  aliphatic  and  aromatic 
series.  The  laboratory  work  introduces  the 
student  to  simple  fundamental  methods  of 
organic  synthesis,  isolation,  and  analysis. 
Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one  four-hour 
laboratory  period  each  week.  Prerequisite  for 
CHEM  220:  CHEM  HI.  Prerequisite  for 
CHEM  221:  A  grade  ofC-  or  better  in  CHEM 
220. 

330-331 

PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY 

A  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  of 
theoretical  chemistry  and  their  applications. 
The  laboratory  work  includes  techniques  in 
physiochemical  measurements.  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  each 
week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  1 11,  MATH  129, 
and  one  year  of  physics;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

332 

ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY 

A  study  of  the  fundamental  methods  of 
gravimetric,  volumetric  and  elementary  instru- 
mental analysis  together  with  practice  in  lab- 
oratory techniques  and  calculations  of  these 
methods.  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two  three- 
hour  laboratory  periods  each  week.  Prerequisite: 
CHEM  1 1 1  or  consent  of  instructor. 


333 

ADVANCED  INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY 

A  study  of  modem  theories  of  atomic  and 
molecular  structure  and  their  relationship  to  thej 
chemistry  of  selected  elements  and  their 
compounds.   Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one 
four-hour  laboratory  period  each  week.  Pre- 
requisite: CHEM  330,  MATH  129,  and  one 
year  of  physics;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

439 

INTRODUCTION  TO  QUANTUM 
MECHANICS 

After  presenting  the  origin,  basic  concepts,  j 
and  formulation  of  quantum  mechanics  with     j 
emphasis  on  its  physical  meaning,  the  course    ; 
will  investigate  the  free  particle,  simple  harmonid 
oscillator,  and  central-force  problems.  Both 
time-independent  and  time-dependent  perturbai 
tion  theory  will  be  covered.  The  elegant 
operator  formalism  of  quantum  mechanics  will 
conclude  the  course.  Four  hours  of  lecture  anc 
recitation.  Prerequisites:  MATH  231,  either 
CHEM  331  or  PHYS  226,  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Cross-listed  as  PHYS  439. 

440 

ADVANCED  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY 

Theory  and  application  of  modern  synthetic 
organic  chemistry.  Topics  may  include 
oxidation-reduction  processes,  carbon-carbon 
bond  forming  reactions,  functional  group 
transformations,  and  multi-step  syntheses  of 
natural  products  (antibiotics,  antitumor  agents,  i 
and  antiviral  agents).  Three  hours  of  lecture  anc 
one  four-hour  laboratory  period.  Prerequisite: 
CHEM  221. 

442 

SPECTROSCOPY  AND 
MOLECULAR  STRUCTURE 

Theory  and  application  of  the  identification  ol 
organic  compounds.  Special  emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  the  utilization  of  spectroscopic 
techniques  (  H-NMR,  C-NMR,  IR,  UV-VIS, 
and  MS).   Three  of  hours  lecture  and  onefourA 
hour  laboratory  period  each  week.  Prerequi- 
sites: CHEM  221. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALO(! 


CHEMISTRY 

• 


143 

ADVANCED  ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY 

A  study  of  advanced  analytical  methods 
vith  emphasis  on  chromatographic,  electro- 
hemical,  and  spectroscopic  methods  of 
nstrumental  analysis.  Three  hours  lecture 
ind  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  each 
veek.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  331  and  332,  or 
•onsent  of  instructor. 

144 

JIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis  is  given  to  the  metabolism  of 
;arbohydrates,  lipids,  amino  acids,  proteins, 
ind  nucleic  acids;  integration  of  metabolism; 
ind  biochemical  control  mechanisms,  includ- 
ng  allosteric  control,  induction,  repression, 
;ignal  transduction  as  well  as  the  various  types 
)f  inhibitive  control  mechanisms.  Prerequi- 
nte:  CHEM  221,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Oross-listed  as  BIO  444. 

t46 

3RGAN0METALLIC  CHEMISTRY 

An  introduction  to  the  chemistry  of  com- 
pounds containing  metal-carbon  bonds.  Topics 
nclude  structure  and  bonding,  reactions  and 
Tiechanisms,  spectroscopy,  and  applications  to 
Drganic  synthesis.  The  use  of  organometallic 
;ompounds  as  catalysts  in  industrial  processes 
m\\  be  emphasized.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and 
me  four-hour  laboratory  period  each  week. 
Prerequisite:  CHEM  221. 

447 

POLYMER  CHEMISTRY 

An  introduction  to  the  synthesis,  characteri- 
zation, and  applications  of  high  molecular 
weight  materials,  i.e.,  macro-molecules. 
Special  emphasis  will  be  given  to  synthetic 
polymer  systems.   Three  hours  of  lecture,  one 
four-hour  lab  per  week.  Prerequisites:  CHEM 
22 1  and  330,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

348  &  448 

CHEMISTRY  COLLOQUIUM 

A  seminar  in  which  faculty,  students  and 
invited  professional  chemists  discuss  their  own 

2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


research  activities  or  those  of  others  which 
have  appeared  in  recent  chemical  literature. 
Prerequisite:   Three  semesters  of  non-credit 
Chemistry  Colloquium  taken  during  the  junior 
and  senior  years. 

449 

CHEMISTRY  RESEARCH   METHODS 

This  course  focuses  on  the  nature  and 
practice  of  chemistry.  Students  will  conduct 
research  into  a  particular  chemical  problem 
with  a  faculty  research  advisor,  and  will 
explore  different  aspects  of  chemistry  and 
discuss  their  research  in  a  weekly  seminar.  A 
report  on  the  research  will  be  written.  Majors 
are  strongly  encouraged  to  enroll  in  this  course 
in  either  their  junior  or  senior  year.  Prerequi- 
site: CHEM  221  and  consent  of  instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

The  student  will  ordinarily  work  under 
supervision  in  an  industrial  laboratory  and 
submit  a  written  report  on  the  project.  To 
satisfy  the  Chemistry  Capstone  requirement, 
participation  in  the  seminar  portion  of  CHEM 
449  is  required. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

The  student  will  ordinarily  work  on  a 
laboratory  research  project  and  will  write  a 
thesis  on  the  work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

(See  index) 

The  student  will  ordinarily  work  on  a 
laboratory  research  project  with  emphasis  on 
showing  initiative  and  making  a  scholarly 
contribution.  A  thesis  will  be  written.  To 
satisfy  the  Chemistry  Capstone  requirement, 
participation  in  the  seminar  portion  of  CHEM 
449  is  required. 


^» 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


COMMUNICATION 

• 


COMMUNICATION 

Assistant  Professors:  Wild 
Koehn  (Chairperson) 

The  major  in  Communication  seeks  to 
provide  a  foundation  in  communication  theory 
and  media  criticism  as  well  as  expertise  in  a 
particular  area  of  communication.  All 
students  majoring  in  Communication  must 
complete  the  five  courses  listed  in  the  Core 
and  eight  additional  courses  in  one  of  the  three 
areas  of  concentration  listed  below:  four 
required  courses  and  four  elective  courses. 
Sophomores,  juniors,  and  seniors  who  have 
declared  a  major  in  Communication  are 
required  to  enroll  in  and  successfully  complete 
the  non-credit  Media  Arts  Colloquium  during 
each  semester  they  are  on  campus  or  until  they 
have  successfully  completed  at  least  four 
semesters  of  this  noncredit  course.  All 
students  in  this  major  should  consider  electing 
an  internship  before  graduation. 

The  major  in  Communication  enables 
students  to  pursue  employment  and/or 
graduate  studies  in  a  variety  of  fields  includ- 
ing corporate  communication,  public  relations, 
audio  and  video  production,  print  and  broad- 
cast journalism,  professional  media  writing, 
and  media  research  and  analysis. 

All  majors  in  Communication  are  encour- 
aged to  take  advanced  courses  in  a  foreign 
language  and  to  consider  the  following  liberal 
arts  electives:  MATH  123  and/or  courses  in 
Computer  Science;  ART  222  and  223;  courses 
in  contemporary  American  and/or  interna- 
tional history,  economics,  and  political 
science;  and  courses  in  literature  from  the 
Departments  of  Theatre,  English,  and  Foreign 
Languages  and  Literatures. 

The  following  courses,  when  scheduled  as 
W  courses,  count  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:  COMM  211  and  326. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  Communication  consists  of  any 
five  courses  offered  by  the  Communication 


Department  (courses  offered  by  other  depart- 
ments count  only  toward  the  major  in  Commu- 
nication, not  toward  the  minor).  One  of  these 
five  courses  must  be  selected  from  COMM  32 
COMM  348,  or  COMM  440. 

CORE  COURSES  REQUIRED  OF 
ALL  MAJORS 

COMM  110     Communication  Principles 

and  Ethics 
COMM  21 1      Public  Speaking:  Research, 

Principles,  and  Practice 
COMM  326     Media  Criticism  and  Cultural 

Studies:  Literature,  Film,  and 

Television 
COMM  440     Senior  Seminar 
COMM  246,    Media  Arts  Colloquium  346,  44( 
THEA  2 1 2       Multicultural  America  on  Screen 

Majors  must  concentrate  in  one  of  the 
following  three  areas  of  study. 
A.  Corporate  Communication 

Required  for  all  students  in  this  concentration:  i 
COMM  212      Group  Communication  and 

Conflict  Resolution 
COMM  235      Writing  and  Speaking  in 

Business  and  the  Professions 
COMM  324      Public  Relations  Cases  and 

Problem-Solving 
PSCI  436  Mass  Media  Law  and  Regulation 

Elective  choices  for  students  in  this  concen- 
tration must  include  at  least  one  additional        j 
course  in  Communication  as  well  as  one  course 
at  the  300-level  or  above.  Students  may  elect 
to  take  as  many  additional  communication 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


COMMUNICATION 


iourses  as  they  choose.  Elective  courses 
)ffered  by  other  departments  that  may  also  be 
ised  to  fulfill  elective  requirements  in  this 
;oncentration  include  the  following: 
\RT  227  Introduction  to  Photography 

BUS  228  Marketing  Principles 

BUS  244  Organization  and  Management 

BUS  332  Advertising  and  Promotion 

^SCI  210  Communciation  and  Society 

^SY  225  Industrial  and  Organizational 

Psychology 
^SY  324  Social  Psychology 

5.  Electronic  Media 

Required  for  all  students  in  this  concentration: 
rOMM  2 1 8      Audio  Production  for  Radio 
:OMM  223      Basic  Video  Production 
ZOMM  348      Advanced  Video  Production 
rHEA  1 14        Film  Art:  Motion  Picture 
Masterpieces 
Elective  choices  for  students  in  this 
concentration  must  include  at  least  one 
idditional  course  in  Communication  as  well  as 
3ne  course  at  the  300-level  or  above.  Students 
nay  elect  to  take  as  many  additional  communi- 
cation courses  as  they  choose.  Elective 
courses  offered  by  other  departments  that  may 
3e  used  to  fulfill  elective  requirements  in  this 
concentration  include  the  following: 
\KV  227  Introduction  to  Photography 

\RT  343  Computer  Graphics  for  Print 

Media 
A.RT  344  Computer  Graphics  for  Elec- 

tronic Media 

BUS  228  Marketing  Principles 

PSCI  210  Communication  and  Society 

PSCI  436  Mass  Media  Law  and  Regulation 

PSY  324  Social  Psychology 

C.  Media  Writing 

Required  for  all  students  in  this  concentration: 
COMM  225      The  Art  of  Script  Writing 
COMM  229      Print  and  Broadcast  Journalism 
COMM  323      Feature  Writing  for  Special 

Audiences 
PSCI  436  Mass  Media  Law  and  Regulation 

Elective  choices  for  students  in  this  concen- 
tration must  include  at  least  one  additional 
course  in  Communication  as  well  as  one  course 


at  the  300-level  or  above.  Students  may  elect 
to  take  as  many  additional  communication 
courses  as  they  choose.  Elective  courses 
offered  by  other  departments  that  may  be  used 
to  fulfill  elective  requirements  in  this  concen- 
tration include  the  following: 
ART  227  Introduction  to  Photography 

ENGL  2 1 7        Critical  Writing  Seminar 
ENGL  240        Introduction  to  Creative  Writing 
ENGL  321        Advanced  Writing:  Technical 

and  Professional 
ENGL  322        Advanced  Writing:  The 

Creative  Essay 
PSCI  210  Communication  and  Society 

THEA  1 14        Film  Art:  Motion  Picture 

Masterpieces 
110 

COMMUNICATION  PRINCIPLES 
AND  ETHICS 

Introduction  to  the  basic  theories  and 
principles  of  communication  as  they  apply  to 
the  process  of  sending  messages  among 
individuals,  small  groups,  and  mass  audiences. 
Consideration  of  the  ethical  issues  involved  in 
the  communication  process.  Active  learning 
through  readings,  case  studies,  simulations,  oral 
reporting,  and  library  research.  Prerequisite: 
ENGL  105,  or  exemption. 

Ill 

MEDIA  WRITING  PRINCIPLES  WITH 
DESKTOP  PUBLISHING 

Intensive  drill  and  practice  in  desktop 
publishing  and  the  basic  forms  of  media  writing. 
Major  emphasis  on  the  elements  of  lead,  style, 
and  structure.  Designed  for  students  with  little  or 
no  experience  in  desktop  publishing  and  writing 
for  the  media.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107. 

211 

PUBLIC  SPEAKING:  RESEARCH, 
PRINCIPLES,  AND  PRACTICE 

Speaking  extemporaneously  in  a  variety  of 
situations  to  general  as  well  as  targeted 
audiences.  Emphasis  on  researching  and 
solving  problems  having  to  do  with  persuasion 
and  informative  speaking.  Training  in  using 
rhetorical  theory  to  prepare,  deliver,  and 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


COMMUNICATION 


evaluate  the  student's  own  speeches.  Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL  106  or  107. 

212 

GROUP  COMMUNICATION 
AND  CONFLICT  RESOLUTION 

Readings,  case  studies,  simulations,  and 
practice  in  the  methods  of  working  in  groups 
and  in  resolving  conflicts  within  and  between 
groups  in  various  contexts,  including  educa- 
tion, industry,  and  professional  situations. 
Contemporary  theory  and  methods  for 
motivating  and  maintaining  the  productivity  of 
groups  will  be  examined  in  some  detail. 
Prerequisites:  ENGL  106  or  107  and  one  other 
course  in  Communication  (211  recommended). 
Psychology,  Education,  or  Business. 

218 

AUDIO  PRODUCTION  FOR  RADIO  AND 

VIDEO 

Study  of  the  principles  and  techniques  of 
audio  production  as  applied  to  radio  and  other 
media.Consideration  of  various  program  formats 
and  the  use  of  sound  media  as  an  art  form. 
Includes  historical  and  contemporary  examples 
of  audio  production  and  sound  design. 

223 

BASIC  VIDEO  PRODUCTION 

Training  in  the  fundamentals  of  preproduc- 
tion,  production,  and  postproduction  for  video. 
Emphasis  on  mastering  the  basics  of  video  pro- 
duction from  concept  to  completion.  Prereqi//- 
sites:  course  work  or  experience  in  technical 
theatre,  photography,  film  studies,  and/  or  audio 
production;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

225 

THE  ART  OF  SCRIPTWRITING 

Training  in  analyzing  and  writing  scripts  for 
defined  audiences  and  purposes.  Developing  the 
original  screenplay  as  well  as  scripts  for 
business,  advertising,  and  education  will  be 
considered.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107,  and 
THEA  1 14;  or  permission  of  instructor. 

229 

PRINT  AND  BROADCAST  JOURNALISM 

Study  of  form  and  content  of  news  gather- 
ing and  beat  reporting.  Training  in  researching. 


interviewing,  organizing,  and  editing  a  variety  ol 
news  stories  for  the  Lycoming  College  newspa-l 
per  and  for  campus  radio.  Considers  the 
ethical  issues  of  reporting  for  print  and 
broadcast.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107. 

235 

WRITING  AND  SPEAKING  IN  BUSINESS 

AND  THE  PROFESSIONS 

Study  of  communication  theory  as  applied 
to  business  and  professional  settings.  Using 
writing,  speaking,  research,  and  the  electronic 
media  to  solve  a  variety  of  communication 
problems  that  frequently  occur  in  the  world  of 
work.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107. 

312 

LEADERSHIP  COMMUNICATION 

The  theory  and  practice  of  leadership 
communication  in  diverse  settings  and  contexts. 
Classic  leadership  styles  will  be  examined  and 
researched  in  regard  to  how  these  relate  to 
goal-setting  and  motivating  individuals  and 
groups.  Field  work  on-  and  off-campus  is  a 
major  component  of  this  course.  Prerequisites: 
ENGL  106  or  107;  at  least  one  of  these:  COMM 
211,  212,  or  235;  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Corequisite  (if  not  already  completed):  COMS 
105  or  106.  Alternate  years. 

323 

FEATURE  WRITING  FOR  SPECL\L  ; 

AUDIENCES 

Practice  in  writing  a  variety  of  feature 
stories  and  editorials  for  different  media  and 
audiences.  Study  of  the  ways  in  which  feature 
writing  for  magazines  compares  and  contrasts 
with  feature  writing  for  newspapers  and  feature 
stories  for  television.  Readings,  peer  review, 
and  training  in  how  to  develop  ideas  using 
primary  and  secondary  research.  Prerequisite: 
ENGL  106  or  107. 

324 

PUBLIC  RELATIONS  CASES  AND 
PROBLEM  SOLVING 

Training  in  methods  of  public  relations 
research,  program  planning  and  evaluation, 
working  with  the  media,  writing  for  public 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^A 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


COMMUNICATION 


blations  and  advertising,  and  conducting  a 
)ublic  relations  campaign  to  solve  a  problem  or 
:risis.  Emphasis  on  writing,  speaking,  and 
ilectronic  communication.  Prerequisite:  ENGL 
'06  or  107  and  COMM  235;  or  permission  of 
nstructor. 

(26 

vlEDlA  CRITICISM  AND  CULTURAL  STUD- 
ES:  LITERATURE,  FILM,  AND  TELEVISION 

Introduction  to  methods  of  analyzing 
)opular  culture  and  the  arts  using  one  or  more 
)f  these  approaches:  textual  criticism,  content 
inalysis,  semiotics,  auteur  criticism,  historical 
;riticism,  frame  theory,  and  structural  analysis. 
Comparison  of  the  ways  in  which  different 
nedia  create  values  and  portray  individuals, 
;ocial  conflicts,  and  human  aspirations. 
Prerequisite:  THEA  212  or  ENGL  217. 

$32 

rOPICS  IN  MEDL\  THEORY  AND  PRACTICE 

Study  of  communication  theory  as  applied  to 
\  special  area  or  style  of  communication. 
Readings,  discussions,  and  practical  experiences 
in  creating  materials  for  print  and/or  electronic 
nedia.  Possible  topics  include:  docudrama  and 
Investigative  reporting,  communicating  in 
:yberspace,  creative  advertising,  instructional 
television  and  video.  May  be  repeated  for  credit 
with  change  of  topic.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106 
or  107. 

348 

ADVANCED  VIDEO  PRODUCTION 

Advanced  production  of  documentary, 
narrative,  and  experimental  video.  Exploration 
of  a  variety  of  approaches  to  motivating  talent 
and  directing  for  the  camera.  Prerequisite: 
COMM  223  and  THEA  114,  or  advanced 
course  work  in  acting  and  directing,  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

246,  346,  and  446 

MEDIA  ARTS  COLLOQUIUM 

A  seminar  in  which  faculty,  students,  and 
invited  professionals  meet  two  or  three  times 


each  semester  to  di.scuss  topics  pertaining  to  the 
field  of  communication  and  to  the  work  students 
are  doing  in  campus  media.  Each  student 
enrolled  in  the  seminar  is  required  to  keep  a  log 
and  to  work  for  a  minimum  of  three  hours  each 
week  in  one  or  more  of  the  following:  campus 
newspaper;  campus  yearbook;  campus  radio; 
campus  television;  public  relations;  corporate 
communication.   Open  only  to  majors.  Non- 
credit  and  Pass/Fail.   Once  the  major  is 
declared,  students  are  required  to  enroll  in  the 
seminar  each  semester  until  they  graduate  or 
until  they  have  successfully  completed  four 
semesters,  whichever  comes  first. 

400 

PRACTICUM 

An  elective  for  junior  and  senior  majors  who 
wish  to  acquire  additional  experience  in 
working  with  practicing  professionals.  Open 
only  to  majors  and  minors. 

440 

SENIOR  SEMINAR 

Reading  and  discussion  of  one  or  more 
topics  of  interest  to  communication  specialists. 
Focus  on  preparing  individual  projects  related  to 
seminar  topics  and  the  student's  area(s)  of 
expertise  for  public  presentation.  Majors  are 
required  to  enroll  in  this  course  either  in  their 
junior  or  senior  year.  Prerequisite:  COMM 
326.  Open  to  nonmajors  with  consent  of 
instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP 

Interns  usually  work  off-campus  in  a  field 
related  to  their  area  of  study.  Prerequisite: 
junior  or  senior  standing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Studies  involve  research  related  to  the  area 
of  study  of  the  student. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^» 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


CRIMINAL  lUSTlCE 


COMPUTER 
SCIENCE 

(see  Mathematical  Sciences) 

CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE  (cj) 

Assistant  Professor:  Carter  (Coordinator) 
Visiting  Professor:  Musheno 

Criminal  Justice  is  an  interdisciplinary 
social  science  program.  Course  work  leading 
to  this  baccalaureate  degree  will  provide 
students  with  strong  communication  and 
analytical  skills.  This  is  accomplished  through 
a  critical  and  in-depth  interdisciplinary 
analysis  of  the  causes  of  crime,  formal  and 
informal  efforts  at  preventing  and  controlling 
crime,  and  treatment  of  the  field  of  criminal 
justice  as  an  applied  social  science  where 
students  are  taught  to  integrate  theory  con- 
struction with  practical  application.  The 
Criminal  Justice  Program  offers  opportunities 
for  internship  and  practicum  experiences  in 
the  field,  and  prepares  students  for  careers  in 
law  enforcement,  court  services,  institutional 
and  community-based  corrections,  treatment 
and  counseling  services,  and  for  further 
education  at  the  graduate  level. 

The  major  in  Criminal  Justice  consists  of 
1 1  courses,  distributed  as  follows: 

A.  Criminal  justice  core  courses  (four 
courses): 

CJ  100    Introduction  to  Criminal  Justice 
CJ  201    Law  Enforcement 
CJ  203    Correctional  Systems 
CJ  447    Research  Methods  in  Criminal 
Justice 

B.  Courses  in  the  social,  psychological, 
philosophical,  and  political  dimensions  of 
the  justice  system  (seven  courses): 

PHIL  218     Issues  in  Criminal  Justice 
PSY  116      Abnormal  Psychology 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


SOC  222      Introduction  to  Human  Services 
SOC  300      Criminology 

Two  courses  from: 


PSCI331 
PSCI  332 

PSCI  335 
One  course  from: 
SOC  221 
SOC  334 


Civil  Rights  and  Liberties 
Courts  and  the  Criminal 
Justice  System 
Law  and  Society 

Juvenile  Delinquency 
Cultural  Minorities 


C.  Criminal  Justice  Practicum  (strongly 
recommended,  but  not  required  for  the  major). : 

Majors  should  seek  advice  concerning 
course  selection  from  their  advisors  or  from  the 
criminal  justice  coordinator,  and  should  note    ■ 
course  prerequisites  in  planning  their  programs 

Minor  in  Criminal  Justice 

A  minor  in  criminal  justice  consists  of  five 
courses:  CJ  100,  CJ  201,  CJ  203,  PSCI  332, 
and  SOC  300.  A  student  may  substitute  another ' 


^m 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG ) 


CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 


elevant  course  for  one  of  the  required  courses 
vith  consent  of  the  criminal  justice 
:oordinator. 

tVriting  Intensive  Courses 

The  following  courses,  when  scheduled  as 
N  courses,  count  towards  the  writing  inten- 
ive  requirement:  CJ  477,  PHIL  218,  and  SOC 

122 

100 

NTRODUCTION  TO  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 

This  course  explores  the  role  of  law 
snforcement,  courts  and  corrections  in  the 
idministration  of  justice;  the  development  of 
)olice,  courts  and  corrections;  the  scope  and 
lature  of  crime  in  America;  introduction  to  the 
itudies,  literature  and  research  in  criminal 
ustice;  basic  criminological  theories;  and 
;areers  in  criminal  justice. 

101 

.AW  ENFORCEMENT 

Students  learn  the  history  of  law  enforce- 
nent  and  the  ways  in  which  policing  is 
;volving  within  a  community-based  philoso- 
)hy.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  law 
enforcement  organizations,  patrol  and 
nvestigation  strategies,  methods  of  social 
;ontrol,  police-community  relations,  civil 
iability,  abuse  of  power,  important  case  laws, 
ind  critical  analysis  of  law  enforcement 
)olicies.  Prerequisite:  CJ  100. 

103 

:ORRECTIONAL  SYSTEMS 

This  course  presents  an  overview  of 
)ffenders,  punishment,  correctional  ideolo- 
gies, and  societal  reaction  to  crime.  The 
listorical  and  philosophical  development  of 
he  correctional  system  is  examined.  The 
jrimary  emphasis  is  on  critical  analysis  of 
contemporary  correctional  programming  for 
idult  and  juvenile  offenders  in  the  United 
States.  Other  social  issues  and  structures 
iirectly  related  to  corrections  are  explored. 
Prerequisite:  CJ  100. 


340 

PROBATION  AND  PAROLE 

This  course  provides  an  in-depth  study  of 
community-based  corrections  programs  and 
their  impact  on  the  offender,  the  criminal 
justice  system,  and  society.  Particular  atten- 
tion is  given  to  offender  diagnostics  and 
classification,  treatment  and  supervision 
needs,  pre-sentence  and  pre-parole  investiga- 
tions, casework  planning,  applicable  laws,  and 
corrections  policies.  Prerequisite:  CJ  100  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

341 

CRIME  PREVENTION 

Students  examine  crime  prevention  and 
control  policies,  programs,  and  procedures  to 
determine  what  works  and  why.  The  focus  is 
on  social,  situational,  and  environmental 
sources  of  crime.  Crime  prevention  measures 
focus  on  reducing  crime  by  re-creating 
physical  design,  by  empowering  citizen 
organizations,  through  programs  that  build 
safe  communities,  and  through  programs  in 
place  among  "at  risk"  populations  in  schools, 
neighborhoods,  and  homes.  Prerequisite:  CJ 
100  or  consent  of  instructor. 

342 

ORGANIZATIONAL  CRIME 

Three  major  areas  of  organizational  crimes 
are  covered,  including  traditional  organized 
crime,  crimes  of  the  corporate  world,  and 
crimes  committed  under  auspices  of  the 
government.  Examples  of  topics  include 
international  organized  crime  cabals,  drug 
trafficking  and  money  laundering  by  the  CIA, 
political  bribe  taking,  government  brutality 
and  physical/economic  coercion,  civil  rights 
violations,  and  crimes  situated  in  the  manufac- 
turing, pharmaceutical,  and  service  trades. 
Prerequisite:  CJ  100  or  consent  of  instructor. 

345 

SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 

This  is  a  seminar  for  advanced  students 
offered  in  response  to  student  request  and 


•002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 


faculty  interest.  This  course  may  be  repeated 
for  additional  credit  with  approval  of  the 
criminal  justice  coordinator,  but  only  when 
course  content  differs.  Sample  topics  include 
the  death  penalty,  hate  crimes,  civil  liability  in 
criminal  justice,  justice  in  the  media,  environ- 
mental crime,  etc.  Prerequisite:  CJ  100  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

447 

RESEARCH  METHODS  IN  CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE 

Students  learn  social  science  methods, 
research  design  and  implementation,  and 
evaluation  of  contemporary  research  in 
criminal  justice.  Topics  covered  include  the 
logic  of  causal  order,  sampling  theory, 
qualitative  and  quantitative  design,  data 
collection,  and  proper  analysis  of  data.  This 
course  is  a  how-to-do  research  course  that 
requires  students  to  conduct  original  research 
projects  under  supervision.  Students  actively 
engage  in  content  analysis,  behavioral 
observation,  survey  and  interview-based 
research,  and  limited  quasi-experimental 
design  studies.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  con- 
ducting field  research  and  communicating 
research  in  writing.  Each  student  prepares  a 
literature  review  and  written  research  proposal 
that  can  be  carried  out  while  placed  with  a 
criminal  justice  agency  on  practicum  (CJ  448). 
Prerequisites:  CJ  100,  CJ  201,  and  CJ  203,  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

448-449 

CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  PRACTICUM 

Students  are  placed  with  criminal  justice 
agencies,  providing  opportunities  to  apply 
classroom  knowledge  in  an  organizational 
setting,  encouraging  development  of  profes- 
sional skills,  helping  students  identify  and 
clarify  career  interests,  and  providing  opportu- 
nities to  conduct  hands-on  field  research.  Each 


student  completes  an  original  research  project 
under  supervision  of  the  instructor  with  input 
from  the  on-site  agency  representative. 
Students  will  prepare  a  comprehensive, 
formal,  written  research  paper  on  an  appropri- 
ate topic.  Prerequisite:  CJ  100  or  consent  of 
criminal  justice  coordinator. 

470 

INTERNSHIP 

Students  desiring  an  internship  in  criminal 
justice  must  get  considerably  advanced 
approval  by  the  criminal  justice  coordinator. 
Criminal  justice  internships  normally  will  not 
be  approved  for  semesters  during  which 
practicums  are  also  available.  Internships  are 
intended  as  a  four-credit-only  course.  How- 
ever, under  unusual  circumstances,  up  to  12 
credits  may  be  approved  by  the  criminal  | 

justice  coordinator.  An  example  of  an  appro- 
priate 12-credit  internship  is  the  FBI  Honors 
Internship  Program,  which  requires  relocation 
to  Washington,  DC  and  participation  in  a  full- 
time  program  that  runs  the  duration  of  the 
summer.  Prerequisite:  CJ  100. 

N80  i 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

This  course  represents  an  opportunity  to 
pursue  specific  interests  and  topics  not  usually 
covered  in  regular  courses.  Through  a 
program  of  readings  and  tutorials,  the  student  | 
will  have  the  opportunity  to  pursue  these         | 
interests  and  topics  in  greater  depth  than  is 
usually  possible  in  a  regular  course.  Prerequi-l 
site:  CJ  100  and  consent  of  criminal  justice     ' 
coordinator. 

N90 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^A 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ECONOMICS 


ECONOMICS  (EcoN) 

Associate  Professor:  Madresehee  (Chairperson) 
Assistant  Professor:  Sprunger 

The  Department  of  Economics  offers  two 
racks.  Track  I  (Managerial  Economics) 
levelops  students'  capacity  to  analyze  the 
iconomic  environment  in  which  an  organization 
)perates  and  to  apply  economic  reasoning  to  an 
)rganization's  internal  decision  making.  These 
;ourses  have  more  of  a  managerial  emphasis 
han  traditional  economics  courses.  Track  II 
General  Economics)  is  designed  to  provide  a 
)road  understanding  of  economic,  social,  and 
business  problems.  In  addition  to  preparing 
Undents  for  a  career  in  business  or  government, 
his  track  provides  an  excellent  background  for 
graduate  or  professional  studies. 
rrack  I  -  Managerial  Economics  requires 
ECON  1 10,  1 1 1 ,  220,  332  and  441 ;  ACCT 
1 10  and  either  ACCT  130  or  BUS  429;  BUS 
538;  and  two  other  economics  courses 
lumbered  200  or  above,  excluding  ECON  349. 

rrack  II  -  General  Economics  requires 
ECON  1 1 0,  1 1 1 ,  33 1 ,  440,  and  44 1 ,  and  three 
Dther  courses  in  economics.  Depending  on 


their  academic  and  career  interests,  students  are 
encouraged  to  select  a  minor  in  another  depart- 
ment such  as  political  science,  philosophy,  or 
history. 

In  addition,  the  following  courses  are 
recommended:  all  majors  -  MATH  123  and 
BUS  223;  majors  planning  graduate  work  - 
MATH  1 1 2  and  1 28;  Track  II  majors  -  ACCT 
110  and  either  130  or  344. 

The  following  courses,  when  .scheduled  as  W 
courses,  count  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:  ECON  236,  337,  and  440. 

Students  interested  in  teacher  certification 
should  refer  to  the  Department  of  Education 
on  page  96. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  economics  requires  the  comple- 
tion of  ECON  1 10,  1 1 1  and  three  other  econom- 
ics courses  numbered  200  or  above,  or  any  four 
economics  courses  numbered  200  or  above. 

The  Department  of  Economics  is  a  member 
of  the  Institute  for  Management  Studies.  See 
page  115. 

102 

CONSUMER  ECONOMICS 

A  course  in  "  family"  or  "practical" 
economics,  designed  to  teach  students  how 
they  and  their  families  can  be  intelligent 
consumers;  that  is,  how  they  can  spend,  save, 
and  borrow  so  as  to  maximize  the  value  they 
receive  for  the  income  they  have.  Treats 
subjects  such  as  intelligent  shopping;  the  uses 
and  abuses  of  credit;  investing,  savings, 
buying  insurance,  automobiles  and  houses; 
medical  care  costs;  estates  and  wills,  etc. 

110 

PRINCIPLES  OF  MACROECONOMICS 

Macroeconomics  deals  with  problems  of  the 
economic  system  as  a  whole.  What  influences 
the  level  of  national  income  and  employment? 
What  is  inflation  and  why  do  we  have  it?  What 
is  the  role  of  government  in  a  modern  capitalis- 
tic system?  How  does  business  organize  to 
produce  the  goods  and  services  we  demand? 


12002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^» 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ECONOMICS 


How  are  the  American  financial  and  banking 
systems  organized?  What  is  the  nature  of 
American  unionism?  What  are  the  elements  of 
government  finance  and  fiscal  policy? 

Ill 

PRINCIPLES  OF  MICROECONOMICS 

This  course  focuses  upon  microeconomics 
and  selected  current  economic  problems.  It 
deals  with  the  relatively  small  units  of  the 
economy  such  as  the  firm  and  the  family. 
Analyzes  demand  and  supply.  Discusses  how 
business  firms  decide  what  and  how  much  to 
produce  and  how  goods  and  services  are 
priced  in  different  types  of  markets.  Also 
considers  such  problems  as  economic  growth, 
international  trade,  poverty,  discrimination, 
ecology,  and  alternative  economic  systems. 

220 

MONEY  AND  BANKING 

Covers  business  fluctuations  and  monetary 
and  fiscal  policy;  the  financial  organization  of 
society;  the  banking  system;  credit  institutions; 
capital  markets,  and  international  financial 
relations.  Prerequisite:  ECON 1 10. 

224 

URBAN  PROBLEMS 

The  application  of  economic  theory  to  the 
study  of  significant  social,  political,  and  eco- 
nomic problems  associated  with  urbanization, 
including  poverty,  employment,  education, 
crime,  health,  housing,  land  use  and  the 
environment,  transportation,  and  public 
finance.  Analysis  of  solutions  offered. 
Prerequisite:  ECON  1 10  or  111,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Alternate  years. 

225 

ENVIRONMENTAL  ECONOMICS 

A  study  of  the  relationship  between 
environmental  decay  and  economic  growth, 
with  particular  reference  to  failures  of  the 
price  and  property-rights  systems;  application 
of  cost/benefit  analysis,  measures  aimed  at  the 
creation  of  an  ecologically  viable  economy. 


229 

BUSINESS  CYCLES  AND  FORECASTING' 

An  introduction  to  the  nature  and  history  oi| 
business  fluctuations,  the  tools  used  in 
aggregate  analysis,  theories  that  seek  to  explain 
the  cycle,  and  techniques  used  in  forecasting 
economic  activity.  Prerequisite:  ECON  110 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

230 

ECONOMETRICS 

Econometric  models  provide  one  of  the 
most  useful  and  necessary  sets  of  tools  for 
decision-making.  By  using  a  variety  of 
modem  statistical  methods,  econometrics 
helps  us  to  estimate  economic  relationships, 
test  different  economic  behaviors,  and  forecast 
different  economic  variables.   Prerequisites: 
MATH  123,  ECON  110  and  111;  or  consent  oj^ 
instructor.  Alternate  years. 

236 

AMERICAN  ECONOMIC  HISTORY 

This  course  examines  topics  in  American 
Economic  History  from  the  post-Civil  War  era 
through  World  War  II.  Topics  covered 
include  the  causes  of  the  rise  of  big  business 
as  the  dominant  means  of  production,  the 
emergence  of  the  union  movement,  the  growth' 
of  the  U.S.  economy  to  the  largest  in  the 
world,  and  the  changing  role  of  government  in 
the  economic  system. 

240 

ECONOMIC  GEOGRAPHY 

An  introduction  to  the  theory  and  practice 
of  economic  geography  with  emphasis  upon 
the  historical  dynamics  of  local,  regional,  and 
global  organization.  This  course  considers  the 
forces  reshaping  global  economic  geography 
including  the  factors  that  determine  the  com- 
petitive advantage  of  nations.  These  factors 
include  resources  such  as  food,  energy,  materi- 
als, and  changing  patterns  of  world  population. 
Also  included  will  be  theoretical  literature 
reparding  locational  decisions  and  choice,  as 
well  as  the  rapidly  changing  global  economy 
in  the  context  of  trade  theory  and  the  shifting 
focus  of  international  economics  activity. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ECONOMICS 

• 


11 

LJBLIC  CHOICE 

his  course  focuses  on  the  application  of 
:onomics  to  the  poHtical  processes  of  voting 
id  bureaucratic  behavior.  A  major  theme  will 
;  the  study  of  problems  that  can  occur  within 
e  democratic  process  because  the  incentives 
ven  to  public  servants  do  not  always  match 
)ciety's  best  interests.  Policies  and  institu- 
3ns  that  can  improve  such  problems  will  be 
iplored.  U.S.  elections  and  campaigns  will 
ovide  many  of  the  applications  for  the  class. 
re  requisite:  EC  ON  1 10  or  111,  or  consent  of 
structor.  Alternate  years. 

JO 

JTERMEDIATE  MICROECONOMICS 

An  advanced  analysis  of  contemporary 
eory  regarding  consumer  demand,  production 
)Sts  and  theory,  profit  maximization,  market 
ructures,  and  the  determinants  of  returns  to 
e  factors  of  production.  Prerequisite:  ECON 
JO.  Alternate  years. 

n 

JTERMEDIATE  MACROECONOMICS 

An  advanced  analysis  of  contemporary 
eory  and  practice  with  regard  to  business 
actuation,  national  income  accounting,  the 
^termination  of  income  and  employment 
vels,  and  the  use  of  monetary  and  fiscal 
:>\icy.  Prerequisite:  ECON  110.  Alternate 
'.ars. 

n 

OVERNMENT  AND  THE  ECONOMY 

An  analytical  survey  of  government's 
forts  to  maintain  competition  through 
ititrust  legislation  to  supervise  acceptable 
ises  of  private  monopoly,  through  public 
jlity  regulation  and  via  means  of  regulatory 
)mmissions,  and  to  encourage  or  restrain 
irious  types  of  private  economic  activities. 
re  requisites:  ECON  110  and  111,  or 
msent  of  instructor. 


335 

LABOR  PROBLEMS 

The  history  of  organized  labor  in  the  United 
States,  including  the  structure  of  unions, 
employers'  opposition  to  unions,  the  role  of 
government  in  labor-management  relations  and 
the  economic  impact  of  unions.  Alternate  years. 
Prerequisite:  ECON  1 10  or  HI,  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

337 

PUBLIC  FINANCE 

An  analysis  of  the  fiscal  economics  of  the 
public  sector,  including  the  development, 
concepts,  and  theories  of  public  expenditures, 
taxation,  and  debt  at  all  levels  of  American 
government.  Also  includes  the  use  of  fiscal 
policy  as  an  economic  control  device.  Prereq- 
uisites: ECON  1 10  and  111,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Alternate  years. 

343 

INTERNATIONAL  TRADE 

A  study  of  the  principles,  theories,  develop- 
ment, and  policies  concerning  international 
economic  relations,  with  particular  reference  to 
the  United  States.  Subjects  covered  include: 
U.S.  commercial  policy  and  its  development, 
international  trade  theory,  tariffs  and  other 
protectionist  devices,  international  monetary 
system  and  its  problems,  balance  of  payments 
issues.  Alternate  years.  Prerequisites:  ECON 
1  Wand  111. 

349 

MANAGEMENT  PRACTICUM 

An  apprentice-level  work  experience  for 
junior  or  senior  economics  majors  jointly 
sponsored  by  the  department  and  a  public  or 
private  agency  (or  a  subdivision  of  the  college 
itselO  designed  to  better  integrate  classroom 
theory  and  workplace  practice.  In  addition  to 
attendance  at  a  weekly  seminar,  students  will 
spend  10-12  hours  per  week  at  the  sponsoring 
agency  per  unit  of  credit.  At  least  one-half  of 
the  effort  expended  will  consist  of  academic 
work  related  to  agency  activities. 


02-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^» 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ECONOMICS  •  EDUCATION 


440 

HISTORY  OF  ECONOMIC  THOUGHT 

A  discussion  of  the  origins,  development, 
and  significance  of  the  economic  ideas  embod- 
ied in  the  works  of  Smith,  Marx,  Schumpeter, 
Keynes,  and  others.  Prerequisite:  ECON  110 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

441 

MANAGERIAL  ECONOMICS 

The  application  of  economic  theory  and 
methodology  to  the  solution  of  business 
problems.  Subjects  include:  optimizing 
techniques,  risk  analysis,  demand  theory, 
production  theory,  cost  theory,  linear  pro- 
gramming, capital  budgeting,  market  struc- 
tures, and  the  theory  of  pricing.  Prerequisites: 
ECON  110 and  111. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Typically  off-campus  in  business,  banking, 
or  government,  supervised  by  assigned 
employee  of  sponsoring  organization. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Superior  students  may  select  independent 
study  in  various  courses,  particularly  in 
preparation  for  graduate  school. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


EDUCATION  (EDuc) 

Assistant  Professors:  Chamberlain, 

Hungerford  (Chairperson) 
Instructor:  Jones 
Part-time  Instructors:  Hayden,  Salvatori, 

Zalonis 
The  Education  Department  offers  Pennsyl- 
vania-approved teacher  certification  programs 
in  elementary  and  secondary  education,  as  well 
as  a  school  nurse  certification  program  (which 
will  be  discontinued  after  the  2002-2003 
academic  year). 

All  students  seeking  teacher  certification 
must  complete  EDUC  200  with  at  least  a  B-  oi 
consent  of  the  department  before  applying  for 
the  professional  semester.  All  students  must  ' 
complete  a  minimum  of  30  hours  of  observa-  i 
tions  and  participation  with  the  assigned 
cooperating  teachers  during  the  semester  prior 
to  their  professional  semester.  ' 

Students  seeking  secondary  teacher  certifier 
tion  must  complete  PSY  138  and  EDUC  239 
prior  to  being  accepted  to  the  professional 
semester  as  well  as  the  necessary  subject  area  | 
courses.  Students  may  earn  secondary  certifici 
tion  in  one  or  more  of  the  following  areas:  art 
(K-12),  biology,  chemistry,  citizenship 
(economics,  history,  political  science),  French 
(K-12),  general  science  (astronomy/physics, 
biology,  chemistry),  German  (K-12),  math- 
ematics, music  (K-12),  physics,  school  nurse 
(K- 1 2).  [This  program  will  not  be  available 
after  May  2003],  social  sciences  (psychology 
sociology-anthropology),  and  Spanish  (K-12). 

Students  seeking  elementary  teacher  certifi- 
cation must  complete  PSY  138  and  all  elemen 
tary  methods  courses  prior  to  being  accepted  t( 
the  professional  semester,  including  EDUC  OOC 
340,  341,342,  343,  and  344. 

Students  interested  in  the  teacher  education  j 
program  should  refer  to  the  Teacher  Education 
Handbook,  which  specifies  the  current  require-  I 
ments  for  certification.  Early  consultation  wit! 
a  member  of  the  Education  Department  is 
strongly  recommended.  Application  for  the 
professional  semester  must  be  made  during  thd 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALO( 


EDUCATION 

• 


all  semester  of  the  junior  year. 
The  Department  of  Education  admits  to  the 
)rofessional  semester  applicants  who  have 

a)  completed  the  participation  requirements, 

b)  paid  the  student  teaching  fee,  (c)  obtained  a 
ecommendation  from  the  student's  major 
iepartment,  (d)  passed  a  screening  and 
nterview  conducted  by  the  Education  Depart- 
nent,  (e)  passed  the  PSST  Reading,  Writing, 
vlath  and  Listening  portions  of  the  NTE  exam, 
ind  (f)  achieved  an  overall  grade  point  average 
)f  3.00  or  better.  Major  departments  have 
lifferent  criteria  for  their  recommendations; 
herefore,  the  student  should  consult  with  the 
;hairperson  of  the  major  department  about 
hose  requirements.  The  Pennsylvania  state 
equirements  override  any  contractual  agree- 
nent  the  student  teacher  has  with  the  college 
/da  the  catalogue  under  which  they  were  admitted. 

Additional  teacher  intern  program  informa- 
ion  can  be  found  on  page  50. 

The  following  courses,  when  scheduled  as 
N  courses,  count  toward  the  writing  intensive 
•equirement:  EDUC  239,  343,  344,  and  447. 

)00 

iEMINAR  IN  ART,  MUSIC,  PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION,  and  MATH  ACTIVITIES 

Each  elementary  student  teacher  attends  a 
>eries  of  24  seminars,  conducted  prior  to 
student  teaching,  during  the  fall  semester  of 
:he  senior  year.  These  seminars,  conducted  by 
certified  public  school  personnel,  emphasize 
ictivities  and  knowledge  which  are  helpful  in 
;he  self-contained  elementary  classroom. 
Non-credit  course. 

200 

[NTRODUCTION  TO  THE 
STUDY  OF  EDUCATION 

A  study  of  teaching  as  a  profession  with 
emphasis  on  the  economic,  social,  political, 
and  religious  conditions  which  influence 
American  schools  and  teachers.  Consideration 
is  given  to  the  school  environment,  the 
:urriculum,  and  the  children  with  the  intention 
that  students  will  examine  more  rationally  their 
own  motives  for  entering  the  profession. 


232 

INSTRUCTIONAL  MEDIA 

AND  COMMUNICATIONS 

A  study  of  the  value,  design,  construction, 
and  application  of  the  visual  and  auditory  aids 
to  learning.  Practical  experience  in  the 
handling  of  audio-visual  equipment  and 
materials  is  provided.  Application  of  audio- 
visual techniques.  Application  of  the  visual 
and  auditory  aids  to  learning.  Students  will 
plan  and  carry  out  actual  teaching  assignments 
utilizing  various  A-V  devices. 

239 

An  examination  of  the  various  curricula  of  the 
public  schools  and  their  relationship  to  current 
practices.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to 
development  of  the  curriculum,  state  and 
national  curriculum  standards,  and  criteria  for 
the  evaluation  of  curricula  and  student  pro- 
gress. A  particular  emphasis  will  be  placed 
upon  emerging  issues  and  technology  as  they 
relate  to  curriculum.  Emphasis  will  be  placed 
upon  the  curriculum  work  within  the  teaching 
field  of  each  individual.  Prerequisites:  PSY 138 
and  EDUC  200  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

340 

TEACHING  MATHEMATICS  IN  THE 
ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 

This  course  is  intended  for  prospective  elemen- 
tary and  middle  school  teachers  and  is  required 
for  all  those  seeking  elementary  certification. 
Topics  include  number  systems,  computa- 
tional algorithms,  measurement,  geometry, 
and  children's  development  of  mathematical 
concepts.  Includes  an  emphasis  on  adapting 
instruction  for  diverse  learners.  Prerequisites: 
PSY  138,  EDUC  200,  and  two  cour.se s  in 
mathematics  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

341 

TEACHING  THE  SOCIAL  STUDIES  IN 
THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 

Studies  and  experiences  to  develop  a  basic 
understanding  of  the  structure,  concepts,  and 
processes  of  anthropology,  economics, 
geography,  history,  political  science,  and 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


EDUCATION 


sociology  as  they  relate  to  the  elementary 
school  social  science  curriculum.  Practical 
applications,  demonstrations  of  methods,  and 
the  development  of  integrated  teaching  units 
using  tests,  reference  books,  films,  and  other 
teaching  materials.  Observation  and 
participation  in  Lycoming  County  elementary 
schools.  Prerequisites:  EDUC  200  and  PSY 
138,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

342 

TEACHING  SCIENCE  IN 
THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 

Science  methods  and  materials  interpreting 
children's  science  experiences  and  guiding  the 
development  of  the  scientific  concepts.  A 
study  of  the  science  content  of  the  curriculum, 
its  material  and  use.  Observation  and  participa- 
tion in  Lycoming  County  elementary  schools. 
Prerequisite:  EDUC  200  and  PSY  138,  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

343 

TEACHING  LANGUAGE  ARTS  AND 
CHILDREN'S  LITERATURE  IN  THE 
ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 

A  course  designed  to  consider  means  of 
communication,  oral  and  written,  including 
both  practical  and  creative  uses.  Attention 
will  be  given  to  listening,  speaking,  written 
expression,  linguistics  and  grammar,  and 
spelling.  Stress  will  be  placed  upon  the 
interrelatedness  of  the  language  arts.  Chil- 
dren's literature  will  be  explored  as  a  vehicle 
for  developing  creative  characteristics  in 
children  and  for  ensuring  an  appreciation  of  the 
creative  writing  of  others.  Observation  and 
participation  in  Lycoming  County  elementary 
schools.  Prerequisite:  EDUC  200  and  PSY 
138,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

344 

TEACHING  READING  IN 
THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 

A  basic  course  in  the  philosophy  and 
rationale  for  the  implementation  of  an  elemen- 
tary reading  program  from  kindergarten  through 


sixth  grade.  Emphasis  is  upon  designing  a 
reading  instructional  program  which  reflects 
the  nature  of  the  learning  process  and  recog- 
nizes principles  of  child  development  through 
examination  of  the  principles,  problems, 
methods,  and  materials  used  in  elementary 
reading  programs.  Prerequisite:  EDUC  200 
or  PSY  138,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

The  Elementary  Professional  Semester 

The  following  courses  comprise  the  Elemen- 
tary Professional  Semester: 

EDUC  445       Methods  of  Teaching 

in  the  Elementary  School 

EDUC  447       Problems  in  Contemporary 
American  Education 

EDUC  448       Student  Teaching  in  the  j 

Elementary  School  i 

445 

METHODS  OF  TEACHING  IN  THE 
ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  (PART  OF  THE 
PROFESSIONAL  SEMESTER) 

The  course  emphasizes  the  relationship 
between  the  theoretical  studies  of  physical, 
social  and  cognitive  development  and  the 
elementary  classroom  environment.  Particular 
consideration  will  be  given  to  the  appropriate 
age  and  developmental  level  of  the  students 
with  an  emphasis  upon  selection  and 
utilization  of  methods  in  all  the  elementary 
subject  areas,  including  art  and  music. 
Specific  attention  is  given  to  the  development 
of  strategies  for  structuring  lesson  plans,  for 
maintaining  classroom  control,  and  for  overall 
classroom  management.  Direct  application  is 
made  to  the  individual  student  teaching 
experience.  Prerequisites:  MATH  205, 
EDUC  000,  341,  342,  343,  and  344,  and  pre - 
student  teaching  participation. 

447 

PROBLEMS  IN  CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN  EDUCATION  (PART  OF  THE 
PROFESSIONAL  SEMESTER) 

Seminar  on  the  issues,  problems,  and 
challenges  encountered  by  teachers  in  the 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^A 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG! 


EDUCATION 

• 


American  public  schools,  especially  those 
related  to  the  student  teaching  experience. 

448 

STUDENT  TEACHING  IN  THE 
ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  (PART  OF 
THE  PROFESSIONAL  SEMESTER) 

Professional  experience  under  the  supervi- 
sion of  a  selected  cooperating  teacher  in  a 
public  elementary  school  in  Lycoming 
County.  Student  teachers  are  required  to 
follow  the  calendar  of  the  school  district  to 
which  they  are  assigned.  Two  units  maximum. 

Students  are  considered  full  time  when 
enrolled  in  the  Professional  Semester.   Those 
students  needing  an  additional  course  must 
comply  with  the  standards  stated  in  the 
College  catalog. 

The  Secondary  Professional  Semester 

The  following  courses  comprise  the 
Secondary  Professional  Semester: 

EDUC  446    Methods  of  Teaching  in  the  Middle 
Level  and  Secondary  Schools 

EDUC  447    Problems  in  Contemporary 
American  Education 

EDUC  449     Student  Teaching  in  the 
Secondary  School 

The  Art/Music  (K-12)  Professional  Semester 

The  following  courses  comprise  the  Art/ 
Music  (K-12)  Professional  Semester: 
EDUC  445  or  446  Elementary  or  Secondary 

Methods 
EDUC  447  Problems  in  Contemporary 

American  Education 
EDUC  448  Student  Teaching  in  the 

Elementary  Schools  (4  - 
semester  hours/6  weeks) 
EDUC  449  Student  Teaching  in  the 

Secondary  Schools  (4 
semester  hours/6  weeks) 


446 

METHODS  OF  TEACHING  IN  MIDDLE 
LEVEL  AND  SECONDARY  SCHOOLS 
(PART  OF  THE  PROFESSIONAL  SEMESTER) 

A  study  of  materials,  methods,  and 
techniques  with  emphasis  on  the  student's 
major.  Specific  attention  is  given  to  structur- 
ing unit  and  lesson  plans,  maintaining 
classroom  discipline,  and  to  overall  classroom 
management.  Stress  is  placed  on  the  selection 
and  utilization  of  a  variety  of  strategies, 
materials,  and  technologies  to  support  learning 
for  a  diverse  student  population.  Students 
teach  demonstration  lessons  in  the  presence  of 
the  instructor  and  members  of  the  class  and 
observe  superior  teachers  in  Lycoming 
County  middle  and  secondary  schools. 
Prerequisites:  EDUC  200,  PSY  138, 
and  pre-student  teaching  participation. 

447 

PROBLEMS  IN  CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN  EDUCATION  (PART  OF 
THE  PROFESSIONAL  SEMESTER) 

Seminar  on  the  issues,  problems,  and 
challenges  encountered  by  teachers  in  the 
American  public  schools,  especially  those 
related  to  the  student  teaching  experience. 

449 

STUDENT  TEACHING  IN  THE 
SECONDARY  SCHOOL  (PART  OF 
THE  PROFESSIONAL  SEMESTER) 

Professional  laboratory  experience  under  the 
supervision  of  a  selected  cooperating  teacher 
in  a  public  secondary  school  in  Lycoming 
County.  Student  teachers  are  required  to 
follow  the  calendar  of  the  school  district  to 
which  they  are  assigned.  Two  units  maximum. 

Students  are  considered  full  time  when 
enrolled  in  the  Professional  Semester.   Those 
students  needing  an  additional  course  must 
comply  with  the  standards  stated  in  the 
College  catalog. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^A 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ENGLISH 

• 


ENGLISH  (ENGL) 

Professors:  Hawkes,  Jensen,  Moses,  Rife 
Associate  Professors:  Feinstein  (Chairperson), 
Hafer,  Lewes 

Tiie  department  offers  two  programs 
leading  to  the  major  in  EngUsh: 

Track  I  -  English  Major  in  Literature 

This  track  is  designed  for  students  who 
choose  EngHsh  as  a  liberal  arts  major  that  pre- 
pares them  for  a  wide  range  of  career  options; 
for  students  who  choose  English  as  their  subject 
area  for  elementary  certification  or  who  wish  to 
earn  secondary  certification  in  English;  for 
students  who  wish  to  improve  their  verbal  and 
analytic  ability  in  preparation  for  a  specific 
career,  such  as  technical  writing,  business,  or 
law;  and  for  students  who  intend  to  pursue 
graduate  study  in  British  or  American  literature. 
A  minimum  of  ten  courses  is  required  for 
Track  I.  Required  courses  are  ENGL  217;  220; 
22 1 ;  two  courses  selected  from  222,  223,  227; 


two  from  31 1,312,  313,  314,  and  315;  one 
from  335  and  336;  and  two  electives  from 
among  courses  numbered  215  and  above. 

Students  who  wish  to  earn  secondary  teacher 
certification  must  complete  a  minimum  of 
twelve  courses  in  English.  Required  courses 
are  ENGL  217;  220;  221;  335;  336;  338;  two 
courses  from  222,  223,  227;  three  courses  from 
311,312, 313, 314,  and  315;  and  one  elective 
from  among  courses  numbered  215  and  above. 
Required  courses  outside  English  are  EDUC 
200, 446, 447,  and  449;  PSY  1 10  and  1 38;  and 
THEA  100. 

Students  who  intend  to  pursue  graduate 
study  in  British  or  American  literature  should 
complete  the  twelve  English  courses  specified 
for  secondary  certification  and,  as  part  of  that 
sequence,  take  ENGL  449,  Advanced  Criti- 
cism, as  their  English  elective. 

Track  II  -  English  Major  in  Creative  Writing 

This  track  is  designed  for  students  who 
aspire  to  careers  as  professional  writers,  as 
editors,  and  as  publishers;  for  students  who 
plan  to  continue  studies  in  an  M.F.A.  or  M.A. 
program;  or  for  students  who  would  like  to 
discover  their  creadve  potential  while  pursu- 
ing a  fundamental  liberal  arts  education. 
A  minimum  often  courses  is  required  for 
Track  II.  Required  courses  are  ENGL  240;  two 
courses  selected  from  220, 22 1 ,  222, 223, 225, 
and  227;  two  from31 1,312, 313, 314  and  315; 
one  from  33 1  or  332;  one  from  335  and  336;  two 
from  34 1 ,  342, 44 1 ,  and  442  (note  prerequi- 
sites); and  one  from  41  1  or412. 

Students  who  wish  to  earn  secondary 
teacher  certification  must  complete  a  minimum 
of  twelve  courses  in  English.  Required  courses 
are  ENGL  240, 335, 336, 338;  two  courses 
selected  from  220, 221, 222, 223, 225,  and  227; 
two  from  3 1 1,312, 313,  314,  and  3 15;  one  from 
331  and  332;  two  from  341, 342, 441, 442  (note 
prerequisites);  and  one  from  4 1 1  and  412; 
ENGL  2 1 7  recommended.  Required  courses 
outside  English  are  EDUC  200, 446, 447,  and 
449;  PSY  1 10  and  138;  and  THEA  100. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ENGLISH 

• 


The  following  course  satisfies  the  cuUural 
diversity  requirement:  ENGL  334.  The 
following  courses,  when  scheduled  as  W 
courses,  count  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:  ENGL  225,  3 1 1 ,  33 1 ,  334,  335, 
336,  and  420. 

Minors 

The  department  offers  two  minors  in 
English: 

Literature:  Five  courses  in  literature  at  the 
200  level  or  above,  at  least  three  of  which 
must  be  numbered  300  or  above. 

Writing:  Five  courses,  four  of  which  are 
chosen  from  ENGL  217,  240,  321,  322,  and 
338;  plus  one  writing-intensive  course  in 
literature  at  the  300  level. 

105 

INTRODUCTION  TO  COLLEGE  WRITING 

A  review  of  grammar  and  an  introduction  to 
college-level  reading  and  writing.  One  unit 
grade  of  "P"  will  be  assigned  when  the  student 
has  successfully  completed  all  of  the  work  in 
the  course.  Required  of,  and  limited  to,  those 
who  have  not  been  exempted  from  ENGL  105. 

106 

COMPOSITION 

Extensive  practice  in  analytical  writing. 
Special  emphasis  on  developing  the  compos- 
ing skills  needed  to  articulate  and  defend  a 
position  in  various  situations  requiring  the  use 
of  written  English.  Credit  may  not  be  earned 
for  both  106  and  107. 

107 

HONORS  COMPOSITION 

Extensive  practice  in  analytical  writing. 
Special  emphasis  on  developing  the  writing 
skills  of  students  who  have  the  potential  to 
benefit  from  advanced  work.  Placement  by 
examination  only.  Credit  may  not  be  earned 
for  both  106  and  107. 


215 

INTRODUCTION  TO 
LITERARY  INTERPRETATION 

Practice  in  the  methods  of  close  reading  and 
formal  analysis.  Identification  of  primary  elements 
and  structures  of  literary  representation.  Literature 
chosen  for  study  will  vary.  Prerequisite:  ENGL 
1 06  or  107,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Ill 

CRITICAL  WRITING  SEMINAR 

An  introduction  to  writing  critically  about 
literary  texts.  Workshop  setting  offers  inten- 
sive practice  in  the  writing  and  critiquing  of 
papers.  Designed  for  beginning  students  of 
literature.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Not  open  to  juniors  or 
seniors  except  for  newly  declared  majors  or 
with  consent  of  instructor. 

220 

BRITISH  LITERATURE  I 

A  survey  of  literary  forms,  dominate  ideas, 
and  major  authors  from  the  Anglo-Saxon 
period  through  the  18""  century.  Emphasis  on 
such  writers  as  Chaucer,  Shakespeare,  Donne, 
Milton,  Swift,  Pope,  and  Johnson;  representa- 
tive works  from  Beowulf  to  Bumey's  Evelina. 
Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107,  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

221 

BRITISH  LITERATURE  II 

Literary  movements  and  authors  from  the 
beginnings  of  Romanticism  to  the  end  of  the  1 9th 
century.  Particular  emphasis  on  such  writers  as 
Wordsworth,  Shelley,  Keats,  Tennyson,  Brown- 
ing. Carlyle,  Arnold,  Hardy,  and  Yeats.  Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL  106  or  107,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Ill 

AMERICAN  LITERATURE  I 

Survey  of  American  literature  from  the 
beginning  to  1 865,  with  major  emphasis  on  the 
writers  of  the  Romantic  period:  Poe,  Emerson, 
Thoreau,  Hawthorne,  Melville,  Dickinson,  and 
Whitman.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107,  or 
consent  of  instructor. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^M 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ENGLISH 


223 

AMERICAN  LITERATURE  II 
Surveyof  American  literature  from  1865  toI945, 
emphasizing  such  authors  as  Twain,  James,  Crane, 
Hemingway,  Faulkner,  Frost,  Eliot,  Stevens, 
O'  Neill,  and  Williams.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106 
or  107,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

225 

CLASSICAL  LITERATURE 

A  study,  in  translation,  of  Greek  and  Roman 
works  that  have  influenced  Western  writers. 
Literary  forms  studied  include  epic,  drama, 
satire,  and  love  poetry.  Writers  studied  include 
Homer,  Aeschylus,  Sophocles,  Euripides, 
Virgil,  Juvenal,  Horace,  Lucretius,  and  Ovid. 
Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107,  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

227 

AMERICAN  LITERATURE  III 

Survey  of  American  literature  from  1 945  to 
the  present,  focusing  on  such  writers  as  Bellow, 
O'Connor,  Updike,  Roth,  Morrison,  Bishop, 
Lowell,  Ginsberg,  and  Plath.  Prerequisite: 
ENGL  106  or  107,  or  consent  of  instructor 

240 

INTRODUCTION  TO  CREATIVE  WRITING 

Workshop  discussions,  structured  exercises, 
and  readings  in  contemporary  literature  to 
provide  practice  and  basic  instruction  in  the 
writing  and  evaluation  of  poetry  and  fiction. 
Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107,  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

311 

MEDIEVAL  LITERATURE 

Readings  in  Old  and  Middle  English  poetry  and 
prose  from  Bede'  s  Ecclesiastical  History  to 
Malory's  Arthurian  romance.  Study  of  lyric, 
narrative,  drama,  and  romance  with  emphasis  on 
the  cultural  context  from  which  these  forms 
emerge.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

312 

RENAISSANCE  LITERATURE 

An  examination  of  themes  and  literary  forms  of 
the  Renaissance.  Authors  studied  will  include 


Donne,  Marlowe,  More,  Shakespeare,  Sidney, 
Spenser,  and  Surrey.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106 
or  107,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

313 

RESTORATION  AND 
18TH-CENTURY  LITERATURE 

Consideration  of  selected  themes,  writers, 
or  modes  of  Restoration  and  1 8th-century 
literature  ( 1 660- 1 800)  with  emphasis  on  the 
social,  political,  and  intellectual  hfe  of  that 
era.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

314 

ROMANTIC  LITERATURE 

Concentrated  study  in  the  writers,  texts, 
and  themes  of  the  Romantic  period  (1789- 
1832)  with  emphasis  on  the  social,  political, 
and  intellectual  life  of  that  era.  Prerequisite: 
ENGL  106  or  107,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Alternate  years. 

315 

VICTORIAN  LITERATURE 

Concentrated  study  in  the  writers,  texts,  and 
themes  of  the  Victorian  period  ( 1 832- 1 90 1 )  with 
emphasis  on  the  social,  political,  and  intellectual 
life  of  that  era.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107, 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

321 

ADVANCED  WRITING: 
TECHNICAL  AND  PROFESSIONAL 

A  course  providing  practice  in  report  and 
technical  writing,  proposals,  and  other  areas 
where  competence  will  be  expected  in  the 
business  and  scientific  worlds.  Prerequisite: 
ENGL  106  or  107,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Alternate  years. 

322 

ADVANCED  WRITING: 

THE  CREATIVE  ESSAY 

A  course  in  which  students  from  all 
disciplines  learn  to  explore  and  define 
themselves  through  the  essay,  a  form  used  to 
express  the  universal  through  the  particular 
and  the  personal.  Readings  will  include 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ENGLISH 


jssayists  from  Montaigne  to  Gould. 
Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107,  or  consent  of 
nstructor.  Alternate  years. 

J31 

>OTH-CENTURY  FICTION 

Examination  of  the  novels  and  short  fiction 
)f  such  major  writers  as  Conrad,  Woolf, 
foyce,  Faulkner,  Fowles,  and  Nabokov,  with 
ipecial  emphasis  on  the  relationship  of  their 
ivorks  to  concepts  of  modernism.  Prerequi- 
site: ENGL  106  or  107,  or  consent  of 
nstructor. 

J32 

ZOTH-CENTURY  POETRY 

Studies  in  the  themes  and  visions  of 
Tiodem  and  contemporary  poets  including 
y^eats.  Frost,  Stevens,  Williams,  Pound,  Moore, 
Eliot.  Hughes,  Roethke,  Bishop,  Berryman, 
Lowell,  Larkin,  Ginsberg,  Sexton,  Rich,  Plath, 
Baraka,  Heaney,  and  Dove.  Prerequisite: 
ENGL  106  or  107,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

333 

FHE  NOVEL 

An  examination  primarily  of  British  and 
American  works  from  the  1 8th  century  to  the 
present,  focusing  on  the  novel's  ability — since 
its  explosive  inception — to  redefine  its  own 
boundaries.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107, 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

334 

WOMEN  AND  LITERATURE 

An  examination — literary,  social,  and 
historical — of  literature  by  women  represent- 
ing diverse  cultures.  Each  course  will  examine 
a  particular  theme  significant  to  women 
writers  from  more  than  one  cultural  back- 
ground. Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

335 

CHAUCER 

Concentrated  study  of  The  Canterbury  Tales 
with  emphasis  on  the  variety  of  medieval 
narrative  genres  represented.  Chaucer's  Tales 
will  be  read  in  Middle  English.  The  course 


includes  a  brief  study  of  language  develop- 
ment to  Chaucer,  a  study  of  Middle  English 
sufficient  to  comprehend  Chaucer,  and  an 
examination  of  the  cultural  traditions  that 
inform  Chaucer's  works.  Prerequisites: 
ENGL  106  or  107  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Alternate  years. 

336 

SHAKESPEARE 

A  study  of  representative  plays  in  the 
context  of  Shakespeare's  life  and  times. 
Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Alternate  years. 

338 
LINGUISTICS 

An  intensive  look  at  the  English  language, 
focusing  on  three  grammatical  systems 
(traditional,  structural,  transformational)  to 
identify  their  strengths  and  weaknesses. 
Attention  is  also  given  to  larger  issues, 
including  language  change,  the  politics  of 
language,  the  creation  of  meaning,  language 
acquisition,  and  dialects.  Prerequisite:  ENGL 
106  or  107,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate 
years. 

341 

POETRY  WORKSHOP  I 

An  intermediate  workshop  focusing  on  the 
writing  of  poetry  and  methods  of  analysis. 
Prerequisite:  Grade  ofB  or  better  in  ENGL 
240  or  consent  of  instructor. 

342 

FICTION  WORKSHOP  I 

An  intermediate  course  in  the  writing  of 
short  fiction  in  a  workshop  environment,  where 
the  student  is  trained  to  hear  language  at  work. 
Emphasis  on  characterization  and  story. 
Prerequisite:  Grade  ofB  or  better  in  ENGL 
240  or  consent  of  instructor. 

411 

FORM  AND  THEORY:  POETRY 

Principles  of  meter,  rhyme,  formal  structure, 
and  traditional  and  contemporary  poetic  forms 
will  be  studied  through  readings,  discussion. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^M 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ENGLISH 


and  exercises.  Designed  to  enhance  skills  in  both 
practical  criticism  and  in  creative  writing,  this 
course  will  pay  particular  attention  to  theories 
concerned  with  the  relationship  between  form 
and  content  in  poetry.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  341 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

412 

FORM  AND  THEORY:  FICTION 

A  course  that  examines  philosophical  and 
aesthetic  theories  of  fiction,  and  the  resulting 
fiction  based  on  those  theories.  Authors  will 
most  likely  include  Aristotle,  Calvino,  Gardner, 
Gass,  and  Nabokov.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  342 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

420 

SELECTED  WRITERS 

An  intensive  study  of  no  more  than  three 
writers,  selected  on  the  basis  of  student  and 
faculty  interest.  Possible  combinations 
include:  Frost,  Hemingway,  and  Faulkner; 
O'Connor,  Welty,  and  Porter;  Spenser  and 
Milton;  Hawthorne,  Melville,  and  Dickens; 
Woolf,  Forster,  and  Lawrence;  Joyce  and 
Yeats.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

421 

TOPICS  IN  LITERATURE 

Examination  of  a  literary  theme,  idea,  or 
movement  as  it  appears  in  one  or  more  types 
of  literature  and  as  it  cuts  across  various 
epochs.  Possible  topics  include:  American 
Novelists  and  Poets  of  the  Jazz  Age  and 
Depression;  The  Bible  and  Literature;  Gothic 
Tradition  in  American  Literature;  Mystery  and 
Detective  Fiction;  The  Hero  in  Literature. 
Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Alternate  years. 

441 

POETRY  WORKSHOP  II 

An  advanced  workshop  in  the  writing  of 
poetry.  Students  will  receive  intensive  anal- 
ysis of  their  own  work  and  acquire  experience 
in  evaluating  the  work  of  their  peers.  Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL  341. 


442 

FICTION  WORKSHOP  II 

An  advanced  course  in  the  writing  of  short 
fiction.  Emphasis  on  the  complexities  of 
voice  and  tone.  The  student  will  be  encouraged 
to  develop  and  control  his  or  her  individual 
style  and  produce  publishable  fiction.  Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL  342. 

449 

ADVANCED  CRITICISM 

Reading  and  discussion  in  the  theory  and 
history  of  criticism.  Examination  of  both 
traditional  and  contemporary  ideas  about  the 
value  and  nature  of  literary  expression  and  its 
place  in  human  culture  generally.  Work  in  the 
course  includes  practical  as  well  as  theoretical 
use  of  the  ideas  and  methods  of  critical 
inquiry.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

The  department  provides  internships  in 
editing,  legal  work,  publishing,  and  technical 
writing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Recent  studies  include  the  role  of  Pennsyl- 
vania in  the  fiction  of  John  O'Hara;  the 
changing  image  of  women  in  American  art     _ 
and  literature  ( 1 890- 1 945);  the  hard-boiled     ^ 
detective  novel;  contemporary  women  writers; 
and  Milton's  use  of  the  Bible  in  Paradise 
Lost. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 

Recent  projects  include  "The  Function  of 
the  Past  in  the  Fiction  of  William  Faulkner" 
and  "Illusion,  Order,  and  Art  in  the  Novels  of 
Virginia  Woolf." 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^A 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 


FOREIGN 
LANGUAGES  AND 
LITERATURES 

Professor:  MacKenzie 

Associate  Professor:  Buedel 

Assistant  Professors:  Kingery  (Chairperson), 

Heysel,  Watts 
Instructor:  Cartal-Falk 
Part-time  Instructor:  Boring 

Study  of  foreign  languages  and  literatures 
offers  opportunity  to  explore  broadly  the 
varieties  of  human  experience  and  thought.  It 
contributes  both  to  personal  and  to  intemational 
understanding  by  providing  competence  in  a 
foreign  language  and  a  critical  acquaintance  with 
the  literature  and  culture  of  foreign  peoples.  A 
major  can  serve  as  a  gateway  to  careers  in 
business,  government,  publishing,  education, 
journalism,  social  agencies,  translating,  and 
writing.  It  prepares  for  graduate  work  in 
literature  or  linguistics  and  the  intemational 
fields  of  politics,  business,  law,  health,  and  area 
studies. 

MAJOR  FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

French,  German,  and  Spanish  are  offered  as 
major  fields  of  study.  The  major  consists  of  at 
least  32  semester  hours  of  courses  numbered 
1 1 1  and  above.  Students  who  intend  to  pursue 
graduate  study  in  a  foreign  language  should 
take  additional  400-level  hours  in  literature. 
Majors  seeking  teacher  certification  are 

2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


advised  to  begin  the  study  of  a  second  foreign 
language. 

The  department  encourages  students  to 
consider  allied  courses  from  related  fields  or  a 
second  major,  and  also  individual  or  established 
interdisciplinary  majors  combining  interest  in 
several  literatures  or  area  or  cross-cultural 
studies;  for  example,  Intemational  Studies,  20th 
Century  Studies,  the  Major  in  Literature. 

STUDY  ABROAD  AND  INTERNSHIPS 

The  department  recommends  that  language 
majors  study  in  a  department-approved  program 
for  a  semester  or  more  as  part  of  their  major. 
Approved  programs  are  available  in  Austria  (the 
Institute  for  the  Intemational  Education  of 
Students),  France  (Boston  University,  the 
Institute  for  the  Intemational  Education  of 
Students),  Germany  (the  Goethe  Institute,  the 
Institute  for  the  Intemational  Education  of 
Students),  Mexico  (Cemanahuac  Educational 
Community),  and  Spain  (Tandem  Escuela 
Internacional,  the  Center  for  Cross-Cultural 
Studies,  Indiana  University  of  PA).  Interested 
students  should  begin  planning  with  their  major 
advisor  by  the  first  week  of  the  semester  prior  to 
departure.  To  qualify,  students  must  have  soph- 
omore standing  or  better,  an  overall  GPA  of  2.50, 
and  a  GPA  of  3.00  in  language  courses.  Other 
qualifications  include  recommendation  from 
faculty  in  the  major  and  completion  of  specific 
courses  in  language,  literature,  or  culture.  In 
addition,  the  department  offers  overseas 
intemships  through  the  approved  programs. 
They  typically  require  substantial  language 
skills  and  junior  or  senior  standing. 

CAPSTONE  EXPERIENCE 

All  foreign  language  majors  are  required  to 
pass  two  semesters  of  FLL  449  (Junior-Senior 
Colloquium).  In  addition,  all  majors  must 
complete  at  least  two  of  the  following  six  options: 
( 1 )  appropriate  study  abroad  for  a  minimum  of  6 
weeks;  (2)  an  internship;  (3)  department-approved 
volunteer  work  or  tutoring  in  the  foreign  lan- 
guage; (4)  FRN  44 1 ,  GERM  4 1 8,  or  SPAN  4 1 8 
with  a  grade  of  C  or  better;  (5)  secondary 
teaching  certification  in  French,  German,  or 
Spanish;  (6)  a  Praxis  test  in  French,  German,  or 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 


Spanish  passed  with  a  score  approved  by  the 
department. 

If  the  colloquia  and  other  two  requirements 
have  not  been  met  by  the  end  of  the  first 
semester  of  the  senior  year,  the  student  must 
submit  to  the  chair  of  the  department  a  plan 
signed  by  the  advisor  showing  when  and  how 
these  requirements  will  be  completed. 

TEACHER  CERTIFICATION 

Students  interested  in  teacher  certification 
should  refer  to  the  Department  of  Education 
on  page  96. 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGES 
AND  LITERATURES  (fll) 

225 

CONTINENTAL  LITERATURE 

A  study  of  such  major  continental  authors 
as  Cervantes,  Dostoevsky,  Chekhov,  Dante, 
Ibsen,  Proust,  Gide,  Kafka,  Hesse,  Goethe, 
Sartre,  Camus,  Brecht,  and  lonesco.  Works 
read  in  English  translation  will  vary  and  be 
organized  around  a  different  theme  or  topic; 
recent  topics  have  been  existentialism,  modem- 
ism,  drama,  the  Weimar  era,  and  20th  century 
Scandinavian  and  German  prose  writers. 
Prerequisite:  None.  Taught  in  English.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit  with  consent  of  instructor. 
May  be  accepted  toward  the  English  major 
with  consent  of  the  Department  of  English. 
338 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGE: 
SYSTEMS  AND  PROCESS 

Study  of  basic  linguistic  concepts  as  a  tool  for 
language  learning  and  teaching.  Discussion  and 
application  of  language  teaching  techniques, 
including  work  in  the  language  laboratory. 
Designed  for  future  teachers  of  one  or  more 
languages  and  normally  taken  in  the  junior  year. 
Students  should  arrange  through  the  Department 
of  Education  to  fulfill  the  requirements  of  a 
participation  experience  in  area  schools  in  the 
same  semester.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
instructor.  Taught  in  English.  Does  not  count 
toward  majors  in  French,  German,  and  Spanish. 


449 

JUNIOR-SENIOR  COLLOQUIUM 

This  colloquium  offers  French,  German,  and 
Spanish  majors  the  opportunity  to  meet  regu- 
larly with  peers,  professors,  and  invited  guest 
speakers  to  discuss  linguistic,  literary,  cultural, 
and  pedagogical  topics.  Each  student  enrolled 
in  449  is  required  to  deliver  at  least  one  oral 
presentation  per  semester.  Prerequisite:  junior 
standing.   The  department  recommends  that, 
when  possible,  students  take  one  semester  of  449 
during  their  junior  year  and  another  semester 
during  their  senior  year  Taught  in  English.  The 
Colloquium  will  meet  a  minimum  of  6  times 
during  the  semester  for  1  hour  each  session. 
After  successful  completion  of  two  semesters  of 
the  Colloquium,  a  student  may  enroll  for  addi- 
tional semesters  on  a  pass  fail  basis  and  no  oral 
presentation  will  be  required.  Non-credit  course. 


FRENCH  (FRN) 


Major 

A  major  consists  of  a  minimum  of  32 
semester  hours  of  FRN  courses  numbered  1 1 1 
and  above  or  approved  courses  from  a  Study 
Abroad  program,  including  at  least  eight 
semester  hours  from  402,  412  and  427.  French 
majors  must  pass  at  least  two  semesters  of  FLL 
449  and  complete  two  of  the  additional  require- 
ments as  explained  under  Capstone  Experience 
on  page  105.  Students  who  wish  to  be  certified 
for  secondary  teaching  must  complete  the  major 
with  at  least  a  3.00  GPA  and  pass  FRN  221- 
222,  228,  418,  and  FLL  338  (the  latter  course 
with  a  grade  of  B  or  better). 

The  following  course  satisfies  the  cultural 
diversity  requirement:  FRN  228.  The  follow- 
ing course,  when  scheduled  as  a  W  course, 
counts  toward  the  writing  intensive  require- 
ment: FRN  222. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  French  consists  of  at  least  16 
semester  hours  of  courses  numbered  22 1  and 
above.  Courses  1 1 1  and  1 12  may  be  counted 
towards  the  minor,  but  then  the  minor  must 
consist  of  at  least  20  semester  hours  of  courses, 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 


I  hours  of  which  must  be  numbered  200  or 
)0ve. 

)1-102 

LEMENTARY  FRENCH 

The  aim  of  this  sequence  of  courses  is  to 
:quire  the  fundamentals  of  the  language  with 
[view  to  using  them.  Regular  practice  in 
)eaking,  understanding,  and  reading. 

11-112 

vITERMEDIATE  FRENCH 

Review  and  development  of  the  fundamen- 
Js  of  the  language  for  immediate  use  in 
leaking,  understanding,  and  reading,  with  a 
iew  to  building  confidence  in  self-expres- 
on.  Prerequisite:  FRN  102  or  equivalent. 

IX-IU 

RENCH  LANGUAGE  PRACTICE 

Further  training  in  speaking,  listening 
omprehension,  reading,  and  writing.  In- 
ludes  extensive  work  in  grammar.  Prerequi- 
Ite:  FRN  112  or  equivalent. 

28 

lODERN  FRANCE 

A  course  designed  to  familiarize  students  with 
olitical  and  social  structures  and  cultural 
ttituds  in  contemporary  French  society, 
laterial  studied  may  include  such  documents  as 
ewspaper  articles,  interviews  and  sociological 
urveys,  and  readings  in  history,  religion, 
nthropology,  and  the  arts.  Some  attention  to  the 
hanging  education  system  and  the  family  and  to 
vents  and  ideas  which  have  shaped  French 
ociety.  May  include  some  comparative  study 
f  France  and  the  United  States.  Prerequisite: 
•"RN  221  or  consent  of  instructor. 

21 

IPECIAL  TOPICS  OR  AUTHORS 
N  LITERATURE 

Examination  of  significant  cultural  or 
iterary  topics  concerning  the  French-speaking 
vorld.  Possible  topics  or  genres  include: 
Tancophone  short  stories;  modem  French 
heatre;  French-speaking  women  writers; 
Tench  and  Francophone  poetry;  Paris  and  the 
Want-garde.  Prerequisite:  FRN  221  or 


consent  of  the  in.structor.  May  be  repeated  for 
credit  with  consent  of  instructor. 

402 

FRENCH  LITERATURE  TO  1800 

Major  authors  and  movements  from  the 
Medieval,  Renaissance,  Classical  and 
Enlightenment  periods.  Includes  the  chanson 
de  geste,  Villon,  Montaigne,  Comeille,  Racine, 
Moliere,  Voltaire,  and  Rousseau.  Prerequisite: 
FRN  222  or  228,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Alternate  years. 

412 

FRENCH  LFTERATURE  OF  THE  19TH 
CENTURY 

The  dimensions  of  the  Romantic  sensibil- 
ity: Musset,  Hugo,  Vigny,  Balzac,  Stendhal. 
Realism  and  Naturalism  in  the  novels  of 
Flaubert  and  Zola.  Reaction  in  the  poetry  of 
Baudelaire,  Rimbaud,  Verlaine,  and 
Mallarme.  Prerequisite:  FRN  222  or  228,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

418 

ADVANCED  LANGUAGE  PRACTICE 

Intensive  practice  for  advanced  students 
who  wish  to  improve  further  their  spoken  and 
written  French.  Includes  work  in  oral 
comprehension,  phonetics,  pronunciation,  oral 
and  written  composition,  and  translation. 
Prerequisite:  One  course  from  FRN  402,  412, 
423,  427;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

427 

FRENCH  LITERATURE  OF 

THE  20TH  CENTURY 

Representative  poets  and  novelists  of 
modern  France.  Readings  selected  from  the 
works  of  authors  such  as  Proust,  Gide.  Aragon. 
Giono,  Mauriac,  Celine,  Malraux,  Saint- 
Exupery,  Camus,  the  "new  novelists"  (Robbe- 
Grillet.  Butor,  Sarraute,  Le  Clezio).  and  the 
poetry  of  Apollinaire,  Vale'ry,  the  Surrealists 
(Breton,  Reverdy,  Eluard,  Char),  Saint-John 
Perse.  Supervielle,  Prevert.  and  others.  Some 
attention  to  works  of  French-speaking 
African  writers.  Prerequisite:  FRN  222  or 
228,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 


002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^A 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 


470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Examples  of  recent  studies  in  French  include 
translation.  Existentialism,  the  classical  period, 
enlightenment  literature,  and  Saint-Exupery. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 

GERMAN  (GERM) 

Major 

A  major  consists  of  a  minimum  of  32 
semester  hours  of  GERM  courses  numbered 
1 1 1  and  above  or  approved  courses  from  a 
Study  Abroad  program  One  unit  of  FLL  225 
may  be  included  in  the  major  with  permission. 
GERM  431  or  441  is  required  of  all  majors. 
German  majors  must  pass  at  least  two 
semesters  of  FLL  449  and  complete  two  of  the 
additional  requirements  as  explained  under 
Capstone  Experience  on  page  105. 

Students  who  wish  to  be  certified  for 
secondary  teaching  must  complete  the  major 
with  at  least  a  3.00  GPA  and  pass  GERM  221- 
222,  323,  325,  418,  and  either  431  or  441.  In 
addition  to  the  32  semester  hours  of  courses 
for  the  major.  In  addition  to  the  32  semester 
hours  of  courses  for  the  major  they  must  also 
pass  FLL  338  with  a  grade  of  B  or  better.  All 
majors  are  urged  to  enroll  in  HIST  416,  MUS 
336,  PSCI  221,  and  THEA  335. 

The  following  courses  satisfy  the  cultural 
diversity  requirement:  GERM  221  and  222. 
The  following  courses,  when  scheduled  as  W 
courses,  count  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:  GERM  431  and  441. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  German  consists  of  at  least  16 
semester  hours  of  courses  numbered  22 1  and 
above.  Courses  1 1 1  and  1 1 2  may  be  counted 
toward  the  minor,  but  then  the  minor  must 
consist  of  at  least  20  semester  hours  of  courses, 
12  hours  of  which  must  be  numbered  200  or 
above.  One  unit  of  FLL  225  may  be  included 
in  the  minor  with  permission. 


101-102 

ELEMENTARY  GERMAN 

The  aim  of  this  sequence  of  courses  is  to] 
acquire  the  fundamentals  of  the  language  wit 
a  view  to  using  them.  Regular  practice  in 
speaking,  understanding,  and  reading.  I 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE  GERMAN 

This  sequence  of  courses  reviews  and  develops 
the  fundamentals  of  the  language  for  immediate 
use  in  speaking,  understanding,  and  reading  with 
a  view  to  building  confidence  in  self-expres- 
sion. Prerequisite:  GERM  102  or  equivalent. 

221-222 

COMPREHENSIVE  REVIEW 
AND  LANGUAGE  PRACTICE 

This  sequence  of  courses  is  designed  to  review 
and  develop  skills  in  speaking,  listening,  writing 
and  reading.  Grammar  and  vocabulary  building 
are  stressed  with  intensive  review,  writing 
practice  and  some  reading  on  contemporary 
issues  in  German-speaking  countries.  Prerequi- 
site: GERM  112  or  equivalent. 

323 

SURVEY  OF  GERMAN 
LITERATURE  AND  CIVILIZATION  I 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with 
important  periods  of  German  literature, 
representative  authors,  and  major  cultural 
developments  in  Germany,  Austria,  and 
Switzerland.  The  course  deals  with  literature 
and  culture  from  the  Early  Middle  Ages 
through  the  1 8th  century.  Prerequisite: 
GERM  222  or  consent  of  instructor. 

325 

SURVEY  OF  GERMAN 

LITERATURE  AND  CIVILIZATION  II 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with 
important  periods  of  German  literature, 
representative  authors,  and  major  cultural 
developments  in  Germany,  Austria,  and 
Switzerland.  The  course  deals  with  literature 
and  culture  from  the  1 9th  century  through  the 
1 960's.  Prerequisite:  GERM  222  or  consent  oj 
instructor. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^0 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOC 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 


1 

iE  NOVELLE 

The  German  Novelle  as  a  genre  relating  to 
rious  literary  periods.  Prerequisite:  GERM 
'3  or  325,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

8 

DVANCED  LANGUAGE  PRACTICE 

Intensive  practice  for  advanced  students  who 
int  to  improve  their  spoken  and  written 
jnnan.  Includes  work  in  oral  comprehension, 
lonetics,  pronunciation,  oral  and  written  com- 
isition,  translation,  and  the  development  of 
e  language  and  its  relationship  to  English. 
■e requisite:  GERM  222  or  consent  of  instructor. 

.1 

ERMAN  POETRY 

\  study  of  selected  poets  or  the  poeU7  of  various 
erary  periods.  Possible  topics  include:  Roman- 
;  poetry,  Heine,  Rilke,  and  selected  contempo- 
ry  poets.  Prerequisite:  GERM  323  or  325,  or 
msent  of  instructor. 

M 

OETHE 

A  study  of  the  life  and  worics  of  Goethe.  Goethe' s 
gnificance  in  the  Classical  period  and  later, 
ladings  in  the  major  works.  Prerequisite: 
ERM  323  or  325,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

\\ 

ONTEMPORARY  GERMAN  LITERATURE 

Representative  poets,  novelists  and 
•amatists  of  contemporary  Germany, 
kvitzerland  and  Austria  covering  the  period 
om  the  1 960's  to  the  present.  Readings 
ilected  from  writers  such  as:  Boll,  Brecht, 
risch,  Durrenmatt,  Bichsel,  Handke,  Walser, 
rass,  Becker,  and  others.  Prerequisite: 
ERM  323  or  325,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

70-479 

<TERNSHIP  (See  index) 

80-N89 

^DEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 
Examples  of  recent  studies  in  German  include 
lassicism,  Germanic  Mythology,  Hermann 
[esse,  the  dramas  of  Frisch  and  Durrenmatt. 


490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 

GREEK  (GRK)  SEE  RELIGION 
HEBREW  (HEBR)  SEE  RELIGION 

SPANISH  (SPAN) 

Major 

A  major  consists  of  32  semester  hours  of 
SPAN  courses  numbered  1 1 1  and  above  or 
approved  courses  from  a  Study  Abroad  program. 
One  course  must  focus  on  literature  from  Spain 
and  one  course  must  focus  on  literature  from 
Spanish  America.  Eight  semester  hours  must 
be  at  the  400  level,  not  including  449.  Spanish 
majors  must  pass  at  least  two  semesters  of  FLL 
449  and  complete  two  of  the  additional  require- 
ments as  explained  under  Capstone  Experience 
on  page  105.  Students  who  wish  to  be  certified 
for  secondary  teaching  must  complete  the  major 
with  at  least  a  3.00  GPA  and  pass  SPAN  221, 
222,  311,  418,  and  FLL  338  (the  latter  with  a 
grade  of  B  or  better). 

The  following  courses  satisfy  the  cultural 
diversity  requirement:  SPAN  221,  222,  and  311. 
The  following  courses,  when  scheduled  as  W 
courses,  count  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:  SPAN  323,  325,  418,  and  424. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  Spanish  consists  of  at  least  16 
semester  hours  of  courses  numbered  22 1  or 
above.  Courses  1 1 1  and  1 12  may  be  counted 
toward  the  minor,  but  then  the  minor  must  con- 
sist of  at  least  20  semester  hours  of  courses,  1 2 
hours  of  which  must  be  numbered  200  or  above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY  SPANISH 

The  aim  of  this  sequence  of  courses  is  to 
acquire  the  fundamentals  of  the  language  with  a 
view  to  using  them.  Regular  practice  in 
speaking,  understanding,  and  reading. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE  SPANISH 

This  sequence  of  courses  reviews  and 
develops  the  fundamentals  of  the  language  for 
immediate  use  in  speaking,  understanding. 


)02-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 


reading  and  writing  with  a  view  to  building 
confidence  in  self-expression.   Prerequisite: 
SPAN  102  or  equivalent. 

221-222 

CONVERSATION,  REVIEW,  AND 
COMPOSITION 

Intensive  discussion  and  writing  on  a  variety 
of  subjects  in  conjunction  with  contemporary 
readings.   Includes  in-depth  grammar  review. 
Designed  to  provide  greater  breadth  and 
fluency  in  spoken  and  written  Spanish.  Prereq- 
uisite: SPAN  112  or  equivalent. 

311 

HISPANIC  CULTURE 

To  introduce  students  to  Spanish-speaking 
peoples — their  values,  customs  and  institutions, 
with  reference  to  the  geographic  and  historical 
forces  governing  present-day  Spain  and  Spanish 
America.  Prerequisite:  SPAN  222  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Alternate  years. 

321 

SPECIAL  TOPICS  OR  AUTHORS 
IN  LITERATURE 

Examination  of  significant  cultural  or  literary 
topics  concerning  the  Spanish-speaking  world. 
Possible  topics  or  genres  include:  Latin  American 
short  stories;  modem  Spanish  theatre;  Latin 
American  women  writers;  Chicano  literature. 
Prerequisite:  SPAN  222  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  with 
consent  of  instructor. 

323 

SURVEY  OF  SPANISH  LITERATURE 
AND  CIVILIZATION 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  import- 
ant periods  of  Spanish  literature,  representative 
authors,  and  major  socio-economic  developments. 
The  course  deals  with  the  literature  from  the 
Middle  Ages  to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  SPAN 
222  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

325 

SURVEY  OF  SPANISH-AMERICAN 

LITERATURE  AND  CIVILIZATION 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with 
important  periods  of  Spanish- American 
literature,  representative  authors,  and  major 
socio-economic  developments.  The  course 


deals  with  the  literature,  especially  the  essay  ai 
poetry,  from  the  16th  century  to  the  present. 
Prerequisite:  SPAN  222  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Alternate  years. 

418 

ADVANCED  LANGUAGE  PRACTICE 

Intensive  practice  for  advanced  students  wb 
wish  to  improve  their  spoken  and  written 
Spanish.  Includes  work  in  oral  comprehension 
pronunciation,  oral  and  written  composition,  ai 
translation.  Prerequisite:  One  SPAN  course  at 
the  300  level  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate 
years. 

424 

SPANISH  LFTERATURE  OF 
THE  GOLDEN  AGE 

A  study  of  representative  works  and  principal 
literary  figures  in  the  poetry,  prose,  and  drama 
of  the  16th  and  17th  centuries.  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  323  and  325,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

426 

SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  MODERN  HISPANIC 
LITERATURE 

Readings  of  important  works  in  modem 
Spanish  and/or  Latin  American  literature. 
Reading  selections  may  focus  on  a  particular 
genre  or  they  may  be  a  combination  of  drama, 
poetry  and  prose.  Possible  topics  include: 
Romanticism  and  realism  in  Spain  and  Latin 
America;  the  Modernist  movement  in  Latin 
America;  20th  century  poetry;  Lorca  and  the 
avant-gaide;  the  Latin  American  novel;  the 
literature  of  post-Franco  Spain.  Prerequisite: 
two  Spanish  courses  at  the  300  level,  or  conser 
of  instructor.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  with 
consent  of  instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Recent  studies  include  literary,  linguistic,  ai 
cultural  topics  and  themes  such  as  urban 
problems  as  reflected  in  the  modem  novel. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALO( 


HISTORY 


HISTORY  (HIST) 

*rofessors:  Larson  (Chairperson),  Morris, 

Piper 
Associate  Professor:  Witwer 

A  major  consists  of  10  courses,  including 
IIST  110,  111,  and  449.  At  least  seven  courses 
nust  be  taken  in  the  department.  The  following 
;ourses  may  be  counted  toward  fulfilUng  the 
najor  requirements:  AMST  200,  ECON  236, 
>SCI  221  and  439,  REL  226  and  228.  Other 
ippropriate  courses  outside  the  department  may 
►e  counted  upon  departmental  approval.  For 
listory  majors  who  student  teach  in  history,  the 
najor  consists  of  nine  courses.  In  addition  to 
he  courses  listed  below,  special  courses, 
ndependent  study,  and  honors  are  available. 
Special  courses  recently  taught  and  anticipated 
nclude  a  biographical  study  of  European 
4onarchs,  the  European  Left,  the  Industrializa- 
ion  and  Urbanization  of  Modem  Europe, 
Jtopian  Movements  in  America ,  the  Peace 
/lovement  in  America.  The  Vietnam  War,  and 
American  Legal  History.  History  majors  are 
incouraged  to  participate  in  the  internship 
irogram. 

Students  interested  in  teacher  certification 
hould  refer  to  the  Department  of  Education  on 
>age  96. 

The  following  courses  satisfy  the  cultural 
liversity  requirement:  HIST  120,  140,220, 
!30  and  240.  The  following  courses,  when 
cheduled  as  W  courses,  count  toward  the 


writing  intensive  requirement:  HIST  218,  230, 
247,  332,  335,  443,  and  449. 

Minor 

Three  minors  are  offered  by  the  Department 
of  History.  The  following  courses  are  required 
to  complete  a  minor  in  American  history:  HIST 
1 25,  1 26,  and  three  courses  in  American  history 
numbered  200  and  above  (HIST  1 20  and/or  220 
may  be  substituted.)  A  minor  in  European 
history  requires  the  completion  of  HIST  1 10, 
1 1 1  and  three  courses  in  European  history 
numbered  200  and  above.  To  obtain  a  minor  in 
History  (without  national  or  geographical 
designation),  a  student  must  complete  six 
courses  in  history,  of  which  three  must  be 
chosen  from  HIST  1 10,  1 1 1,  125,  and  126  and 
three  must  be  history  courses  numbered  2(X) 
and  above. 

110 

EUROPE  1500-1815 

An  examination  of  the  political,  social, 
cultural,  and  intellectual  history  of  Europe  and 
its  relations  with  other  areas  of  the  world  from 
1500  to  1815. 

Ill 

EUROPE  1815-PRESENT 

An  examination  of  the  political,  social, 
cultural,  and  intellectual  history  of  Europe  and 
its  relations  with  other  areas  of  the  world  from 
1815  to  the  present. 

120 

LATIN  AMERICAN  HISTORY 

An  examination  of  the  native  civilization,  the 
age  of  discovery  and  conquest,  Spanish 
colonial  policy,  the  independence  movements, 
and  the  development  of  modem  institutions  and 
govemments  in  Latin  America.  Alternate 
years. 

125 

UNITED  STATES  HISTORY  1601-1877 

A  study  of  the  people,  measures,  and 
movements  which  have  been  significant  in  the 
development  of  the  United  States  between 


002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


O 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


fflSTORY 


1 607  and  1 877.  Attention  is  paid  to  the 
problems  of  minority  groups  as  well  as  to 
majority  and  national  influences. 

126 

UNITED  STATES  fflSTORY  1877-PRESENT 

A  study  of  people,  measures,  and  move- 
ments which  have  been  significant  in  the 
development  of  the  United  States  since  1877. 
Attention  is  paid  to  the  problems  of  minority 
groups  as  well  as  to  majority  and  national 
influences. 

140 

SURVEY  OF  ASIAN  HISTORY 

A  comprehensive  overview  of  Asian 
history  with  emphasis  on  those  Pacific  Rim 
countries  which  have  greatest  current  impact 
on  political  and  economic  development  in  the 
United  States.  Alternate  Years. 

210 

ANCIENT  HISTORY 

A  study  of  the  ancient  western  world,  includ- 
ing the  foundations  of  the  western  tradition  in 
Greece,  the  emergence  and  expansion  of  the 
Roman  state,  its  experience  as  a  republic,  and 
its  transformation  into  the  Empire.  The  course 
will  focus  on  the  social  and  intellectual  life  of 
Greece  and  Rome  as  well  as  political  and 
economic  changes.  Alternate  years. 

212 

MEDIEVAL  EUROPE  AND  ITS  NEIGHBORS 

The  history  of  Europe  from  the  dissolution  of 
the  Roman  Empire  to  the  mid-  15th  century.  The 
course  will  deal  with  the  growing  estrangement 
of  western  Catholic  Europe  from  Byzantium  and 
Islam,  culminating  in  the  Crusades;  the  rise  of 
the  Islamic  Empire  and  its  later  fragmentation; 
the  development  and  growth  of  feudalism;  the 
conflict  of  empire  and  papacy,  and  the  rise  of 
the  towns.  Alternate  years. 

215 

CONFLICT  IN  WESTERN  CIVILIZATION 

An  in-depth  study  of  the  changing  nature 
of  war  and  its  relationship  to  the  development 
of  Western  Civilization  since  the  end  of  the 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


Middle  Ages.  Particular  emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  the  role  of  war  in  the  development  ot 
the  modem  nation  state  and  the  origins  and 
nature  of  total  war.  Alternate  years. 

218 

EUROPE  IN  THE  ERA  OF  THE  WORLD  WARS 
An  intensive  study  of  the  political,  economic, 
social,  and  cultural  history  of  Europe  from  1900- 
1945.  Topics  include  the  rise  of  irrationalism,  tl 
origins  of  the  First  World  War,  the  Communist 
and  Fascist  Revolutions,  and  the  attempts  to 
preserve  peace  before  1939.  Prerequisite:  HIS! 
HI  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

219 

CONTEMPORARY  EUROPE 

An  intensive  study  of  the  political,  economic, 
social,  and  cultural  history  of  Europe  since  1945. 
Topics  include  the  post-war  economic  recovery 
of  Europe,  the  Sovietization  of  Eastern  Europe, 
the  origins  of  the  Cold  War,  decolonization,  anc 
the  flowering  of  the  welfare  state.  Prerequisite: 
HIST  11 1  or  consent  of  instructor. 

WOMEN  IN  HISTORY 

An  examination  of  the  social,  political, 
economic  and  intellectual  experience  of  wome 
in  the  Western  World  from  ancient  times  to  the 
present. 

226 

COLONIAL  AMERICA  AND 
THE  REVOLUTIONARY  ERA 

The  establishment  of  British  settlements  on 
the  American  continent,  their  history  as  colonie 
the  causes  and  events  of  the  American  Revolu- 
tion, the  critical  period  following  independence 
and  proposal  and  adoption  of  the  United  States 
Constitution.  Alternate  years. 

230 

AFRO-AMERICAN  HISTORY 

A  study  of  the  experiences  and  participatioi 
of  Afro-Americans  in  the  United  States.  The 
course  includes  historical  experiences  such  as 
slavery,  abolition,  reconstruction,  and  urbaniza 
tion.  It  also  raises  the  issue  of  the  developmen 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


HISTORY 


I  and  growth  of  white  racism,  and  the  effect  of 
this  racism  on  contemporary  Afro- American 
social,  intellectual,  and  political  life.  Alter- 
nate years. 

240 

MODERN  CHINA 

This  course  will  explore  the  social,  political 
and  cultural  changes  in  China  since  the  early 
1 19th  Century.  Particular  attention  will  be  given 
to  the  Communist  Revolution  and  the  develop- 
ments in  China  since  Mao's  death.  Alternate 
\  years. 

247 

ORGANIZED  CRIME  IN  AMERICA 

A  history  of  organized  crime  in  America 
from  the  Gilded  Age  to  the  present.  This  course 
explores  the  rise  of  organized  crime  and  its 
ties  to  the  urban  political  machines  as  well  as 
the  segregated  vice  districts  of  Nineteenth 
Century  America.  Students  study  the  rise  of 
the  Mafia  in  the  Twentieth  Century  along  with 
other  ethnically  based  criminal  groups.  Much 
of  the  course  centers  on  the  role  that  organized 
crime  has  played  in  American  society  through 
such  activities  as  labor  racketeering,  organized 
gambling,  and  smuggling.  The  course  also 
explores  different  law  enforcement  efforts 
mounted  against  organized  crime  over  time, 
culminating  with  the  most  recent  use  of  broad 
conspiracy  laws.  Alternate  years. 

320 

DIPLOMATIC  HISTORY 
OF  EUROPE  SINCE  1789 

A  survey  of  the  development  of  the  European- 
states  system  and  the  relations  between  the 
European  states  since  the  beginning  of  the 
French  Revolution.  Prerequisite:  HIST  1 11  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

322 

THE  CRISIS  OF  LIBERALISM  AND 

NATIONALISM:  EUROPE  1848-1870 

An  in-depth  investigation  of  the  crucial 
"Middle  Years"  of  1 9th  century  Europe  from 
the  revolutions  of  1848  through  the  unification 
of  Germany.  The  course  centers  on  the 


struggles  for  power  within  the  major  states  of 
Europe  at  this  time,  and  how  the  vehicle  of 
nationalism  was  used  to  bring  about  one  type 
of  solution.  Alternate  years. 

328 

AGE  OF  JEFFERSON  AND  JACKSON 

The  theme  of  the  course  is  the  emergence  of 
the  political  and  social  characteristics  that 
shaped  modem  America.  The  personalities  of 
Thomas  Jefferson,  John  Marshall,  John 
Randolph,  Aaron  Burr,  and  Andrew  Jackson 
receive  special  attention.  Special  consideration 
is  given  to  the  first  and  second  party  systems, 
the  decline  in  community  cohesiveness,  the 
westward  movement,  and  the  growing  impor- 
tance of  the  family  as  a  unit  of  social  organiza- 
tion. Alternate  years. 

330 

FRENCH  REVOLUTION  AND  NAPOLEON 

An  analysis  of  the  political,  social,  and 
intellectual  background  of  the  French  Revolu- 
tion, a  survey  of  the  course  of  revolutionary 
development,  and  an  estimate  of  the  results  of 
the  Napoleonic  conquests  and  administration. 
Prerequisite:  HIST  I  JO  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Alternate  years. 

332 

CIVIL  WAR  AND  RECONSTRUCTION 

The  problems  and  events  leading  to  war,  the 
political  and  military  history  of  the  war,  and  the 
bitter  aftermath  to  the  Compromise  of  1 877. 

335 

U.S.  SINCE  1945 

A  survey  of  the  political,  social,  and  intellec- 
tual developments  in  America  in  the  years 
following  World  War  II.  The  course  reviews 
both  foreign  policy  developments  in  those 
years  and  the  various  social  movements  that 
swept  across  the  country,  including  civil  rights, 
feminism,  the  counter-culture,  and  conserva- 
tism. Prerequisite:  HIST  126  or  consent  of 
instructor. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


HISTORY 

• 


340 

20TH  CENTURY  UNITED  STATES 
RELIGION 

The  study  of  historical  and  cultural 
developments  in  American  society  which 
relate  to  religion  or  what  is  commonly  called 
religion.  This  involves  consideration  of  the 
institutional  and  intellectual  development  of 
several  faith  groups  as  well  as  discussion  of 
certain  problems,  such  as  the  persistence  of 
religious  bigotry  and  the  changing  modes  of 
church-state  relationships.  Alternate  years. 

416 

HISTORY  OF  REFORMATION  THOUGHT 

A  study  of  the  ideas  and  systems  of  ideas 
propounded  prior  to  the  Reformation,  but  which 
are  historically  related  to  its  inception,  and  of 
the  ideas  and  systems  of  ideas  involved  in  the 
formulation  of  the  major  Reformation  Protestant 
traditions,  and  in  the  Catholic  Reformation. 
Included  are  the  ideas  of  the  humanists  of  the 
Reformation  Era.  Alternate  years. 

418 

HISTORY  OF  RENAISSANCE  THOUGHT 

A  study  of  the  classical,  humanist,  and 
scholastic  elements  involved  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  Renaissance  outlook  on  views  and 
values,  both  in  Italy  and  in  Northern  Europe. 
The  various  combinations  of  social  and 
political  circumstances  which  constitute  the 
historical  context  of  these  intellectual  develop- 
ments will  be  noted.  Alternate  years. 

442 

UNITED  STATES  SOCIAL  AND 
INTELLECTUAL  HISTORY  TO  1877 
A  study  of  the  social  and  intellectual 
experience  of  the  United  States  from  its 
colonial  antecedents  through  reconstruction. 
Among  the  topics  considered  are  Puritanism, 
Transcendentalism,  community  life  and 
organization,  education,  and  social  reform 
movements.  Prerequisites:  Two  courses  from 
HIST  J  25,  J  26,  230;  or  consent  of  instructor. 


443 

UNITED  STATES  SOCIAL  AND 
INTELLECTUAL  HISTORY  SINCE  1877 

A  study  of  the  social  and  intellectual 
experience  of  the  United  States  from  recon- 
struction to  the  present  day.  Among  the  topics 
considered  are  social  Darwinism,  pragmatism, 
community  life  and  organization,  education 
and  social  reform  movements.  Prerequisite: 
Two  courses  from  HIST  125,  126,  230;  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

449 

HISTORICAL  METHODS 

This  course  focuses  on  the  nature  and 
meaning  of  history.  It  will  open  to  the  student 
different  historical  approaches  and  will 
provide  the  opportunity  to  explore  these 
approaches  in  terms  of  particular  topics  and 
periods.  Majors  are  required  to  enroll  in  this 
course  in  either  their  junior  or  senior  year. 
Prerequisite:  One  course  from  HIST  328, 
330,  335  or  416. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Typically,  history  interns  work  for  local 
government  agencies  engaged  in  historical 
projects  or  for  the  Lycoming  County  Histori- 
cal Museum. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 
Recent  topics  include  studies  of  the 
immigration  of  American  blacks,  political 
dissension  in  the  Weimer  republic,  Indian 
relations  before  the  American  Revolution,  and 
the  history  of  Lycoming  County. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG  J 


INSTITUTE  FOR  MANAGEMENT  STUDIES  AND  MANAGEMENT  SCHOLARS  PROGRAM 


INSTITUTE  FOR 

MANAGEMENT 

STUDIES  (IMS)  AND 

MANAGEMENT 

SCHOLARS 

PROGRAM 

Associate  Professor:  Weaver  (Director) 

The  purpose  of  the  Institute  for  Management 
Studies  is  to  enhance  the  educational  opportuni- 
ties for  students  majoring  or  minoring  in 
accounting,  business  administration,  or  econom- 
ics. It  does  this  by  offering  an  expanded  intern- 
ship program,  special  seminars  on  important 
management  topics,  student  involvement  in 
faculty  research  and  professional  projects, 
executive  development  seminars,  and  a  Manage- 
ment Scholars  program  for  academically 
talented  students  (described  below).  In  addition, 
the  IMS  hosts  guest  speakers  and  conferences  on 
current  management  issues. 

All  students  who  have  a  declared  major  or 
minor  in  accounting,  business  administration, 
or  economics  and  who  are  in  good  academic 
standing  are  automatically  members  of  the 
IMS.  However,  the  IMS  Director  may  invite  or 
permit  other  students  to  join  the  IMS  who  do 
not  meet  the  first  criterion,  such  as  freshmen 
who  have  not  yet  declared  a  major  or  minor. 

2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


210 

MANAGEMENT  SCHOLAR  SEMINAR 
Team-taught  interdisciplinary  seminar 
under  the  direction  of  the  IMS  faculty.  A 
different  interdisciplinary  topic  relevant  to 
students  in  all  three  IMS  departments  is 
offered  at  least  once  a  year.  Completion  of 
two  semesters  required  by  the  Management 
Scholars  Program.  One-quarter  unit  of  credit. 
Prerequisite:  Membership  in  the  Manage- 
ment Scholars  Program  or  consent  of  IMS 
Director.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

340 

MANAGEMENT  INTERNSHIP  STUDY 
A  practicum  in  which  students  work  as 
interns  for  businesses,  government  agencies 
and  nonprofit  organizations  in  the 
Williamsport  area  and  locations  in  Pennsylva- 
nia, New  Jersey,  New  York,  Washington, 
D.C.,  and  other  places.  Reading,  writing  and 
research  assignments  vary  by  the  credit  value 
of  the  experience.  Enrollments  are  limited  to 
the  numbers  of  available  placements.  Most 
internships  are  full-time  paid  positions, 
although  part-time  and  unpaid  positions  are 
occasionally  accepted.  Four  to  eight  semester 
hours  of  credit.  Prerequisite:  Membership  in 
the  Institute  for  Management  Studies  and 
consent  of  the  Director.  May  be  repeated  for 
a  maximum  of  16  credits. 

IMS  Scholars  Program 

The  IMS  sponsors  a  Management  Scholars 
Program  for  academically  talented  students  in 
the  three  IMS  departments.  To  join  the 
Management  Scholars  Program,  a  student 
must  satisfy  the  following  criteria: 

a)  Have  a  declared  major  or  minor  in  one 
or  more  of  the  IMS  departments. 
However,  the  IMS  Director  may  invite 
or  permit  other  students  to  join  the 
Management  Scholars  Program  who 
do  not  meet  this  criterion,  such  as 
freshmen  who  have  not  yet  declared  a 
major  or  minor. 


^R 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


INSTITUTE  FOR  MANAGEMENT  STUDIES  •  INTERNATIONAL  STUDIES 


b)  Have  an  overall  GPA  of  3.25  or  higher, 
or  exhibit  strong  academic  potential  if 
the  student  is  a  first-semester  freshman. 

To  graduate  as  a  Management  Scholar,  a 
student  must  meet  the  following  criteria: 

a)  Successfully  complete  two  semester- 
hours  of  Management  Scholar  Seminars. 

b)  Successfully  complete  a  major  or  minor 
in  one  of  the  three  IMS  departments. 

c)  Graduate  with  a  GPA  of  3.25  or  higher 
in  both  overall  college  work,  and 
within  an  IMS  major  and/or  minor. 

d)  Successfully  complete  an  appropriate 
internship,  practicum  or  independent 
study,  or  complete  a  special  project 
approved  by  the  IMS  Director. 

At  least  one  Management  Scholar  Seminar 
is  taught  per  academic  year  on  an  interdiscipli- 
nary topic  of  relevance  to  students  in  all  three 
IMS  departments.  The  seminars  are  normally 
offered  as  one  semester-hour  courses  and  do 
not  result  in  overload  charges  for  full-time 
students. 

Students  who  are  currently  Lycoming 
College  Scholars  may  also  become  Manage- 
ment Scholars  and  participate  in  both  programs. 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


INTERNATIONAL 
STUDIES  (INST) 

Professor:  Larson  (Coordinator) 

The  major  is  designed  to  integrate  an 
understanding  of  the  changing  social,  political, 
and  historical  environment  of  Europe  today 
with  study  of  Europe  in  its  relations  to  the  rest 
of  the  world,  particularly  the  United  States.  It 
stresses  the  international  relations  of  the  North 
Atlantic  community  and  offers  the  student 
opportunity  to  emphasize  either  European 
studies  or  international  relations.  The  program 
provides  multiple  perspectives  on  the  cultural 
traits  that  shape  popular  attitudes  and  institu- 
tions. Study  of  a  single  country  is  included  as  a 
data-base  for  comparisons,  and  study  of  its 
language  as  a  basis  for  direct  communication 
with  its  people. 

The  program  is  intended  to  prepare  a  student 
either  for  graduate  study  or  for  careers  which 
have  an  international  component.  International 
obligations  are  increasingly  assumed  by  gov- 
ernment agencies  and  a  wide  range  of  business, 
social,  religious,  and  educational  organizations. 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


INTERNATIONAL  STUDIES 


Opportunities  are  found  in  the  fields  of  journal- 
ism, publishing,  communications,  trade,  bank- 
ing, advertising,  management,  and  tourism.  The 
program  also  offers  flexible  career  preparation 
in  a  variety  of  essential  skills,  such  as  research, 
data  analysis,  report  writing,  language  skills, 
and  the  awareness  necessary  for  dealing  with 
people  and  institutions  of  another  culture. 
Preparation  for  related  careers  can  be  obtained 
through  the  guided  selection  of  courses  outside 
the  major  in  the  areas  of  business,  economics, 
foreign  languages  and  literatures,  government, 
history,  and  international  relations  or  through  a 
second  major.  Students  should  design  their 
programs  in  consultation  with  members  of  the 
Committee  on  International  Studies. 

Students  interested  in  teacher  certification 
should  refer  to  the  Department  of  Education 
on  page  90.  By  completing  a  major  in  the 
foreign  languages  (five  or  more  courses)  and 
the  education  program,  students  can  be  certified 
to  teach  that  language. 

The  International  Studies  program  also 
encourages  participation  in  study  abroad 
programs  such  as  programs  at  Westminster 
College  in  Oxford,  England,  as  well  as  the 
Washington  and  United  Nations  semesters. 

The  following  course,  when  scheduled  as  a 
W  course,  counts  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:   INST  449. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


The  major  consists  of  1 1  courses  including 
INST  449  plus  the  following: 

International  Relations  Courses  -  Four  or 
two  courses  (if  two,  then  four  must  be  taken 
from  Area  Courses).  Courses  within  this  group 
are  designed  to  provide  a  basic  understanding 
of  the  international  system  and  of  Europe's 
relations  with  the  rest  of  the  world.  PSCI  225 
is  required. 

PSCI  225  International  Relations 

ECON  343  International  Trade 

HIST  320  European  Diplomatic  History 

PSCI  439  American  Foreign  Policy 

Area  Courses  -  Four  or  two  courses  (if  two, 
then  four  must  be  taken  from  International 
Relations  Courses).  Courses  within  this  group 
are  designed  to  provide  a  basic  understanding 
of  the  European  political,  social,  and  economic 
environment.  HIST  1 1 1  and  ECON  240  are 
required. 

HIST  1 1 1       Europe  1 8 1 5-Present 
ECON  240    Economic  Geography 
PSCI  221        Comparative  Politics  and 

Geography 
HIST  2 1 8      Europe  in  the  Era  of  the 

World  Wars 
HIST  219      Contemporary  Europe 

National  Courses 

Language  -  Two  courses  in  one  language. 

FRN  221,  plus  one  course  numbered  222 

or  above  (except  228) 

GERM  22 1 ,  plus  one  course  numbered  222 

or  above 

SPAN  22 1 ,  plus  one  course  numbered  222  or 

above  (except  311) 

Country  -  One  course.  The  student  must 
select,  according  to  his  or  her  language 
preparation,  one  European  country  which  will 
serve  as  a  social  interest  area  throughout  the 
program.  The  country  selected  will  serve  as 
the  base  for  individual  projects  in  the  major 
courses  wherever  possible. 

■  LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


INTERNATIONAL  STUDIES  •  LITERATURE 


France  FRN  228      Modem  France 

Germany       HIST  N80    Topics  in 

German  History 
Spain  SPAN  311    Hispanic  Culture 

Elective  Course  -  One  course  which  should 
involve  further  study  of  some  aspect  of  the 
program.  Appropriate  courses  are  any  area  or 
international  relations  courses  not  yet  taken; 
HIST  1 10,  215;  PSCI  327;  related  foreign 
literature  courses  counting  toward  the  fine  arts 
requirement  and  internships. 

449 

SENIOR  SEMINAR 

A  one-semester  seminar,  taken  in  the 
senior  year,  in  which  students  and  several 
faculty  members  will  pursue  an  integrative 
topic  in  the  field  of  international  studies. 
Students  will  work  to  some  extent  indepen- 
dently. Guest  speakers  will  be  invited.  The 
seminar  will  be  open  to  qualified  persons  from 
outside  the  major  and  the  College.  Prerequi- 
site: Consent  of  instructor. 


LITERATURE  (lit) 

This  major  recognizes  literature  as  a 
distinct  discipline  beyond  national  boundaries 
and  combines  the  study  of  any  two  literatures 
in  the  areas  of  English,  French,  German,  and 
Spanish.  Students  can  thus  explore  two 
literatures  widely  and  intensively  at  the  upper 
levels  of  course  offerings  within  each  of  the 
respective  departments  while  developing  and 
applying  skills  in  foreign  languages.  The 
major  prepares  students  for  graduate  study  in 
either  of  the  two  literatures  studied  or  in 
comparative  literature. 

The  major  requires  at  least  six  literature 
courses,  equally  divided  between  the  two 
literatures  concerned.  The  six  must  be  at  the 
advanced  level  as  determined  in  consultation 
with  advisors  (normally  courses  numbered 
200  and  above  in  English  and  400  and  above 
in  foreign  languages).  In  general,  two  of 
the  advanced  courses  in  each  literature  should 
be  period  courses.  The  third  course,  taken 
either  as  a  regular  course  or  an  independent 
study,  may  have  as  its  subject  another  period, 
a  particular  author,  genre,  or  literary  theme,  or 
some  other  unifying  approach  or  idea. 
Beyond  these  six,  the  major  must  include  at 
least  two  additional  courses  from  among  those 
counting  toward  a  major  in  the  departments 
involved.  Any  prerequisite  courses  in  the 
respective  departments  (for  example:  ENGL 
106,  FRN  221-222  or  228,  GERM  221-222, 
SPAN  221-222)  should  be  taken  during  the 
freshman  year.  Students  should  design  their 
programs  in  consultation  with  a  faculty 
member  from  each  of  the  literatures  con- 
cerned. Programs  for  the  major  must  be 
approved  by  the  departments  involved. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


MATHEMATICAL  SCIENCES 


MATHEMATICAL 
SCIENCES 

Associate  Professors:  Haley,  Sprechini, 

Weida  (Chairperson) 
Assistant  Professors:  deSilva,  Golshan,  Peluso 
Part-time  Instructors:  Abercrombie,  Collins, 

Davis 
The  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences 
offers  major  and  minor  programs  in  computer 
science  and  mathematics. 

COMPUTER  SCIENCE 

(CPTR) 

The  B.  A.  Degree 

The  B.A.  degree  in  computer  science 
consists  of  13  courses:  MATH  216;  either 
MATH  109  or  128;  one  from  MATH  112,  129, 
or  130;  CPTR  125,  246,  247,  248,  346,  445, 
448,  and  three  other  computer  science  courses 
numbered  220  or  above  including  approved 
internships,  or  MATH  338. 

The  B.S.  Degree 

The  B.S.  degree  in  computer  science  consists 
of  17  courses:  MATH  128,  129,  216  and  either 
214  or  332;  CPTR  125,  246,  247,  248.  346, 
445,  448;  three  other  computer  science  courses 
numbered  220  or  above;  one  of  the  sequences 
BIO  110-111,CHEM  110-lll,orPHYS225- 
226;  and  one  additional  course  from  the 
following  list  of  courses:  Biology  course 
numbered  1 10  or  above.  Chemistry  course 


numbered  1 10  or  above.  Physics  course 
numbered  225  or  above,  or  MATH  130,  214, 
231,233,234,238,332,333. 

Students  considering  graduate  work  in 
computer  science  should  take  MATH  128,  129 
and  1 30.  Recommended  extra-departmental 
course:  PHIL  225.  In  addition  to  the  regular 
courses  listed  below,  special  courses  are 
occasionally  available. 

The  following  courses,  when  scheduled  as 
W  courses,  count  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:  CPTR  246,  247,  346,  and  448. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  computer  science  consists  of 
MATH  216,  CPTR  125,  246,  247,  and  two 
other  computer  science  courses  numbered  220 
or  above. 

101 

MICROCOMPUTER  FILE  MANAGEMENT 

An  introduction  to  a  file-management 
system,  i.e.  a  database  system  that  uses  a 
single  file,  in  the  Windows  environment.One- 
halfunit  of  credit.   This  course  may  not  be 
used  to  meet  distribution  requirements. 

108 

COMPUTING  ESSENTIALS 

An  introduction  to  the  use  of  computers  in 
problem  solving  and  programming.  Included 
are  uses  of  spreadsheets,  databases,  and 
programming.  The  course  teaches  the  use  of 
simple  techniques  in  areas  such  as  number 
theory,  algebra,  geometry,  statistics,  and  the 
mathematics  of  business  and  finance.  The 
programming  component  of  the  course  is 
currently  based  on  the  Visual  Basic  program- 
ming language.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the 
processes  involved  in  mathematical  modeling 
and  problem  solving.  Laboratory  experience 
is  included  using  current  software.  Prerequi- 
site: Credit  for  or  exemption  from  MATH  100. 

125 

INTRODUCTION  TO 
COMPUTER  SCIENCE 

Introduction  to  the  discipline  of  computer 
science  with  emphasis  on  programming  utili- 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


MATHEMATICAL  SCENCES 


zing  a  block-structured  high-level  programming 
language.  Topics  include  algorithms,  program 
structure,  and  computer  configuration. 
Laboratory  experience  is  included.  Prerequi- 
site: Credit  for  or  exemption  from  MATH  100. 

246 

PRINCIPLES  OF  ADVANCED 
PROGRAMMING 

Principles  of  effective  programming, 
including  structured  and  object  oriented 
programming,  stepwise  refinement,  assertion 
proving,  style,  debugging,  control  structures, 
decision  tables,  finite  state  machines,  recur- 
sion, and  encoding.  Prerequisite:  A  grade  of 
C-  or  better  in  CPTR  125. 

247 

DATA  STRUCTURES 

Representation  of  data  and  analysis  of 
algorithms  associated  with  data  structures. 
Topics  include  representation  of  lists,  trees, 
graphs  and  strings,  algorithms  for  searching 
and  sorting.  Prerequisite:  A  grade  of  C- or 
better  in  CPTR  246  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Corequisite:  MATH  216. 

248 

PROGRAMMING  LANGUAGE  DESIGN 

Study  of  modem  programming  language 
design  and  implementation.    Paradigms  studied 
include  procedural,  functional,  logic,  and  object- 
oriented.  Topics  include  syntax,  semantics,  data 
types,  data  structures,  storage  management, 
and  control  structures.  Laboratory  experience 
is  included.  Prerequisite:    CPTR  247. 

321 

INTRODUCTION  TO  NUMERICAL 
ANALYSIS 

Topics  from  the  theory  of  interpolation; 
numerical  approaches  to  approximation  of  roots 
and  functions,  integration,  systems  of  differen- 
tial equations,  linear  systems,  matrix  inversion, 
and  the  eigenvalue  problem.  Prerequisite: 
CPTR  125  and  MATH  129;  MATH  130  strongly 
recommended.  Cross-listed  as  MA  TH  321. 


324 

AUTOMATA,  FORMAL  LANGUAGES, 
AND  COMPUTABILITY 

The  study  of  finite  state  machines,  push- 
down stacks,  and  Turing  machines  along  with 
their  equivalent  formal  language  counterparts. 
Topics  covered  include  results  on  computabil- 
ity,  including  results  regarding  the  limits  of 
computers  and  specific  problems  that  cannot  be 
solved.  Prerequisite:  MATH  216  or  234. 
Cross-listed  as  MATH  324.  Alternate  years. 

331 

COMPUTER  NETWORKS 
This  course  introduces  the  following  computer 
networking  concepts:  LAN,  WAN,  FTP,  TCP/ 
IP,  HTTP,  network  topologies,  Ethernet,  OSI 
model,  routers,  switches,  and  wiring  technolo- 
gies. Students  will  set  up  a  LAN  using  a  mix  oj 
available  operating  systems  and  networking 
software.  Prerequisite:  CPTR  246. 

342 

WEB-BASED  PROGRAMMING 

Intermediate  programming  on  the  World  Wide 
Web.  Topics  covered  include  client/server  issues 
in  Web  publishing,  Java  Script,  VB  Script,  Java, 
Perl,  and  CGI.  Prerequisite:  CPTR  246  or  consen 
of  instructor  Altenmte  years. 

345 

INTRODUCTION  TO 
COMPUTER  GRAPHICS 

An  introduction  to  graphics  hardware  and 
software  with  emphasis  on  the  mathematics 
necessary  to  represent,  transform,  and  display 
images  of  two-  and  three-dimensional  objects. 
Subjects  covered  include  but  not  limited  to: 
three  dimensional  modeling  and  viewing,  color 
models,  and  rendering.  Prerequisite:  CPTR  246 
and  either  CPTR  247  or  consent  of  instructor; 
MATH  130  recommended.  Alternate  years. 

346 

COMPUTER  ORGANIZATION 
AND  MACHINE  LANGUAGE 

Principles  of  computer  organization, 
architecture,  and  machine  language.  Topics 
include  machine  and  assembly  languages, 
internal  representation  of  data,  processor  data 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


MATHEMATICAL  SCIENCES 


path  and  control,  pipelined  processors, 
memory  hierarchies,  and  performance  issues. 
Laboratory  experience  is  included.  Pre- 
requisite: A  grade  of  C-  or  better  in  CPTR 
246;  CPTR  247  strongly  recommended. 

349 

DATABASE  SYSTEMS 

An  in-depth  introduction  to  the  relational 
database  model  and  SQL.  Topics  include  but 
are  not  limited  to:  relational  algebra,  relational 
calculus,  normalization,  design  theory  of 
relational  databases,  SQL  standards,  and 
query  optimization.  Prerequisite:  CPTR  247. 
Alternate  years. 

441 

INTRODUCTION  TO  ARTIFICIAL 
INTELLIGENCE 

Introduction  to  the  theory,  implementation 
techniques,  and  applications  of  artificial 
intelligence.  Topics  may  include  but  are  not 
limited  to  knowledge  representation,  problem 
solving,  modeling,  robotics,  natural  language 
analysis,  and  computer  vision.  Prerequisite: 
CPTR  247.  Alternate  years. 

442 

INTRODUCTION  TO  ROBOTICS 

Designing,  building  and  programming 
mobile  robots.  Some  advanced  topics  are 
covered  which  may  include  control  theory, 
robotic  paradigms,  and  vision.  Teamwork  is 
essential  in  all  projects.  Prerequisite:  CPTR  247. 

445 

OPERATING  SYSTEMS 

Detailed  analysis  of  processes,  scheduling, 
multithreading,  symmetric  multiprocessing, 
file  management,  real  and  virtual  memory 
management,  file  and  memory  addressing,  and 
distributed  processing.  Prerequisite:  CPTR 
247  and  346. 

448 

ADVANCED  DESIGN  AND 

DEVELOPMENT 

Individual  or  group  research  and  implementa- 
tion projects.  Includes  analysis,  design, 
development  and  documentation  of  a  signifi- 
cant current,  relevant  problem  and  its  com- 


puter-based solution.  Prerequisite:  CPTR  247. 
Alternate  years. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 

MATHEMATICS  (MATH) 

A  major  in  mathematics  consists  of  10  unit 
courses  in  the  mathematical  sciences:  CPTR 
125,  MATH  128,  129,  130,  234,  238,  432, 
434,  and  two  other  mathematics  courses 
numbered  220  or  above,  one  of  which  may  be 
replaced  by  MATH  112,  214  or  216.  In 
addition,  four  semesters  of  non-credit  Math 
Colloquium  are  required:  two  semesters  each 
of  MATH  339  and  MATH  449.  Students  who 
are  interested  in  pursuing  a  career  in  actuarial 
science  should  consider  the  actuarial  math- 
ematics major. 

Students  seeking  secondary  teacher  certifi- 
cation in  mathematics  are  also  required  to 
complete  MATH  330,  336,  and  one  from  123, 
214  or  332,  and  are  advised  to  enroll  in  PHIL 
217.  Also,  all  majors  are  advised  to  elect 
PHIL  225,  333  and  PHYS  225,  226.  Other 
courses  required  for  certification  are  PSY  1 10, 
138;  EDUC  200,  446,  447,  449. 

In  addition  to  the  regular  courses  listed  below, 
special  courses  are  occasionally  available. 

The  following  course,  when  scheduled  as  a 
W  course,  counts  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:  MATH  234. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  mathematics  consists  of  MATH 
1 28,  1 29,  and  either  2 1 6  or  234;  two  additional 
courses  numbered  200  or  above,  one  of  which 
may  be  replaced  with  MATH  1 30;  and  two 
semesters  of  MATH  339. 

100 

INDIVIDUALIZED  LABORATORY 
INSTRUCTION  IN  BASIC  ALGEBRA 

A  computer-based  program  of  instruction  in 
basic  algebra  including  arithmetic  and  decimals, 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^S 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


MATHEMATICAL  SCIENCES 


fractions,  the  real  number  line,  factoring, 
solutions  to  linear  and  quadratic  equations, 
graphs  of  linear  and  quadratic  functions, 
expressions  with  rational  exponents,  algebraic 
functions,  exponential  functions,  and  inequali- 
ties. This  course  is  limited  to  students  placed 
therein  by  the  Mathematics  Department.  One- 
half  un  it  of  credit. 

106 

COMBINATORICS 

An  introduction  to  the  analysis  of  counting 
problems.  Topics  include  permutations, 
combinations,  binomial  coefficients,  inclu- 
sion/exclusion principle,  and  partitions.  The 
nature  of  the  subject  allows  questions  to  be 
posed  in  everyday  language  while  still 
developing  soph-isticated  mathematical 
concepts.  Prerequisite:   Credit  for  or 
exemption  from  MATH  100. 

109 

APPLIED  ELEMENTARY  CALCULUS 

An  intuitive  approach  to  the  calculus 
concepts  with  applications  to  business, 
biology,  and  social-science  problems.  Not 
open  to  students  who  have  completed  MATH 
128.  Prerequisite:  Credit  for  or  exemption 
from  MATH  100. 

112 

FINITE  MATHEMATICS 
FOR  DECISION-MAKING 

An  introduction  to  some  of  the  principal 
mathematical  models,  not  involving  calculus, 
which  are  used  in  business  administration, 
social  sciences,  and  operations  research.  The 
course  will  include  both  deterministic  models 
such  as  graphs,  networks,  linear  programming 
and  voting  models,  and  probabilistic  models 
such  as  Markov  chains  and  games.  Prerequisite: 
Credit  for  or  exemptionfrom  MA  TH 1 00. 

123 

INTRODUCTION  TO  STATISTICS 

Topics  include  tabular  and  graphical 
descriptive  statistics,  discrete  and  continuous 
probability  distributions.  Central  Limit 
Theorem,  one-  and  two-sample  hypotheses 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


tests,  analysis  of  variance,  chisquared  tests, 
nonparametric  tests,  linear  regression  and 
correlation.  Other  topics  may  include  index 
numbers,  time  series,  sampling  design,  and 
experimental  design.  Course  also  includes  som 
use  of  a  microcomputer.  Prerequisite:  Credit 
for  or  exemptionfrom  MATH  100 

m 

PRECALCULUS  MATHEMATICS 

The  study  of  polynomial,  rational,  exponen- 
tial, logarithmic,  and  trigonometric  functions, 
their  graphs  and  elementary  properties.  This 
course  is  an  intensive  preparation  for  students 
planning  to  take  Calculus  (MATH  128-129), 
those  in  the  Scholars  Program,  or  those  whose 
major  specifically  requires  Precalculus.  Prerequisite. 
Creditfor  or  exemptionfrom  MATH  100. 

128-129 

CALCULUS  WITH  ANALYTIC 
GEOMETRY  I  -  II 

Differentiation  and  integration  of  algebraic 
and  trigonometric  functions,  conic  sections  and 
their  applications,  graphing  plane  curves, 
applications  to  related  rate  and  external  problems, 
areas  of  plane  regions,  volumes  of  solids  of 
revolution,  and  other  applications;  differentia- 
tion and  integration  of  transcendental  functions, 
parametric  equations,  polar  coordinates,  infinite 
sequences  and  series,  and  series  expansions  of 
functions.  Prerequisite  for  128:  Exemption 
from  or  a  grade  ofC-  or  better  in  MATH  127. 
Prerequisite  for  129:  exemptionfrom  or  a 
grade  ofC-  or  better  in  MATH  128. 

130 

INTRODUCTION  TO  MATRIX  ALGEBRA 

Systems  of  linear  equations  and  matrix 
arithmetic.  Points  and  hyperplanes,  infinite 
dimensional  geometries.  Bases  and  linear 
independence.  Matrix  representations  of  linear 
mappings.  The  fixed  point  problem.  Special 
classes  of  matrices.  Prerequisite:  MATH  127 
or  its  equivalent. 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG  I 


MATHEMATICAL  SCIENCES 


205 

MATHEMATICS  IN  ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION 

This  course  is  intended  for  prospective 
elementary  school  teachers  and  is  required  of 
all  those  seeking  elementary  certification. 
Topics  include  systems  of  numbers  and 
numeration,  computational  algorithms, 
environmental  and  transformation  geometry, 
measurement,  and  mathematical  concept 
formation.  Observation  and  participation  in 
Greater  Williamsport  elementary  schools. 
Prerequisite:  PSY  138  and  credit  for  or 
exemption  from  MATH  J 00.   Corequisite: 
Any  EDUC  course  numbered  341  or  above 
which  is  specifically  required  for  elementary 
certification. 

214 

MULTIVARIABLE  STATISTICS 

The  study  of  statistical  techniques  involv- 
ing several  variables.  Topics  include  multiple 
regression  and  correlation,  one-and  two-way 
analysis  of  variance,  analysis  of  covariance, 
analysis  of  two-  and  three-way  contingency 
tables,  and  discriminant  analysis.  Other  topics 
may  include  cluster  analysis,  factor  analysis 
and  canonical  correlations,  repeated  measure 
designs,  time  series  analysis,  and  nonparamet- 
ric  methods.  Course  also  includes  extensive 
use  of  a  statistical  package  (currently  BMDP). 
Prerequisite:  A  grade  of  C-  or  better  in 
MATH  123  or  its  equivalent,  or  MATH  332. 

216 

DISCRETE  MATHEMATICS 

An  introduction  to  discrete  structures.  Topics 
include  equivalence  relations,  partitions  and 
quotient  sets,  mathematical  induction, 
recursive  functions,  elementary  logic,  discrete 
number  systems,  elementary  combinatorial 
theory,  and  general  algebraic  structures 
emphasizing  semi-groups,  lattices.  Boolean 
algebras,  graphs,  and  trees.  Prerequisite: 
CPTR  125  or  consent  of  instructor. 


231 

DIFFERENTIAL  EQUATIONS 

A  study  of  ordinary  differential  equations 
and  linear  systems.  Solution  techniques 
include:  reduction  of  order,  undetermined 
coefficients,  variation  of  parameters,  Laplace 
transforms,  power  series,  and  eigenvalues  and 
eigenvectors.  A  brief  discussion  of  numerical 
methods  may  also  be  included.  Prerequisite: 
A  grade  ofC-  or  better  in  MATH  129;  MATH 
130  recommended. 

233 

COMPLEX  VARIABLES 

Complex  numbers,  analytic  functions, 
complex  integration,  Cauchy's  theorems  and 
their  applications.   Corequisite:  MATH  238. 
Alternate  years. 

234 

FOUNDATIONS  OF  MATHEMATICS 

Topics  regularly  included  are  the  nature  of 
mathematical  systems,  essentials  of  logical 
reasoning,  and  axiomatic  foundations  of  set 
theory.  Other  topics  frequently  included  are 
approaches  to  the  concepts  of  infinity  and 
continuity,  and  the  construction  of  the  real 
number  system.  The  course  serves  as  a  bridge 
from  elementary  calculus  to  advanced  courses 
in  algebra  and  analysis.  Prerequisite:  A  grade 
ofC-  or  better  in  MATH  129  or  130;  both 
courses  recommended. 

238 

MULTIVARIABLE  CALCULUS 

Algebra,  geometry,  and  calculus  in  multi- 
dimensional Euclidean  space;  n-tuples,  matrices; 
lines,  planes,  curves,  surfaces;  vector  functions  of 
a  single  variable,  acceleration,  curvature; 
functions  for  several  variables,  gradient;  line 
integrals,  vector  fields,  multiple  integrals,  change 
of  variable,  areas,  volumes;  Green's  theorem. 
Prerequisites:  A  grade  ofC-  or  better  in  MATH 
129,  and  either  MATH  130  or  231. 

321 

INTRODUCTION  TO  NUMERICAL 
ANALYSIS 

Topics  from  the  theory  of  interpolation; 
numerical  approaches  to  approximating  roots 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


MATHEMATICAL  SCIENCES 


and  functions,  integration,  systems  of  differen- 
tial equations,  linear  systems,  matrix  inver- 
sion, and  the  eigenvalue  problem.  Prerequi- 
site: CPTR  125  and  MATH  129;  MATH  130 
strongly  recommended  Cross-listed  as  CPTR 
321. 

324 

AUTOMATA,  FORMAL  LANGUAGES, 
AND  COMPUTABILITY 

The  study  of  finite  state  machines,  push- 
down stacks,  and  Turing  machines  along  with 
their  equivalent  formal  language  counterparts. 
Topics  covered  include  results  on  computabil- 
ity,  including  results  regarding  the  limits  of 
computers  and  specific  problems  that  cannot 
be  solved.  Prerequisite:  MATH  216  or  234. 
Cross-listed  as  CPTR  324.  Alternate  years. 

330 

TOPICS  IN  GEOMETRY 

An  axiomatic  treatment  of  Euclidean 
geometry  with  an  historical  perspective. 
Prerequisite:  MATH  234.  Alternate  years. 

332-333 

MATHEMATICAL  STATISTICS  HI 
A  study  of  probability,  discrete  and 
continuous  random  variables,  expected  values 
and  moments,  sampling,  point  estimation, 
sampling  distributions,  interval  estimation, 
test  of  hypotheses,  regression  and  linear 
hypotheses,  experimental  design  models. 
Corequisite:  MATH  238.  Alternate  years. 

336 

CONCEPTS  OF  MATHEMATICS 
IN  SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

A  course  designed  for  mathematics  majors 
who  are  planning  to  teach  at  the  secondary 
level.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  mathe- 
matics that  form  the  foundation  of  secondary 
mathematics.  Ideas  will  be  presented  to 
familiarize  the  student  with  the  various 
curriculum  proposals,  to  provide  for  innova- 
tion within  the  existing  curriculum,  and  to 
expand  the  boundaries  of  the  existing 
curriculum.  Prerequisite:  A  grade  ofC-  or 
better  in  MATH  129;  student  must  be  junior  or 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


senior  mathematics  major  enrolled  in  the 
secondary  certification  program. 

338 

OPERATIONS  RESEARCH 

Queuing  theory,  including  simulations 
techniques,  optimization  theory,  including 
linear  programming,  integer  programming, 
and  dynamic  programming;  game  theory, 
including  two-person  zero-sum  games,  coopera- 
tive games,  and  multiperson  games.  Prerequi-, 
site:  MATH  112  or  130.  Alternate  years. 

432 

REAL  ANALYSIS 

An  introduction  to  the  rigorous  analysis  of 
the  concepts  of  real  variable  calculus  in  the 
setting  of  normed  spaces.  Topics  from:  topology  ol 
the  Euclidean  plane,  completeness,  compact- 
ness, the  Heine-Borel  theorem;  functions  on 
Euclidean  space,  continuity,  uniform  continu- 
ity, differentiability;  series  and  convergence; 
Riemann  integral.  Prerequisite:  MATH  238 
and  a  grade  ofC-  or  better  in  MATH  234. 

434 

ABSTRACT  ALGEBRA 

An  integrated  approach  to  groups,  rings, 
fields,  and  vector  spaces  and  functions  which 
preserve  their  structure.  Prerequisite:  MATH. 
130  and  a  grade  ofC-  or  better  in  MATH  234-J 

438 

SEMINAR 

Topics  in  modem  mathematics  of  current 
interest  to  the  instructor.  A  different  topic  is 
selected  each  semester.  This  semester  is 
designed  to  provide  junior  and  senior  mathe- 
matics majors  and  other  qualified  students  with 
more  than  the  usual  opportunity  for  concen- 
trated and  cooperative  inquiry.  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  instructor.   One-half  unit  of  credit. 
This  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 

339  &  449 

MATH  COLLOQUIUM 

This  non-credit  but  required  course  for 
mathematics  and  actuarial  mathematics  majors 
offers  students  a  chance  to  hear  presentations 


^R 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


MATHEMATICAL  SCIENCES  •  MILITARY  SCIENCE 


n  topics  related  to,  but  not  directly  covered  in 
Drmal  MATH  courses.  Mathematics  majors 
resent  two  lectures,  one  during  the  junior 
ear  and  one  during  the  senior  year.  Actuarial 
lathematics  majors  present  one  lecture  during 
ne  of  the  semesters  in  which  they  are 
nrolled.  A  letter  grade  will  be  given  in 
smesters  in  which  the  student  gives  a 
resentation,  otherwise  the  grade  will  be  P/F. 
Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  consent  of 
istructor.  One  hour  per  week. 

70-479 

VTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

J80-N89 

MDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

90-491 

MDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
)EPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


MILITARY 
SCIENCE  (MLsc) 

The  U.S.  Army  Reserve  Officer  Training 
Corps  (ROTC)  program  is  offered  to  Lycoming 
College  students  in  cooperation  with  Bucknell 
University.  Details  of  the  ROTC  program  can 
be  found  on  page  4 1 . 

The  following  courses  may  be  used  to  fulfill 
one  semester  of  the  Physical  Activities  Distribu- 
tion Requirement:  01 1,  021,  031  or  041. 

Oil 

INTRODUCTION  TO  ROTC 

The  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the 
student  with  the  ROTC  program  and  with  the 
\rmy  as  a  potential  employer  after  graduation. 
Students  will  learn  about  the  Army's  history, 
organization,  equipment,  and  role  in  the 
nation.  Students  will  also  learn  some  funda- 
mental military  skills,  customs,  and  traditions. 
No  credit. 

012 

INDIVIDUAL  MILITARY  SKILLS 

The  course  expands  upon  the  skills  learned 
in  the  previous  semester.  Several  classes  will 
be  held  at  the  rifle  range  to  develop  marksman- 
ship skills.  There  will  also  be  training  in  radio 
communication  and  first  aid  skills.  No  credit. 

021 

LAND  NAVIGATION 

Students  will  learn  how  to  use  military 
topographic  maps  and  reference  systems.  The 
course  includes  theory  and  practical  exercises 
in  navigating  using  compass,  map  terrain 
association.  There  will  also  be  some  instruc- 
tion and  practice  in  military  writing  and 
briefing  skills.  No  credit. 

022 

LEADERSHIP  THEORY 

The  focus  is  on  leading  a  small  group  of 
individuals.  The  course  examines  the  role  of 
the  leader,  military  leadership  concept, 
personal  character,  decision-making,  imple- 
menting decisions,  motivation  and  supervision. 


[X)2-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


MILITARY  SCIENCE  •  MUSIC 


The  course  also  includes  instruction  and 
practice  on  conducting  performance-oriented 
training.  No  credit. 

031 

APPLIED  LEADERSHIP 

The  student  serves  as  a  small  unit  leader  in 
the  ROTC  organization.  Student  leadership  is 
evaluated  and  developed.  The  student  has 
some  responsibilities  to  care  for  and  train 
younger  cadets.  Instruction  on  small  (infan- 
try) unit  tactics  is  used  as  a  vehicle  to  provide 
students  a  variety  of  leadership  challenges. 
No  credit. 

032 

SMALL  UNIT  TACTICS 

The  course  requires  planning  and  practic- 
ing tactical  operations  at  small  unit  level. 
Students  continue  to  apply/develop  leadership 
skills  in  increasingly  complex  situations. 
Topics  include  preparation  of  orders,  offense, 
defense,  reconnaissance,  patrolling,  fire 
support,  and  airmobile  operations.  No  credit. 

041 

MENTORING  AND  MANAGING 

The  student  serves  as  a  cadet  officer  in  the 
ROTC  organization  and  plans  and  organizes 
several  major  training  activities.  Course  work 
includes  delegating  and  con-trolling,  setting 
objectives,  making  leadership  assessments, 
counseling,  supervising,  and  evaluating.  No 
credit. 

042 

PROFESSIONALISM  AND  ETHICS 

The  student  serves  in  a  different  leadership 
position  and  continues  to  develop  and  apply 
the  skills  learned  in  the  previous  semester. 
The  course  also  examines  military  officership 
as  a  profession  and  the  ethical  behavior 
expected  of  an  officer.  The  course  also  serves 
to  prepare  the  student  for  an  initial  assignment 
as  an  Army  lieutenant.  No  credit. 


MUSIC  (Mus) 


Professors:  Boerckel  (Chairperson),  Thayer 
Visiting  Instructor:  Woodruff 
Part-time  Instructors:  Adams,  Anstey,  Breon, 
Janda,  Laib,  Lakey,  Leidhecker,  Lundquist, 
MacPhail,  Miller,  Rammon,  Spencer,  Woods 
The  student  majoring  in  music  is  required 
to  take  a  balanced  program  of  music  theory, 
history,  applied  music,  and  ensemble.  A 
minimum  of  eight  courses  (exclusive  of  all 
ensemble,  applied  music  and  instrumental  and 
vocal  methods  courses)  is  required  and  must 
include  MUS  1 10,  1 1 1,  220,  221,  335,  and 
336.  Each  major  must  participate  in  an 
ensemble  (MUS  167,  168,  and/or  169)  and 
take  one  hour  of  applied  music  per  week  for  a 
minimum  of  four  semesters  including  the 
entire  period  in  which  the  individual  is 
registered  as  a  music  major  (see  MUS  160- 
169).  The  major  must  include  at  least  one-hali 
hour  of  piano  in  the  applied  program  unless  a 
piano  proficiency  test  is  requested  and  passed. 
Anyone  declaring  music  as  a  second  major 
must  do  so  by  the  beginning  of  the  junior  yearj 
Music  majors  seeking  teacher  certification  iij 
music  education  (K-12)  must  also  take  PSY 
1 10  and  138;  EDUC  200,  the  pre-student 
teaching  participation,  and  the  Professional 
Semester;  MUS  261-7,  333,  334,  340,  341, 
446,  and  pass  the  piano  proficiency  examina- 
tion. Students  who  wish  to  obtain  certification 
in  music  education  should  consult  with  the 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALO< 


MUSIC 

• 


lepartment  as  soon  as  possible,  preferably 
Defore  scheduling  classes  for  the  freshman  year. 

The  Music  Department  recommends  that 
ion-majors  select  courses  from  the  following 
ist  to  meet  distribution  requirements:  MUS 
1 16,  1 17,  128,  135-8,  224,  and  234.  Applied 
Tiusic  and  ensemble  courses  may  also  be  used 
o  meet  distribution  requirements. 

Student  recitals  offer  opportunities  to  gain 
experience  in  public  performance.  Music 
Tiajors  and  other  students  qualified  in  perfor- 
nance  may  present  formal  recitals. 

The  following  courses  satisfy  the  cultural 
diversity  requirement:  MUS  1 16,  128,  and 
234.  The  following  course,  when  scheduled 
is  a  W  course,  counts  toward  the  writing 
ntensive  requirement:  MUS  336. 

110-111 

VIUSIC  THEORY  I  AND  II 

A  two-semester  course,  intended  for  students 
A'ho  have  some  music-reading  ability,  which 
examines  the  fundamental  components  and 
heoretical  concepts  of  music.  Students  develop 
nusicianship  through  application  of  applied 
;kills.  Prerequisite  to  MUS  111:  MUS  110. 

116 

>JTRODUCTION  TO  MUSIC 

A  basic  course  in  the  materials  and  tech- 
liques  of  music.  Examples  drawn  from  various 
periods  of  western  and  non-western  styles  are 
designed  to  enhance  perception  and  apprecia- 
ion  through  careful  and  informed  listening. 

117 

5URVEY  OF  WESTERN  MUSIC 

A  chronological  survey  of  music  in 
iVestem  civilization  from  Middle  Ages  to  the 
Dresent.  Composers  and  musical  styles  are 
considered  in  the  context  of  the  broader 
culture  of  each  major  era. 

128 

\MERICAN  MUSIC 

An  introductory  survey  of  all  types  of  Ameri- 
can music  from  pre-Revolutionary  days  to  the 
)resent.  Categories  to  be  covered  are  folk  music 


of  different  origins,  the  development  of  show 
music  into  Broadway  musicals,  serious  concert 
music  for  large  and  small  ensembles,  jazz,  and 
various  popular  musics  from  "Tin  Pan  Alley"  to 
Rock  to  New  Wave.  Alternate  years. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION  TO  DANCE  I  AND  II 

An  introduction  to  the  techniques  of  basic 
movement  and  interpretation  in  ballet,  jazz, 
and  modern  dance.  Classes  include  improvi- 
sation and  choreography.  Prerequisite  for 
MUS  136:  MUS  135  or  consent  of  instructor. 
One -half  unit  of  credit  each.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  received  credit  for  THEA 
135-136  or  THEA  235-236. 

137 

HISTORY  OF  THE  DANCE  I 

A  survey  of  classical  ballet  from  the  Ballets  de 
cour  of  1 7th  century  France  to  the  present  with 
emphasis  on  the  contributions  of  Petipa,  Fokien, 
Cecchetti,  and  Balanchine.  One-half  unit  of 
credit.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  received 
credit  for  THEA  137  or  138. 

138 

HISTORY  OF  THE  DANCE  U 

A  survey  of  the  forms  of  dance,  excluding 
classical  ballet,  as  independent  works  of  art 
and  as  they  have  reflected  the  history  of 
civilization  from  primitive  times  to  the 
present.  Prerequisite:  MUS  137  or  consent  of 
instructor.   One-half  unit  of  credit.  Not  open 
to  students  who  have  received  credit  for 
THEA  137  or  138. 

220-221 

MUSIC  THEORY  III  AND  IV 

A  continuation  of  the  integrated  theory 
course  moving  toward  newer  uses  of  music 
materials.  Prerequisite:  MUS  111. 

224 

ELECTRONIC  MUSIC  I 

A  non-technical  introduction  to  electronic 
music  and  MIDI  (Musical  Instrument  Digital 
Interface)  for  the  major  and  non-major  alike. 


5002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^« 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


MUSIC 

• 


The  course  traces  the  development  of  MIDI 
from  its  origin  to  present-day  digital  synthesiz- 
ers in  combination  with  sequencing  computers. 

225 

ELECTRONIC  MUSIC  II 

Further  consideration  of  recording  tech- 
niques. Use  of  microphones,  multi-track 
recording,  mixing,  special  effects  devices,  and 
synchronization  will  be  introduced.  Students 
will  take  part  in  live  recording  of  concerts  and 
rehearsals  of  a  variety  of  ensembles.  Student 
projects  will  include  complete  recording 
sessions  and  the  production  of  electronic 
music  compositions  utilizing  classical  studio 
techniques  and  real-time  networks.  Prerequi- 
site: MUS  224  or  consent  of  instructor. 

234 

HISTORY  OF  JAZZ 

A  survey  of  jazz  styles,  composers,  and 
performers  from  1890  to  the  present:  origins, 
ragtime,  blues.  New  Orleans,  Chicago,  swing, 
bebop,  cool,  funky,  free  jazz,  third  stream,  and 
contemporary. 

235-236 

INTERMEDIATE  DANCE  I  AND  II 

Studies  of  the  techniques  of  basic  move- 
ment and  interpretation  in  ballet,  jazz  and 
modem  dance  at  the  intermediate  level. 
Classes  include  improvisation  and  choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite  for  MUS  235:  MUS  136  or 
consent  of  instructor.   Prerequisite  for  MUS 
236:  MUS  235  or  consent  of  instructor.   One- 
half  unit  of  credit  each.  Not  open  to  students 
who  have  received  credit  for  THEA  135-136 
or  THEA  235-236. 

330 

COMPOSITION  I 

An  introductory  course  for  majors  and  non- 
majors  who  wish  to  explore  their  composing 
abilities.  Guided  individual  projects  in  smaller 
instrumental  and  vocal  forms,  together  with 
identification  and  use  of  techniques  employed 
by  the  major  composers  of  the  20th 


century.  Prerequisite:  MUS  111  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

333 

CHORAL  CONDUCTING 

A  study  of  choral  conducting  with  frequent 
opportunity  for  practical  experience.'  Empha- 
sis will  be  placed  upon  technical  development 
rehearsal  technique,  and  stylistic  integrity. 
Prerequisite:  MUS  110-111  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Alternate  years.    • 

334 

INSTRUMENTAL  CONDUCTING 

A  study  of  instrumental  conducting  with  an 
emphasis  on  acquiring  skills  for  self-analysis. 
Topics  include  the  physical  skills  and  intellec- 
tual preparation  necessary  for  clear,  expressive, 
and  informed  conducting.  Other  areas  such  as 
the  development  of  rehearsal  techniques  and 
improvement  of  aural  skills  will  be  addressed  on 
a  continual  basis.  Prerequisite:  MUS  110-111 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

335 

HISTORY  OF  WESTERN  MUSIC  I 

The  development  of  musical  styles  and 
forms  from  Gregorian  chant  through  Mozart, 
including  composers  from  the  medieval, 
Renaissance,  baroque,  and  early  classical  eras 

336 

HISTORY  OF  WESTERN  MUSIC  II 

The  development  of  musical  styles  and 
forms  from  Beethoven  to  the  present,  includ- 
ing composers  from  the  late  classical,  roman- 
tic, and  modem  eras. 

339 

ORCHESTRATION 

A  study  of  modem  orchestral  instmments 
and  examination  of  their  use  by  the  great 
masters  with  practical  problems  in  instmmen- 
tation.  The  College  Music  Organizations 
serve  to  make  performance  experience 
possible.  Prerequisite:  MUS  110-111  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALO( 


MUSIC 

• 


340 

'TEACHING  MUSIC  IN  THE 
ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 

Methods  and  materials  of  teaching  music 
in  the  elementary  school  with  emphasis  on 
conceptual  development  through  singing, 
[moving,  listening,  playing  classroom  instru- 
ments, and  creating  music.  Course  work  will 
include  peer  teaching  demonstrations,  practical 
I  use  of  the  recorder  and  autoharp,  as  well  as 
observation  of  music  classes  in  elementary 
schools  in  the  Greater  Williamsport  area. 
[Alternate  years. 

,341 

TEACHING  MUSIC  IN  SECONDARY 
iSCHOOLS 

Methods  and  materials  of  teaching  music 
[in  the  secondary  schools  with  emphasis  on  the 
idevelopment  of  concepts  and  skills  for 
effective  instruction  in  all  aspects  of  music 
learning.  The  teaching  of  general  music  and 
music  theory,  as  well  as  the  organizing  and 
i  conducting  of  choral  and  instrumental  en- 
sembles, will  be  examined.  Course  work  will 
include  evaluation  of  instructional  and 
performance  materials,  practical  use  of  the 
recorder  and  guitar  in  middle  school  settings, 
as  well  as  observation  of  music  classes  in 
secondary  schools  in  the  Greater  Williamsport 
area.  Alternate  years. 

440 

COMPOSITION  II 

For  students  interested  in  intensive  work 
emphasizing  the  development  of  a  personal 
style  of  composing.  Guided  individual 
projects  in  larger  instrumental  and  vocal 
forms,  together  with  analysis  of  selected 
works  from  the  20th  century  repertory.  Pre- 
I  requisite:  MUS  330  or  consent  of  instructor. 

445 

SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  MUSIC 
j      The  intensive  study  of  a  selected  area  of 
!  music  literature,  designed  to  develop  research 
!  techniques  in  music.  The  topic  is  announced 


at  the  Spring  pre-registration.  Sample  topics 
include:  Beethoven,  Impressionism,  Vienna 
1900-1914.  Prerequisite:  MUS  116,  J 17  or 
221;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

446 

RECITAL 

The  preparation  and  presentation  of  a  full- 
length  public  recital,  normally  during  the 
student's  senior  year.  MUS  446  may  substi- 
tute for  one  hour  of  applied  music  (MUS  160- 
166).  Prerequisite:  Approval  by  the  depart- 
ment. May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 

APPLIED  MUSIC 
AND  ENSEMBLE 

The  study  of  performance  in  piano,  harpsi- 
chord, voice,  organ,  strings,  guitar,  brass, 
woodwinds,  and  percussion  is  designed  to 
develop  sound  technique  and  a  knowledge  of 
the  appropriate  literature  for  the  instrument. 
Student  recitals  offer  opportunities  to  gain 
experience  in  public  performance. 

Credit  for  applied  music  courses  (private 
lessons)  and  ensemble  (choir,  orchestra  and 
band)  is  earned  on  a  fractional  basis.  One  hour 
lesson  per  week  earns  one  hour  credit.  One  half- 
hour  lesson  per  week  earns  one  half-hour  credit. 
Ensemble  credit  totals  one  hour  credit  if  the 
student  enrolls  for  one  or  two  ensembles  (for 
more  information,  see  course  descriptions 
below).  When  scheduling  please  note  that  an 
applied  course  or  ensemble  should  not  be 
substituted  for  an  academic  course,  but  should 
be  taken  in  addition  to  the  normal  four  aca- 
demic courses. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^R 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


MUSIC 


Applied  music  courses  are  private  lessons 
given  for  1 3  weeks:  1 60,  Piano  or  Harpsichord; 
161,  Voice;  162,  Strings  or  Guitar;  163,  Organ; 
164,  Brass;  165,  Woodwinds;  and  166, 
Percussion.  Extra  fees  apply.  See  Additional 
Charges  under  Financial  Matters  on  page  13. 

167 

ORCHESTRA 

The  Williamsport  Symphony  Orchestra 
allows  students  with  significant  instrumental 
experience  to  become  members  of  this  regional 
ensemble.  Participation  in  the  W.S.O.  is 
contingent  upon  audition  and  the  availability  of 
openings.  Students  are  allowed  a  maximum  of 
one  hour  of  Ensemble  credit  per  semester.  A 
student  who  is  enrolled  in  orchestra  only 
should  register  for  MUS  167B  (one  hour 
credit).  A  student  may  belong  to  two  en- 
sembles, choosing  either  Choir  or  Concert 
Band  as  the  second  group.  Such  a  student  will 
then  register  for  MUS  167  A  (1/2  hour  credit) 
plus  either  MUS  168  A  (1/2  hour  credit)  or 
MUS  169A  (1/2  hour  credit). 

168 

CHOIR 
The  Lycoming  College  Choir  is  open  to  all 
students  who  would  like  to  sing  in  an  en- 
semble setting.  Emphasis  is  on  performing 
quality  choral  literature  while  developing 
good  vocal  technique.  Students  are  allowed  a 
maximum  of  one  hour  of  Ensemble  credit  per 
semester.  A  student  who  is  enrolled  in  Choir 
only  should  register  for  MUS  168B  (one  hour 
credit).  A  student  may  belong  to  two  different 
ensembles,  choosing  either  Orchestra  or  Band 
as  the  second  ensemble.  Such  a  student  will 
then  register  for  MUS  168A  (1/2  hour  credit) 
plus  either  MUS  167 A  (Orchestra  -  1/2  hour 
credit)  or  MUS  169A  (Band  -  1/2  hour  credit). 
If  a  student  has  auditioned  and  been  selected 
for  the  Chamber  Choir  (no  credit  available), 
he/she  should  register  for  MUS  168C  in 
addition  to  registering  for  the  Lycoming 
College  Choir. 


169 

BAND 

The  College  Concert  Band  allows  students 
with  some  instrumental  experience  to  become 
acquainted  with  good  band  literature  and  develop 
personal  musicianship  through  participation  in 
group  instrumental  activity.  Participation  in  the 
Band  is  contingent  upon  audition.  Students  are 
allowed  a  maximum  of  one  hour  of  Ensemble 
credit  per  semester.  A  student  who  is  enrolled 
in  Band  only  should  register  for  MUS  169B 
(one  hour  credit).  A  student  may  belong  to  two 
ensembles,  choosing  either  Orchestra  or  Choir 
as  the  second  group.  Such  a  student  will  then 
register  for  MUS  169 A  (1/2  hour  credit)  plus 
either  MUS  167 A  (  1/2  hour  credit)  or  MUS 
168 A  (1/2  hour  credit).  If  a  student  has  audi- 
tioned and  been  selected  for  the  woodwind  or 
brass  quintets  (no  credit  available),  he/she 
should  register  for  MUS  169C  or  169D. 

261-267 

INSTRUMENTAL  AND  VOCAL  METHODS 

Instrumental  and  vocal  methods  classes  are 
designed  to  provide  students  seeking  certifica- 
tion in  music  education  with  a  basic  under- 
standing of  all  standard  band  and  orchestral 
instruments  as  well  as  a  familiarity  with 
fundamental  techniques  of  singing. 

MUS  261  Brass  Methods 

(one  hour  credit) 
MUS  262         Percussion  Methods 

(one  hour  credit) 
MUS  263,  264  String  Methods  I  and  II 

(one  hour  credit  each) 
MUS  265         Vocal  Methods 

(one  hour  credit) 
MUS  266,  267  Woodwind  Methods  I  and  II 

(one  hour  credit  each) 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


NURSING 

• 


.NURSING  (NURS) 

i  PROGRAM  NOTE:   The  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
I  Nursing  degree  will  be  discontinued  as  of  August 
2003.   In  order  to  enter  the  Nursing  program,  a 
I  student  must  complete  all  degree  requirements 
j  (distribution,  major,  and  electives)  by  the  end  of 
'  August  2003. 

Professor:  Pagana 

I  Associate  Professor:  Parrish  (Chairperson), 

\  Visiting  Instructor:  Terry-Manchester 
Visiting  Assistant  Professor:  Ingram 
Part-time  Instructors:  Bower,  Davis, 
Dieffenbach,  Haupt,  Nuss 

Courses  in  Nursing  will  not  be  available 

I  after  spring  semester  2003. 

Students  wishing  to  major  in  nursing  will  be 
admitted  to  the  College  under  the  usual  admis- 
sion procedures.  Freshmen  are  required  to 
satisfactorily  complete  ENGL  106  or  107,  BIO 

,  1 10-1 1 1  and  PSY  1 10.  In  addition,  to  be 

I  considered  for  continuation  in  nursing,  a 
minimum  GPA  of  2.50  is  required  at  completion 
of  the  freshman  year,  and  any  student  who  did 
not  successfully  complete  high  school  chemis- 

I  try  must  satisfactorily  complete  one  semester 
of  college  chemistry.  A  declaration  of  major 

I  form  should  be  submitted  to  the  Department  of 
Nursing  by  April  30  of  the  Freshman  year. 

Major  in  Nursing 

The  major  in  nursing  consists  of:  NURS 
120,  121,  200,  221,  324,  330,  331,  332,  333, 
337,  338,  339,  340,  424;  432  and  433,  or  435; 


438,  439,  440,  441 ,  and  442.  Statistics  also  is 
required.  Courses  are  ordered  and  must  be  taken 
in  sequence.  In  addition,  the  following  are 
prerequisites  for  specific  nursing  courses:  BIO 
110,  1 1 1,  323,  328;  PSY  1 10.  NURS  339  and 
340  are  taken  the  May  Term  between  the  junior 
and  senior  years. 

The  following  courses,  when  scheduled  as  W 
courses,  count  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:  NURS  121,  432  together  with 
433,  and  435. 

Second  Degree  Students 

The  Department  of  Nursing  offers  a  unique 
opportunity  for  individuals  who  have  already 
earned  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  another 
discipline  to  complete  the  requirements  for  a 
B.S.N,  in  18  months.  Students  interested  in 
pursuing  this  FasTrack  program  must  complete 
the  liberal  arts  and  general  science  requirements 
prior  to  beginning  this  1 8  month  clinical  track. 

Applications  are  accepted  throughout  the 
academic  year  with  clinical  nursing  courses 
beginning  in  Summer  Session  I.  Individualized 
advisement  is  available  on  an  ongoing  basis 
through  the  Department  of  Nursing. 

Registered  Nurses 

The  Department  of  Nursing  offers  an 
alternative  curriculum  for  registered  nurses 
within  the  existing  B.S.N,  program.  The  goals 
of  this  alternative  curriculum  are  to  provide 
registered  nurses  with  the  opportunity  to  earn 
an  educationally  sound  B.S.N,  degree  while 
completing  the  degree  requirements  in  as  short  a 
time  period  as  possible,  and  to  meet  the  unique 
needs  of  registered  nurses.  NURS  302 
is  open  only  to  registered  nurses  and  is  required 
as  part  of  the  alternative  curriculum. 

The  Department  of  Nursing  supports  the 
Pennsylvania  Articulation  Model  which 
promotes  the  practice  of  providing  educational 
programs  for  nurses  from  state  approved  and 
National  League  for  Nursing  accredited  schools 
which  facilitates  progression  into  the  next 
educational  program  without  unnecessary 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^A 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


NURSING 


repetition.  Validation  testing  (ACT  PEP 
exams,  Mosby  Assess  Test,  or  NLN  Mobility 
Exams)  will  be  required  for  (1)  individuals 
who  graduated  from  any  nursing  program 
more  than  10  years  prior  to  application,  (2) 
individuals  who  graduated  more  than  3  years 
prior  to  application  and  who  have  not  worked 
at  least  1000  hours  in  the  preceding  3  years, 
or  (3)  individuals  who  graduated  from  non- 
NLN  accredited  nursing  programs. 

RNs  from  an  NLN  accredited  program  who 
graduated  within  3  years  of  matriculating  into 
the  B.S.N,  program  and  RNs  who  graduated 
from  an  NLN  accredited  program  more  than  3 
but  not  more  than  10  years  before  matriculat- 
ing into  the  B.S.N,  program  and  who  have 
worked  for  at  least  1000  hours  within  the  last 
three  years  will  receive  transfer  credit  for 
NURS  200  (1  credit),  221  (3  credits),  330, 
331,  332,  333,  337,  338,  340,  and  440  upon 
successful  completion  of  NURS  44 1 ,  Compre- 
hensive Nursing  Care. 

To  obtain  the  B.S.N.,  all  RNs  will  be 
required  to  successfully  complete  NURS  302, 
339,  424;  432  and  433,  or  435;  438,  439,  441, 
and  442.  In  addition,  RNs  will  be  required  to 
take  any  4  science  courses  chosen  from 
CHEM  108  or  higher,  BIO  1 10  or  higher, 
PHYS  225  or  higher,  or  other  courses  ap- 
proved by  the  Department  of  Nursing  upon 
evaluation  of  a  student's  transcript. 

Additional  information  for  registered 
nurses  seeking  the  B.S.N  is  available  from  the 
Department  of  Nursing.  Individual  advising  is 
offered  to  all  registered  nurses. 

School  Nurse  Certification 

The  Department  of  Nursing,  in  collaboration 
with  the  Department  of  Education,  offers  an 
additional  curriculum  for  the  Registered  Nurse 
with  a  B.S.N,  (or  a  Lycoming  College  nursing 
student)  who  wishes  to  be  certified  as  a  school 
nurse.  The  goal  of  this  program  is  to  provide 
the  RN  with  a  B.S.N,  an  opportunity  for  career 
mobility.  Courses  required  for  completion  of 
the  certification  program  consist  of  EDUC 
200,  an  approved  education-related  elective. 


PSY  138,  and  NURS  422,  423,  424,  430,  and 
43 1 .  In  addition,  the  following  are  prerequisites 
for  specific  courses:  PSY  1 10  and  1 17. 

Additional  information  for  registered  nurses 
seeking  School  Nurse  Certification  is  available 
from  the  Department  of  Nursing.  Individualize( 
advising  is  offered  to  all  prospective  School 
Nurse  Candidates. 

Clinical  Learning  Resources 

In  addition  to  the  College's  modem,  well- 
equipped  Nursing  Skills  Lab  complete  with 
Critical  Care  Unit  and  interactive  video  technol-' 
ogy,  opportunity  for  self-learning  is  provided  ini 
the  adjacent  Learning  Center  which  is  equippedi 
with  electronic  study  carrels  and  audio-visual 
materials. 

A  wide  variety  of  health-care  agencies  in  the 
surrounding  area  is  utilized  for  clinical  experi- 
ences. Cooperating  hospitals  and  agencies 
include:  Susquehanna  Health  Services,  Evangeli- 
cal Hospital,  Geisinger  Medical  Center,  Leader  i 
Nursing  Home  and  Rehabilitation  Center, 
Danville  State  Hospital,  Pennsylvania  Depart- 
ment of  Health,  Regional  Home  Health  Ser- 
vices, Rose  View  Manor,  and  The  Williamsport 
Home. 

Expenses  of  the  Nursing  Program 

Students  are  responsible  for  their  own  tran- 
sportation to  assigned  clinical  areas.  The  student 
of  nursing  assumes  all  financial  obligations 
listed  in  the  section  on  fees  in  this  bulletin 
including  a  $50  lab  fee  for  each  of  the  clinical 
nursing  courses  (NURS  200,  221,  330,  331, 
332,  333,  340,  438,  439,  440,  and  441).  Addi- 
tional expenses  include  uniforms,  name  pin, 
watch  with  second  hand,  bandage  scissors, 
stethoscope,  blood  pressure  cuff,  annual  health 
examinations,  and  standardized  achievement  tests 

Students  must  also  maintain  annual  Health 
Provider  CPR  certification  as  offered  by  the 
American  Heart  Association  or  American  Red 
Cross. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


NURSING 

• 


Policies  Specific  to  Nursing 

In  addition  to  the  Lycoming  College 
continuance  policies,  the  following  policies  are 
specific  to  all  declared  majors  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  Nursing: 

1 .  A  grade  of  C-  or  better  is  required  in  all 
clinical  nursing  courses  to  continue  in  the 
nursing  program.  These  courses  are  NURS 
200,  221,  330,  331,  332,  333,  340,  438, 
439,  440,  and  441.  Students  who  earn  a 
grade  of  less  than  70  percent  or  1.67  in 
either  the  theoretical  or  clinical  component 
of  a  nursing  course  will  be  required  to 
repeat  both  components  of  the  course 
before  being  permitted  to  continue  in  the 
nursing  sequence.  Students  who  do  not 
satisfy  this  requirement  in  the  second  attempt 
will  be  dismissed  from  the  nursing  program. 

2.  Policies  regarding  absence  from  classes  or 
from  the  clinical  portion  of  nursing 
courses  are  determined  by  the  instructor(s) 
responsible  for  the  course.  No  absence 
from  the  clinical  portion  of  the  course  will 
be  excused  other  than  for  illness  or  family 
emergency.  In  individual  cases,  students 
may  make  arrangements  with  instructors  to 
be  excused  for  extracurricular  activities. 
Excessive  absence  for  any  reason  will 
necessitate  repeating  the  entire  course. 

Nursing  Scholars  Program 

The  Nursing  Scholars  Program  is  a  depart- 
mental honors  program  designed  to  recognize 
and  support  continued  development  of  the 
academically  talented  student.  Students  who 
are  invited  to  membership  in  this  program 
participate  in  special  nursing  seminars,  have 
internships  and/or  independent  study  experi- 
ences and  give  formal  presentations  during  the 
senior  year. 

To  be  invited  to  become  a  Nursing 
Scholar,  a  student  must  have: 

a.  Declared  a  major  in  nursing. 

b.  Participated  in  three  activities  sponsored 
by  the  Center  for  Nursing  Excellence 

(CNE). 


c.  Demonstrated  academic  excellence  with 
an  overall  GPA  of  3.25  or  higher. 

d.  Demonstrated  those  qualities  most 
conducive  to  a  positive  and  contributing 
member  of  the  nursing  profession 
including  professional  commitment  and 
community  service. 

To  graduate  as  a  Nursing  Scholar, 
the  student  must : 

a.  Complete  an  approved  internship, 
practicum  and/or  independent  study  or 
honors  project; 

b.  Maintain  an  overall  GPA  of  3.25  and  a 
nursing  GPA  of  3.25. 

c.  Continue  to  participate  in  CNE 
sponsored  activities. 

d.  Continue  to  develop  those  attributes 
necessary  for  professional  success, 
including  a  commitment  to  the  profession 
and  community  service. 

Students  with  a  major  in  nursing  and  who 
are  currently  Lycoming  College  Scholars  may 
become  Nursing  Scholars  and  participate  in  both 
programs. 

Center  for  Nursing  Excellence 

The  Center  for  Nursing  Excellence  (CNE) 
provides  educational  opportunities  for 
Lycoming  College  students  as  well  as  health 
care  professionals  in  the  greater  Williamsport 
community.  The  CNE  offers  professional 
education  in  the  form  of  courses-for-credit  and 
non-credit  continuing  education  (CE)  courses. 

All  students  who  have  a  declared  major  in 
nursing  or  who  are  designated  prenursing  are 
encouraged  to  participate  in  career  and  profes- 
sional development  seminars  offered  by  faculty 
from  the  Department  of  Nursing.  In  addition, 
a  limited  number  of  internships  are  available  to 
qualified  applicants.  Additional  information  is 
available  through  the  Center  for  Nursing  Excel- 
lence. 

101 

TOPICS  IN  HEALTH 

Exploration  of  health-related  topics  designed 
for  the  prenursing  or  first-year  nursing  student 
and  non-majors.  Topics  vary.  May  be  repeated 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


NURSING 


for  credit.  No  prerequisites.  1/2  unit  of  credit. 
May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  major  requirements. 

120 

NURSING  SEMINAR  I 

Designed  for  the  pre-nursing  student. 
Focus  is  on  career  opportunities  available  to 
nurses,  roles  and  responsibilities  of  nurses, 
educational  requirements,  and  history  of 
nursing.  Emphasis  is  also  placed  on  survival 
skills  for  college  and  for  the  nursing  major. 
The  grade  will  be  P/F.  Non-credit  course. 
One  hour  per  week.   This  course  is  required  of 
all  pre-nursing  students. 

121 

NURSING  SEMINAR  II 

Continuation  of  Nursing  Seminar  I.  Focus 
is  on  the  development  of  professional  writing 
skills  pertinent  to  nursing,  professional 
behaviors,  and  portfolio  development.  The 
grade  will  be  P/F.  Non-credit  course.   One 
hour  per  week.   This  course  is  required  of  all 
pre-nursing  students. 

200 

HEALTH  PROMOTION  AND  WELLNESS 
ACROSS  THE  LIFESPAN 

Primary  focus  on  wellness  which  includes 
normal  growth  and  development,  health 
promotion  and  essentials  of  normal  nutrition. 
Introductory  therapeutic  communication  and 
teaching/learning  skills  are  explored.  Applica- 
tion of  theory  to  individuals,  families  and 
communities  occurs  during  clinical  experi- 
ences in  the  community  setting.  One  hour  of 
lecture  and  3  1/2  hours  of  clinical  lab.   1/2 
unit  of  credit.  Prerequitisites:  BIO  110,  111 
and  GPA  of  2.50  or  higher  at  the  completion  of 
the  Freshman  year.  Corequisite:  BIO  323  or 
338. 

221 

FOUNDATIONS  OF 
PROFESSIONAL  PRACTICE 

Introduction  of  major  theoretical  elements 
underlying  professional  practice.  Focus  on 
common  health  problems  and  basic  rehabilitation 


principles  while  recognizing  the  multi- 
directional influence  of  the  individual,  family 
and  environment.  The  student  will  utilize  the 
nursing  process  in  assisting  clients  to  attain  a 
maximum  level  of  functioning.  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  seven  hours  of  clinical  laboratory. 
1  unit  of  credit.  Prerequisites:  BIO  110,  111; 
Prerequisite  or  Corequisite:  BIO  323  or  338. 
Open  to  nursing  majors  only. 

302 

PERSPECTIVES  ON  PROFESSIONAL 
NURSING 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  the 
historical  and  political  development  of  the 
profession  of  nursing.  The  foundations  of 
professional  nursing  practice  are  discussed 
with  a  critical  view  on  nursing  theory,  profes- 
sionalism in  nursing,  and  career  development. 
Meets  2  hours  weekly  for  1/2  unit  of  credit. 
Open  to  RNs  only. 

324 

HEALTH  ASSESSMENT 

Identification  and  demonstration  of  basic 
physical  assessment  skills.  Emphasis  placed 
on  assessment  findings  across  the  life  span. 
Focus  on  normal  findings  with  attention  on 
development  of  skill  and  confidence  in 
performing  physical  assessments.  Meets  two 
hours  weekly  for  1/2  unit.   Corequisite: 
NURS  330,  332,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Open  to  non-majors  by  consent  of  instructor. 

330-331 

NURSING  CARE  OF 

THE  DEVELOPING  FAMILY 

Examination  of  health  and  nursing  needs  of 
beginning  and  developing  families.  Initial 
emphasis  on  nursing  needs  of  mothers  and 
infants  within  the  family  unit  as  well  as  the 
common  health  problems  of  children  through 
adolescence.  Subsequent  emphasis  on  nursing 
needs  of  children  and  mothers  with  health 
problems  of  acute  and  long  term  nature,  the 
influence  of  illness  on  the  family.  Three  hours 
of  lecture,  7  hours  clinical  laboratory.   1  1/4 
units  each.  Prerequisite  for  NURS  330: 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


NURSING 

• 


NURS  221;  Corequisites:  NURS  324,  332, 
ami  337.  Prerequisite  for  NURS  331:  NURS 
324,  330,  332,  and  337;  Corequisites: 
NURS  333,  338,  and  424. 

332-333 

NURSING  CARE  OF  THE  ADULT 
Identification  of  adult  health  care  needs  and 
implementation  of  nursing  activities  based  on 
an  understanding  of  growth  and  development, 
pathophysiology,  communication  skills,  inter- 
personal dynamics,  and  psychosocial  interven- 
tions. Three  hours  of  lecture,  7  hours  clinical 
laboratory.   1  1/4  units  each.  Prerequisite  for 
NURS  332:  NURS  221,  Corequisites:  NURS 
324,  330,  and  337.  Prerequisites  for  NURS 
333:  NURS  330,  332,  and  337.  Corequisites: 
NURS  331,  338,  and  424. 

337-338 

BASIC  CONCEPTS  OF  PHARMACOLOGY 

AND  THERAPEUTICS  I  and  II 

Fundamentals  of  pharmacology  and 
therapeutics  are  presented  for  the  various 
classes  of  drugs.  Relationships  of  pharmaco- 
logical mechanisms  to  the  affected  biochemi- 
cal and  physiological  processes.  Interactions 
and  toxicological  aspects  of  drug  therapy  are 
reviewed.  Two  hours  of  lecture  for  1/2  unit  of 
credit  each.  Corequisites  for  NURS  337:  NURS 
324,  330,  and  332,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Corequisites  for  NURS  338:  NURS  331,  333, 
and  424,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Open  to  non- 
nursing  majors  with  appropriate  science  hack- 
ground,  corequisites  waived  for  non-majors. 

339 

PATHOPHYSIOLOGY 

The  study  of  physiologic  mechanisms 
altered  by  illness,  injury  or  disease  processes 
in  humans.  Fundamental  disease  processes, 
specific  illnesses,  and  their  effects  on  human 
homeostasis  will  be  discussed.  The  links 
between  pathophysiology,  diagnosis,  and 
therapeutic  interventions  will  be  emphasized. 
One-half  unit  of  credit.  Prerequisites:  NURS 
331,  333,  338,  or  consent  of  instructor.   Open 
to  non-majors  by  consent  of  instructor. 


340 

CLINICAL  PRACTICUM 

Focus  is  on  the  integration  of  concepts 
from  pathophysiology,  application  of  knowl- 
edge while  caring  for  clients  with  complex 
health  problems  in  a  variety  of  nursing 
settings.  Students  will  enhance  current 
skill  level  and  organization  of  care.  96  hours 
of  clinical  laboratory.  One-half  unit  of  credit. 
Prerequisites:  NURS  331,  333,  338. 
Corequisite:  NURS  339 

422 

HEALTH  EDUCATION 

Examination  of  learning  theories  appropriate 
to  all  age  groups.  Discussion  of  the  concepts 
and  techniques  necessary  for  assessment,  plan- 
ning, implementation,  and  evaluation  of  the 
teaching/learning  process.  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  self  care.  Two  hour  lecture  for  1/2 
unit  of  credit.  Required  for  school  nurse 
candidates.  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

423 

HEALTH  EDUCATION  CLINICAL 

Clinical  practice  includes  teaching  experience 
in  the  public  school  system.  This  practice 
results  in  a  culmination  of  the  theoretical  con- 
tent contained  in  NURS  422.  Five  hour  clinical 
laboratory  for  1/2  unit  ofcedit.  Required  for 
School  Nurse  Candidates.  Prerequisites: 
Senior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

424 

ADVANCED  HEALTH  ASSESSMENT 

Identification  and  demonstration  of 
advanced  assessment  techniques  with  an 
emphasis  on  abnormal  findings.  Learning 
experiences  are  provided  to  develop  a 
systematic  approach  to  physical  assessment. 
Throughout  the  course,  emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  correlation  of  assessment  findings  and 
major  health  deviations.  Meets  two  hours 
weekly  for  1/2  unit  of  credit.   Corequisites: 
NURS  331  and  333,  or  consent  of  instructor. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


NURSING 


425 

ADVANCED  HEALTH  ASSESSMENT 
CLINICAL  LABORATORY 

A  clinical  laboratory  that  allows  additional 
practice  for  the  student  enrolled  in  NURS  424. 
Five  hours  clinical  laboratory  for  1/2  unit  of 
credit.   Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

431 

SCHOOL  NURSE  PRACTICUM 

Essentials  of  school  health,  school  nursing, 
and  health  promotion.  These  concepts  serve  as 
a  basis  for  the  development  of  an  understand- 
ing of  the  role  of  the  school  with  the  opportu- 
nity to  function  in  the  role  of  the  school  nurse. 
It  is  a  course  built  on  the  culmination  of  know- 
ledge obtained  in  previous  nursing  courses 
and  nursing  experiences.  210  hours  clinical 
and  seminar.  Prerequisite:  OPEN  TO  SCHOOL 
NURSE  CANDIDATES  who  have  met  all 
other  requirements  for  certification  and  have 
obtained  departmental  approval.  Must  have  a 
valid  Pennsylvania  RN  license. 

432 

NURSING  RESEARCH  I 

Introduction  to  the  theory  and  process  of 
research  with  emphasis  on  critical  analysis  of 
research  and  the  development  of  a  research 
proposal.   Two  hours  of  lecture  for  1/2  unit  of 
credit.   Prerequisites:  Statistics,  successful 
completion  of  NURS  331,  333,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
completed  NURS  435.   Open  to  non-nursing 
majors. 

433 

NURSING  RESEARCH  II 

Implementation  of  the  research  process. 
Proposals  submitted  in  NURS  432  will 
provide  the  basis  for  data  collection,  analysis 
and  reporting  of  research  findings.  Continued 
development  of  critical  analysis  skills.  Two 
hours  of  lecture  for  1/2  unit  of  credit.  Prereq- 
uisite: NURS  432  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed 


NURS  435.   Open  to  non-nursing  majors  with 
consent  of  instructor. 

435 

RESEARCH  IN  NURSING 

Expansion  of  theoretical  basis  of  research 
methodology  with  emphasis  on  analyzing, 
criticizing,  and  interpreting  nursing  research. 
Development  and  implementation  of  a  research 
proposal  focusing  on  a  nursing  problem.  Four 
hours  of  lecture.  1  unit.  Prerequisites:  statis- 
tics, NURS  331  and  333,  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Open  to  non-nursing  majors. 

438 

HIGH  ACUITY  NURSING 

Combines  conceptual  foundations  and  clinical 

decision  making  regarding  the  care  of  high 

acuity  patients.  Designed  to  bridge  the  gap 

between  core  medical  surgical  content  and 

more  advanced  critical  care  concepts.     Three 

hours  of  lecture  and  3.5  hours  of  clinical  lab. 

1  unit  of  credit.  Prerequisite:  NURS 

339  or  consent  of  instructor. 

439 

NURSING  CARE  IN  THE  COMMUNITY 

Overview  of  the  role  of  the  community 
health  nurse  in  a  variety  of  community  and 
mental  health  venues.  Discussion  of  the 
history  and  future  of  community  health  nursing 
including  attributes  of  practice.  Health  and 
wellness  promotion;  health  teaching;  economic 
political,  legal  and  ethical  influences;  environ- 
mental issues;  epidemiology;  communicable 
disease  and  vulnerable  populations  (including 
the  psychiatric  or  mental  health  client)  will  be 
addressed.  Focus  is  on  the  application  and 
integration  of  health  and  wellness  concepts. 
Three  hours  lecture  and  7  hours  clinical 
laboratory.   1  1/4  units.  Prerequisites:  NURS 
440,  438,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

440 

NURSING  CARE  OF  THE  EMOTIONALLY 
TROUBLED  INDIVIDUAL  AND  FAMILY 
Examination  of  disturbed  human  relation- 
ships with  focus  on  intrapsychic,  interpersonal, 
and  physiologic  etiology.  Emphasis  on  ad- 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


NURSING  •  PHILOSOPHY 

• 


vanced  therapeutic  nurse-patient  relationships 
within  the  context  of  family,  community,  and 
health  care  systems.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and 
7  hours  clinical  laboratory^     I  unit.  Prerequi- 
sites: NURS  331,  333,  339,  and  340. 

441 

COMPREHENSIVE  NURSING  CARE 

Culminating  nursing  course  with  focus  on 
leadership  and  management  issues  in  health 
care.  Seminars  provide  opportunities  for 
students  to  share  commonalities  and  unique 
aspects  of  professional  practice.  A  concen- 
trated clinical  practicum  will  provide  students 
the  opportunity  to  integrate  practice  skills  and 
course  concepts.   Three  hours  of  lecture  and 
128  hours  of  clinical  laboratory.   1  1/4  units. 
Prerequisites:  NURS  438  and  440. 

442 

PROFESSIONAL  ISSUES 

An  analysis  of  nursing  issues  in  the  context 
of  the  historical  background  of  the  profession, 
the  social  forces  which  influence  nursing,  and 
nursing's  impact  upon  society.  Two-hour 
seminar.  1/2  unit  of  credit.  Prerequisite: 
Senior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

443 

TOPICS  IN  NURSING 

Selected  topic  courses  in  nursing  designed 
to  permit  students  to  pursue  subjects  which, 
because  of  their  specialized  nature,  may  not  be 
offered  on  a  regular  basis.  1/2  unit  of  credit. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit  with  departmental 
permission  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  IN  NURSING 

An  opportunity  to  develop  and  implement 
an  individual  plan  of  study  under  faculty 
guidance. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDIES  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


PHILOSOPHY 


(PHIL) 


Professors:  Griffith,  Whelan 

Assistant  Professor:  Herring  (Chairperson) 

Visiting  Instructor:  M.  Griffith 

The  study  of  philosophy  develops  a  critical 
understanding  of  the  basic  concepts  and 
presuppositions  around  which  we  organize  our 
thought  in  morality,  law,  religion,  science, 
education,  the  arts  and  other  human  endeavors. 
A  major  in  philosophy,  together  with  other 
appropriate  courses,  can  provide  an  excellent 
preparation  for  policy-making  positions  of 
many  kinds,  for  graduate  study  in  several 
fields,  and  for  careers  in  education,  law,  and 
the  ministry. 

The  major  in  philosophy  requires  eight 
courses  including  PHIL  223,  224,  440,  and  at 
least  four  others  numbered  225  or  above. 
PHIL  340  can  be  counted  toward  the  major 
only  once. 

The  following  courses,  when  scheduled  as 
W  courses,  count  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:  PHIL  2 1 6,  2 1 7,  2 1 8,  2 1 9,  30 1 , 
332,  333,  334,  335,  336,  340. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^M 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


PHILOSOPHY 


Students  interested  in  teacher  certification 
should  refer  to  the  Department  of  Education 
on  page  96. 

Minors 

The  Philosophy  Department  offers  three 
minors.  (1)  A  minor  in  philosophy  consists  of 
any  four  philosophy  courses  numbered  220  or 
above,  or  any  five  philosophy  courses  which 
include  three  numbered  220  or  above. 
(2)  A  minor  in  philosophy  and  law  consists  of 
four  courses  from  PHIL  224,  225,  334,  335, 
337,  340  and  independent  studies.  (3)  A 
minor  in  philosophy  and  science  consists  of 
four  courses  from  PHIL  223,  225,  333,  340 
and  independent  studies.  Since  topics  in  PHIL 
340  and  independent  studies  vary,  these 
courses  may  count  toward  a  minor  only  if  they 
are  approved  by  the  department. 

105 

PRINCIPLES  OF  CRITICAL  THINKING 

An  introduction  to  the  elements  of  critical 
thinking  centered  on  developing  the  skills 
necessary  to  recognize,  describe,  and  evaluate 
arguments.    Not  open  to  juniors  and  seniors 
except  with  consent  of  instructor. 

114 

PHILOSOPHY  AND  PERSONAL  CHOICE 

An  introductory  philosophical  examination 
of  a  number  of  contemporary  moral  issues 
which  call  for  personal  decision.  Topics  often 
investigated  include:  the  "good"  life,  obliga- 
tion to  others,  sexual  ethics,  abortion,  suicide 
and  death,  violence  and  pacifism,  obedience  to 
the  law,  the  relevance  of  personal  beliefs  to 
morality.  Discussion  centers  on  some  of  the 
suggestions  philosophers  have  made  about 
how  to  make  such  decisions.  Not  open  to 
juniors  and  seniors  except  with  consent  of 
instructor. 

115 

PHILOSOPHY  AND  PUBLIC  POLICY 

An  introductory  philosophical  examination 
of  the  moral  and  conceptual  dimensions  of 
various  contemporary  public  issues,  such  as 


the  relation  of  ethics  to  politics  and  the  law, 
the  enforcement  of  morals,  the  problems  of 
fair  distribution  of  goods  and  opportunities, 
the  legitimacy  of  restricting  the  use  of  natural 
resources,  and  the  application  of  ethics  to 
business  practice.  Discussion  centers  on  some 
of  the  suggestions  philosophers  have  made 
about  how  to  deal  with  these  issues.  Not  open 
to  juniors  and  seniors  except  with  consent  of 
instructor. 

140 

CENTRAL  PROBLEMS  IN  PHILOSOPHY 

A  study  of  several  central  philosophical 
problems,  such  as  the  problem  of  free  will  and 
determinism,  the  relationship  between  mind  and 
body,  the  nature  and  limits  of  human  knowl- 
edge, arguments  about  the  existence  of  God, 
and  the  problem  of  personal  identity.  Not 
open  to  juniors  and  seniors  except  with 
consent  of  instructor. 

215 

PHILOSOPHICAL  ISSUES 
IN  COMMUNICATION 

An  introduction  to  the  foundations  of 
communication.  Theories  of  truth  and  meaning 
are  illustrated  by  means  of  practical  examples, 
with  special  attention  given  to  the  issue  of 
objectivity  and  bias  in  communication. 

216 

PHILOSOPHICAL  ISSUES  IN  BUSINESS 

A  systematic  and  philosophically  informed 
consideration  of  some  typical  moral  problems 
faced  by  individuals  in  a  business  setting,  and 
a  philosophical  examination  of  some  common 
moral  criticisms  of  the  American  business 
system. 

217 

PHILOSOPHICAL  ISSUES 

IN  EDUCATION 

An  examination  of  the  basic  concepts 
involved  in  thought  about  education,  and  a 
consideration  of  the  various  methods  for 
justifying  educational  proposals.  Typical  of 
the  issues  discussed  are:  Are  education  and 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


PHILOSOPHY 


indoctrination  different?  What  is  a  liberal 
education?  Are  education  and  schooling 
compatible?  What  do  we  need  to  learn? 
Alternate  years. 

218 

PHILOSOPHICAL  ISSUES  IN 

CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 

A  philosophical  examination  of  some 
important  controversies  which  arise  in 
connection  with  the  American  criminal  justice 
system.  Typically  included  are  controversies 
about  the  nature  and  purpose  of  punishment, 
the  proper  basis  for  sentencing,  the  correct 
understanding  of  criminal  responsibility,  and 
the  rationale  and  extent  of  our  basic  human 
rights  with  respect  to  the  criminal  law. 

219 

PHILOSOPHICAL  ISSUES 
IN  HEALTH  CARE 

An  investigation  of  some  of  the  philosophi- 
cal issues  which  arise  in  therapy  and  in  health 
research  and  planning.  Topics  typically 
include  euthanasia,  confidentiality,  informed 
consent,  behavior  control,  experimentation  on 
humans  and  animals,  abortion,  genetic 
engineering,  population  control,  and  distribu- 
tion of  health  care  resources. 

223 

HISTORY  OF  SCIENCE 

AND  METAPHYSICS 

An  historical  survey  of  the  attempt  to 
understand  the  physical  universe.  Particular 
attention  is  paid  to  common  origins  of 
philosophy  and  science  in  the  works  of  the 
ancient  Greek  philosophers,  to  the  question  of 
how  scientific  and  philosophical  thinking 
differs  from  mythological  and  technological 
thinking,  to  the  rationalism-empiricism 
dispute  in  science  and  metaphysics,  and  to  the 
interaction  between  philosophy  and  science  in 
formulating  fundamental  questions  about  the 
physical  universe  and  in  developing  and 
criticizing  concepts  designed  to  answer  them. 


► 


224 

HISTORY  OF  SOCIAL  AND 
POLITICAL  PHILOSOPHY 

An  historical  survey  of  the  most  important 
social  and  political  philosophers  from  Socrates 
to  Marx.  Special  attention  is  paid  to  the 
relationship  between  ethics  and  politics  as 
seen  by  Plato  and  Aristotle  and  to  the  social 
contract  theories  of  Hobbes,  Locke,  and 
Rousseau. 

225 

SYMBOLIC  LOGIC 

A  study  of  modern  symbolic  logic  and  its 
application  to  the  analysis  of  arguments. 
Included  are  truth-functional  relations,  the 
logic  of  prepositional  functions,  and  deductive 
systems.  Attention  is  also  given  to 
various  topics  in  the  philosophy  of  logic. 
Alternate  years. 

301 

ANCIENT  GREEK  PHILOSOPHY 

A  critical  examination  of  the  ancient  Greek 
philosophers,  with  particular  emphasis  on 
Plato  and  Aristotle.  Prerequisite:  Two 
courses  in  philosophy  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Alternate  years. 

332 

PHILOSOPHY  OF  RELIGION 

A  philosophical  examination  of  religion. 
Included  are  such  topics  as  the  nature  of 
religious  discourse,  arguments  for  and  against 
the  existence  of  God,  and  the  relation  between 
religion  and  science.  Readings  from  classical 
and  contemporary  sources.  Prerequisite: 
Students  without  previous  study  in  philosophy 
must  have  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate 
years. 

333 

PHILOSOPHY  OF  NATURAL  SCIENCE 

A  consideration  of  philosophically  impor- 
tant conceptual  problems  arising  from 
reflection  about  natural  science,  including 
such  topics  as  the  nature  of  scientific  laws  and 
theories,  the  character  of  explanation,  the 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


PHILOSOPHY 


importance  of  prediction,  the  existence  of 
"non-observable"  theoretical  entities  such  as 
electrons  and  genes,  the  problem  of  justifying 
induction,  and  various  puzzles  associated  with 
probability.  Prerequisite:  Students  without 
previous  study  in  philosophy  must  have 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

334 

CONTEMPORARY  POLITICAL 
PHILOSOPHY 

A  close  reading  of  four  or  five  defining 
works  of  contemporary  political  philosophy, 
beginning  with  A  Theory  of  Justice  by  John 
Rawls.  Prerequisite:  Students  without 
previous  study  in  philosophy  must  have 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

335 

ETHICAL  THEORY 

An  inquiry  about  the  grounds  for  distin- 
guishing morally  right  from  morally  wrong 
actions.  Central  to  this  course  is  critical 
consideration  of  important  theories,  such  as 
relativism,  utilitarianism,  and  subjectivism,  as 
well  as  historically  important  theorists,  such  as 
Aristotle,  Mill,  and  Kant.  Prerequisite: 
Students  without  previous  study  in  philosophy 
must  have  consent  of  instructor  Alternate 
years. 

336 

CONTEMPORARY  MORAL  PHILOSOPHY 

A  close  reading  of  four  or  five  centrally 
important  works  of  contemporary  moral 
philosophy.  Prerequisite:  Students  without 
previous  study  in  philosophy  must  have 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

337 

PHILOSOPHY  OF  LAW 

An  introduction  to  the  philosophy  of  law 
using  both  classical  and  contemporary 
sources.  General  theories  concerning  the 
nature  of  law,  as  well  as  philosophical  issues 
which  arise  primarily  within  a  legal  context, 
will  be  discussed.  Prerequisite:  Students 


without  previous  study  in  philosophy  must 
have  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

340 

SPECIAL  TOPICS 

Study  of  selected  philosophical  problems, 
texts,  writers,  or  movements.  Recent  topics 
include  ethical  obligations  to  animals,  lying 
and  lawbreaking,  environmental  ethics, 
research  on  human  subjects,  and  artificial 
intelligence.  Students  without  previous  study 
in  philosophy  must  have  consent  of  instructor. . 
With  consent  of  the  instructor,  this  course  may 
be  repeated  for  credit. 

440 

PHILOSOPHICAL  RESEARCH 
AND  WRITING 

In-depth  instruction  in  both  the  independent 
and  the  cooperative  aspects  of  philosophical 
research  and  writing.  Each  student  undertakes 
an  approved  research  project  and  produces  a 
substantial  philosophical  paper.  Open  only  to, 
and  required  of,  senior  philosophy  majors. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Recent  independent  studies  in  philosophy 
include  Nietzsche,  moral  education,  Rawls' 
theory  of  justice,  existentialism,  euthanasia, 
Plato's  ethics,  and  philosophical  aesthetics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 

PHYSICS 

(See  Astronomy/Physics) 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

• 


PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION 

Instructor:  Holmes  (Chairperson) 
Part-time  Intstructor:  Dill 

PHYSICAL  ACTIVITIES, 
WELLNESS,  AND  COMMUNITY 
SERVICE 

This  program  is  designed  to  promote 
students'  physical  welfare,  health  awareness, 
and  encourage  a  sense  of  civic  responsibility. 
Students  must  successfully  complete  any 
combination  of  two  semesters  of  course  work 
selected  from  the  following: 

1 .  Designated  Physical  Activities  courses, 

2.  Designated  varsity  athletics, 

3.  Designated  wellness  courses, 

4.  Designated  community  service  projects, 

5.  Designated  military  science  courses  (Oil, 
021,031,041). 

PHYSICAL  ACTIVITY 
COURSES  (PHED) 

102 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  ACTIVITIES 

This  topics  course  satisfies  one-half 
semester  of  physical  education.  Coeduca- 
tional classes  meet  twice  a  week  with  basic 
instruction  in  fundamentals,  knowledge,  and 
appreciation  of  various  sports.  Emphasis  is  on 
the  potential  use  of  activities  as  recreational 
and  leisure  time  interests. 


105 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  ACTIVITIES 

This  topics  course  satisfies  one  semester  of 
physical  education.  Coeducational  classes  meet 
twice  a  week  with  basic  instruction  in  fund- 
amentals, knowledge,  and  appreciation  of  various 
sports.  Emphasis  is  on  the  potential  use  of 
activities  as  recreational  and  leisure  time  interests. 

110-125 

VARSITY  ATHLETICS 

Students  who  compete  on  a  varsity  sports 
team  may  register  for  a  semester  of  Physical 
Activity  during  the  semester  listed.  Two  full 
seasons  must  be  completed  to  satisfy  the 
Physical  Activity  requirement.  It  is  the 
student's  responsibility  to  withdraw  from  the 
course  should  they  not  complete  the  season. 

110  -  BASKETBALL 

111  -  CROSS  COUNTRY 

112  -  FOOTBALL 

113  -  GOLF 

114  -  SOCCER 

115  -  SOFTBALL 

116  -  SWIMMING 

117  -  TENNIS 

118  -  TRACK 

119  -  VOLLEYBALL 

120  -  WRESTLING 

121  -  LACROSSE 

WELLNESS  (WELL) 

102 

TOPICS  IN  WELLNESS 

This  topics  course  satisfies  one-half  semester 
of  wellness  study.  Wellness  courses  meet  two 
hours  per  week  covering  various  topics  that  may 
include  Stress  Management,  Preventing  Com- 
municable Diseases,  Personal  Health  and 
Wellness,  and  other  current  health  issues.  These 
courses  promote  student  wellness  during  their 
stay  at  Lycoming  as  well  as  their  post  graduate 
years.   This  course  may  be  repeated  with  the 
same  topics  only  with  departmental  consent. 

105 

TOPICS  IN  WELLNESS 

This  topics  course  satisfies  one  semester  of 
wellness  study.  Wellness  courses  meet  two 


2(K)2-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  •  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


hours  per  week  covering  various  topics  tiiat 
may  include  Stress  Management,  Preventing 
Communicable  Diseases,  Personal  Health  and 
Wellness,  and  other  current  health  issues. 
These  courses  promote  student  wellness 
during  their  stay  at  Lycoming  as  well  as  their 
post  graduate  years.  This  course  may  be 
repeated  with  the  same  topics  only  with 
departmental  consent. 

106 

FIRST  AID/CPR 

This  course  satisfies  one  semester  of 
wellness  study.  This  course  will  prepare 
students  to  recognize  emergencies  and  make 
appropriate  decisions  for  first  aid  care.  Also 
included  are  an  emphasis  on  safety  and 
assessment  of  personal  habits  to  reduce  risk  of 
injury  and  illness.  American  Red  Cross  First 
Aid  and  CPR  certifications  are  earned  upon 
successful  completion  of  the  course. 

COMMUNITY  SERVICE  (COMS) 

These  courses  require  2-3  hours  per  week 
in  a  combination  of  seminars  and  agency 
placement. 

105 

COMMUNITY  SERVICE  I 

This  course  satisfies  one  semester  of 
community  service.  An  experiential  learning 
opportunity  accomplished  in  conjunction  with 
local  agencies  or  college  departments.  The 
outcome  of  such  service  will  promote  stu- 
dents' personal  and  social  development  as  well 
as  civic  responsibility.  Students  must  pre- 
registerfor  this  course.  May  not  be  repeated. 

106 

COMMUNITY  SERVICE  II 

This  course  satisfies  one  semester  of 
community  service.  Students  may  elect  to 
enroll  in  a  second  semester  of  community 
service  to  satisfy  the  graduation  requirement. 
This  will  require  the  student  to  be  engaged  in 
a  somewhat  more  sophisticated  level  of 
learning  and  service.  Students  must  preregis- 
terfor  this  course.  Prerequisite:  COMS  105. 


POLITICAL 
SCIENCE  (psci) 

Professor:  Roskin  (Chairperson) 
Visiting  Professor  of  Legal  Studies:  Raup 

The  major  is  designed  to  provide  a  systematic 
understanding  of  government  and  politics  at  the 
international,  national,  state,  and  local  levels. 
Majors  are  encouraged  to  develop  their  skills  to 
make  independent,  objective  analyses  which 
can  be  applied  to  the  broad  spectrum  of  the 
social  sciences. 

Although  the  political  science  major  is  not 
designed  as  a  vocational  major,  students  with 
such  training  may  go  directly  into  government 
service,  journalism,  teaching,  or  private  admin- 
istrative agencies.  A  political  science  major  can 
provide  the  base  for  the  study  of  law,  or  for 
graduate  studies  leading  to  administrative  work 
in  federal,  state,  or  local  governments,  interna- 
tional organizations,  or  college  teaching. 
Students  seeking  certification  to  teach  secon- 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG  > 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


dary  school  social  studies  may  major  in  political 
science  but  should  consult  their  advisors  and  the 
education  department. 

Students  interested  in  teacher  certification 
should  refer  to  the  Department  of  Education  on 
page  96. 

A  major  in  Political  Science  consists  of 
eight  courses  as  follows:  PSCI  106,  PSCI  400; 
two  courses  in  American  Politics  from  PSCI 
111,  223,  333,  347,  448;  one  course  in  Legal 
Studies  from  PSCI  331,  332,  334,  335,  436; 
two  courses  in  World  Politics  from  PSCI  221, 
225,  243,  327,  439;  and  one  additional  PSCI 
course.  Prospective  majors  are  encouraged  to 
take  PSCI  106  in  their  freshman  year.  An 
exemption  will  be  granted  only  if  it  strengthens 
the  student's  program. 

The  following  courses  satisfy  the  cultural 
diversity  requirement:  PSCI  221  and  327.  The 
following  courses,  when  scheduled  as  W 
courses,  count  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:  PSCI  210,  334  and  400. 

Minors 

For  non-majors,  the  department  offers  three 
minors:  a  minor  in  Political  Science  consists  of 
any  four  courses  number  200  or  above  excluding 
PSCI  2 1 0  and  400;  a  minor  in  World  Politics 
consists  of  four  courses  selected  from  PSCI  22 1 , 
225, 243, 327  or  439;  and  a  minor  in  Legal 
Studies  consists  of  four  courses  selected  from 
PSCI  331, 332, 334, 335,  or  436.  Students  are 
encouraged  to  consult  with  department  members 
on  the  selection  of  a  minor. 

106 

INTRODUCTION  TO  POLITICS 

The  U.S.  political  system  in  comparative 
perspective.  Basic  concepts,  vocabulary,  and 
examples  to  ground  students  in  the  objective 
analysis  of  politics. 

Ill 

STATE  AND  LOCAL  GOVERNMENT 

An  examination  of  the  general  principles, 
major  problems,  and  political  processes  of  the 
states  and  their  subdivisions,  together  with 
their  role  in  a  federal  type  of  government. 


210 

COMMUNICATION  AND  SOCIETY 

Reviews  and  critiques  the  impact  of  the 
mass  media  on  American  society.  Consider- 
ation of  how  the  media  form  attitudes, 
nominate  and  elect  candidates,  cover  news, 
and  monitor  governmental  activities  as  well  as 
possible  remedies  to  media-related  problems. 
Alternate  years. 

221 

COMPARATIVE  POLITICS 
AND  GEOGRAPHY 

The  politics  and  geography  of  nations  in 
Europe,  Asia,  the  Middle  East,  Africa,  And 
South  American  in  a  search  for  comparisons 
and  patterns.  Includes  history,  institutions, 
cultures,  borders,  regions,  and  map  exercises. 

223 

PRESIDENCY  AND  CONGRESS 

The  constitutional  roles,  campaign  styles,  and 
interactions  of  the  U.S.  presidency  and 
congress.  Special  attention  is  given  presi- 
dents, senators,  and  congresspersons  who 
substantially  contribute  to  the  democratic 
process.  Alternate  years. 

225 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS 

The  basic  factors  and  concepts  of  interna- 
tional relations,  such  as  international  systems, 
national  interest  and  security,  wars,  decolon- 
ization, nationalism,  economic  development, 
trade  blocs,  and  international  law  and 
organizations. 

243 

THE  VIETNAM  WAR 

The  background  and  context  of  the  war,  how 
the  United  States  got  involved,  the  military 
lessons,  and  the  war's  impact  on  U.S.  society, 
politics,  and  economy.  Alternate  years. 

327 

WORLD  CRISES 

The  study  of  selected  current  major  interna- 
tional problems,  such  as  the  Middle  East, 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

• 


Balkans,  East  Asia,  India-Pakistan,  or 
whatever  new  dangers  arise.  Alternate  years. 

331 

CIVIL  RIGHTS  AND  LIBERTIES 

What  are  our  rights  and  Hberties  as 
Americans?  What  should  they  be?  A  frank 
discussion  of  the  nature  and  scope  of  the 
constitutional  guarantees.  First  Amendment 
rights,  the  rights  of  criminal  suspects  and 
defendants,  racial  and  sexual  equality,  and 
equal  protection  of  the  laws.  Students  will 
read  and  brief  the  more  important  Supreme 
Court  decisions.  Prerequisite:  junior  or 
senior  standing,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

332 

COURTS  AND  THE  CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE  SYSTEM 

The  course  consists  of  two  components: 
criminal  law  and  criminal  procedure.  Crimi- 
nal procedure  carefully  explores  constitutional 
law  and  procedural  rules  which  dominate 
court  handling  of  criminal  cases.  Criminal 
law  explores  concepts  relating  to  criminal 
responsibility  and  the  establishment  of 
selected  offenses.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  "hot 
button"  issues  in  the  field:  balancing  protec- 
tion of  fundamental  freedoms  against  society's 
need  to  solve  an  prevent  crime;  plea  negotia- 
tions; the  politicizing  of  the  criminal  justice 
system;  mandatory  sentencing  schemes; 
management  challenges  to  fast  handling  of 
criminal  cases;  the  changing  line  between 
juvenile  and  adult  criminal  court;  wisdom  of 
using  criminal  punishment  in  an  attempt  to 
control  some  forms  of  behavior.  There  will  be 
two  field  trips  to  court  proceedings.  Prerequi- 
site: junior  or  senior  standing,  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

333 

BUREAUCRACY  AND  PUBLIC 
ADMINISTRATION 

The  business  of  making  government  work 
at  the  administrative  level.  The  organizational 


structure,  relevant  laws  and  court  cases,  and 
legislative  oversight  of  federal,  state,  and  local 
public  bureaucracy.  Alternate  years. 

334 

LEGAL  RESEARCH  AND  WRITING 

Students  learn  to  perform  legal  research 
with  realistic  problems  in  civil  and  criminal 
cases  drawing  upon  statutory,  constitutional, 
regulatory,  procedural  and  common  law. 
They  will  write  briefs  and  memoranda  based 
upon  the  research  in  the  form  expected  of 
legal  interns  and  paralegal  personnel.  Some 
classes  may  be  held  at  the  Lycoming  County 
Courthouse  law  library.  Alternate  years. 
Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  standing. 

335 

LAW  AND  SOCIETY 

An  examination  of  the  nature,  sources, 
functions,  and  limits  of  law  as  an  instrument 
of  political  and  social  control.  Included  for 
discussion  are  legal  problems  pertaining  to  the 
family,  crime,  deviant  behavior,  poverty,  and 
minority  groups.  Prerequisite:  junior  or 
senior  standing,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

347 

WOMEN  AND  POLITICS 

The  historical,  philosophical,  and  practical 
context  and  conduct  of  women  in  a  variety  of 
political  roles.  This  course  considers  both 
elective  and  nonelective  activities,  and  includes 
analyses  of  women' s  issues  currently  on 
legislative  and  court  agendas.  Alternate  years. 

400 

POLITICAL  ANALYSIS 

A  capstone  course  required  for  majors  in 
Political  Science  normally  taken  in  their 
senior  year.  Students  will  integrate  their 
knowledge  of  political  phenomena  and  deepen 
their  methodological  sophistication  by 
applying  several  analytical  approaches  to  a 
series  of  case  studies.   Open  to  non-majors 
with  permission  of  instructor. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


® 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE  •  PSYCHOLOGY 


436 

MASS  MEDIA  LAW  AND  REGULATION 
'       An  examination  of  the  legal  structure  and 
the  system  by  which  mass  communication  is 
controlled  in  this  society.  The  forces  which 
shape,  influence,  and  make  policy  will  be 
considered.  Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior 
\  standing,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

439 

i  AMERICAN  FOREIGN  POLICY 
I       The  U.S.  role  in  the  world  in  geographic, 
I  strategic,  historical,  and  ideological  perspec- 
tives, plus  an  examination  of  the  domestic 

forces  shaping  U.S.  policy.  Alternate  years. 
I 
1448 

PUBLIC  OPINION  AND  POLLING 

A  course  dealing  with  the  general  topic 
^  and  methodology  of  polling.  Content  includes 
I  exploration  of  the  processes  by  which 
'  people's  political  opinions  are  formed,  the 

manipulation  of  public  opinion  through  the 
[  uses  of  propaganda,  and  the  American 

response  to  politics  and  political  issues. 

Alternative  years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIPS  (See  index) 

Students  may  receive  academic  credit  for 
serving  as  interns  in  structured  learning  situations 
with  a  wide  variety  of  public  and  private 
agencies  and  organizations.  Students  have 
served  as  interns  with  the  Public  Defender's 
Office,  the  Lycoming  County  Court  Adminis- 
trator, and  the  Williamsport  City  government. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Current  studies  relate  to  elections — local, 
state,  and  federal — while  past  studies  have 
included  Soviet  and  world  politics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


PSYCHOLOGY 


(PSY) 


Professor:  Ryan  (Chairperson) 
Associate  Professor:  Berthold 
Assistant  Professors:  Kelley,  Olsen,  Beery 
Visiting  Instructors:  Cimini,  Holmes,  Mitchell 

The  major  provides  training  in  both  theoreti- 
cal and  applied  psychology.  It  is  designed  to 
meet  the  needs  of  students  seeking  careers  in 
psychology  or  other  natural  or  social  sciences. 
It  also  meets  the  needs  of  students  seeking  a 
better  understanding  of  human  behavior  as  a 
means  of  furthering  individual  and  career 
goals  in  other  areas.  Psychology  majors  and 
others  are  urged  to  discuss  course  selections  in 
psychology  with  members  of  the  department 
to  help  insure  appropriate  course  selection. 

A  major  consists  of  32  semester  hours  in 
psychology,  including  PSY  1 10,  431,  432,  and 
436.  Statistics  also  is  required. 

Students  interested  in  teacher  certification 
should  refer  to  the  Department  of  Education 
on  page  96. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^M 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


PSYCHOLOGY 


The  following  course  satisfies  the  cultural 
diversity  requirement:  PS Y  341.  The 
following  courses,  when  scheduled  as  W 
courses,  count  toward  the  writing  intensive 
requirement:  PSY  225,  324,  431,  432,  and  436. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  psychology  consists  of  20 
semester  hours  in  psychology  including  PSY 
1 1 0  and  four  other  psychology  courses  (three 
of  which  must  be  numbered  200  or  above) 
which  must  be  approved  by  the  department. 

101 

TOPICS 

Exploration  of  a  specific  basic  or  applied 
topic  in  psychology.  Different  topics  will  be 
explored  different  semesters.  Potential  topics 
include  the  psychology  of  disasters,  applied 
behavioral  psychology,  and  organizational 
psychology.  The  course  is  open  to  elemen- 
tary and  advanced  undergraduates.  No 
Prerequisites.   One-half  unit  of  credit.  May 
be  repeated  once  for  credit  with  departmental 
permission.  May  not  be  used  to  satisfy 
distribution  or  major  requirements. 

110 

INTRODUCTORY  PSYCHOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  empirical  study  of 
human  and  other  animal  behavior.  Areas 
considered  may  include:  learning,  personal- 
ity, social,  physiological,  sensory,  cognition, 
and  developmental. 

112 

GROUP  PROCESSES  AND 
INTERPERSONAL  COMMUNICATION 

An  introduction  to  research  and  theories  on 
small  group  formation,  structure,  and  perfor- 
mance. Topics  include  group  communication, 
conformity,  leadership,  conflict,  and  decision- 
making. Emphasis  will  be  placed  upon 
applying  principles  of  group  dynamics  to 
different  types  of  groups.  Prerequisite:  PSY 
110  or  consent  of  instructor.  May  term  only. 


116 

ABNORMAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  patterns  of  deviant 
behavior  with  emphasis  on  cause,  function,  and 
treatment.  The  various  models  for  the  concept- 
ualization of  abnormal  behavior  are  critically 
examined.  Prerequisite:  PSY  110. 

117 

DEVELOPMENTAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

A  study  of  the  basic  principles  of  human 
growth  and  development  throughout  the  life 
span.  Prerequisite:  PSY  110. 

118 

ADOLESCENT  PSYCHOLOGY 

The  study  areas  will  include  theories  of 
adolescence;  current  issues  raised  by  as  well 
as  about  the  "generation  of  youth";  research 
findings  bearing  on  theories  and  issues  of 
growth  beyond  childhood,  and  self-explora- 
tion. Prerequisite:  PSY  110. 

138 

EDUCATIONAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  empirical  study  of 
the  teaching-learning  process.  Areas  consid- 
ered may  include  educational  objectives,  pupil 
and  teacher  characteristics,  concept  learning, 
problem-solving  and  creativity,  attitudes  and 
values,  motivation,  retention  and  transfer, 
evaluation  and  measurement.  Prerequisite: 
PSY  110  or  consent  of  instructor. 

211 

LEARNING  DISABILITIES 

An  examination  of  learning  disabilities, 
emotional  problems,  and  social  problems  of 
children.  Topics  will  include  the  legal  and 
educational  rights  of  children  with  disabilities, 
the  various  categories  of  disability  qualifying 
for  Special  Education  services,  assessment  of 
children  with  learning  disabilities,  characteris- 
tics of  and  interventions  to  help  children  with 
learning  disabilities  and  attention  difficulties, 
the  educational  placements  and  support 
services  available,  and  Individualized  Educa- 
tional Programs  (EEPs).  Prerequisite:  PSY  110. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


PSYCHOLOGY 

• 


220 

THE  PSYCHOLOGY  OF 

CLOSE  RELATIONSHIPS 

This  course  will  review  current  theory  and 
research  on  love.  The  progress  of  close, 
interpersonal  relationships  from  initiation  to 
termination  will  be  discussed.  In  addition,  the 
relation  between  love  and  sex  will  be  ex- 
plored, and  current  research  on  sexuality 
reviewed.   Prerequisite:  PSY  110. 

225 

INDUSTRIAL  AND 
ORGANIZATIONAL  PSYCHOLOGY 
The  application  of  the  principles  and 
methods  of  psychology  to  selected  industrial 
and  organizational  situations.  Prerequisite: 
PSY  1 10  or  consent  of  instructor. 

237 
COGNITION 

An  in-depth  examination  of  the  field  of 
human  cognition.  Topics  include  perception, 
attention,  short  and  long  term  memory, 
reading  comprehension,  problem  solving  and 
decision  making.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
understanding  the  scientific  nature  of  the 
discipline.  Prerequisite:  PSY  110. 

239 

BEHAVIOR  MODIFICATION 

A  detailed  examination  of  the  applied 
analysis  of  behavior.  Focus  will  be  on  the 
application  of  experimental  method  to  the 
individual  clinical  case.  The  course  will 
cover  targeting  behavior,  base-rating, 
intervention  strategies,  and  outcome  evalu- 
ation. Learning-based  modification  tech- 
niques such  as  contingency  management, 
counter-conditioning,  extinction,  discrimina- 
tion training,  aversive  conditioning,  and 
negative  practice  will  be  examined.  Pre- 
requisite: PSY  1 10  or  consent  of  instructor. 

240 

PSYCHOLOGY  OF  ADULT 
PERSONAL  ADJUSTMENT 

A  study  of  psychological  theories  and 
research  on  coping  with  normal  developmen- 
tal changes  and  common  problems  of 


adulthood.  Focus  will  be  upon  adult  transi- 
tions, stress  management,  intimate  relation- 
ships, sexuality,  parenting  skills,  and  work 
adjustment.  Prerequisite:  PSY  110. 

310 

FORENSIC  PSYCHOLOGY 

An  examination  of  psychological  theories 
and  research  on  topics  related  to  psychology 
and  law.  Areas  covered  include  forensic 
pathology,  psychological  theories  of  criminal 
behavior,  eyewitness  testimony,  jury  decision 
making,  expert  witnesses,  the  insanity 
defense,  and  criminal  profiling  analysis. 
Prerequisites:  PSY  1 10  and  116. 

324 

SOCIAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

The  scientific  exploration  of  interpersonal 
communication  and  behavior.  Topics  include 
attitudes  and  attitude  change,  attraction  and 
communication,  social  perception  and  social 
influence,  prosocial  and  antisocial  behavior 
and  group  processes.  Prerequisite:  PSY  1 10. 

333 

PHYSIOLOGICAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  physiological 
psychologist's  method  of  approach  to  the 
understanding  of  behavior  as  well  as  the  set  of 
principles  that  relate  the  function  and  organi- 
zation of  the  nervous  system  to  the  phenom- 
ena of  behavior.  Prerequisite:  PSY  1 10  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

334 

PRINCIPLES  OF  MEASUREMENT 

Psychometric  methods  and  theory,  including 
scale  transformation,  norms,  standardization, 
validation  procedures,  and  estimation  of 
reliability.  Prerequisites:  PSY  110  and  statis- 
tics. 

341 

PSYCHOLOGY  OF  WOMEN 

A  review  of  contemporary  theory  and 
research  on  the  psychology  of  gender  differ- 
ences. Special  topics  include  sex  differences 
in  achievement,  power,  and  communication; 
sex-role  stereotypes;  beliefs  about  masculinity 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


® 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


PSYCHOLOGY 


and  femininity;  and  gender  influences  on 
mental  health.  Prerequisite:  PSY  1 10. 

410 

DYSFUNCTIONAL  FAMILIES  AND  CHILD 
DEVELOPMENT 

This  course  will  explore  the  relations 
between  a  variety  of  types  of  family  dysfunc- 
tions and  child  development  and  psychopathol- 
ogy.  Specifically,  topics  in  child  abuse,  neglect, 
sexual  abuse,  and  children  from  violent  homes, 
alcoholic  homes,  and  homes  with  mentally  ill 
parents  will  be  studied.  The  course  will  focus 
on  empirical  literature  about  dysfunctional 
families  and  child  development,  biographical 
and  political  perspectives.  Prerequisite:  PSY 
J 16  and  117,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

431 

EXPERIMENTAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

A  study  of  the  scientific  method,  experi- 
mental design  and  the  application  of  statistics 
to  psychology.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
understanding  the  place  of  research  in  the  field 
of  psychology.  Prerequisites:  PSY  110  and 
statistics. 

432 

SENSATION  AND  PERCEPTION 

The  examination  of  psychophysical 
methodology  and  basic  neurophysiological 
methods  as  they  are  applied  to  the  understand- 
ing of  sensor  processes.  Prerequisites:  PSY 
110,  431  and  statistics. 

436 

PERSONALITY  THEORY 

A  review  of  the  major  theories  of  personal- 
ity development  and  personality  functioning. 
In  addition  to  covering  the  details  of  each 
theory,  the  implications  and  applications  of 
each  theory  are  considered.  This  course  is  best 
taken  by  Psychology  majors  in  the  senior  year, 
because  it  integrates  material  from  diverse 
areas  of  psychology.  Prerequisite:  PSY  110. 


448-449 

PRACTICUM  IN  PSYCHOLOGY 

An  off-campus  experience  in  a  community 
setting  offering  psychological  services, 
supplemented  with  classroom  instruction  and 
discussion.  PSY  448  covers  the  basic 
counseling  skills,  while  PSY  449  covers  the 
major  theoretical  approaches  to  counseling. 
Prerequisite:   Consent  of  instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Internships  give  students  an  opportunity  to 
relate  on-campus  academic  experiences  to 
society  in  general  and  to  their  post-baccalaure- 
ate objectives  in  particular.  Students  have,  for 
example,  worked  in  prisons,  public  and 
private  schools,  county  government,  and  for 
the  American  Red  Cross. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Independent  study  is  an  opportunity  for 
students  to  pursue  special  interests  in  areas  for 
which  courses  are  not  offered.  In  addition, 
students  have  an  opportunity  to  study  a  topic 
in  more  depth  than  is  possible  in  the 
regular  classroom  situation.  Studies  in  the 
past  have  included  child  abuse,  counseling  of 
hospital  patients,  and  research  in  the  psychol- 
ogy of  natural  disasters. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 
Honors  in  psychology  requires  original 
contributions  to  the  literature  of  psychology 
through  independent  study.  The  most  recent 
honors  project  was  a  study  of  the  effect  of 
self-esteem  on  attitude-behavior  consistency. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


RELIGION 

• 


RELIGION  (RED 

Professor:  Hughes 

Assistant  Professor:  Johnson  (Chairperson) 

Instructor:  Knauth 

A  major  in  Religion  consists  of  10  courses, 
including  REL  113,  114,  and  120.  At  least 
seven  courses  must  be  taken  in  the  depart- 
ment. Up  to  three  of  the  following  courses 
may  be  counted  toward  fulfilling  the  major 
requirements:  GRK  221.  222.  HEBR  221, 
222,  HIST  340,  416,  PHIL  332  and  SOC  336. 

The  following  courses  satisfy  the  cultural 
diversity  requirement:  REL  1 10,  224,  225, 
226,  228.  The  following  courses,  when 
scheduled  as  W  courses,  count  toward  the 
writing  intensive  requirement:  REL  230,  33 1 , 
and  337. 


Minors 

A  minor  in  religion  consists  of  one  course 
from  REL  110,  1 13  or  1 14  and  four  religion 
courses  numbered  200  or  above. 

An  interdisciplinary  minor  in  Biblical 
Languages  requires  the  completion  of  GRK 
101-102,  HEBR  101-102,  and  two  from  GRK 
221,222,  HEBR  221,  222. 

110 

INTRODUCTION  TO  RELIGION 

Designed  for  the  beginning  student,  this 
course  examines  what  it  means  to  be  religious. 
Some  of  the  issues  are  the  definition  of 
religion,  the  meaning  of  symbolism,  concepts 
of  God,  ecstatic  phenomena.  Specific 
attention  will  be  devoted  to  the  current 
problem  of  cults  and  religious  liberty. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


RELIGION 


113 

OLD  TESTAMENT  FAITH  AND  HISTORY 

A  critical  examination  of  the  literature 
within  its  historical  setting  and  in  the  light  of 
archaeological  findings  to  show  the  faith  and 
religious  life  of  the  Hebrew-Jewish  commu- 
nity in  the  Biblical  period,  and  an  introduction 
to  the  history  of  interpretation  with  an 
emphasis  on  contemporary  Old  Testament 
criticism  and  theology. 

114 

NEW  TESTAMENT  FAITH 
AND  HISTORY 

A  critical  examination  of  the  literature 
within  its  historical  setting  to  show  the  faith 
and  religious  life  of  the  Christian  community 
in  the  Biblical  period,  and  an  introduction  to 
the  history  of  interpretation  with  an  emphasis 
on  contemporary  New  Testament  criticism 
and  theology. 

119 

RELIGION  AND  POPULAR  CULTURE 

An  examination  of  the  interaction  of  religion 
and  culture  in  an  historical  perspective 
followed  by  a  direct  analysis  of  the  ethical  and 
religious  issues  raised  by  contemporary 
American  popular  culture.  Readings  include 
artistic  and  social-scientific  as  well  as  ethical 
and  religious  approaches  to  popular  culture. 

120 

DEATH  AND  DYING 

A  study  of  death  from  personal,  social  and 
universal  standpoints  with  emphasis  upon  what 
the  dying  may  teach  the  living.  Principal  issues 
are  the  stages  of  dying,  bereavement,  suicide, 
funeral  conduct,  and  the  religious  doctrines  of 
death  and  immortality.  Course  includes,  as 
optional,  practical  projects  with  terminal 
patients  under  professional  supervision.  Only 
one  course  from  the  combination  ofREL  120 
and  121  may  be  used  for  distribution. 


121 

AFTER  DEATH  AND  DYING 

An  examination  of  the  question  of  life  after 
death  in  terms  of  contemporary  clinical 
studies,  the  New  Testament  resurrection 
narratives,  the  Asian  doctrine  of  reincarnation, 
and  the  classical  theological  beliefs  of 
providence  and  predestination.  REL  120  is 
recommended  but  not  required.   Only  one 
course  from  the  combination  of  REL  120  and 
121  may  be  used  for  distribution. 

Ill 

PROTESTANTISM  IN  THE 

MODERN  WORLD 

An  examination  of  Protestant  thought  and 
life  from  Luther  to  the  present  against  the 
backdrop  of  a  culture  rapidly  changing  from 
the  1 7th  century  scientific  revolution  to 
Marxism,  Darwinism,  and  depth  psychology. 
Special  attention  will  be  paid  to  the  constant 
interaction  between  Protestantism  and  the 
world  in  which  it  finds  itself. 

223 

BACKGROUNDS  OF  EARLY 

CHRISTIANITY 

A  study  of  historical,  cultural,  and  religious 
influences  that  shaped  the  formation  of  early 
Christianity  and  the  antecedents  of  Christian 
doctrine  and  practice  in  Hellenistic,  Roman, 
and  post-exilic  Jewish  cultures. 

224 

JUDAISM  AND  ISLAM 

An  examination  of  the  rise,  growth,  and 
expansion  of  Judaism  and  Islam  with  special 
attention  given  to  the  theological  contents  of 
the  literatures  of  these  religions  as  far  as  they 
are  normative  in  matters  of  faith,  practice,  and 
organization.  Also,  a  review  of  their  contribu- 
tions to  the  spiritual  heritage  of  mankind. 

225 

ORIENTAL  RELIGION 

A  phenomenological  study  of  the  basic 
content  of  Hinduism,  Buddhism,  and  Chinese 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


RELIGION 

• 


Taoism  with  special  attention  to  social  and 
political  relations,  mythical  and  aesthetic 
forms,  and  the  East- West  dialogue. 

226 

BIBLICAL  ARCHAEOLOGY 

A  study  of  the  role  of  archaeology  in 
reconstructing  the  world  in  which  the  Biblical 
literature  originated  with  special  attention 
given  to  archaeological  results  that  throw  light 
on  the  clarification  of  the  Biblical  text.  Also, 
an  introduction  to  basic  archaeological  method 
and  a  study  in  depth  of  several  representative 
excavations  along  with  the  artifacts  and  material 
culture  recovered  from  different  historical 
periods. 

227 

HISTORY  AND  THEOLOGY 

OF  THE  EARLY  CHURCH 

An  examination  of  the  life  and  theology  of 
the  church  from  the  close  of  the  New  Testa- 
ment to  the  fifth  century.  Special  attention 
will  be  given  to  the  struggles  of  the  church 
with  heretical  movements,  the  controversies 
concerning  the  person  and  nature  of  Christ, 
and  the  encounter  of  the  church  with  the 
Roman  Empire. 

228 

HISTORY  AND  CULTURE 

OF  THE  ANCIENT  NEAR  EAST 

A  study  of  the  history  and  culture  of 
Mesopotamia,  Anatolia,  Syria-Palestine,  and 
Egypt  from  the  rise  of  the  Sumerian  culture  to 
Alexander  the  Great.  Careful  attention  will  be 
given  to  the  religious  views  prevalent  in  the 
ancient  Near  East  as  far  as  these  views 
interacted  with  the  culture  and  faith  of  the 
Biblical  tradition. 

230 

PSYCHOLOGY  OF  RELIGION 

A  study  into  the  broad  insights  of  psychol- 
ogy in  relation  to  the  phenomena  of  religion 
and  religious  behavior.  The  course  concen- 
trates on  religious  experience  or  manifesta- 


tions rather  than  concepts.  Tentative  solutions 
will  be  sought  to  questions  such  as:  What 
does  it  feel  like  to  be  religious  or  to  have  a 
religious  experience?  What  is  the  religious 
function  in  human  development?  How  does 
one  think  psychologically  about  theological 
problems? 

331 

CHRISTIAN  SOCIAL  ETHICS 

A  study  of  Christian  ethics  as  a  normative 
perspective  for  contemporary  moral  problems 
with  emphasis  upon  the  interaction  of  law  and 
religion,  decision-making  in  the  field  of 
biomedical  practice,  and  the  reconstruction  of 
society  in  a  planetary  civilization. 

332 

CONTEMPORARY  PROBLEMS  IN 
CHRISTIAN  SOCIAL  ETHICS 

An  examination  of  the  approach  of  religion 
and  other  disciplines  to  an  issue  of  current 
concern;  current  topics  include  the  theological 
significance  of  law,  the  ethics  of  love,  and  the 
Holocaust.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  if  the 
topic  is  different  from  one  previously  studied. 

337 

BIBLICAL  TOPICS 

An  in-depth  study  of  Biblical  topics  related 
to  the  Old  and  New  Testaments.  Topics  include 
prophecy,  wisdom  literature,  the  Dead  Sea 
Scrolls,  the  teachings  of  Jesus,  Pauline 
theology,  Judaism  and  Christian  origins, 
redaction  criticism  -  the  way  the  Synoptic 
Gospels  and  John  give  final  form  to  their 
message.   Course  will  vary  from  year  to  year 
and  may  be  repeated  for  credit  once  if  the 
topic  is  different  from  one  previously  studied. 

341 

CONTEMPORARY  RELIGIOUS  ISSUES 
A  study  of  the  theological  significance  of 
some  contemporary  intellectual  developments 
in  Western  culture.  The  content  of  this  course 
will  vary  from  year  to  year.  Subjects  studied 
in  recent  years  include  the  theological 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^« 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


RELIGION 


significance  of  Freud,  Marx,  and  Nietzsche; 
Christianity  and  existentiaUsm;  theology  and 
depth  psychology;  the  religious  dimension  of 
contemporary  literature. 

342 

THE  NATURE  AND  MISSION 

OF  THE  CHURCH 

A  study  of  the  nature  of  the  Church  as  "The 
People  of  God"  with  reference  to  the  Biblical, 
Protestant,  Orthodox,  and  Roman  Catholic 
traditions. 

401 

FIELD  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Participation  in  an  approved  archaeological 
dig  or  field  school  program  in  the  Near  East  or 
Mediterranean  region.  Includes  instruction  in 
excavation  techniques,  recording  and  process- 
ing of  artifacts.  A  survey  of  excavation  and 
research  and  the  use  of  archaeology  as  a  tool 
for  elucidating  historical  and  cultural  changes. 
Under  certain  circumstances,  participation  in 
an  archaeological  field  school  program  within 
the  United  States,  Central  or  South  America, 
or  elsewhere  may  be  accepted.    Special  fees 
apply.  May  Term  or  Summer  Sessions  only. 

421 

ARCHAEOLOGICAL  FIELD  SUPERVISION 

Participation  in  an  archaeological  excava- 
tion or  field  school  program  at  the  level  of 
assistant  supervisor  or  above.  Includes 
instruction  in  on-site  supervision  of  daily 
digging,  record-keeping,  and  interpretation  of 
finds,  and/or  specialized  training  in  excavation 
project  coordination,  data  processing,  or 
analysis  of  specific  types  of  material  culture. 
Research  project  required.  Prerequisite:  REL 
401  or  equivalent  experience.  Special  fees 
apply.  May  Term  or  Summer  Sessions  only. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Interns  in  religion  usually  work  in  local 
churches  under  the  supervision  of  the  pastor 
and  a  member  of  the  faculty.  Interns  in 
archaeology  usually  work  in  historical 


museums  or  art  museums  under  the  supervi- 
sion of  a  museum  director/curator/archaeolo- 
gist and  a  member  of  the  faculty. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Current  study  areas  are  in  the  Biblical 
languages.  Biblical  history  and  theology. 
Biblical  archaeology,  comparative  religions, 
and  the  ethics  of  technology. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 

GREEK  (GRK) 

Greek  is  not  offered  as  a  major.  An 
interdisciplinary  minor  in  Biblical  Languages 
requires  the  completion  of  GRK  101-102, 
HEBR  101-102,  and  two  from  GRK  221,  222, 
HEBR221,222. 

101-102 

NEW  TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR  AND  READINGS 

Fundamentals  of  New  Testament  Greek 
grammar  and  readings  of  selected  passages  of 
the  Greek  text.  Does  not  satisfy  humanities 
requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS  IN  THE  SYNOPTIC  GOSPELS 
A  comparative  study  of  the  synoptic  tradition 
in  Greek.  Prerequisite:  GRK  102  or  equiva- 
lent. Does  not  satisfy  humanities  requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS  IN  THE  PAULINE  EPISTLES 
Selected  readings  from  the  letters  of  Paul 
in  Greek.  Prerequisite:  GRK  221  or  equivalent. 
Does  not  satisfy  humanities  requirement. 

HEBREW  (HEBR) 

Hebrew  is  not  offered  as  a  major.  An 
interdisciplinary  minor  in  Biblical  Languages 
requires  the  completion  of  GRK  101-102, 
HEBR  101-102,  and  two  from  GRK  221,  222, 
HEBR  221,  222. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


RELIGION 


SCHOLAR  PROGRAM 

• 


101-102 

OLD  TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR  AND  READINGS 

Fundamentals  of  Old  Testament  Hebrew 
grammar  and  readings  of  selected  passages  of 
the  Hebrew  text.  Does  not  satisfy  humanities 
requirement. 

221 

READINGS  IN  OLD 
TESTAMENT  NARRATIVE 

A  critical  reading  of  the  Hebrew  text  of 
selected  narrative  portions  of  the  Old  Testa- 
ment with  special  attention  being  given  to 
exegetical  questions.  The  text  read  varies 
from  year  to  year.  Prerequisite:  HEBR  102 
or  equivalent.  Does  not  satisfy  humanities 
requirement. 

222 

READINGS  IN  THE  PROPHETIC  BOOKS 

AND  WISDOM  LITERATURE 

A  critical  reading  of  the  Hebrew  text  of 
selected  portions  of  Old  Testament  prophecy 
and  wisdom  literature  with  special  attention 
being  given  to  exegetical  questions.  The  text 
read  varies  from  year  to  year.  Prerequisite: 
HEBR  221  or  equivalent.  Does  not  satisfy 
humanities  requirement. 

2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


SCHOLAR 
PROGRAM  (scHOL) 

Professor:  Briggs  (Director) 

The  Lycoming  College  Scholar  Program  is  a 
special  program  designed  to  meet  the  needs  and 
aspirations  of  highly  motivated  students  of 
superior  intellectual  ability.  The  Lycoming 
Scholar  satisfies  the  College  distribution 
requirements,  generally  on  a  more  exacting 
level  and  with  more  challenging  courses  than 
the  average  student.  Lycoming  Scholars  also 
participate  in  special  interdisciplinary  seminars 
and  in  serious  independent  study  culminating 
in  a  senior  project. 

301 

LYCOMING  SCHOLAR  SEMINAR 

Team  taught  interdisciplinary  seminar  held 
each  semester  under  the  direction  of  the 
Lycoming  Scholar  Council.  May  be  repeated 
for  credit.  Completion  of  five  semesters  is 
required  by  the  Scholar  Program.  Prerequisite: 
Acceptance  into  the  Lycoming  Scholar 
Program.  One-quarter  unit  of  credit.  Grade 
will  be  recorded  as  "A  "  or  "F.  " 

450 

SENIOR  SEMINAR 

During  the  senior  year,  Lycoming  Scholars 
complete  independent  studies  or  departmental 
honors  projects.  These  projects  are  presented 
to  scholars  and  faculty  in  the  senior  seminar. 
Non-credit  course.  Prerequisite:  Acceptance 
into  the  Lycoming  Scholar  Program. 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 


SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

(SOC) 

Professor:  Wilk  (Chairperson) 
Associate  Professor:  S.  Alexander 
Assistant  Professor:  Ross 

The  Sociology-Anthropology  Department 
offers  two  tracks  in  the  major.  Both  tracks 
introduce  the  students  to  the  fundamental 
concepts  of  the  discipline,  and  both  tracks 
prepare  the  student  for  graduate  school. 

Track  I  emphasizes  the  theoretical  aspects 
of  sociology  and  anthropology.  Track  II 
emphasizes  the  application  of  sociology  and 
anthropology  to  human  services. 

Track  I  -  Sociology-Anthropology  requires 
the  core  course  sequence  SOC  110,  114,  229, 
330,  430,  444  and  three  other  courses  within 
the  department  with  the  exception  of  SOC 
443.  REL  226  may  also  be  counted  toward 
the  major. 

Track  II  -  Human  Services  In  a  Soclo- 
Cultural  Perspective  requires  SOC  1 10,  222, 
229,  330,  430,  443,  and  444.  In  addition, 
students  must  select  two  courses  from  among 
the  following:  SOC  220,  221,  228,  300,  334, 
and  335.  Students  are  also  required  to  choose 
two  units  from  the  following  courses:  PSY 
1 10,  ECON  224,  PSCI  333,  and  SOC  230. 
Recommended  courses:  ACCT  1 10,  226; 
SPAN  111,112;  HIST  126;  and  PHIL  334. 

Majors  in  both  tracks  are  encouraged  to 
participate  in  the  internship  program. 

Students  interested  in  teacher  certification 
should  refer  to  the  Department  of  Education  on 
page  96. 

The  following  courses  satisfy  the  cultural 
diversity  requirement:  SOC  229,  33 1 ,  334, 
335,  336,  and  337.  The  following  courses, 
when  scheduled  as  W  courses,  count  toward 
the  writing  intensive  requirement:  SOC  222, 
228, 229, 230,  and  331. 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


Minor 

A  minor  in  sociology  and  anthropology 
consists  of  SOC  1 10  and  four  other  SOC 
courses  approved  by  the  department,  three  of 
which  must  be  numbered  220  or  above. 

110 

INTRODUCTION  TO  SOCIOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  problems,  concepts, 
and  methods  in  sociology  today,  including 
analysis  of  stratification,  organization  of 
groups  and  institutions,  social  movements, 
and  deviants  in  social  structure. 

114 

INTRODUCTION  TO  ANTHROPOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  subfields  of  anthro- 
pology; its  subject  matter,  methodology,  and 
goals,  examination  of  biological  and  cultural 
evolution,  the  fossil  evidence  for  human 
evolution,  and  questions  raised  in  relation  to 
human  evolution.  Other  topics  include  race, 
human  nature,  primate  behavior,  and  prehis- 
toric cultural  development. 


^A 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 


220 

MARRIAGE  AND  THE  FAMILY 

The  history,  structure,  and  functions  of 
modem  American  family  life,  emphasizing 
dating,  courtship,  factors  in  marital  adjustment, 
and  the  changing  status  of  family  members. 
Prerequisite:  SOC  110  or  consent  of  instructor 

221 

JUVENILE  DELINQUENCY 

A  multidisciplinary  approach  to  the  study 
of  the  constellation  of  factors  that  relate  to 
juvenile  delinquency  causation,  handling  the 
juvenile  delinquent  in  the  criminal  justice 
system,  treatment  strategies,  prevention,  and 
community  responsibility.  Prerequisite:  SOC 
1 10  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

222 

INTRODUCTION  TO  HUMAN  SERVICES 

This  course  is  for  students  interested  in 
learning  about,  or  entering,  the  human 
services  profession.  It  will  review  the  history, 
the  range,  and  the  goals  of  human  services 
together  with  a  survey  of  various  strategies 
and  approaches  to  human  problems.  A 
twenty-hour  community  service  component  is 
an  optional  element  of  the  course.  Prerequi- 
site: SOC  110  and/or  PSY  110;  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

228 

AGING  AND  SOCIETY 

Analysis  of  cross-cultural  characteristics  of 
the  aged  as  individuals  and  as  members  of 
groups.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  media 
portrayals  as  well  as  such  variables  as  health, 
housing,  socio-economic  status,  personal 
adjustment,  retirement,  and  social  participation. 
Sociological,  social  psychological,  and 
anthropological  frames  of  reference  are  utilized 
in  analysis  and  description  of  aging  and  its 
relationship  to  the  individual  and  society. 
Prerequisite:  SOC  110. 


229 

CULTURAL  ANTHROPOLOGY 

An  examination  of  cultural  and  social  anthro- 
pology designed  to  familiarize  the  student  with 
the  analytical  approaches  to  the  diverse  cultures 
of  the  world.  The  relevancy  of  cultural  anthro- 
pology for  an  understanding  of  the  human 
condition  will  be  stressed.  Topics  to  be  covered 
include  the  nature  of  primitive  societies  in 
contrast  to  civilizations,  the  concept  of  culture 
and  cultural  relativism,  the  individual  and 
culture,  the  social  patterning  of  behavior  and 
social  control,  an  anthropological  perspective 
on  the  culture  of  the  United  States. 

230 

SELF  AND  SOCIETY 

This  course  is  concerned  with  the  behavior 
of  individuals  who  occupy  positions  in  social 
structures,  organizations  and  groups.  The 
focus  is  on  the  behavior  of  individuals  as  it  is 
controlled,  influenced,  or  limited  by  the  social 
environment;  and  the  manner  in  which  the 
behavior  of  individuals  reacts  upon,  shapes  and 
alters  social  structures  and  enters  into  the 
functioning  of  groups.  This  course  will  also 
explore  symbolic  interactionism,  a  major 
theoretical  perspective  in  sociology  which 
focuses  primary  attention  on  the  way  in  which 
individuals  define  and  continually  redefine 
reality  on  the  basis  of  social  interaction. 
Prerequisite:  SOC  110  or  consent  of  instructor. 

300 

CRIMINOLOGY 

Analysis  of  the  sociology  of  law;  conditions 
under  which  criminal  laws  develop;  etiology  of 
crime;  epidemiology  of  crime,  including 
explanation  of  statistical  distribution  of 
criminal  behavior  in  terms  of  time,  space,  and 
social  location.  Prerequisite:  SOC  1 10  or 
consent  of  instructor. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 


330 

RESEARCH  METHODS  IN  SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

In  studying  the  research  process  in  sociol- 
ogy-anthropology, attention  is  given  to  the 
process  of  designing  and  administering  both 
qualitative  and  quantitative  research.  Students 
complete  an  original  field  work  project  in  a 
public  setting.  Additionally,  students  will 
learn  to  compile  and  analyze  quantitative  data 
through  a  micro  computer  statistical  software 
package.  Different  methodological  skills 
considered  include:  field  work,  questionnaire 
construction,  unobtrusive  research,  and 
program  evaluation.  The  course  must  be 
taken  in  the  junior  year.  Prerequisite:  SOC 
1 10  and  MATH  ] 23. 

331 

SOCIOLOGY  OF  GENDER 

Virtually  every  society  known  to  us  is 
founded  upon  assumptions  of  gender  differ- 
ences and  the  politics  of  gender  inequality. 
This  course  focuses  on  the  ways  in  which 
gender  is  socially  constructed  and  institution- 
alized in  societies.  Topics  to  be  considered 
include  cultural  constructions  of  masculinity, 
femininity,  heterosexuality,  and  homosexual- 


ity; institutional  sites  of  gender  differentiation 
such  as  work,  family,  military,  and  education; 
media  representations  of  gender  and  sexuality; 
and  reproduction  politics.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  various  theories  that  have  been  advanced  to 
explain  gender  stratification.  Prerequisite: 
SOC  1 10.  Alternate  years. 

334 

RACIAL  AND  CULTURAL  MINORITIES 

Study  of  racial,  cultural,  and  national 
groups  within  the  framework  of  American 
cultural  values.  An  analysis  will  include 
historical,  cultural,  and  social  factors  underly- 
ing ethnic  and  racial  conflict.  Field  trips  and 
individual  reports  are  part  of  the  requirements 
for  the  course.  Prerequisite:  SOC  110  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

335 

CULTURE  AND  PERSONALITY 

Introduction  to  psychological  anthropol- 
ogy, its  theories  and  methodologies.  Empha- 
sis will  be  placed  on  the  relationship  between 
individual  and  culture,  national  character, 
cognition  and  culture,  culture  and  mental 
disorders,  and  cross-cultural  considerations  of 
the  concept  of  self.  Prerequisite:  SOC  229  or 
consent  of  instructor. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 


336 

I  THE  ANTHROPOLOGY 
OF  PRIMITIVE  RELIGIONS 

The  course  will  familiarize  the  student  with 
the  wealth  of  anthropological  data  on  the 
I  religions  and  world  views  developed  by  prim- 
I  itive  peoples.  The  functions  of  primitive  rel- 
!  igion  in  regard  to  the  individual,  society,  and 
I  various  cultural  institutions  will  be  examined. 
'  Subjects  to  be  surveyed  include  myth,  witch- 
craft, vision  quests,  spirit  possession,  the 
i  cultural  use  of  dreams,  and  revitalization 
I  movements.  Particular  emphasis  will  be  given 
to  shamanism,  transcultural  religious  experi- 
ence, and  the  creation  of  cultural  realities 
through  religions.  Both  a  social  scientific  and 
I  existential  perspective  will  be  employed.  Pre- 
j  requisite:  SOC  229  or  consent  of  instructor. 

!  337 
THE  ANTHROPOLOGY  OF 
AMERICAN  INDIANS 

An  ethnographic  survey  of  native  North 

i  American  Indian  and  Eskimo  cultures,  such  as 
the  Iroquois,  Plains  Indians,  Pueblo,  Kwakiutl, 
and  Netsilik.  Changes  in  native  lifeways  due 
to  European  contacts  and  United  States 
expansion  will  be  considered.  Recent  cultural 
developments  among  American  Indians  will 
be  placed  in  an  anthropological  perspective. 

430 

SOCIAL  PROBLEMS 

Building  on  the  research  skills  acquired  in 
SOC  330,  students  will  complete  an  original 
quantitative  research  project  on  a  topic  of  their 
own  choosing.  The  theoretical  emphasis  of 
this  course  covers  the  social  construction  and 
life  course  of  a  social  problem.  Additionally, 
several  social  problems  will  be  analyzed  in 
1  depth.  Prerequisite:  SOC  330. 

443 

HUMAN  SERVICES  IN 
HELPING  INSTITUTIONS 
i       The  course  examines  the  organizational 
and  conceptual  context  within  which  human 


services  are  delivered  in  contemporary  society. 
Subjects  to  be  covered  include  ethnographic 
study  of  nursing  homes,  prisons,  therapeutic 
communities,  mental  hospitals,  and  other 
human  service  institutions.  The  methodology 
of  fieldwork  will  be  explored  so  as  to  sensitize 
the  student  to  the  socio-cultural  dimensions  of 
helping  environments  and  relationships. 
Prerequisite:  SOC  NO  or  229,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Alternate  years. 

444 

SOCIAL  THEORY 

The  history  of  the  development  of  sociologi- 
cal thought  from  its  earliest  philosophical 
beginnings  is  treated  through  discussions  and 
reports.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  sociological 
thought  since  the  time  of  Comte.  Prerequisite: 
SOC  110  or  consent  of  instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Interns  in  sociology-anthropology  typically 
work  off  campus  with  social  service  agencies 
under  the  supervision  of  administrators. 
However,  other  internship  experiences,  such 
as  with  the  Lycoming  County  Historical 
Museum,  are  available. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

An  opportunity  to  pursue  specific  interests 
and  topics  not  usually  covered  in  regular 
courses.  Through  a  program  of  readings  and 
tutorials,  the  student  will  have  the  opportunity 
to  pursue  these  interests  and  topics  in 
greater  depth  than  is  usually  possible  in  a 
regular  course. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^M 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THEATRE 

• 


THEATRE  (thea) 

Associate  Professor:  Allen  (Chairperson) 
Assistant  Professor:  Stanley 
Visiting  Assistant  Professors:  Beetem,  Jaffe 
Part-time  Instructor:  Clark 

The  primary  responsibilities  of  the  Theatre 
Department  are  to  teach  appreciation,  service, 
foundational  and  specialized  courses;  to 
prepare  students  for  advanced  study  and 
training;  and  to  sponsor  worthwhile  produc- 
tion programs  in  which  students  can  practice 
the  art  and  craft  of  theatre,  and  which  will  be  a 
dynamic  contribution  to  the  cultural  life  of  the 
College  community. 

Production  groups  sponsored  by  the 
Theatre  Department  are  the  Arena  Theatre, 
The  Arena  Summer  Theatre,  The  Emerald 
City  Players,  The  Alpha  Psi  Omega  Fraternity 


and  the  Downstage  Theatre.  Facilities  used 
for  performances  by  these  groups  are  an 
intimate  thrust  stage  (The  Mary  L.  Welch 
Theatre)  and  a  small  black  box  studio  theatre 
(The  Downstage  Theatre)  in  the  Academic 
Center. 

The  department  offers  several  courses  to  be 
selected  for  distribution  requirements:  THEA 
100,  1 14,  148,  212,  332,  333,  335  (Fine  Arts) 
THEA  333,  335  (Humanities  and  Literature). 

The  following  courses  satisfy  the  cultural 
diversity  requirement:  THEA  114,  212,  332, 
333,  335,  and  410.  The  following  courses, 
when  scheduled  as  W  courses,  count  toward 
the  writing  intensive  requirement:  THEA  212, 
332,  and  333. 

Major 

The  major  consists  of  the  equivalent  of  10 
to  10.5  units.  All  theatre  majors  are  required 
to  complete  the  following:  THEA  100,  148, 
332,  333,  410  and  the  equivalent  of  1  full  unit 
of  THEA  160  and/or  161  (6  units). 

The  department  offers  three  major  tracks: 
Track  I:  Acting  (4.5  Units)  THEA  140,  226, 
240,  232  (1/2  unit);  and  one  from  the  follow- 
ing: 335  or  402. 

Track  II:  Directing:  (4.0  Units)  THEA  140, 
226,  336;  and  one  from  the  following:  335  or 
402. 

Track  ID:  DesignyTech  (4.5  Units)  THEA 
228,  229,  232  (1/2  unit),  320;  and  one  from 
the  following:  335,  402,  425,  428,  429,  431. 

Majors  are  urged  to  include  courses  in  art, 
music,  psychology,  and  English,  or  other  areas 
of  special  interest. 

Majors  are  urged  to  include  THEA  440  in 
Track  I,  THEA  426  in  Track  II,  and  THEA 
430  in  Track  III. 

Minors 

Three  minors  are  available  in  the  Theatre 
Department. 
•  A  minor  in  Performance  consists  of  THEA 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THEATRE 

• 


100,140,226,240,336. 

•  A  minor  in  Technical  Theatre  consists  of 
THEA  100,  148,  228,  229,  and  320  or  430. 

•  A  minor  in  Theatre  History  and  Literature 
consists  of  THEA  100,  332,  333,  335  and 
410. 

100 

INTRODUCTION  TO  THEATRE 

A  comprehensive  introduction  to  the 
aesthetics  of  theatre.  From  the  spectator's 
point  of  view,  the  nature  of  theatre  will  be 
explored,  including  dramatic  literature  and  the 
integral  functioning  of  acting,  directing  and  all 
production  aspects.  Concurrent  enrollment  in 
THEA  148  prohibited. 

114 

FILM  ART:  MOTION  PICTURE 
MASTERPIECES 

Study  of  selected  classic  experimental  and 
narrative  films  from  around  the  world  as  well 
as  from  Hollywood.  Consideration  of  what 
makes  a  classic  through  examination  of  such 
topics  as  acting,  writing,  directing,  style,  and 
genre. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION  TO  DANCE  I  AND  II 

An  introduction  to  the  techniques  of  basic 
movement  and  interpretation  in  ballet,  jazz, 
and  modem  dance.  Classes  include  improvi- 
sation and  choreography.  Prerequisite  for 
THEA  136:  THEA  135  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. One-half  unit  of  credit  each.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  received  credit  for  MUS 
135-136  or  MUS  235-236. 

137 

HISTORY  OF  THE  DANCE  I 

A  survey  of  classical  ballet  from  the 
Ballets  de  cour  of  1 7th-century  France  to  the 
present  with  emphasis  on  the  contributions  of 
Petipa,  Fokine,  Cecchetti,  and  Balanchine. 
One-half  unit  of  credit.  Not  open  to  students 


who  have  received  credit  for  MUS  137  or 
138. 

138 

HISTORY  OF  THE  DANCE  II 

A  survey  of  the  forms  of  dance,  excluding 
classical  ballet,  as  independent  works  of  art  and 
as  they  have  reflected  the  history  of  civil- 
ization from  primitive  times  to  the  present.  Pre- 
requisite:  THEA  1 37  or  consent  of  instructor. 
One-half  unit  of  credit.  Not  open  to  students 
who  have  received  credit  for  MUS  137  or  138. 

140 

ACTING  I 

An  introductory  study  of  the  actor's  pre- 
paration with  emphasis  on  developing  the 
actor's  creative  imagination  through  improvisa- 
tions and  scene  study.  Prerequisite:  THEA 
100. 

148 

PLAY  PRODUCTION 

Stagecraft  and  the  various  aspects  of 
production  are  introduced.  Through  material 
presented  and  laboratory  work  on  the  Arena 
Theatre  productions,  students  will  acquire 
experience  with  design,  scenery,  properties, 
costumes  and  lighting.  Prerequisite:  THEA 
100.  Concurrent  enrollment  in  THEA  100 
prohibited. 

160 

TECHNICAL  THEATRE  PRACTICUM 

161 

REHEARSAL  AND  PERFORMANCE 
PRACTICUM 

Supervised  participation  in  the  various 
aspects  of  technical  production,  rehearsal  and 
performance  of  the  Theatre  Department's 
major  presentations  in  the  Arena  Theatre. 
Credit  for  Theatre  Practicum  is  earned  on  a 
fractional  basis.  Students  may  register  for 
one-half  semester  hour  course  credit  per 
production  for  active  participation  in  the 


:(«):-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THEATRE 


designated  area  of  technology  and  perfor- 
mance, limited  to  one  semester  hour  credit  per 
semester  and  eight  semester  hours  credit  over 
four  years.  Credit  may  not  be  used  to  satisfy 
distribution  requirements  in  Fine  Arts. 
Students  may  not  register  for  Theatre 
Practicum  while  taking  THEA  148  without 
permission  of  the  instructor.  When  scheduling, 
students  should  register  for  Theatre  Practicum 
in  addition  to  the  normal  four  academic 
courses.  Because  students  may  not  be  cast  or 
assigned  duties  in  time  to  meet  the  drop/add 
deadline,  late  registration  for  THEA  160  and 
161  (Rehearsal  and  Performance)  will  be 
permitted  without  penalty. 

212 

MULTICULTURAL  AMERICA  ON 
SCREEN 

Introduction  to  the  art  of  understanding 
moving  images  to  discover  the  cultural  values 
of  American  filmmakers  and  their  audiences. 
Comparison  of  the  ways  in  which  films  and 
television  use  comedy,  drama,  and  the  docum- 
entary to  examine  topics  having  to  do  with 
values,  beliefs,  and  cultural  diversity  in 
America. 

220 

VOICE  AND  DICTION 

Introduction  to  the  fundamental  techniques 
of  vocal  production  for  the  theatre.  Empha- 
sizes an  individual  program  of  personal  vocal 
development.  Dialects  and  phonetic  study  of 
the  major  European  accents  and  English 
accents.  Includes  oral  practice  of  relevant 
literature.    Alternate  years.  One-half  unit  of 
credit. 

226 

DIRECTING  I 

An  introductory  study  of  the  function  of  the 
director  in  preparation,  rehearsal  and  perfor- 
mance. Emphasis  is  placed  on  developing  the 
student's  ability  to  analyze  scripts. 


and  on  the  development  of  the  student's 
imagination.  Prerequisite:  THEA  140.  Alter- 
nate years. 

228 

SCENE  DESIGN 

Development  of  scene  design  techniques 
through  study  of  the  practice  in  rendering, 
perspective  drawing,  plan  drafting,  sketching 
and  model  building.    Beginning  work  in 
theory,  techniques,  and  practices  in  scenery 
painting  for  the  theatre.  Participation  on  Arena  I 
Theatre  productions  will  be  part  of  the  class- 
room requirements.  Prerequisite:  THEA  148. 

229 

LIGHTING  DESIGN 

The  theory  of  stage  and  lighting  design  with 
emphasis  on  their  practical  application  to  the 
theatre.  Prerequisite:  THEA  148. 

231 

SUMMER  THEATRE  PRACTICUM 

Practical  application  in  construction,  design 
and  production  problems  and  techniques 
through  laboratory  and  plays  in  production. 
Pre-  requisite:  THEA  148.  Offered  summer 
only. 

232 

STAGE  MAKEUP 

Essentials  in  stage  makeup:  straight, 
character,  special  types.  Effects  of  light  on 
makeup  are  included.  Recommended  for 
performers  and  directors  of  educational,  church 
and  community  theatres.  Prerequisite:  THEA 
148.   One-half  unit  of  credit.  Alternate  Years. 

233 

ADVANCED  MAKEUP 

Advanced  techniques  in  makeup  design. 
Three-dimensional  and  prosthetic  makeups  are 
included,  with  emphasis  on  nonrealistic  and 
nonhuman  forms.  Prerequisite:   THEA  232. 
One-half  unit  of  credit.  Alternate  years. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THEATRE 


235-236 

INTERMEDIATE  DANCE  I  AND  II 

Studies  of  the  techniques  of  basic  move- 
ment and  interpretation  in  ballet,  jazz,  and 
modem  dance  at  the  intermediate  level. 
Classes  include  improvisation  and  choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite  for  THEA  235:  THEA  136 
or  consent  of  instructor.   Prerequisite  for 
THEA  236:  THEA  235  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor.  One-half  unit  of  credit  each.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  received  credit  for  MUS 
135-136  or  MUS  235-236. 

240 

ACTING  II 

Continued  practice  in  character  analysis. 
The  study  of  acting  styles  is  introduced  with  a 
strong  emphasis  on  performing  Shakespeare's 
plays.  Prerequisite:   THEA  140 

320 

COSTUME  DESIGN 

The  theory  of  costuming  for  the  stage, 
elements  of  design,  planning,  production  and 
construction  of  costumes  for  the  theatre. 
Students  will  participate  in  the  construction  of 
costumes  for  Arena  Theatre  productions. 
Prerequisite:  THEA  148  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

332 

THEATRE  HISTORY  I 

A  historical  survey  of  Western  and  Non- 
Western  styles  of  theatre  from  the  beginning 
to  the  present.  Included  is  a  study  of  the 
evolution  of  theatre  architecture  and  perfor- 
mance space  as  well  as  technical  develop- 
ments. Alternate  years. 

333 

THEATRE  HISTORY  II:  LITERATURE 
A  study  of  the  major  dramatic  literature 
that  shapes  the  Western  and  non-Western 
theatre.  Benchmark  plays  that  are  identified 
with  specific  periods  and  styles  will  be 
explored  in  depth.    Prerequisite:  THEA  332. 


335 

MODERN  DRAMA 

A  study  of  the  major  dramatic  literature  in 
depth  that  constitutes  the  body  of  the  modem 
theatre,  from  1 875  to  the  present.  Included 
will  be  a  survey  of  altemative  theatre  styles, 
both  scripted  and  non-scripted.  Ethnic, 
minority  and  contemporary  problem  plays  will 
be  surveyed  as  well. 

336 

DIRECTING  II 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  student's  ability 
to  function  as  a  director  in  the  rehearsal 
process.  Practical  experience  involves  the 
directing  of  two  one-act  plays  from  the 
contemporary  theatre  in  the  Downstage 
Theatre.  Prerequisite:  THEA  226. 

337 
PLAYWRITING 

An  investigation  of  the  techniques  of 
playwriting  with  an  emphasis  on  creative 
writing,  culminating  in  a  written  one-act 
play.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106  or  107  and 
THEA  226.  Alternate  years. 

402 

SHAKESPEARE  ON  STAGE 

A  study  of  Shakespeare's  plays  in  produc- 
tion terms.  Emphasis  will  be  on  translating 
works  from  the  page  to  the  stage,  with  special 
attention  to  language,  poetry,  acting  styles  as 
well  as  technical  problems.  Contemporary 
productions  will  be  viewed 

410 

THEATRE  AND  CULTURE 

Exploration  of  one  or  more  historic  periods 
in  a  specific  locale  to  discover  the  nature  of 
the  theatre  in  its  cultural  context.  Included 
will  be  a  study  of  the  art,  music,  literature, 
political  and  social  framework  of  the  period 
and  locale.  Prerequisite:  THEA  332  and  333. 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^» 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THEATRE 


425 

ADVANCED  COSTUME  DESIGN  STUDIO 
Practical  application  of  costume  design  for 
the  studio  or  main  stage  productions. 
Prerequistie:  THEA  320  and  consent  of 
instructor.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

426 

DIRECTING  III 

Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  student's 
ability  to  produce  a  major  three-act  play  from 
the  script  to  the  stage  for  public  performance. 
Prerequisite:  THEA  336. 

428 

ADVANCED  SCENE  DESIGN  STUDIO 

Practical  application  of  scene  design  for  the 
studio  or  main  stage  productions.    Prerequi- 
site:  Consent  of  instructor.  May  be  repeated 
for  credit. 

429 

ADVANCED  LIGHTING  DESIGN  STUDIO 

Practical  application  of  lighting  design  for 
the  studio  or  main  stage  productions.  Prereq- 
uisite: Consent  of  instructor.  May  be  repeated 
for  credit. 

430 

PROPERTY  DESIGN 

The  theory  of  properties  design  for  the 
stage,  including  the  production  of  specific 
properties  for  staging  use.  Elements  of  design, 
fabrication,  and  the  construction  of  properties 
employing  a  variety  of  materials  and  applica- 
tion of  new  theatrical  technology.  Prerequi- 
sites: THEA  228  and  320.  Alternate  years. 

431 

ADVANCED  PROPERTY  DESIGN  STUDIO 

Practical  application  of  properties  design 
for  studio  or  main  stage  productions.  Prereq- 
uisite:  THEA  430  and  consent  of  instructor. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit. 


440 

ACTING  III 

Preparation  of  monologues  and  two 
character  scenes,  contemporary  and  classical, 
and  preparation  of  a  professional  acting 
audition.  The  student  will  appear  in  major 
campus  productions.  Prerequisite:  THEA  240. 

441 

ADVANCED  ACTING  STUDIO 

Practical  application  of  acting  for  studio  or 
main  stage  productions.  Prerequisite:  THEA 
240  and  consent  of  instructor.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

444 

ADVANCED  DIRECTING  STUDIO 

Practical  application  of  directing  for  studio 
or  main  stage  productions.  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  instructor  and  THEA  336.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

470  -  479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  Index) 

Students  in  the  theatre  work  off  campus  in 
theatres  such  as  the  Guthrie  Theatre,  Minne- 
apolis, and  the  Hartford  Stage  and  the  Trinity 
Repertory. 

N80/N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDIES  (See  Index) 
Subjects  for  Independent  Studies  are 
chosen  in  conjunction  with  faculty  members. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  who  qualify  for  Departmental 
Honors  will  produce  a  major  independent 
project  in  research  or  technical  theatre. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


WOMEN'S  STUDIES 


WOMEN'S  STUDIES 

(WMST) 

Professor:  Jensen  (co-Director) 
Assistant  Professor:  Kingery  (co-Director) 

Although  a  major  in  women's  studies  is 
available  only  under  the  policies  regarding 
Individual  Interdisciplinary  Majors  (page  36), 
an  established  minor  in  women's  studies  is 
provided.  WMST  200  and  four  of  the 
following  courses  are  required  for  the  minor. 

ART  339      Women  in  Art 
ENGL  334  Women  and  Literature 
HIST  3 1 0     Women  in  History 
PSCI  347     Women  and  Politics 
PS  Y  341       Psychology  of  Women 
SOC  33 1      Sociology  of  Women 
WMST  300  Topics  in  Women's  Studies 

With  the  approval  of  the  coordinator,  an 
appropriate  special  course  or  independent 
studies  project  may  be  substituted  for  one  of 
the  four  courses  required  for  the  minor.  To 
receive  credit  for  a  minor  in  women's  studies, 

2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


a  student  must  maintain  at  least  a  2.00  average 
in  courses  taken  for  that  minor. 

The  following  course  satisfies  the  cultural 
diversity  requirement:  WMST  200. 

200 

ISSUES  IN  WOMEN'S  STUDIES 

An  examination  of  women's  issues  from  an 
interdisciplinary  perspective.  The  course  will 
explore  the  social  construction  of  gender, 
feminist  research  methods  and  theories,  and 
the  role  of  patriarchy  in  women's  lives. 
Topics  may  involve  language,  art,  science, 
politics,  culture,  violence,  race,  class,  ethnic 
differences,  sexuality,  and  pornography. 

300 

TOPICS  IN  WOMEN'S  STUDIES 

An  examination  of  selected  topics  in 
Women's  Studies  designed  to  allow  students 
to  pursue  particular  subjects  in  more  depth  and 
detail  than  in  the  general  introductory  course. 
With  the  permission  of  the  Coordinator  of  the 
Women 's  Studies  Program  students  may  repeat 
this  course  depending  on  the  content. 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


The  Board  Of  Trustees 


OFFICERS 

Robert  L.  Shangraw  '58 

Chairman 

First  Vice  President 

for  Investments 

Merrill  Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner 

&  Smith/Retired 

Williamsport,  PA 

Donald  E.  FaUor  '68 

Vice  Chairman 
Owner/Chartered  Under- 
writer 

D.E.  Failor  Associates 
Harrisburg,  PA 

John  C.  Schultz 

Secretary 
President 
Jersey  Shore  Steel 
Jersey  Shore,  PA 

Harold  D. 
Hershberger,  Jr.  '51 

Assistant  Secretary 

President 

Deer  Mountain  Associates 

Williamsport,  PA 

Ann  S.  Pepperman,  Esq. 

Assistant  Secretary 
Partner 

McNemey,  Page, 
Vanderlin  &  Hall 
Williamsport,  PA 

David  R.  Bahl,  Esq. 

Partner 

McCormick  Law  Firm 

Williamsport,  PA 

Melvin  H. 
Campbell,  Jr.  '70 

Owner/President 
Campbell,  Harrington  & 
Brear 
York,  PA 

Harold  D.  Chapman 

Chairman 
Cobblers,  Inc. 
Williamsport,  PA 

Jay  W.  Cleveland,  Sr. 

Owner/President 
Cleveland  Brothers 
Equipment  Company 
Harrisburg,  PA 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


James  E.  Douthat 

President 

Lycoming  College 
Williamsport,  PA 

Daniel  G.  Fultz  '57 

Treasurer/Retired 
Lycoming  College 
Williamsport,  PA 

Arthm-  A.  Haberberger  '59 

Investor  and  Consultant 
Reading,  PA 

Daniel  R.  Hawbaker 

President 

Glenn  O.  Hawbaker,  Inc. 

State  College,  PA 

Michael  J.  Hayes  '63 

President  and  CEO 
Fred's 
Memphis,  TN 

James  L.  Hebe  '71 

Portland,  OR 

Neil  L.  Irons 

Bishop 

Central  Pennsylvania 

Conference 

United  Methodist  Church 

Mechanicsburg,  PA 

Marjorie  Ferrell  Jones  '50 

Editor,  Jones  Journal 
Jones  Chemicals,  Inc. 
LeRoy,  NY 

Dale  N.  Krapf  '67 

President 

George  Krapf,  Jr.  & 
Sons,  Inc. 
Exton,  PA 

David  B.  Lee  '61 

CEO/Chairman 
Omega  Financial  Corp. 
State  College,  PA 

Robert  G.  Little  '63 

Family  Physician 
Community  Medical 
Associates 
Halifax,  PA 


Rosanna  H.  Lowry  '72 

Retired  School  Teacher 
Montoursville,  PA 

Carolyn-Kay  Lundy  '63 

Community  Volunteer 
Williamsport,  PA 

D.  Stephen  Martz  '64 

Chairman/PresidentyCEO 
Hollidaysburg  Trust 
Hollidaysburg,  PA 
President/COO 
Omega  Financial 
State  College,  PA 

Norman  B.  Medow  '60 

Physician/Surgeon 
Manhattan  Eye,  Ear  & 
Throat  Hospital 
New  York,  NY 

Henry  D.  Sahakian 

CEO,  Uni-Marts,  Inc. 
State  College,  PA 

Hugh  H.  Sides  '60 

President 

Robert  M.  Sides  Music,  Inc. 

Williamsport,  PA 

Clinton  W.  Smith  '55 

President  Judge,  Court  of 
Common  Pleas 
29th  Judicial  District 
Williamsport,  PA 

Charles  D.  Springman  '59 

Retired  Vice  President 
May  Dept.  Store  Co.  Fndtn. 
Williamsport,  PA 

John  S.  Trogner,  Jr.  '68 

Partner/  First  Commercial 
Real  Estate 
Harrisburg,  PA 

Burke  R.  Veley  '60 

IBM  CFO,  Retired 
West  Chester,  PA 

Phyllis  L.  Yasui 

Nurse/Retired/Homemaker 
Williamsport,  PA 

Alvin  M.  Younger,  Jr.  '71 

Managing  Director, 
Treasurer,  Secretary/Retired 
T.  Rowe  Price  Associates,  Inc. 
Lutherville,  MD 


EMERITI 

David  Y.  Brouse  '47 

Manager/Retired 
GTE 
Montoursville,  PA 

Richard  W.  DeWald  '61 

Chairman 

Montgomery  Plumbing 
Supply 
Montoursville,  PA 

Samuel  H.  Evert  '34 

Owner,  Retired 

S.  H.  Evert  Company 

Bloomsburg,  PA 

Kenrick  R.  Khan  '57 

Clergy/Teacher,  Retired 

Mayor 

Penney  Farms,  FL 

Margaret  D.  L'Heureux 

Realtor 

Fish  GMAC  Real  Estate 

Williamsport,  PA 

W.  Gibbs  McKenney  '37 

Partner,  Retired 
McKenney,  Thomsen 
&  Burke 
Lutherville,  MD 

William  Pickelner 

Owner 

Pickelner  Fuel  Oil  Company 

Williamsport,  PA 

Marguerite  Rich  VI  '42 

Homemaker 
Woolrich,  PA 

Harold  H.  Shreckengast, 
Jr.  '50 

Audit  Partner/Retired 
Price  Waterhouse 
Jenkintown,  PA 

Wallace  F.  Stettler 

President,  Wyoming 
Seminary,  Retired 
Dallas,  PA 


^M 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF 


Administrative  Staff 


James  E.  Douthat  (1989) 

President 

A.B.,  The  College  of  William  and  Mary 

M.Div.,  Duke  University 

Ed.D.,  Duke  University 

John  F.  Piper,  Jr.  (1969) 

Dean  of  the  College 
Professor  of  History 
A.B.,  Lafayette  College 
B.D.,  Yale  University 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

Robert  Griesemer  (2001) 

Vice  President  and  Treasurer 
B.S.,  Lafayette  College 

Thomas  Ruhl  (2000) 

Vice  President  for  Development  & 
College  Relations 
B.S.,  Bloomsburg  University 

Sue  Saunders  (2000) 

Dean  of  Student  Affairs 
B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Ohio  University 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

James  D.  Spencer  (1989) 

Dean  of  Admissions  &  Financial  Aid 
B.A.,  Concordia  College 

Jeffrey  G.  Baird  (1992) 

Director  of  Safety  &  Security 
B.A.,  Mansfield  University 

R.  Joseph  Barraclough  (2000) 

Director  of  Physical  Plant 
B.A.,  Bucknell  University 

Patricia  E.  Bausinger  (2001) 

Campus  Store  Manager 

Dale  V.  Bower  (1968) 

Planned  Giving  Consultant 

B.S.,  Lycoming  College 

B.D..  United  Theological  Seminary 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


Mark  Britten  (1994) 

Director  of  Counseling  &  Wellness  Services 

B.A.,  Mansfield  University 

M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Steven  Caravaggio  (1992) 

Director  of  Academic  Computing 

&  End  User  Services 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 
M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Regina  Collins  (1991) 

Assistant  Dean  for  Freshman 
B.A.,  Rosemont  College 
M.S.,  Bucknell  University 

Molly  Costello  (1991) 

Director  of  College  Relations 
A.B.,  Mount  Holyoke  College 
M.B.A.,  Southeastern  Massachusetts  University 

Robert  L.  Curry  (1969) 

Associate  Director  of  Athletics 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Brian  R.  Derr  (2001) 

Development  Officer 

A.A.S.,  Pennsylvania  College  of  Technology 

B.A.,  Bloomsburg  University 

Robert  C.  Dietrich  (2000) 

Sports  Information  Director 
B.S.,  Westminster  College 

Charles  W.  Edmonds  (1998) 

Assistant  Director  of  Admissions 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Jerry  S.  Falco  (1990) 

Director  of  Career  Development  Center 

B.S.,  Westminster  College 

M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Sister  Catherine  Ann  Gil  vary  IHM  (1994) 

Catholic  Campus  Minister 

A.B.,  M.A.,  M.S.,  Maiywood  College 


^M 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF 


Frank  L.  Girardi  (1984) 

Director  of  Athletics 
Head  Football  Coach 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College 

Murray  J.  Hanford  (1991) 

Publications  Manager 

Daniel  J.  Hartsock  (1981) 

Assistant  Dean  for  Sophomores 

Director  of  Academic  Resource  Center  and 

Coordinator  of  Advising 
B.H.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

David  Heffner  (1994) 

Assoc.  Dean/Director  of 

Communications  Technology 
B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
M.S.,  Bloomsburg  University 

David  Heiney  (1997) 

Director  of  Administrative  Services 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 
M.A.,  Bucknell  University 
Ed.D.,  Nova  University 

Tliomas  J.  Henninger  (1966) 

Director  of  Administrative 

Computing  and  Data  Networks 
B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College 
M.A.,  University  of  Kansas 

Rebecca  L.  C.  Hile  (1995) 

Registrar 

B.A.,  Point  Park  College 

M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Nancy  Hollick  (1990) 

Staff  Accountant 

A.A.S.,  Pennsylvania  College  of  Technology 

B.S.,  Lock  Haven  University 

J.  Marco  Hunsberger  (1989) 

Campus  Minister 

B.A.,  Mercer  University 

M.Div.,  United  Theological  Seminary 


Susan  Jewel  (1999) 

Director  Student  Programs/Leadership 

Development 
B.A.,  Allegheny  College 
M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Michelle  M.  Jones  (1996) 

Director  of  Accounting 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Jane  C.  Keller  (1998) 

Asst.  Director  Academic  Resource  Center 
B.A.,  Bucknell  University 
M.S.,  Wilkes  University 

Wayne  E.  Kinley  (1990) 

Controller  and  Assistant  Treasurer 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Adrianna  Kuckla  (2001) 

Admissions  Counselor 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

F.  Douglas  Kuntz  (2000) 

Assistant  Director  of  Physical  Plant 
B.S.,  West  Virginia  University 

Linda  B.  Loehr  (2001) 

Registered  Nurse,  Health  Services 

Wendy  Mahonski  (1995) 

Director  of  Financial  Aid 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Jason  L.  McCahan  (2001) 

Development  Officer 

B.A.,  Lock  Haven  University 

A.  Sue  B.  McCormick  (1997) 

Director  of  Alumni  and  Parent  Programs 
B.S.,  Lycoming  College 

Bobbi  J.  McLean  (2001) 

Counselor,  Counseling  &  Wellness  Services 
B.S.W.,  Lock  Haven  University 
M.S.W.,  Marywood  University 

Anne  L.  McMunn  (1996) 

Coordinator  of  Internships  and 

Assistant  to  the  Director  of  IMS 
B.A.,  Bloomsburg  University 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF 

• 


Shauna  C.  McQuillen  (2001) 

Admissions  Counselor 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Thomas  A.  Murphy  (2001) 

Assistant  Director  Student  Programs/ 

Leadership  Development 
B.S.,  Susquehanna  University 
M.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire 

Heather  R.  Myers  (2001) 

Student  Life  Coordinator 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 
M.S.,  Canisius  College 

Michelle  M.  Parks  (2001) 

Admissions  Counselor 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Cheryl  Riley  (1998) 

Prospect  Research  Coordinator 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Denise  Robinson  (1994) 

Asst.  Dean,  Director  of  Residence  Life 

B.A.,  Clark  University 

M.S.,  Miami  University  of  Ohio 

Cathleen  R.  Savidge  (1999) 

Instructional  Services  Librarian 

Mary  E.  Savoy  (2002) 

Assistant  Registrar 

B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  PA 

Georgia  R.  Smith  (2000) 

Instructional  Services  Librarian 
B.A.,  Bucknell  University 
M.S.L.S.,  Clarion  University 

Melissa  A.  Smith  (2001) 

Assistant  Director  of  Financial  Aid 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Jeremy  C.  Spencer  (2000) 

Associate  Director  of  Admissions 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 
M.S.,  Miami  University 


Sarah  A.  Spencer (2001) 

Student  Life  Coordinator 

B.A.,  Western  New  England  College 

M.S.,  Miami  University 

Cindy  Springman  (1999) 

Bursar 

A. A.,  Williamsport  Area  Community  College 

Sondra  L.  Stipcak  (1995) 

Nurse,  Director  of  Health  Services 
B.S.N.,  Indiana  University  of  PA 

Kimberly  A.  Waterman  (2000) 

Student  Life  Coordinator 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Deborah  E.  Weaver  (1978) 

Manager  Residence  Halls  Operations 

Jennifer  Wilson  (2000) 

Director  of  Annual  Giving 
B.S., Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Maramonne  Wright  (2000) 
Admissions  Counselor 
B.A.,  Niagara  University 

Emeriti 

Jack  C.  Buckle 

Dean  of  Students  Emeritus 
A.B.,  Juniata  College 
M.S.,  Syracuse  University 

Harold  H.  Hutson 

President  Emeritus 
B.A.,  LL.D.,  Wofford  College 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 
L.H.D.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University 

Bishop  D.  Frederick  Wertz 

President  Emeritus 
A.B.,  Dickinson  College 
M.A.,  Boston  University 
S.T.B.,  Boston  University 
LL.D.,  Dickinson  College 
D.D.,  Lycoming  College 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^« 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FACULTY 

• 


FACULTY 


*  On  Sabbatical  Fall  Semester  2002 
**  On  Sabbatical  Spring  Semester  2003 
***  On  Sabbatical  Academic  Year  2002-03 

*  *  *  *  On  Sabbatical  Calendar  Year  2002 


Professors 

Gary  M.  Boerckel  (1979) 

Music 

Director  of  Lycoming  Scholars 
B.A.,  B.M.,  Oberlin  College 
M.M.,  Ohio  University 
D.M.A.,  University  of  Iowa 

Jack  D.  Diehi,  Jr.  (1971) 

Biology 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Sam  Houston  State  University 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 

David  A.  Franz  (1970) 

Chemistry 

Marshal  of  the  College 

The  Frank  and  Helen  Lowry  Professor 

A.B.,  Princeton  University 

M.A.T.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

Stephen  R.  Griffith  (1970)  ** 

Philosophy 

A.B.,  Cornell  University 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

G.  W.  Hawkes  (1989) 

English 

B.A.,  University  of  Washington-Seattle 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  SUNY-Binghamton 

Richard  A.  Hughes  (1970) 

M.B.  Rich  Chair  in  Rehgion 
B.A.,  University  of  Indianapolis 
S.T.B.,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

Emily  R.  Jensen  (1969) 

English 

B.A.,  Jamestown  College 

M.A.,  University  of  Denver 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 


Robert  H.  Larson  (1969) 

History 

Robert  L.  and  Charlene  Shangraw  Professor 

B.A.,  The  Citadel 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

Paul  A.  MacKenzie  (1970) 

German 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

Chriss  McDonald  (1987) 

Chemistry 

B.S.,  Manchester  College 

Ph.D.,  Miami  University  of  Ohio 

Richard  J.  Morris  (1976) 

History 

John  P.  Graham  Teaching  Chair 
B.A.,  Boston  State  College 
M.A.,  Ohio  University 
Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

Carole  Moses  (1982) 

English 

B.A.,  Adelphi  University 

M.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Ph.D.,  SUNY  at  Binghamton 

Kathleen  D.  Pagana  (1982) 

Nursing 

B.S.N. ,  University  of  Maryland 

M.S.N. ,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

John  F.  Piper,  Jr.  (1969) 

History 

Dean  of  the  College 
A.B.,  Lafayette  College 
B.D.,  Yale  University 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

David  J.  Rife  (1970) 

English 

B.A.,  University  of  Florida 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois  University 

Michael  G.  Roskin  (1972) 

Political  Science 

A.B.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley 

M.A.,  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles 

Ph.D.,  The  American  University 

Kathryn  M.  Ryan  (1981) 

Psychology 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FACULTY 

• 


Roger  D.  Shipley  (1967) 

Art 

B.A.,  Otterbein  College 

M.F.A.,  Cranbrook  Academy  of  Art 

Fred  M.  Thayer,  Jr.  (1976) 

Music 

A.B.,  Syracuse  University 
B.M.,  Ithaca  College 
MM.,  SUNY  at  Binghamton 
D.M.A.,  Cornell  University 

John  M.  Whelan,  Jr.  (1971) 

Philosophy 

B.A.,  University  of  Notre  Dame 

Ph.D.,  The  University  of  Texas  at  Austin 

Stanley  T.  Wilk  (1973) 

Anthropology 

B.A.,  Hunter  College 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Melvin  C.  Zimmerman  (1979) 

Biology 

B.S.,  SUNY  at  Cortland 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Miami  University 

Associate  Professors 

Susan  Alexander  (1991) 

Sociology 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  American  University 

Jerry  D.  Allen  (1984) 

Theatre 

B.F.A.,  M.F.A.,  Utah  State  University 

Susan  K.  Beidler  (1975) 

Collection  Management  Services  Librarian 

B.A.,  University  of  Delaware 

M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Howard  C.  Berthold,  Jr.  (1976) 

Psychology 

B.A.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College 

M.A.,  University  of  Iowa 

Ph.D.,  The  University  of  Massachusetts 

Barbara  F.  Buedel  (1989) 

Spanish 

B.A.,  University  of  Kentucky 

M.A.,  M.  Phil,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


Richard  R.  Erickson  (1973) 

Astronomy  and  Physics 
B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota 
M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 

B.  Lynn  Estomin  (1993) 

Art 

B.A.,  Antioch  College 

M.F.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

Sascha  Feinstein  (1995)  ** 

English 

B.A.,  University  of  Rochester 

M.F.A.,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

David  Fisher  (1984) 

Physics 

B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 

Edward  G.  Gabriel  (1977) 

Biology 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Alfred  University 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Amy  Golahny  (1985) 

Art 

B.A.,  Brandeis  University 

M.A.,  Williams  College  -  Clark  Art  Institute 

M.  Phil,  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

Gary  Hafer  (1992) 

English 

B.A.,  M.A.  Kutztown  University 

Ph.D.,  Purdue  University 

David  K.  Haley  (1980) 

Mathematics 

B.A.,  Acadia  University 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Queens  University 

Habil,  Universitat  Mannheim 

Janet  Hurlbert  (1985) 

Director  of  Library  Services 

Associate  Dean 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Denver 

EldonF.Kuhns,  11(1979) 

Accounting 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

M.  Accounting,  University  of  Oklahoma 

C.P.A.  (Pennsylvania) 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FACULTY 


Darby  Lewes  (1993) 

English 

B.A.,  Saint  Xavier  College 

M.A.,  Northwestern  University 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 

D.  Litt,  Wilson  College  (Honors  Causa) 

Mehrdad  Madresehee  (1986) 

Economics 

B.S.,  University  of  Tehran 

M.S.,  National  University  of  Iran 

M.S.,  University  of  Idaho 

Ph.D.,  Washington  State  University 

Doris  P.  Parrish  (1983) 

Nursing 

B.S.,  SUNY  at  Plattsburgh 

M.S.,  Russell  Sage  College 

Ph.D.,   University  of  Texas  at  Austin 

Gene  D.  Sprechini  (1981) 

Mathematics 

B.S.,  Wilkes  College 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  SUNY  at  Binghamton 

Mark  Toncar  (1994) 

Business  Administration 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 

H.  Bruce  Weaver  (1974) 

Business  Administration 

Director  of  Institute  for  Management  Studies 

B.B.A.,  Stetson  University 

J.D.,  Vanderbilt  University 

M.B.A.,  University  of  Central  Florida 

Richard  Weida  (1987) 

Mathematics 

B.S.,  Muhlenberg  College 

M.S.,  Ph.D,  University  of  Delaware 

David  S.  Witwer  (1994)  * 

Assistant  Professor  of  History 
B.A.,  DePauw  University 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Brown  University 

David  H.  Wolfe  (1989) 

Physics 

B.S.,  Lock  Haven  State  College 
M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 


Robert  A.  Zaccaria  (1973) 

Biology 

B.A.,  Bridgewater  College 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

Assistant  Professors 

Susan  Beery  (1999) 

Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  Duke  University 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Miami 

Holly  D.  Bendorf  (1995)  ** 

Chemistry 

B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Ph.D.,  University  of  California-Los  Angeles 

Michelle  Briggs  (1992) 

Biology 

B.S.,  Cornell  University 

M.S.,  University  of  Iowa 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Timothy  Carter  (1999) 

Sociology/Anthropology  (Criminal  Justice) 
B.A.,  M.C.J.,  University  of  South  Carolina 
Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

G.  Kathleen  Chamberlain  (1999) 

Education 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

M.S.Ed.,  Mansfield  University  of 

Pennsylvania 
Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Santusht  S.  deSilva  (1983) 

Mathematics 

B.  Sc,  University  of  Sri  Lanka 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Bahram  Golshan  (1989) 

Mathematical  Science 

B.S.,  Jundi  Shapour  University,  Iran 

M.S.,  Edinboro  State  University  of 

Pennsylvania 
M.S.,  Kent  State  University 
Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Owen  F.  Herring  (1965) 

Philosophy 

B.A.,  Wake  Forest  College 

Garett  Heysel  (1999) 

French 

B.A.,  Middlebury  College 
M.A.,  Northwestern  University 
Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FACULTY 

• 


Rachael  Hungerford  (1989) 

Education 

A. A.,  Cayuga  County  Community  College 
B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Plattshurgh 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts/ Amherst 

Steven  R.  Johnson  (1999) 

Religion 

B.A.,  California  State  University 

M.Div.,  San  Francisco  Theological  Seminary 

M.A.,  Miami  University  of  Ohio 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Claremont  Graduate  University 

Sue  A.  Kelley  (1999) 

Psychology 

B.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Sandra  L.  Kingery  (1998) 

Spanish 

B.S.,  Lawrence  University 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin  Madison 

Steven  Koehn  (1997) 

Communication 

B.A.,  VA  Polytechnic  &  State  Univ. 

M.A.,  Pepperdine  Univ. 

D.Ed.,  West  Virginia  Univ. 

Joseph  L.  Lipar  (2002) 

Biology 

B.S.,  Michigan  State  University 

Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Charles  H.  Mahler  (1994)  * 

Chemistry 

B.A.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University 

Jeffrey  D.  Newman  (1995)  ** 

Biology 

B.S.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Ph.D.,  Marquette  University 

Kurt  H.  Olsen  (1993) 

Psychology 

Marshal  of  the  College 

B.S.,  St.  Lawrence  University- 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester 

Eileen  M.Peluso(  1998) 

Mathematics 

B.S.,  Bloomsburg  University 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


Susan  M.  Ross  (1998) 

Sociology 

B.A.,  Millersville  University 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Hampshire 

Donald  Slocum  (1995) 

Accounting 

B.S.,  Cornell  University 
M.S.,  The  American  University 
Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 
C.P.A.,  Washington,  DC 

Philip  W.  Sprunger  (1993) 

Economics 

B.S.,  B.A.,  Bethel  College 

M.  A.,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

N.  J.  Stanley  (2002) 

Theatre 

B.S.,  Louisana  State  Univ 

M.F.A.,  Florida  State  Univ.  Tallahassee 

Ph.D.,  Indiana  University  Bloomington 

Arthur  Sterngold  (1988) 

Business  Administration 

B.A.,  Princeton  University 

M.B.A.,  Northwestern  University 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Brenda  Watts  (2000) 

Spanish 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Montana 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon 

Richard  E.  Wienecke  (1982) 

Accounting 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

M.S.,  Bucknell  University 

M.B.A.,  Lcmg  Island  University 

C.P.A.  (Pennsylvania  and  New  York) 

Predric  M.  Wild,  Jr.  (1978) 

Communication 

B.A.,  Emory  University 

M.  Div.,  Yale  Divinity  School 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University- 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FACULTY 

• 


Instructors 

Deborah  J.  Holmes  (1976) 

Physical  Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Maria  W.  Jones  (2002) 

Education 

B.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

M.Ed.,  Clarion  University 

Robin  Knauth  (1999) 

Religion 

A.B.,  Princeton  University 

M.T.S.,  Regent  College 

Visiting,  Special,  and 
Part-time  Appointments 

Diane  Abercrombie  (1988) 

Mathematics 

B.Bus.Admin.,  Bernard  M.  Baruch  College, 
CUNY 

Mark  Anderman  (1997) 

Art 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Jaye  Beetem  (1997) 

Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Theatre 
B.F.A.,  University  of  Utah 
M.A.,  Louisiana  University 
M.F.A.,  Wayne  State  University 

Robert  Bomboy  (2001) 

English 

A.B.,  Wilkes  College 

M.S.,  Columbia  College 

Betsy  Boring  (1992) 

Spanish 

B.S.,  Bloomsburg  State  University 

David  Bower  (1994) 

Nursing 

B.S.,  Lock  Haven  University 

M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Amy  Cartal-Falk  (1991) 

French  &  Spanish 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

M.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Ted  Chappen  (1994) 

Philosophy 

B.A.,  Bucknell  University 

M.A.,  University  of  Chicago 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


Katharine  Cimini  (1992) 

Psychology 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

M.A.,  College  of  William  and  Mary 

Joan  Moyer  Clark  (1987) 

Music/Theatre 

Regina  Collins  (1991) 

Assistant  Dean  for  Freshmen/Mathematics 
B.A.,  Rosemont  College 
M.S.,  Bucknell  University 

Harry  Davis  (1994) 

Nursing 

B.A.,  Miller sville  State  University 

M.A.,  Liberty  University 

Roger  Davis  (1984) 

Computers/Mathematics 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Linda  Dieffenbach  (1992) 

Nursing 

B.S.N.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

M.S.N.,  College  Misericordia 

Pamela  Dill  (1990) 

Wellness 

B.S.N. ,  University  of  the  State  of  New  York 

at  Albany 
M.S.N. ,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Kristen  Fagnano  (1999) 

Nursing 

B.S.N.,  Villanova  University 

Pamela  Gaber 

Religion- Archa\eology 

A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

B.A.,  university  of  Wisconson,  Madison. 

Danielle  Goodyear  (2000) 

Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 
B.F.A.,  Alfred  University 
M.F.A.,  Savanah  University 

Meghan  Griffith  (2002) 

Philosophy 

B.A.,  Bucknell  University 

Mary  Haupt  (1999) 

Nursing 

Evelyn  R.  Hayden  (2000) 

Education 

B.S.,  Southern  Illinois  University 

M.El.Ed.,  Northern  Arizona  University 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FACULTY 


Michael  Holmes  (2001) 

Psychology 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Sherril  D.  Ingram  (1991) 

Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
B.S.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
M.S.N.,  Virginia  Commonwealth  University 
D.N.Sc,  Widener  University 

David  Jaffe  (1998) 

Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Theatre 
B.A.,  Kenyon  College 
M.F.A.,  Ohio  University 

Craig  Kauffman  (1994) 

Art 

B.S.,  Kutztown  State  College 

Dianne  Langley  (2000) 

Business  Admin./Communication 
B.A.,  M.A.,  Bloomsburg  University 

Timothy  Mahoney  (1992) 

Sociology 

B.A.,  Lock  Haven  State  University 

M.S.,  Eastern  Kentucky  University 

William  Miele  (2001) 

Criminal  Justice 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

L.L.,  Stetson  University  of  Law 

John  Mitchell  (1999) 

Psychology 

B.A.,  Florida  State  University 

Psy.D.,  Indiana  State  University 

Michael  Musheno  (2002) 

Criminal  Justice 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  American  University 

Noel  Trusal  (2000) 

Nursing 

Janet  Ogurcak  (2001) 

Communication,  Advisor  to  The  Lycourier 
B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Thomas  Raup  (1995) 

Visiting  Professor  of  Legal  Studies 
A.B.,  Columbia  College 
J.D.,  Columbia  School  of  Law 


2(X)2-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


Larry  Rhinehart  (2001) 

Education 

B.S.,  Mansfield  State  University 

M.S.Ed.,  Bucknell  University 

Kim  Rhone  (1999) 

Art 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Edward  R.  Robbins  (2001) 

Criminal  Justice 

B.A.,  Mansfield  State  University 

M.S.,  Shippensburg  University 

Anthony  Salvatori  (1988) 

Education 

B.S.,  Lock  Haven  State  University 

M.Ed.,  Bloomsburg  University 

J.  David  Smith  (2001) 

Political  Science 

B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University 

J.D.,  Temple  University  School  of  Law 

Kathryn  Turner  Sterngold  (1992) 

Art 

B.S.,  Kutztown  University 

M.A.,  Alfred  University 

Don  Stuart  (2001) 

English 

B.A.,  Hamilton  College 
M.A.,  Duke  University 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

Brenda  Terry-Manchester  (1995) 

Nursing 

B.S.N.,  Lycoming  College 

M.S.N.,  College  Misericordia 

Howard  Tran  (2002) 
Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 
B.F.A.,  Boston  University 
M.F.A.,  Academy  of  Art  College 

Tiffany  Wishard  (2000) 

Criminal  Justice/Political  Science 

B.A.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 

University 
J.D.,  The  Dickinson  School  of  Law 

Christopher  J.  Woodruff  (2000) 

Visiting  Instructor  of  Music 
B.M.E.,  Louisiana  State  University 
M.Mus.,  Northwestern  University' 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FACULTY 

• 


John  J.  Zaionis  (1995) 

Education 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Bloomsburg  State  College 

Applied  Music  Instructors 

Richard  Adams  (2002) 

Saxaphone 

Rebecca  Stake  Anstey  (1996) 

Horn  and  Brass  Methods 
B.Mus.,  Lawrence  University 
M.Miis.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 

Douglas  Barclay  (2002) 

Piano 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Tim  Breon  (1998) 

Electronic  Music  Lab 

Diane  C.  Janda  (1988) 

Woodwinds 

B.M.,  University  of  Texas  at  Austin 
M.M.,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati, 
College-Conservatory  of  Music 

William  Kellerman  (2001) 

Brass 

Richard  J.  Lakey  (1979) 

Organ  and  Piano 

A.B.,  Westminster  Choir  College 

M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Robert  Leidhecker  (1989) 

Percussion 

B.M.,  Mansfield  University 

Yvonne  Lundquist  (1992) 

Piano 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Paul  MacPhail  (2002) 

Voice 

Janice  Miller  (2001) 

Voice 

B.M.E.,  Westminister  Choir  College 

M.M.  in  Vocal  Performance  and  Pedagogy, 

The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Andrew  Rammon  (2001) 

Cello  and  String  Methods 

M. Music,  The  Cleveland  Institute  of  Music 

B.A.,  Pepperdine  University 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


Frank  Spencer  (2001) 

Voice 

Deborah  Woods  (2002) 

Woodwinds 

B.M.E.,  University  of  Missouri  at  Kansas  City 

Conservatory  of  Music 
M.M.,  Northwestern  University 
Member  of  the  Williamsport  Symphony 

Orchestra 

Adjunct  Faculty  &  Staff 

Paul  J.  Cherney,  M.D. 

Medical  Director,  School  of 
Medical  Technology 
Abington  Memorial  Hospital 
Abington,  PA  19001 

James  Eastman,  M.D. 

Medical  Director,  School  of  Medical 

Technology 
The  Lancaster  General  Hospital 
Lancaster,  PA  17603 

Nadine  Gladfelter,  M.S.,  MT  (ASCP) 

Program  Director,  School  of  Medical 

Technology 

The  Lancaster  General  Hospital 

Lancaster,  PA  17603 

Phyllis  Gotkin,  Ph.D.,  MT  (ASCP) 

Program  Director,  Clinical  Laboratory 
Science  Program 

Allegheny  University  Hospitals/Elkins  Park 
El  kins  Park,  PA  19117 

Joseph  T.  King,  M.D. 

Medical  Advisor  &  Associate  Pathologist 
Clinical  Laboratory  Science  Program 
Robert  Packer  Hospital 
Say  re,  PA   18840 

Don  M.  Larrabee,  II 

Lecturer  in  Law 

A.B.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College 

LL.B.,  Fordham  University 

Willem  Lubbe,  M.D. 

Medical  Director  CLS  Program 
Williamsport  Hospital 
Williamsport,  PA  17701 


® 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FACULTY 

• 


Loretta  A.  Moffatt,  B.S.,  MT  (ASCP) 

Program  Director 

Williamsport  Hospital  CLS  Program 

Williamsport.  PA  17701 

Richard  Rupkalvis,  M.D. 

Medical  Director,  School  of  Clinical  Labora- 
tory Science  Program 
Elkins  Park  Hospital 
El  kins  Park,  PA  19027 
Barbara  J.  Scheelje,  B.S.,  MT  (ASCP) 
Program  Director,  School  of 
Medical  Technology 
Ahington  Memorial  Hospital 
Abington,  PA  19001 

Brian  D.  Spezialetti,  M.S.,  M.T.  (ASCP) 

Program  Director 

Clinical  Laboratory  Science  Program 
Robert  Packer  Hospital 
Sayre,PA  18840 

Emeriti 

Robert  B.  Angstadt 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Biology 

B.S.,  Ursinus  College 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

Jon  R.  Bogle 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  B.S.,  M.F.A.,  Tyler  School  of  Art; 

Temple  University 

Clarence  W.  Burch 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Mr.  John  H.  Conrad 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Education 
B.S.,  Mansfield  State  College 
M.A.,  New  York  University 

Robert  F.  Falk 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Theatre 

B.A.,  B.D.,  Drew  University 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Wayne  State  University 

Dr.  Morton  A.  Fineman 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Physics 
B.A.,  Indiana  University 
Ph.D.,  University-  of  Pittsburgh 


Ernest  P.  Giglio 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Political  Science 
B.A.,  Queens  College 
M.A.,  SUNY  at  Albany 
Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

John  P.  Graham 

Professor  Emeritus  of  English 

B.A.,  Dickinson  College 

M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Eduardo  Guerra 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Religion 

B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University 

S.T.M.,  Ph.D.,  Union  Theological  Seminary 

John  G.  Hancock 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  M.S.  Bucknell  University 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

John  G.  Hollenback 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Business 

Administration 
B.S.,  M.B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
James  K.  Hummer 
Professor  Emeritus  of  Chemistry 
B.N.S.,  Tufts  University 
M.S.,  Middlebury  College 
Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

Bruce  M.  Hurlbert 

Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Library  Services 

B.A.,  The  Citadel 

M.S.L.S.,  Florida  State  University 

M.  Raymond  Jamison 

Assistant  Professor  Emeritus  of  Physics 
B.S.,  Ursinus  College 
M.S.,  Bucknell  University 

Robert  J.  B.  Maples 

Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Foreign  Lang. 
A.B.  ,  University  of  Rochester 
Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

Walter  G.  Mclver 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Music 
Mus.B.,  Westminster  Choir  College 
A.B.,  Bucknell  University 
M.A.,  New  York  University 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FACULTY 

• 


ATHLETIC  STAFF 


Roger  W.  Opdahl 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Economics 

A.B.,  Hofstra  University 

M.A.,  Columbia  University 

D.  Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Robert  W.  Rabold 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Economics 
B.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

John  A.  Radspinner 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Chemistry 
B.S.,  University  of  Richmond 
M.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 
D.S.,  Carnegie  Mellon  Institute 

Logan  A.  Richmond 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Accounting 
B.S.,  Lycoming  College 
M.B.A.,  New  York  University 
C.P.A.  (Pennsylvania) 

Mary  Landon  Russell 

Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Music 
Mus.  B.,  Susquehanna  University 
Conservatory  of  Music 
M.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Louise  R.  Schaeffer 

Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Education 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

M.A.,  Bucknell  University 

D.  Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

James  W.  Sheaffer 

Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Music 
B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Frances  K.  Skeath 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  M.A.,  Bucknell  University 

D.  Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

John  A.  Stuart 

Professor  Emeritus  of  EngHsh 

B.A.,  William  Jewell  College 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University 


Athletic  Staff 


Jason  Betz 

Assistant  WrestUng  Coach 

Kyle  Bidelspacher 

Assistant  Men's  Soccer  &  Track  Coach 

David  Bower 

Football  Coach 

George  Camp 

Head  Men's  &  Women's  Cross  Country  Coach 

Terry  Conrad 

Men's  Basketball  Head  Coach 
B.S.,  Bloomsburg  University 
M.B.A.,  Shenandoah  University 

Roger  Crebs 

Head  Wrestling  Coach 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

A.  C.  Cruz 

Strength  Coach 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Robert  L.  Curry 

Associate  Athletic  Director 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Christen  Ditzler 

Head  Women's  Basketball  Coach 
Head  Women's  Softball  Coach 
B.A.,  Franklin  &  Marshall  College 

Kara  Dumond 

Assistant  Women's  Soccer  Coach 

Joe  Eaton 

Assistant  Wrestling  Coach 

Royce  Eyer 

Assistant  Wrestling  Coach 

Mike  Fiamingo 

Assistant  Wrestling  Coach 
B.S.,  Mansfield  University 

Robyn  Flaherty 

Assistant  Women's  Basketball  Coach 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Frank  L.  Girardi 

Director  of  Athletics 
Head  Football  Coach 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ATHLETIC  STAFF 


Frank  L.  Girardi,  Jr. 

Assistant  Football  Coach 
A.B.,  Lycoming  College 

Jerry  Girardi 

Assistant  Football  Coach 

Gerald  Hammaker 

Head  Men's  &  Women's  Swimming  Coach 
B.A.,  The  College  ofWooster 

Kristi  Hammaker 

Assistant  Swimming  Coach 

Scott  Hill 

Assistant  Football  Coach 

Deborah  J.  Holmes 

Women's  Tennis  Coach 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Jared  Jankowski 

Assistant  Men's  Lacrosse  Coach 

Jon  Jean 

Assistant  Football  Coach 

Vonnie  Kaiser 

Assistant  Women's  Tennis  Coach 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Scott  Kennell 

Head  Men's  Soccer  and  Track  Coach 
B.S.,  North  Carolina  Wesleyan  College 

Kathy  Loy 

Assistant  Women's  Basketball  Coach 

Joe  Lumbis 

Equipment  Manager 

Joe  Mark 

Head  Men's  Tennis  Coach 

Timothy  P.  McMahon 

Head  Women's  Volleyball  Coach 

A.B.,  Penn  College 

B.S.  Mgnt.,  Lock  Haven  University 

Joe  Moore 

Assistant  Women's  Softball  Coach 

Dan  Muthler 

Assistant  Wrestling  Coach 
B.S.,  U.S.  Naval  Academy 

Frank  Neu 

Head  Athletic  Trainer 
B.A.,  Central  College 
M.S.,  Drake  University 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


Mike  Pearson 

Assistant  Football  Coach 

Gene  J.  Peluso 

Head  Men's  Lacrosse  Coach 

B.S.,  Nazareth  College  of  Rochester 

Michelle  Quaglino 

Assistant  Athletic  Trainer 
B.S.,  Ithaca  College 

Katherine  A.  Roberts 

Head  Women's  Soccer  Coach 
Head  Women's  Lacrosse  Coach 
O 'Berlin  College 

Scott  Rogers 

Assistant  Men's  Basketball  Coach 

Shawn  Rosa 

Head  Men's  Lacrosse  Coach 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Scott  Rosenbaum 

Assistant  Swimming  Coach 

Victoria  Smithkors 

Cheerleading  Advisor 
B.S.,  Lock  Haven  University 

Jamie  Spencer 

Head  Golf  Coach 

Assistant  Men's  Basketball  Coach 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Kristian  Stedje-Larsen 

Assistant  Swimming  Coach 

Margot  Tomasella 

Assistant  Women's  Lacrosse  Coach 

Wendy  Warfield 

Assistant  Volleyball  Coach 

B.S.N.,  Pennsylvania  College  of  Technology 

Mike  Weber 

Assistant  Football  Coach 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Steve  Wiser 

Assistant  Football  Coach 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Jamie  Yonkin 

Assistant  Wrestling  Coach 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Matt  Yonkin 

Assistant  Wrestling  Coach 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Richard  Zalonis 

Assistant  Football  Coach 


® 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ADMINISTRATIVE  SUPPORT  STAFF 


Administrative  Support  Staff 


Clifford  E.  Allen 

Security  Officer 

Lorri  Amron 

Faculty  Secretary 

Melody  A.  Bartlett 

Purchasing  Coordinator 

Mark  D.  Earner 

Security  Officer 

Michael  J.  Beatty 

Security  Shift  Supervisor 

Cynthia  Bezilla 

Library  Evening  Proctor 

Marsha  Boler 

Secretary,  Athletics 

Brigitte  C.  Brahms 

Telecommunications  Coordinator 

Julia  L.  Brink 

Secretary,  Director  of  Physical  Plant 

Diane  M.  Carl 

Executive  Secretary  to  President 

Barbara  J.  Carlin 

Executive  Secretary  to  Dean  of 
Admissions  &  Financial  Aid 

Diana  L.  Cleveland 

System  Administrator 

James  M.  Columbia 

Security  Officer 

Richard  L.  Cowher  II 

Printing  Services  Coordinator 

June  V.  Creveling 

Secretary,  Buildings  &  Grounds 
and  Safety  &  Security 

Mary  E.  Dahlgren 

Data  Information  Specialist  &  Project  Supervisor 

Jonathan  DeSantis 

Staff  Technician 

Rosemarie  DiRocco 

Faculty  Secretary,  Music  &  Art 


Julia  Dougherty 

Library  Technician,  Archives 

Terri  R.  Driscoll 

Campus  Store  Textbook  Coordinator 

Nancy  Engel 

Accounts  Payable  Coordinator 

Peggy  Fenstermacher 

Information  Data  Specialist,  Secretary 

Orlan  J.  Fisher 

Mailroom  Coordinator 

Nicole  S.  Franquet 

Network  Administrator 

Beatrice  D.  Gamble 

Student  Information  Specialist 

Anthony  S.  Hagler 

Communications  Officer 

Diane  J.  Hassinger 

Executive  Secretary  to  Dean  of  College 

Esther  L.  Henninger 

Secretary,  Athletics 

MaryAnn  HoUenbach 

Faculty  Secretary 

Barbara  E.  Horn 

Faculty  Secretary 

Tamara  Hutson 

Library  Technician,  Instructional  Services 

Sandra  L.  Jansson 

Secretary,  College  Relations 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ADMINISTRATIVE  SUPPORT  STAFF 


David  M.  Kelchner 

Programmer  Analyst 

Margaret  I.  Kimble 

Secretary,  Career  Development  Center 

Shelly  A.  LaForme 

Cashier  &  Bookkeeper 

Sandra  L.  Lander 

Systems  Analyst 

Donna  M.  Laughrey 

Assistant  to  Campus  Store  Manager 

Peggie  A.  LeFever 

Personnel  Coordinator 

Tina  J.  Lorson 

Secretary,  Residence  Life 

John  J.  Maness 

Security  Shift  Supervisor 

Dorothy  E.  Maples 

Box  Office  Manager 

Nielin  L.  Meredith 

Admissions  Data  Entry  Clerk 

Zee  L.  Merkel 

Switchboard  Operator  &  Receptionist 

Tracy  B.  Miles 

Special  Events  Coordinator,  Executive 
Secretary 

Rebecca  R.  Miller 

Secretary,  Financial  Aid 

Tara  Miller 

Payroll  &  Student  Loan  Coordinator 

Leroy  C.  Mosteller 

Security  Officer 

Marlene  L.  Neece 

Library  Technician,  Document  Dehvery 

Judith  E.  Noble 

Library  Technician,  Acquisitions 

Ben  Pelipesky 

Media  Technology  Coordinator 

Wilma  L  Reeder 

Library  Technician,  Cataloging/Govt.  Pub. 

Laura  T.  Riel 

Faculty  Secretary 

2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


Margaret  Rockroth 

Technical  Support  Analyst 

Diana  Salamone 

Coordinator  of  Student  Computing 

Leslie  J.  Schier 

Assistant  to  the  Registrar 

Brenda  Schmick 

Gift  Records  Specialist  &  Secretary 

Debbie  Smith 

Office  Manager,  Secretary  Alumni  &  Development 

Marilyn  E.  Smith 

Printing  Services  Assistant 

Gail  M.  Spencer 

Library  Technician,  Circulation  Supervisor 

Sheran  L.  Swank 

Faculty  Secretary 

Devin  A.  Thompson 

Security  Officer 

Ruthe  Toncar 

Library  Proctor 

Judy  E.  Walker 

Secretary,  Health  &  Counseling  Services 

Donna  A.  Weaver 

Secretary,  Student  Programs/ 
Leadership  Development 

Sandra  Wenzel 

Switchboard  Operator,  Receptionist 

Roberta  Wheeler 

Secretary,  Assistant  Dean  for  Freshmen 

Mary  S.  White 

Campus  Store  Clerk 

Jennifer  M.  Wick 

Faculty  Secretary 

Jean  C.  Wool 

Executive  Secretary  to  Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

Michelle  M.  Yaw 

Database  Administrator 

Cristen  J.  Yothers 

Security  Shift  Supervisor 

Salvatore  Zangara 

Mailroom  Assistant 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


AI.UMNI  ASSOCIATION 


Alumni  Association 


The  Alumni  Association  of  Lycoming 
College  has  a  membership  of  over  13,000  men 
and  women.  It  is  governed  by  an  Executive 
Board  consisting  of  24  members-at-large.  The 
Board  includes  members  representing  various 
class  years  and  geographic  areas,  the  senior 
class  president,  the  current  student  body  pres- 
ident, and  past  presidents  of  the  last  graduating 
class  and  the  Student  Senate  of  Lycoming 
College.  The  Director  of  Alumni  and  Parent 
Programs  manages  the  activities  of  the  Alumni 
Office. 

The  Alumni  Association  has  the  following 
purpose  as  stated  in  its  constitution:  "As  an 
off-campus  constituency,  the  association's 
purpose  is  to  seek  ways  of  maintaining  an 
active  and  mutually  beneficial  relationship 
between  the  College  and  its  alumni,  utilizing 
their  talents,  resources,  and  counsel  to  further 
the  objectives  and  programs  of  Lycoming 
College." 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


All  former  students  of  Williamsport 
Dickinson  Seminary  and  all  former  students 
who  have  successfully  completed  one  year  of 
study  at  Williamsport  Dickinson  Junior 
College  or  Lycoming  College  are  considered 
members  of  the  association. 

Acting  as  the  representative  of  alumni  on 
the  campus  and  working  also  with  under- 
graduates, the  Alumni  Office  is  responsible 
for  keeping  alumni  informed  and  interested  in 
the  programs,  growth,  and  activities  of  the 
College  through  regular  publications  mailed  to 
all  alumni  on  record.  Arrangements  for 
Homecoming,  Class  Reunions,  club  meetings, 
and  similar  activities  are  coordinated  through 
this  Office.  Through  the  Lycoming  College 
Annual  Fund,  the  Alumni  office  is  closely 
associated  with  the  development  program  of 
the  College.  Communications  to  the  Alumni 
Association  should  be  addressed  to  the 
Alumni  and  Parent  Programs  Office. 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  EXECUTIVE  BOARD 


Alumni  Association  executive  board 


TERM  EXPIRES  OCTOBER  2005 

D.  Keigh  Earisman  '58 
Andrew  Gross  '59 
John  Lea,  HI  '80 
Erman  E.  Lepley,  Jr.  '78 
John  Murray  '81 
Matthew  T.  Pivirotto  '98 
James  G.  Scott  '70 
Gary  Spies  '72 

TERM  EXPIRES  OCTOBER  2004 

Robert  L.  Bender  '59 
Karin  Botto  '93 
Kathleen  Tighe  Gaye  '75 
Frances  Graham  '73 
Meredith  Rambo  Murray'92 
Cheryl  Eck  Spencer  '70 
Jay  Thomson  '86 
Linda  Wallace  '77 
Dennis  Youshaw  '61 

TERM  EXPIRES  OCTOBER  2003 

Thomas  Beamer  '74 

Andrew  Bucke  '71 

David  E.  Detwiler,  III  '75 

David  Freet  '68 

John  J.  Joe  '59 

Barbara  Robinson  Jones  '60 

2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


TERM  EXPIRES  OCTOBER  2002 

Brenda  J.  Bowser  '98 
A.  Davin  D'Ambrosio  '86 
Patricia  M.  Krauser  '68 
Susan  Shangraw  Myers  '90 
Otto  L.  Sonder  '46 
Ronalee  B.  Trogner  '69 
David  A.  Walsh  '76 

Members  of  the  Board  Serving  a 
One- Year  Term 

Student  Senate  of  Lycoming  College 
(SSLC)  President 
Austin  L.  Ducket 

(SSLC)  Past  President 

Shauna  C.  McQuillen 

2001  Senior  Class  President 

Adrienne  Reichenbach 

2002  Senior  Class  President 

Phillip  C.  Zimmerman 


^A 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


INDEX 


Index 


Academic  Advising 44 

Academic  Calendar 2 

Academic  Honesty/Standing 29 

Academic  Honors 29 

Academic  Program 30 

Accounting  Curriculum 51 

Accounting-Mathematics 54 

Admission  to  Lycoming 10 

Advanced  Placement 24 

Advanced  Standing  by  Transfer 24 

Allopathic  Medicine,  Preparation 45 

Alumni  Association 180 

American  Studies  Curriculum 55 

Anthropology  Curriculum 154 

Application  Fee  and  Deposits 13 

Applied  Music  Requirements 129 

Archaeology  and  Near  East  Culture  (EIM)  56 

Art  Curriculum 57 

Astronomy  and  Physics 63 

Astronomy  Curriculum 63 

Athletic  Training 141 

Audit 26 

Biology  Curriculum 69 

Board  of  Trustees 164 

B.S.N.  Degree 32 

Business  Administration  Curriculum 76 

Campus  Facilities 6 

Capitol  Semester 49 

Career  Development  Services 20 

Chemistry  Curriculum 82 

Christian  Ministry,  Advising  for 45 

Class  Attendance 26 

College  and  the  Church 6 

College  Level  Examination 

Program  (CLEP) 24 

Communication  Curriculum 86 

Community  Service  Curriculum 142 

Computer  Science  Curriculum 1 19 

Conduct,  Standards  of 22 

Contingency  Deposits 14 

Cooperative  Programs 38 

Engineering 39 

Environmental  Studies 39 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


Forestry 39 

Medical  Technology 39 

Military  Science 41 

Optometry 40 

Podiatry 40 

Counseling,  Personal 20 

Course  Credit  by  Examination 24 

Creative  Writing 100 

Criminal  Justice  Curriculum 90 

Cultural  Diversity 34 

Degree  Programs/Requirements 31 

Dental  School,  Preparation 38 

Departmental  Honors 44 

Deposits/Deposit  Refunds 13 

Distribution  Requirements 33 

English 33 

Fine  Arts 33 

Foreign  Language 33 

Humanities 33 

Mathematics 33 

Natural  Sciences 34 

Social  Sciences 34 

Economics  Curriculum 93 

Education  Curriculum 96 

Educational  Opportunity  Grants 17 

Engineering,  Cooperative  Program 39 

English  Curriculum 100 

English  Requirement 33 

Entrance  Examination  (CEEB) 24 

Environmental  Science  Minor 70 

Environmental  Studies 39 

Established  Interdisciplinary  Major 36 

Faculty 168 

Financial  Aid/Assistance 16 

Fine  Arts  Requirements 33 

Foreign  Language  Requirement 33 

Foreign  Languages  and 

Literatures  Curriculum 105 

Forestry,  Cooperative  Program 39 

French  Curriculum 106 

German  Curriculum 108 

Grading  System 26 

Graduation  Requirements 31 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


INDEX 


Greek  Curriculum 152 

Health  Professions,  Preparation 45 

Health  Services 20 

Hebrew  Curriculum 152 

History  Curriculum 1 1 1 

Honors  Program 41 

Honor  Societies 30 

Humanities  Requirement 33 

Independent  Study 47 

Institute  for  Management  Studies 1 15 

Interdisciplinary  Majors 36 

Established  Majors  (EIM) 36 

Individual  Majors  (IIM) 36 

International  Studies 116 

Internship  Programs 48 

Legal  Professions,  Preparation 45 

Literature  (EIM) 118 

Loans 18 

Lycoming  Scholar  Program 41 

Major 35 

Admission  to 35 

Departmental 36 

Interdisciplinary  (EIM,  IIM) 36 

Management  Scholars  Program 1 15 

Mathematical  Sciences 119 

Mathematic  Requirements 33 

Mathematics  Curriculum 121 

May  Term 47 

Medical  School,  Preparation 45 

Medical  Technology 39 

Military  Science  Curriculum 125 

Minor 36 

Music  Curriculum 126 

Natural  Science  Requirement 34 

Non-degree  Students 25 

Nursing  Curriculum 131 

Optometry 40 

Optometry  School,  Preparation 45 

Osteopathy  School,  Preparation 45 

Oxford-Brooks  Semester 49 

Payment  of  Fees 13 

Philadelphia  Semester 48 

Philosophy  Curriculum 137 

Physical  Activity,  Wellness 
&  Community  Service  Program 141 


Physical  Activity  Curriculum 141 

Physics  Curriculum 66 

Placement  Services 20 

Podiatric  Medicine, 

Cooperative  Program 40 

Political  Science  Curriculum 142 

Pre-Medicine 38 

Psychology  Curriculum 145 

Readmission  12 

Refunds 14 

Registration 25 

Religion  Curriculum 149 

Repeated  Courses 28 

Reserve  Officer  Training 

Corps  Program  (ROTC) 41 

Residence  and  Residence  Halls 7 

Scholarships/Grants 17 

Scholarships  (ROTC) 19 

Scholar  Seminar 153 

Social  Science  Requirement 34 

Sociology-Anthropology  Curriculum 154 

Spanish  Curriculum 109 

Staff 165,  178 

State  Grants  and  Loans 18 

Student  Records 24 

Study  Abroad 49 

Supplemental  Educational 

Opportunity  Grant  (SEOG) 18 

Theatre  Curriculum 158 

Theological  Professions,  Advising 45 

Transfer  Credit 11,24 

Unit  Course  System 23 

United  Nations  Semester 49 

Veterinary  School,  Preparation 45 

Washington  Semester 49 

Wellness  Curriculum 141 

Withdrawal  from  College 26 

Withdrawal  of  Admissions  Offer 12 

Women's  Studies 163 

Work-Study  Grants 19 

Writing  Across  The  Curriculum  Program  ...  34 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


Communicating  with  lycoming  college 


Please  address  specific 
inquiries  as  follows: 

Director  of  Admissions: 

Admissions;  requests  for  publications 

Treasurer: 

Payment  of  bills;  expenses 

Director  of  Financial  Aid: 

Scholarships  and  loan  fund; 
financial  assistance 

Dean  of  the  College: 

Academic  programs;  faculty; 
faculty  activities;  academic  support 
services 

Assistant  Dean  for  Freshmen: 

Freshman  Seminar;  freshman 
academic  concerns 

Dean  of  Student  Affairs: 

Student  activities;  residence  halls; 
religious  life;  health  services 

Registrar: 

Student  records;  transcript  requests; 
academic  policies 

Career  Development  Center: 

Career  counseling;  employment 
opportunities 

Vice  President  for  Development: 

Institutional  relations;  annual  fund; 
gift  programs 

Athletic  Director: 

Varsity  Sports 


Director  of  Alumni  and 
Parent  Programs: 

Alumni  information;  Homecoming; 
Family  Weekend  activities 

Director  of  College  Relations: 

Public  information;  publications; 
sports  information;  media  relations 

All  correspondence 
should  be  addressed  to: 

Lycoming  College 
700  College  Place 
WilHamsport,  PA   17701-5192 

The  College  telephone  number 
is  (570)  321-4000 

http://v»'ww.lycoming.edu 

Visitors 

Lycoming  welcomes  visitors  to  the 
campus.  If  you  would  like  a  guided  tour, 
call  the  Office  of  Admissions 
(570)  321-4026  before  your  visit  to 
arrange  a  mutually  convenient  time. 

Toll  Free  Number  1-800-345-3920 
e-mail:  admissions@lycoming.edu 

Lycoming  College  welcomes  applications 
from  prospective  students  regardless  of  age, 
sex,  race,  religion,  handicap,  finances, 
national  or  ethnic  origin,  or  color.  Lycoming 
does  not  discriminate  on  the  basis  of  age,  sex, 
race,  religion,  handicap,  finances,  national  or 
ethnic  origin,  or  color  in  the  administration  of 
any  of  its  policies  and  programs. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


2002-03  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 

13 
H 

m 


< 

< 
> 


o 

o 

n 
o 

O 


^ 

7^ 

,,v 

(_ 

o 

(D 

S' 

■0 

CO 

3 

1. 

3 

> 

;? 

o 

Z 

■u 

■M 

fO 

P 

no 

o 

o 

0} 
CD 

O 

c» 

T) 

CO 

>